THE ARCHITECTS COLLABORATIVE, INC. Cambridge, Massachusetts CONDITIONS, SPECI FICATIONS AND RELI\TED DOCUtv1ENTS FOR UN IT F- PH/\RMACY AND NURS I NG FAC IL I TY Paul J. Maupin Health Sciences Planning Universii"y of Minnesota Reg. No. 8397 Mlnneapol is, Minnesota 55414 UN I VERS I TY OF M I NHESOTA -t v 11 NNEAPOLI S HEALTH SCIENCES EXPANSION PROJECT NOS: MiNN. BHRD-HP-5C-063 BHRD-NU-5C-077 Pau I E. Kop i etz Director of Engineering and Construction University of Minnesota Cl inton N. Hewitt Assistant Vice President for Physical Planning University of Minnesota HEALTH SC I ARCH ITECTS & ENG I NEERS, INC. University Park Plaza - Suite 704 2829 University Avenue South East (612) 378--3833 Date: August 15, 1978 As to Architecture: I hereby certify that these plans, specifications or reports were prepared by me or under my direct supervision, and that I am a duly Reg is r d Arch i u the Ia: of State of in nesota . c;. . -""'= .... _ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Transcript
THE ARCHITECTS COLLABORATIVE, INC. Cambridge, Massachusetts
CONDITIONS, SPECI FICATIONS AND RELI\TED DOCUtv1ENTS FORUN IT F - PH/\RMACY AND NURS I NG FAC I L ITY
Paul J. MaupinHealth Sciences Planning Universii"y of Minnesota
Reg. No. 8397
Mlnneapol is, Minnesota55414
UN I VERS ITY OF MI NHESOTA - tv11 NNEAPOLI S C~,MPlJS
HEALTH SCIENCES EXPANSIONPROJECT NOS: MiNN. BHRD-HP-5C-063
BHRD-NU-5C-077
Pau I E. Kop i etzDirector of Engineering and Construction University of Minnesota
Cl inton N. HewittAssistant Vice President for Physical Planning University of Minnesota
HEALTH SC I EI~CES ARCH ITECTS & ENG I NEERS, INC.University Park Plaza - Suite 7042829 University Avenue South East(612) 378--3833
Date: August 15, 1978
As to Architecture:I hereby certify that these plans, specifications or reports wereprepared by me or under my direct supervision, and that I am a dulyReg is r d Arch it~.un~er the Ia: of ~e State of I~ in nesota .
DIVISION A - BIDDING REQUIREMENTSAI Advertisement for BidsA2 Instructions to BiddersA3 Bid FormA4 Bid BondA5 Prel iminary Construction ScheduleA6 Information for Bidders
DIVISION B - CONTRACT FORMSBI Agreement82 Contractor's Bond
DIVISiON C - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACTCI General ConditionsC2 Wage DecisionsC3 Equal Employment Opportunity
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS01010 Summary of Work and Special Requirements01070 Cutting, Removal and Patching01100 Description of Alternates01 150 Payment01200 Contract Time/Coordination01300 Submittals01310 Construction Schedule01400 Testing and Inspection01500 Temporary Fac! I ities01600 Materials and Equipment01700 Project Close Out
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK02200 Earthwork02400 Protections, Shoring and Bracing
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION07110 Membrane Waterproofing07150 Dampproofing07220 Sui Iding Insulation0741 I Preformed Metal Siding0751 I Insulated Membrane Roofing07570 Deck Waterproofing .07600 Sheet Metal Work07800 Roof Vents07900 Gaskets, Caulking and Sealants
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS081 10 Ho I low Meta I08113 Acoustical Hoi low Metal08200 Wood Doors08330 Rol J ing Shutters08355 Flexible Doors08700 Finish Hardware08730 Weatherstripping &Soundstripplng08800 Glass and Glazing08900 Curtainwal J Systems
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES09100 Lath, Plaster and Gypsum Drywal I09300 Til e Work09541 Preformed Metal Soffits and Cei 1ings09650 Resi lient Flooring09750 Composition Seamless Flooring09820 Epoxy-Polyester Coatings (S.G.-I)09830 Glazed Wal I Coatings (S.G.-2)09841 Sprayed Fireproofing09900 Painting
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES10001 Miscellaneous Specialties10110 Tackboards10180 Toi let Comrartments10200 Louvers and Vents10260 Wal I and Corner Guards10280 Spec ia Ity rl10du Ies10500 Lockers10601 Wire Mesh Partitions10620 Folding Partitions10630 Operable Wal Is10800 Toi let and Bath Accessories
DIVISION II - EQUIPMENT11600 Laboratory Equipment11611 Metal Laboratory Casework11613 Laboratory Tops and Accessories11614 Laboratory Fume Hoods11770 Steril izers .11862 Waste Compactors
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION13500 Integrated Cei lings13610 Greenhouse13713 Environmental Rooms (+ 3 page schedule)13714 Dog Runs13800 Sound Isolation
DIViSiON 12 - FURNISHINGSNone
DIVISION 14 - VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION14010 General Provisions - Vertical Transportation14210 Traction Elevators14230 Elevator Cabs14240 Elevator Entrances
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL15010 General Provisions15n20 Irrigation15100 Basic Materials and Methods15110 Pipe and Pipe Fittings15120 Valves15130 Piping Specialties15140 Mechanical Supporting Systems15150 Vibration Isolation15160 r'lechan Ica 1 Systems Insu Iati on15200 Water Service and Booster Pump System15220 Domestic and Laboratory Hot Water Systems15260 Soil and Waste System15270 Subdrainage15290 Roof and Area Drainage System15300 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim15310 Laboratory Fixtures and Trim15350 Gas Piping System15410 Compressed Air System5420 Laboratot"y Vacuum Systems5430 Special Gases\~5460 Deionized Water System5500 Fire Prutection System5570 Fuel Handling System5600 Steam Heating System5650 Hot Water Heating System5710 Radiator Coolant System5800 Ventilation and Air Conditioning5830 Air Fi Itration Equipment5900 Air Conditioning Refrigeration5950 Environmental Control Systems5990 Chemical Treatment
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIJ
ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL16010 General Provisions - Electrical16100 Electrical Basic Materials and Methods16200 Electric Service System/6210 Emergency Standby Systems16220 Service and Equipment Grounding System16300 Electrical Distribution System16400 Lighting Fixtures16410 Lighting Control and Dimming Systems/6500 Communications Systems16600 Lightning Protection16700 Electrical Power Equipment16800 Electric Heating Systems/6900 Fire Management System
CONDITIONS, SPECIF.ICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS FOR.UNIT F- PHARMACY AND NURSING FACILITY
As to Mechanical Engineering: ,I hereby certify that these plans, specifications or reports wereprepared by me or under my direct supervision, and that I am a
p~unQ~e1L:JJ;f Mlnne~ta.
Date: August 15,1978 Reg. No. 9603
'I'1:"
f~"'I:~f"~:.,./'"
il~~:.:
I11..¥
~'I;~.
,~
~: If..
i:~ .
rlJ .
III
~"I
I
UN IVERS ITY OF M1NNESOTA - MINNEAPOll S CAMPUSHEAl,TH SCI ENCES '. EXPANS IONPROJECT NOS: MINN. BHRD-HP-5C-063
BHRD-NU-5C-077
CllntonN. Hewitt ,Assistant Vice President for Physical Planning
,Paul E. KopletzDirector of En~ineerlng and Construction
Paul J. MaupinHealth Sciences Planning
THE ARCHITECTS COLLABORATIVE, INC.
HEALTH SCIENCES ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS, INC.University Park Plaza .. Suite 704.2829 University Avenue Southeast(612) 378-3833
University of Minnesota
University of Minnesota
University of Minnesota
Cambridge, Massachusetts
Minneapolis, Minnesota55414
1.3 DRA\~INGS
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT BROCHURES
B. These conditions supplement provisions of General Conditions and Division I.
A. Refer to and comply with Section 01300.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
SECTION 15010
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15010-1
A. In general, the drawings of the mechanical systems and equipment are toscale. However, to determine exact locations of wal Is and partitions, theContractor should consult the architectural and/or structural drawings.Drawings shal I not take precedence over field measurements.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600-Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
E. In general, pipe I ines requiring drainage shal I be laid out at the sitefirst, then large pipe mains, then space for air ducts, then electrical conduit.The Mechanical Contractor shal I provide extra stub risers, drip-trap-and-rise
B. Plans of piping and ductwork although shown on scale drawings are diagrammaticonly. They are intended to indicate size and/or capacity where stipulated,approximate location and/or direction, and approximate general arrangement ofona phase of work to another, but not the exact detai I or ox~ct arrangement ofconstruction. If it is found, before installation of any or all constructionphases, that a more convenient, suitable or vJorkable arrangement of any or allphases of the project would result by varying or altering the arrangementindicated on the drawings, the Architect/Engineer may require the Contractor tochange the location or arrangement of his wOI-k without additional cost to theOwner, in accordance with directions from the Architect/Engineer.
D. Because the drawings are to a relatively smal I scale to show as large aportion as is practical, the fact that only certain features of the system areindicated does not mean that other simi lar or different features or detai Isvii II not be requ ired. Contractor sha II furn ish a II inc i denta I labor, mater ia Ior equipment for the systems in their control so that each system is a completeand operating one unless otherwise specifically stipulated in the detai led bodyof the specifications.
C. Where discrepancies are discovered after certain portions or phases of anycontract have been instal led, the Architect/Engineer reserves the right torequire the Contractor to make minor changes in pipe, duct, fixture, or equipment locations or arrangements to avoid confl icts with other work at noadditional cost to the Owner.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
installations, and drip and trap assemblies at low points in steam systemsas may be r'equiredj air vents, rises and drops in forced hot water mainsas may be requiredj and extra lengths and fittings in al I phases as may berequired to instal I al I systems in the space avai lable and as necessary toavoid interferences.
1.4 CONNECTIONS AND LAYOUT
A. It shal I be the responsibi I ity of this Contractor to make connections atterminal points of contract. The piping, ducting and equipment, etc., may beshown with excess clearances for clarity. However, the Contractor shal I grouppipe and arrange al I ducts and equipment to present a neat and workman I ikeappearance and to avoid blocking of passageways.
B. AI I lines sha! I be constructed from the util ity mains, shown on thedrawings or designated by the uti I ity company, and connecting to util ityservice lines on the site, in the bui Iding or other structures. Connectionsshall" include furnishing and install ing the meters, piping, fittings, valves,etc., from the uti I ity main to the discharge side of the meter incl-udingprimary regulating devices.
C. Contractor shal I arrange for and pay for al I costs involved in extending,rerouting and connecting the util ities whether or not part of the work mustnecessari Iy be performed by the various util ity company crews. Any charges forconnections to mains, valving, extending to curb property I ine or bui Iding,furnishing meters or equipment, etc., shal I be paid for as part of the work ofthis division. Regardless of whether the Owner may have to sign with theutility company for any or all of these services, the Contractor shall applyfor and include in his bid al I fees, city inspection charges, permit charges,(except permits paid by U~iversity - see Section CIOIO) work charges, etc.,and shal I be ready to deposit with the util ity company said fees when requiredat tlme of Owner's signing for same.
1.5 SERVICE INTERRUPTION
A. This Contractor shal I schedule his work in such a manner that he does notinterrupt any services to any University of Minnesota bui Idings unlessauthorized by the University. Refer to and comply with requirements of GeneralConditions, and Division I.
B. Any service interruptions to a building, or portion of a building shall becleared and scheduled with the University prior te the interruptlen.
1.6 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Refer to and comply with Section 01700 requirements. The Contractor shal Iprepare a portfol io, as soon as possible after equipment has been ordered, ofal I mechanical equipment furnished by him on the project. This portfol io shal Iinclude manufacturer's shop drawings, parts' lists and operating and maintenanceinstruction of such equipment. Information shal I be submitted in tripl icate,neatly folded to approximately 8-1/2" x I I" size and bound in indexed loose-leafbinders of adequate size to contain the material. Each binder shal I be properly
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15010-2
IIIIII
:1IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
identified. Upon completion of these portfol ios, the Contractor shal I turn overto the Architect/Engineer, prior to the Owner taking over the bui Iding, forapproval and del ivery to the Owner.
B. Instructions shal I contain the fol lowing information and services:
I. Manufacturer's recommended cleaning and maintenance procedures.
2. List of materials recommended for maintenance.
3. Complete operating instructions.
4. Name and address of authorized service organizations and parts depot.
5. Where indicated in the specifications, the Contractor shal I providethe services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner'sauthorized personnel in the operation, control and maintenance of equipment.
6. Refer to Sections of specifications for additional information to befurnished by the Contractor.
7. The Mechanical Contractor shal I instruct the Owner's representative inthe use of al I equipment and systems, as specified in Section 01700, includingthe proper procedure for draining and fi I I ing chi I led water coi Is.
I •7 OTHER WORK
A. Other work wi I I be performed by separate trades. This Contractor shallgive careful consideration to work of al I of the general, electrical, elevatorand other trades, and ai I subsidiar'y tr'ades, and shai I organize his work sothat it wi I I not interfere with the work of other trades. He must consultal I the specifications for correlating information and al I drawings for detai Is,dimensions, foundations, pits, etc.
1.8 CLEANING
A. Refer to and comply with requirements of General Conditions, Section 01010and 01070. The Contractor and Subcontractors for the various phases of the workof this Division shal I promptly clear away al I debris, surplus materials, etc.,resulting from their work or operations, leaving the job and equipment furnishedunder any or al I contracts in a clean first-class condition.
B. Air surfaces of al I coi Is, convectors, fan housings, fan wheels, fan motors,air unit plenums and al I air fi Iters shal I be wiped or vacuumed clean or washed,if required, leaving the installation in a first-class condition.
C. AI I plumbing fixtures shal I be thoroughly cleaned of al I plaster, stickers,rust stains, and other foreign matter or discoloration, leaving every part inan acceptable condition and ready for use. The surface of al I floor drains,clean-outs and other equipment shal I be cleaned and each item shal I be left Ina first-class condition. Thoroughly clean al I items of equipment furnishedsuch as traps, strainers, pumps, motors, compressors, condensers, etc., leavingeach item in a clean first-class condition.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUN IT P/N I50 I0-3
1.9 PAINTING AND STENCILING
A. Painting of final field coats on materials and equipment furnished underthe mechanical portion of the contract wi I I be done under the generalconstruction contract as described in Section 09900.- This Contractor shal I,however, refinish and restore to the original conditions and appearance al Imechanical equipment which has sustained damage to the manufacturer's primeand finish coats of enamel or paint. Materials and workmanship shal I beequal to the requirements descr-ibed in Section 09900. AI I painting or paintfinish referred to in Division 15 is to be provided by this contractor. ThisContractor shaf I identify piping and indicate direction of flow, by markingthe equipment as frequently as necessary for painting and stencil ing byGeneral Contractor. Laboratory water piping systems shal t be labeled "WaterUnsafe for Drinking" in accordance with the Minnesota state Plumbing Code.
1.10 DEMOLITION, REMODELING, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Refer to and comply with r-equirements of Section 01070.
B. The relocation of existing equipment and piping systems shal I be accomplishedin the least possible time. Work shal I be scheduled so as to minimize the downtime for the respective systems involved, and the schedule approved by theUniversity in advance. This wi I I be required for existing services beingrevamped and/or relocated and al I interconnecting portions of these systemsshall be instal led as complete as practicable prior to actual shut-down forfinal connections.
C.As appl icable, work shal I be coordinated with the other contractors, othertrades and with the University. In areas where work Involved may interferewith existing bul Iding operations or require temporary or permanent cessationor relocation of building functions, the University must be consulted so thatwork schedules can be set up acceptable to al I concerned.
D. This Contractor shal I furnish and instal I al I materials and equipment tocO!'T1plete remodeled areas of the existing bui Idings as shown on the plansspecified herein, or required to complete the work indicated under thisContract, including al I minor items necessary for complete and operatinginstallation. This Contractor shal! offset existing piping and ductwork asindicated on the drawings or as required to accompl ish the remodeling indicated.
Refer to the architectural drawings for remodel ing required.
E. This Contractor sha! I be responsible for al I necessary cutting and patchingrequired in connection with his work and where necessary because of removal orchange of existing work. Cutting of structural members and finished surfacesshal I not be al lowed without permission from the Architect or StructuralEngineer. These cutting and patching requirements wi II be modified only jfgeneral construction specifications and drawings specifically and clearly statethat certain or al I portions of same required for each of the various tradesis to be performed by the General Contractor.
F. This Contractor shal I remove existing mechanical wor-k as shown, or isrequired to accompl ish the work as indicated on the drawings, from the existingUnit A Complex. Where required, existing piping, ductwork and other mechanicalwork and systems shsl I be relocated or rerouted to accompl ish and complete thewor'k.
ur..., HE/\LTH SC I ENCESUNiT piN 15010-4
IIIIII
-:1
IIIIIIIIIIII
a,·A
G. Cutting and patching to expose and remodel existing mechanical systemsshal I not be construed as the work of another contract unless specificallycal led for on another contractor's documents. In general, al I patching causedby Mechanical Contractor's cutting and demol ition work to accompl ish thework of the Mechanical Contractor shal I be done by the Mechanical Contractor,except as indicated to be done by the General Contractor on the ArchitecturalDraw ings.
H. Cutting. required for plumbing, heating, venti lating and air conditioningwork, etc., shal I be done by the Mechanical Contractor to the entire satisfaction of the University and Architect/Engineer. Cutting shal I be kept to aminimum which wi I I al low the proper placement of the materials.
I. AI I unsalvagable materials shal I be removed in a manner that wi I I avoiddamage to materials or equipment to remain and shall be completely removedand legally disposed away from the site.
J. Salvagable materials designated for re-use or relocation shal I be carefullyremoved and shal I be protected from damage unti I they are incorporated intothe new work.
K. Salvagable mechanical equipment not specifically stated or specified to bereused should be reviewed with the University's representative as to disposition.If the University desires to retain, the equipment should be carefully removed,protected from damage and turned over to the University at a location outsidethe bui Iding. If the University does not desire the equipment, it should becompletely removed and legally disposed away from the site. Equipment shal Iinclude but not be I imited to air handl ing units, ductwork, diffusers, controlinstruments, tubing, piping, valves, plumbing fixtures, trim, drains, cleanouts,and fire protection sprinkler heads.
L. See Sections 01010 and 01500 for special requirements such as the use ofconstruction tools, barricades, and protection of the existing bui Iding.
M. The Mechanical Contractor shal I repaint al I areas where he has performedcutting and patching at rooms, spaces or locations that are not repainted underthe General Contract, generally these wi I I be locations where no demo I ition, cuttingand patching is performed by the General Contractor.
N. Refer to Sections '01070, 04200, 09100 and 09900 for execution and requirementsfor patching and painting and comply with appl icable provisions as to materialsand workmanship.
1.11 EXCAVATING
A. This Contractor shal I do al I trenching, excavating and backfi I I ing requiredfor his work. Any street, sidewalks, curb or paved area repairs necessarybecause of this work shal I be his responsibi I ity. Refer to General Conditions,Section 02200 and Section 02400 for requirements of trenching, excavating, backfil Iand compaction; comply with appl icable provisions.
1.12 GOVERNING CODES
A. The mechanical installation shall conform to the current provisions of alllocal and State codes pertaining to plumbing, heating, ventilation andrefriger,ation work including, but not necessari Iy I imited to the following:
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15010-5
..'I. Minnesota Building Code
2. Minnesota State Plumbing Code
3. American Water Works Association
4. National Electric Code
5. Minnesota State Board of Health
6. Minnesota Safety Code and Regulations
7. Sheet metal and Air Conditioning ContracTors National Association
8. Local applicable ordinances
1.13 STANDARDS
A. AI I materials suppl led under the mechanical contract requirements shallconform to the latest editions of the fol lowing standards:
I. AI I appl icable standards as publ ished by the American Society ofTesting Materials.
2. AI I applicable standards as published by the National Fire ProtectionAssociation.
3. American Standards Association
4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers
5. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air ConditioningEngineers.
6. Air Moving and Conditioning Association
7. University of Minnesota Standards
1.14 TESTS
A. AI I work shal I be inspected, tested and approved as required by the Stateof Minnesota and loca! regulations. Tests shal I be made in presence of properInspectors and Architect/Engineer or their duly authorized representatives.AI I tests shal I be made by the Contractor at his own expense, unless specificallynoted otherwise, and he shal I furnish three (3) test certificates each to theUniversity and Architect/Engineer.
B. All work shal I prove absolutely tight under required tests. AI I types ofpiping systems, except final tests of completed systems shal I be made beforepipe is covered or connected to fixtures and equipment. Tests required shal Inot be less than specified in the fol lowing paragraphs.
C. All gauges, tools, pumps, gas, air or other equipment required for testingand initial adjusting of piping systems shal I be purchased and provided by thiscontractor.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUN IT piN 150 10-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
3. Welding
D. Piping Tests
E. Systems Tests
b. Test samples shal I be sent to an independent testing laboratory bythe contractor, and contractor shal I pay al I costs of test.
Mechanics doing si Iver brazing areTest shal I simulate job conditions using
4. Compressed air piping shal I be tested with a 150 psi without dropother than that due to temperature differential over a 24-hour period. Testingmedium ~hal I be water pumped compressed air or nitrogen only.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15010-7
2. Si Iver Brazed Copper Joints.required to pass a certifying test.fittings of size and type specified.
2. Cold, hot and recirculating hot water piping shal I be tested and provenwatertight under a hydrostatic pressure of 125 psi pressure or 1-1/2 times theworking pressure, whichever is greater, for a period of two (2) hours prior toappl ication of pipe insulation and final connection to fixtures.
e. Contractor and the University shal I agree upon the degree ofexamination and the basis of rejection of welding prior to installation.
3. Gas piping shal I be tested with air at 50 psi pressure for a period oftwo hours. Soap test al I joints.
I. Sweat copper joints. Provisions shal I be made for removal of one (I)percent of the sweat joints in copper piping for inspection and testing.Additional joints may be required to be removed if fai lure occurs in originalone (I) percent tested.
b. Welded joints to be tested shal I be selected by the UniversityConstruction Superintendent. Number selected shal I be 2% of joints made, butnot less than two (2).
a. Test sample shal I be two (2) nipples (12" long) and one (I) coupl ingof the largest size to be used at the job (2" minimum size). Execute one (I)sample in horizontal position, 6'-0" above floor, and one (I) sample in verticalposition 5'-0" above floor with upward flow of brazing.
I. AI I soi I, waste, storm water and vent conductors, etc., shal I be testedwith air of 5 psi pressure and shal I remain constant for 15 minutes withoutthe addition of air.
c. Selected joints shal I be radiographed by an independent testinglaboratory and evaluated on the basis of appropriate codes and constructionstandards covering services instal led. Use APA 1104 from American PetroleumInstitute or ANSI-B31.1 where required.
d. AI I welds shal I be stronger than the parent metal. A minimum oftwo passes shal I be used on al I arc welded joints.
a. Certification shal I be for type of work being performed by welder andshal I be accompl ished in accordance with ASME "Qual ification Standard for WeldingProcedures, Welders and Welding Operations." No welds shal I be made by any welderuntil copies of his certification have been submitted to Engineer/Architect.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
5. Vacuum piping systems shall be tested at 25 inches of vacuum for aperiod of one hour with al I outlets closed and pump not working. The drop invacuum shal I not exceed 1/4" of mercury during the test.
6. Nitrogen Piping System
a. After installation of the piping, but before installation of the outlets,the system shal I be blown clear of free moisture and foreign matter by means ofwater pumped (oil free) dry nitrogen or air.
b. After installation of the station outlet valves, each section of thepiping system shall be subjected to a test pressure of 1-1/2 times maximumworking pressure, but in no case less than 150 psi, by means of water pumped(oil free) nitrogen or air. This test pressure shal I be maintained until eachjoint has been examined for leakage by means of soapy water. AI I leaks shal I berepaired and the section retested.
c. A 24-hours standing pressure test with water pumped (oil free) nitrogenor air at 1-1/2 tim8s maximum working pressure, but in no case less than 150 psi,shal I be made to check the completeness of previous Joint tests. Only normal
7. Carbon Dioxide System. Same as Nitrogen Piping System as specified in 6.
8. The Standpipe and Sprinkler Piping System shal I be tested hydrostaticallyat 250 psi water pressure for a period of two (2) hours.
9. AI I Steam and return piping shal I be subjected to an air test of not lessthan 75 psi pressure or 1-1/2 -times the working pressure whichever is greater.The pressure shal I be maintained for a period of two (2) hours with no dropin pressure. Soap test al I joints.
10. AI I Hotwater Reheat and Radiation Piping; same as Steam Piping Systemas specified in 9.
I I. Condenser Water System shal I be sUbjected to an air test of not less than225 psi pressure. The pressure shal I be maintained for a period of two (2)hours with no drop in air pressure. Soap test al I joints.
12. Chil led Water System, and Glycol-Engine Coolant System shal I be subjectedto an air test same as specified for condenser water except not less than 150 psipressure.
13. Fuel Oi I Piping System shal I be tested at 1-1/2 times operating pressure.
14. Pump ~btors. AI I motors and/or equipment under the mechanical contractshal I be tested under load conditions with the RPM and amperage readings takenand I isted on the required certificate.
a. All pumps in addition shal I have flow and head listed.
15. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers: Each fire damper and smoke dampershal I be tested after installation, witnessed by a responsible person toascertain its proper functioning. Each damper shal I be tested and certified.A copy of the certification shal I be forwarded to Architect/Engineer, Universityof Mi nnesota and ROfEC for record.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15010-8
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
;1I
16. Heating, Venti latlng, and Air Conditioning
a. AI I venti lating and air conditioning systems shal I be balanced by anindependent test and balance agency retained by the University of Minnesota.The agency wi I I be a fully certified member of the Associated Air Balance Council.
b. The Mechanical Contractor sha! I have ventilating and air conditioningsystems instal led, cleaned and operating in al I areas del ivering air throughinaccessible ceil ing areas so as to remove construction dirt and dust from ductprior to installation of ceil ings.
c. AI I equipment shall be freshly oi led, filters charged with cleanmedia, and installation completely finished prior to acceptance.
17. Hydronic Systems, Chi I led Water, and Condenser Water Systems.
a. AI I hydronic systems, chi lIed water and condenser water systemswil I be balanced by an independent test and balance agency retained by theUniversity of Minnesota.
18. Fire Safety Precautions
a. See Article 1.33 Section 01010
19. Automatic Temperature Control
a. The entire pneumatic piping system shal I be tested by placing itunder 30 psi pressure for 24 hours with a drop not exceeding I psi during thattime.
b. AI I temperature control systems shal I be checked out under operatingconditions with the actual operations verified and temperature readings takenaround each control point to prove the correct control function or operation. AI I.damper function shal I be similarly verified. These facts shal I also be includedwith the required certificates.
c. Temperature control air piping buried in slabs sha! I have acontinuous air test on the piping whi Ie slabs are being poured.
20. Steri I ization of Domestic and Laboratory Water Pipes
a. Upon completion of cold, hot water, and circulating hot water pIpingsystems, including water service connection, this Contractor shal I sterit izethese systems with chlorine before they are placed in oper-ation. Amount ofchlorine appl ied shal I be such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50 partsper mil J ino. Fo! lowing a contact period of not less than 6 hours, the heavilychlorinated water shal I be flushed from the system with clean water until theresidual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per mil I ion. AI Ivalves in water I ines being steri I ized shal I be opened and closed several timesduring the 6 hours period.
b. AI I steri I ization work shal I be performed in q manner and withmethods such as to meet approval of inspector's Office of State Board of Heaith.Water shal I be sampled and tested by the Division of Environmental Health,University Health Service before being placed in service.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15010-9
c. Special care shal I be taken in sterilizing, cleaning and flushingpiping to eyewashes and emergency showers.
21. Cleaning and Flushing of Piping Systems. The Contractor In the presenceof the University shal I thoroughly flush the chll led and condenser water system,hydronlc heating systems, Glycol water engine coolant systems, using WyandottChemical Corporation's "Conquer" I iquid cleaner. The cleaning and flushing procedureshal I be in accordance with the fol lowing:
a. After the piping systems have been completed and pressure tested,set all hand valves and control valves in an open position.
b. FII I the systems with clean water and start the system pumps.
c. Using the chemica! feeders on the chi I led water system and thehydronic systems, add one (I) I iquid ounce of "Conquer" liquid cleaner pergallon of water in the systems. The I iquid cleaner may be added directly intothe cooling tower basin using one (I) I iquid ounce of cleaner per gal Ion ofwater In the system. The I iquid cleaner may be added in the same proportionin the Glycol Systems at the point of Glycol fi I I, then flushed as describedbelow prior to the introduction of the Glycol/Water mixture. Isolate newconstruction and instal I temporary pump for circulating the cleanser in newportion of system.
d. After the cleaner has been added to the systems, continue to runthe pumps for a period of 4 hours. During this period, the pump strainers shal Ibe inspected and cleaned as required to prevent damage to the pumps, but in nocase shall inspectIon and cleaning be done at greater than one hour intervals.
e. At the end of the 4 hour run, drain al I systems completely, thenflush with clean water for a 2 hour period discharging dirty water to sewer.
f. Drain systems, disconnect temporary pumps and chemical feeders,remove, clean, and replace a! I strainer screens and fil I systems with cleanwater.
1.15 IDENTIFICATION
A. All mechanical equipment furnished under these specifications shal I beidentified with black-white-black laminated 1/8" plastic plates. Platesattached with self-tapping screws.
B. Provide 1/8" engraved plastic plates at each outlet of the laboratory watersystem with the legend: Water Unsafe for Drinking. Letters to be 1/4" high,Helvetica Medium letters, in one or two lines as selected by Architect, coloras selected by Architect. Attach to surface (wal I or splashback) closest to tilefixture, using 2 screws. If no adjacent surface, attach to fixture with a chain.Ver:fy typical locations with Architect prior to installation. Submit samplesof one and two I ine plates for approval prior to ordering.
1.16 RESTORt\TION OF CONSTRUCTION DISTURBED FOR UTI~ITIES
A. Refer to General Conditions and Section 01010.
1.17 FUTURE ADDITIONS
A. Pipes and ductwork shal I be valved a~d capped for future completion ofSP9ces as shown on the plans.UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15010-10
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I • 18 CONNECT IONS TO EX IS1 I ~lG BU ILD I NGS
A. Connections to the existing bui Iding shal I be made as shown on the plans.Any existing equipment and/or systems affected by these connections shal I bereplaced into proper operation. Add isolating valves at point of connectionto existing services.
1.19 ENTRY OF LARGE EQUIPMENT
A. If any equipment cannot be brought through regular entrances, Contractorshal I so notify the University and Contractor for General Construction, andarrange with him to leave suitable openings for accommodation of such largeequipment. AI I such arrangements shal I be subject to approval of Architect/Engineer. Without such arrangements, equipment shal I be delivered in sectionssmal I enough to permit use of regular entrances. This latter practice is notpreferred.
1.20 TEST AND BALANCE SERVICE
A. Under a separate contract, the University wi I I retain a qualified independentfirm to provide the services of testing and balancing the air, hydronic, chil ledwater and condenser water systems of this Project. The consultant wi I I beresponsible to the University and the Architect. It is intended the serviceswit I be provided by a firm special izing in testing and balancing air and hydronicsystems in bui Iding construction and be certified by the Associated Air BalanceCounc i I (AABC).
B. It is intended the separate contract wi I I include al I services of testingand balancing in accordance with the publ ished standards of the AABC NationalStandards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Bala~ce. Theservice will include the Pre-construction Plan Check and Continuous InspectionPlan of the AABC. The consultant shal I also act as an inspection agency duringconstruction and shal I report to the University any discrepancies or items notinstal led in accordance with the Contract Documents pertaining to the systemshe wi I I be testing and balancing.
C. The consultant wi I I provide the testing and balancing service for air andpiped systems, such as:
I. Complete ventilating, air conditioning and exhaust systems, includingfume hood tests, balancing the air.flow to and from al I openings, adjustingdampers, fan speeds and other adjustments required to meet the requiredadjustments to inlet vane and scrol I by-pass dampers; and such other adjustmentsnecessary to provide fully balanced systems performing as intended by theContract Documents.
2. Piped/pumped systems of all hydronic, chit led water, condenser water,recirculating domestic water, heat recovery and other systems, balancingthe ,r-Iow to/from each device and making such tests and adjustments necessaryto meet the required volume and performance intended by the Contract Documents.
D. Where appl icable, the consultant shal I test and balance systems in operationat both the normal and emergency mode conditions.
E. The Mechanical Contractor '(and his subcontractors and suppl iers) shal I coordinate his Work and cooperate with the test and balance consultant throughout
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15010-1 I
construction as necessary for the consultant to satisfactorily and efficientlyperform his serv ices. The tv1echan i ca I Contractor sha I I :
I. Provide the consultant with a schedule of the Work, updating the scheduleas the Work progresses and giving the consultant timely notices to al lowexaminations and permit test and balance services to be accomplished at appropriatetimes.
2. Advise the consultant of changes, modifications and rearrangements madeduring the construction progress.
3. Provide a copy of pertinent shop drawings, pertinent equipment brochures,fan curves, coil data, gril Ie register and diffuser submittals, pump submittals,pump curves, control diagrams, other similar data, and any other necessaryInformation required to perform the balancing and adjusting of the HVAC andpiped/pumped systems. AI I such data shal I be the final copies accepted by theUniversity and Architect/Engineer.
4. Leave al I air and piping balancing devices in the wide open position,and instruct al I workmen and subcontractors of this requirement, and free alloperating arms and adjustments so they can be easily operated.
5. Allow access to al I areas of the Work as necessary to accompl ish thetest and balance services.
Utv1 HEALTH SC IENCESUNIT PIN 15010-12
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. I MATERIALS
PART 2: PRODUCTS
C. Backflow Preventer: Febco No. 835, of 2" size or equal.
F. Main Pipe: Type "~' soft copper, ASTM B88, with si Iver brazed joints.
IRRIGATION
O. Manual Drain Valves: Bucker Model 80K, 3/4" or equal, manual angle drainvalves designed for reverse flow.
; . I SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 15020-1
G. Lateral Pipe (from vaives to heads); Ultra high density polyethylenepipe such as Yardley 80# black diamond polyethylene pIpe.
E. Automatic Drain Valves: Model No. oR-2, 1/2" drain valve as manufacturedby Imperial Sprinkler Company, Kansas City, Missouri.
B. Hydrants: One-piece quick coupling valves and hose swivels as manufacturedby Buckner. One-piece valve doublt slot vinyl top (yel low), to be flush withgrade, catalog No. eRLT. Coupler for one-piece valve, double lug, catalogNo.3C. Hose swivel, catalog #23 (I" IPS, I" male hose thread).
A. Sprinkler Heads: The sprinkler heads shal I be Weathermatic #33 Inbronze, or equal.
PART I: GENERAL
SECT ION 15020'-- _
E. Irrigation lines shown on the drawings are essentially diagrammatic.Locations of al I heads, valves, piping, wiring, etc., shal I be specificallyestablished in the field by the contractor at the time of construction.f'\ny departures from the layout and detai Is shown herein shall be clearlyshown on the shop drawings and subject to the approval of the Engineer.
D. General Requirements: Conform to requirements of Section 15010 and othersections as applicable.
A. Conditions of Contract, DivIsion I - General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
B. The Irrigation system shall include the furnishing, install ing and testingof all mains, laterals, and fittings; the furnishing and install ing of heads,gate valves, control valves, controller, electrical wiring, controls andnecessary specialties and accessories, excavation and backfl I I and all otherwork in accordance with the plans and specifications as required for a complete\'/orklng system.
C. Labor: Use sk II Ied workmen, tra Ined in the trade they are perform Lng.Only first class workmanship wi I I be accep'table.
IIIIII
IIIIIII
IIIIIIIIII
H. Automatic Remote Control Valves: Valves shal! be Hydro-Rain Series 100 orequal. The electrical, solenoid operated remote control valve shal I be ofsynthetic non-corrosive materIal, diaphragm activated, slow closing, se/fcleaning control system and a manual flow control adjustment. The valve mustbe serviceable without removal and be guaranteed for five years.
I. Po Iyethy Iene Latera I Li ne FItt Ings: Serrated Insert-pattern PVC clampedwith al I stainless straps.
J. Irrigation Controller: Controller shall utilize solid state microprocessortechnology capable of operating 12 discrete 24 VA, 24 FAC output circuits and amaster valve output circuit. Input voltage shal I be 105-125 VAC to the primarywindings of an external transformer.
I. Station timing shal I be variable and accurate to .02 seconds withfour starts of any combination per day.
2. There shal I be 3 automatic 14-day programs with manual overrides ofstart, stop, advance and skip.
3. There shal I be a "test mode" capabll ity to speed up al I times by afactor of 60 for quick testing system.
4. The controller shal I have a battery backup to prevent memory Joss.
5. The controller shal I have a digital clock and instruction flip chart.
6. Approved Manufacturer: Johns-Manvil Ie.
K. Gate Valve: 125# bronze, solder end, spilt wedge, rising stem lunkenheimer #2131.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Schedule and coordinate work with other trades and contractors toprevent Interference of operations and location of Irrigation 1ines, plantings,etc.
B. Drain Valves, Automatic: Furnish and Instal I at low points of polyehtylenesupply line. Valves shal I have 3 psi spring actuated seat. screened on bothinlet and outlet. Provide gravel sump of 2 cu.ft. at valve outlet.
C. Main Pipe: Place to layout as shown on the dr'awlngs.
D. lateral lines: Place to layout as shown on the drawings, minimum 12" bury.
E. Irrigation Controller: Controller, external transformer, solenoid valvesand wiring by this Contractor.
F. locations: Instal I spray heads and lines to location and layout as shownon plan sheet M-6. Polyethylene tubing and automatic drainvalves to be placed a minimum of 12" be/ow finish grades. ~/here 3" sleevespass under sidewalks, etc., a minimum of 16" cover Is required.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN ·15020-2
IIIIII
:1
IIIIIIIII
f
I !.·
f
IlI
I'
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
G. Where lateral lines pass under new paved surfaces, an applicable sizedPVC sleeve pIpe shal I be instal led to facl Iitate Installation and futuremaintenance.
H. Provide sleeves for al I pipes that pass under or through wal Is, slabs,columns or brIdging. Provide sleeves whether speclflcal IV indlated or not.
3.2 OPERATiNG INSTRUCTIONS AND TESTS
A. Instruct Owner's operating personnel in the proper operation, care andmaintenance of al I equipment Instal led. Fl Ie an affidavit with theArchitect's office signed bV Owner stating that said requirements havebeen fulfilled. Supervise Initial operation of all equlpmeilt.
B. Obtain manufacturer's installation directions, diagrams and servicemaintenance Instructions for each Item requiring shop drawings, and atcompletion of project provide two copies of each In the form of a boundmanual to the Owner. Manuals shal I also contain complete lists of spareand replacement parts for al I equipment Including names and addresses of al Isuppliers.
C. Irrigation lines shal I be hvdrostatlcal IV tested at 125 psi for a periodof 2 hours. Leakage shal I not exceed AWWA Specifications, Section 13.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15020-3
2.1 GENERAL
PART 2: INSTALLATION
B. This sGction specifies the basic materials and workmanship for the variousmechanical trades. Its provisions apply to al I work of the Mechanical Contractor.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
1.1 SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
E. Bolt and gasket sets for a) I steam piping, except condensate piping, shal Ibe flanged bolts ASTM A193, grade B7 al loy steel with semi-finished hex nutA-194. Gasket shal I be flexital I ic type C-G, or equal. For condensate pipingthe bolt material shal I be cold rol led steel flanged bolt with hex head and
UMHEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15100-1
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requiremen and Section 15010,General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to all work of this c,?,;tion. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section Ol600-Materials and Equipment for requirements or ore-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and other conditions.
SECTION 15100
A. AI I pipes shal I be required size, round and straight and shal I be cut,reamed, threaded, beveled for welding and/or otherwise prepared for joiningwith proper tools. AI I pipingshal I be properly enclosed, supported, guided,anchored, sway braced, connected, tested, cleaned and flushed out, properlyinsulated and protected where required, and run in a neat and orderly mannerto the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. Lines required to be enclosedin ceil ings, chaseways or similar spaces shal I be instal led to permit suchenclosure as intended. This Contractor must lay out his work, properly locatethe apparatus and add necessary pipe, sleeve, etc., and take his own measurements at building.
D. AI I heating and cool ing piping systems shal I conform with al I appl icablerequirements of the Code for Pressure Piping, ASA B31. I and with al I appl icablestate and local codes, except that where type and qual ity of materials, weights,thicknesses, design, pressures or fabrication techniques are cal led for inthese specifications which exceed or upgrade such code requirements, thesespecifications shal I govern.
C. AI I piping shal I be instal led with ample provIsions for expansion andcontraction to prevent damage to same or to bui Iding structure. Such provIsIonsshal I be made by means of piping offsets, changes in directions, expansionloops and/or suitable expansion joints. Suitable anchors and guides shal Ibe provided to permit proper deflection and compression of offsets, loops andexpansion joints. Expansion joints shal I not be used in I ieu of offsets,changes in direction or loops, except where specified and/or indicated on thedrawings or where otherwise obviously necessary.
B. AI I pipes shal I be run with proper grade to provide for easy draining andin group runs where appl icable. Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominalpipe sizes and not outside diameters. Pipes shal I be run substantially asindicated on the drawings; however, Architect/Engineer reserve the right torequire this contractor to make minor changes in pipe locations where confl letsoccur with other trades. Such changes shal I be made without extra cost to theOwner.
,
heavy semi-finished hex nut. Gasket shal I be 1/16 Cranite ring gasket,~r
equa I.
2.2 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM
A. The continuous waste and vent piping method shal I be fol lowed for entireplumbing system. Provide laboratory and domestic hot, circulating hot andcold water, disti 1led water, compressed air, natural gas, carbon dioxide,oxygen, and vacuum I ines to al I outlets, junction boxes, and fixtures asshown on drawings or specified herein.
B. AI I water piping shal I be pitched to drain points, and up from hot watertanks, supply mains or risers 1/8" per 10 feet wherever possible. Provide a3/4" hose bibb drain at end of each main and base of each riser and elsewhereas indicated on drawings.
C. AI I waste and vent piping she: I I be properly pitched 1/4" to the foot wherepossible and 1/8 1
' minimum unless indicated otherwise so that all waste pipingwi II drain back to main stacks and vent pipe wi II dr'ain back to fixture unlessloop venting indicates other pitch. Piping shal J be properly supported so thatit wit I not sag and form pockets. Joints between cast iron pipe and fittingsshal I be caulked with pitched oakum, thoroughly forced into joints with caulking tools. The joints shal I then be fi I led with molten lead sol idly caulkedeven with the hub top. Joints for acid resistant waste and vent shal I be glassbead with stainless steel or glass reinforced nylon compression type assembl ieswith teflon I iner. Where acid resistant piping connects to cast iron piping,the connecting fitting shal I be an acid fitting and the common line shal I continueas acid resisting material. Preformed molded rubber rings m~y be Osed wherespecified under Section 15110.
D. Glass pipe shal I be instal led in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Vertical runs of 3", 4" and 6" pipe shal' be supported by a ring clampunder the coupl ing at each floor. 1-1/2" and 2" vertical runs supported everyother floor. Horizontal ~uns supported every 8 to 10 feet.
E. AI I gas piping shal I be instal led with plugged drip pockets at low points.Pipe shal f be extended to al I gas equipment, including safety valves whererequired or noted to be instal led.
F. Consult manufacturer's data and detai Is of rooms containing plumbing fixtureson architectural drawings before roughing-in piping. Plug or cap pipingimmediately after installation. Waste stuffed in open ends of piping shal I beremoved before installation of next length of pipe. Minimum size of al I waterpiping shal I be 3/4" except for short stubs immediately at fixtures.
G. All groups of fixtures shall have main valves including drain cocks withvalves spotted in accessible, but concealed locations. Sectional izing valvesshall be provided where shown to isolate each laboratory bench from the mains.
H. AI I compressed air piping shal I be instal led with drip pockets at low pointsof piping for el imination of moisture. Piping shal I be connected at top ofmain. Connections at equipment shal I include a valve and union.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15100-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIt
ill
IIIIIII'IIIIIIII
I. AI I vacuum piping shal I be run with as few offsets as possible. Specialcare shal I be given to reaming ends of pipe for this system to el iminate al Irough edges.
J. Circulating hot water piping systems shal I be properly balanced so as toprovide equal flow in al I branches of the system. Provide a thermometer ineach circulating branch.
2.3 HEATING PIPING SYSTEM
A. All steam and condensate piping shal I be instal led for gravity flow ofcondensate to traps and/or condensate receivers. Steam and return pipingshal I pitch at least 1/4" in 10 feet. Provide drip legs and trap assembl iasat al I rise locations where shown and/or as may be otherwise required. steamlines shal I be pitched for condensate flow in same direction as steam flowexcept where otherwise specifically shown on the drawings. Runouts to equipment util izing steam and return shal I pitch 1/4" to I foot.
B. AI I hot water heating piping shal I be instal led with a minimum pitch of1/8" per 10 feet to free itself of water when drained and/or air when operating.If rises and drops are required in horizontal pipe runs, instal I a 3/4" IPSby 6" high capped pipe air chamber for hydronic main supply and return risers.See Article 2.5 of Section 15130. Through a reducer, connect a 1/8" copper tubeand run the stubs to discharge over a janitor's slop receptor or an equipmentroom floor drain. On the end of the copper tube near the drain, instal I akey-operated manual air vent. Provide a gate valve and union on inlet to airvent. On the high side of al I hot water finned tube radiation, furnish andinstal I an air vent. See Article 2.5 of Section 15130. Furnish and instal I abypass between pump suction and pump discharge with gate valve, strainer andbalancing cock on al I convertor installdtions. Bypass line shal I be one halfthe size of the suction piping. Furnish and instal I on each reheat coil shut-offvalves, unions, control valve and a ful I supply pipe size air chamber at least4" long with reducer on top to a Taco, Dole, or standard type key-operated airvent valve. Provide copper tubing on air chamber outlets and run tubing toaccessible location before instal I ing air vent when necessary for access and~hen directed by Architect/Engineer.
C. Under no circumstances shal I any pipe connections in the field be madeby punching a hole in a pipe and inserting or saddl ing a branch take-off.Flanged connections required to match field equipment may be made usingsl ip-on flanges.
D. Work done in approved prefabrication shops field located or otherwise maybe done as fol 10wS:-Submit prefab pipe for University of Minnesota inspectionbefore installation.
I. Provide welding tees on al I ful I size branch take-offs from pipe mains.
2. Provide a welding tee and reducer fitting at branch connections thatare one size smaller than the main. Reducing tees may be used.
3. When the branch pipe is at least two sizes smaller than the main pipe,the branch may be saddled to the main on 2-1/2" diameter and larger pipes.
4. SI ip on flanges or weld neck flanges are permitted.
5. Omit back-up rings specified for each joint in welded pipe sizes 2-1/2"~".
and larger.UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15100-3
E. Trap assembl ies for al I but steam and drip points and preheat coi!s shal Iconsist of dirt pocket, strainer, uni~n, trap and gate valve.
F. Trap assGmbl ies for steam main drip points shal I consist of gate valve,union, strainer, trap, union, and gate valve.
G. Trap assembl ies for preheat coi Is shal I consist of dirt pocket, union,g~te valve, trap, union and gate valve. See detai I on the drawings.
H. AI I drip piping shal I be welded except for connections to screwedstrainers and traps.
I. Glycol-engine coolant systems shal I be pitched simi Jar to hot water heatingsystems.
2.4 AIR CONDITIONING AND CONDENSER WATER SYSTEMS
A. AI I chi I led water piping and condenser water piping shal I be instal ledwith a minimum pitch of 1/8" per 10 I ineal feet to free itself of water whendrained and of air when operating.
B Under no circumstances shal I any pipe connections in the field be made bypunching a hole in a pipe and inserting or saddf ing a branch take-off.Reduction in line size for al I piping shal I be with eccentric fittings,buttweld, or screwed according to size and appl ication. Flanged connectionsrequired to match field equipment may be made using sl ip-on flanges.
c. Work done in approved prefabrication shops field located or otherwise maybe done as fol lows. Sub~it prefab pipe for University of Minnesota inspectionbefore installation.
I. Provide welding tees on al I ful I size branch take-offs from pipe mains.
2. Provide a welding tee and reducer fitting at branch connections thatare one size smaller than the main. Reducing tees may be used.
3. When the branch pipe is at least two sizes smaller than the main pipe,the branch may be saddled to the main on 2-1/2" diameter and larger pipes.
4. SI ip on flanges or weld neck flanges are permitted.
5. Omit back-up rings specified for each joint in welded pipe sizes 2-1/2"and larger.
2.5 CONNECTIONS TO MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Due to the fact that the manufacture of the equipment purchased mayvary sl ightly from that specified and therefore requires some rearrangingof equipment different from that indicated on the drawings, the Contractorshal I make connections to such re-arranged equipment without additional costto the Owner. That is for an initial installation arrangement other thanthat indicated on the drawings.
B. This Contractor shal I make al I water, waste, vacuum, nitrogen, air, carbondioxide, vent, gas, steam, condensate return, hot water heating and ductworkconnections to al I equipment that is instal led for this project whether ornot such equipment is furnished by this Contractor, other contractors, or
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15100-4
IIIIII
.~I.~
IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIII
IIIIIII11I
I I~·j.~
,I.~
II
,II, I~ I11
by the Owner. This includes furnishing and instal I ing piping, shut-offvalves, unions, fittings, ductwork, air control devices and insulation.
c. The unpacking, assembling and setting of equipment furnished underother than mechanical sections of these specifications, wi I I be performedby other than this Contractor. This I ist includes, but is not necessarilyI imited to the fol lowing which are I isted in the General and Electricalsections of the specifications and/or Architectural and Electrical drawings:
I. Laboratory Equipment other than what is specified in Section 15310.
2. Environmental Rooms.
3. Steri I izers.
4. Glass and Cage Washers.
5. Linear diffusers, registers, gri lies, integral with cei lingcomponents.
6. Louvers.
7. Temperature Control Valve Instal lations and Temperature ControlDamper Set.
8. Emergency Generators.
9. Fin tube radiation covers.
10. Fi 1m Developing Equipment.
I I. Owner furnished equipment. Section 01010.
12. Generally, connection types and sizes are described in the aboveI ists and/or shown on the drawings.
D. The Mechanical Contractor shal I coordinate work between the varioustrades to insure proper installation and operationof al I systems. Thefol lowing I ist is presented to assist the Mechanical Contractor withcoordination and shal I not be considered as inclusfve for al I coordinationrequired .
I. Preheat, Reheat and Cool ing coi I connections.
2. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles •
3. Fin tube radiation.
4. Items listed in paragraph (C).
E. Also included in this work are connections including shut-off valves,pressure reducing valves, unions, double check valves, open wastes andtraps.
I. Make up supply water to:
a. Engine radiator coolant systems.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15100-5
b. Radiation systems.
c. Reheat systems.
d. Miscellaneous Equipment
e. Room connections and drains from overflows and units.
2.7 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTS
A. Foundations, anchors, concrete cover, anchor bolts, sleeves, grouts,shims, etc., required for properly placing mechanical equipment furnishedunder this contract shal I be provided by this Contractor, unless specificallystated otherwise. Housekeeping pads, four (4) inches thick, of 3000 pound,28 day strength concrete, shal' be furnished for al I mechanical equipmentlocated on floor slabs. See Architectural and Structural drawings forconcrete work to be furnished by General Contractor.
B. AI I floor openings at equipment rooms above grade shal i have 4" concretecurbs around them by the General Contractor.
2.8 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND WIRING
A. Motors:
I. Furnish electric motors as required for each motor driven unit. AI Imotors must conform in every respect to the standard specifications of NEMAand bear nameplate of manufacturer, with current operating characteristicsnoted thereon.
a. Horsepower ratings: AI I electric "motors shal I be sized to meetthe horsepower requirements of the driven unit at design characteristicsincluding al I V-belt and/or drive and coupl ing losses which are incurredwithout loading the motor beyond its nameplate horsepower rating. WhereV-belt dr-ives are employed the moter horsepower nameplate ratings shal I notbe less than 107% of the driven unit brake horsepower requirements.
2. AI I motors shal I be provided with bal I or roller bearings completewith grease cups. Motors shal I be quiet when operating under ful I loadconditions.
3. Unless otherwise specified, motors shal I be of the induction typeand shal I be of speeds, sizes and for electric current characteristics asgiven in this specification. Motors shall be mounted on sl iding cast ironbases as required. Motors shal I be General Electric, Century, AllisChalmers, Westinghouse, and Gould or approved equal.
4. Except as noted motors of !/3 HP and sma I ler shal I be wound to operateon 120 volts, single phase, 60 cycles, A.C. and motors 1/2 HP and larger shal Ibe wound to operate on 480 volts, 3 phase, 60 cycles, A.C. except where otherwiseindicated. Except as noted al I motors shall operate at 1750 RPM.
5. AI I motors flJrnished with the exception of vane axial fan motors and2-speed fume hood motors shal I be high efficiency type. Al I motors I HP andlarger shal I have at ful I load a power factor of 85% or greater. The apparentefficiency at fast load (power factor x efficiency) wi I I meet or exceed thevalues in the fol lowing table when motors are tested to lEE test procedureI 12A, Method B.
6. AI I mechanical equipment using motors 1/2 HP and larger shal I haveI isted with shop drawing information.
a. Motor efficiency at various loadings.
b. Motor power factor at various loadings.
c. Recommended overload protection.
d. Recommended power factor correction to a minimum of 90% power factor.
B. vii ring
I. AI I control wiring shal I be by this Contractor as noted in thesespecifications.
a. AI I wire shal I be soft annealed copper wire type THW.
2. This Contractor's electrical work shal I comply with the requirements of the Nat iona I EIectr ica I Code. Itlhere th is spec If icat ion or theplans indicate requirements in excess of those of NEC, the compl iance withNEC wil I not rei ieve the Contractor from furnishing and instal I ing workas shown or specified.
3. AI I switching, protective devices and control for equipmentfurnished under these specifications shal I be identified with black-whiteblack laminated 1/8" plastic plates. Plates attached with self-tappingscrews.
4. Refer to Motor Schedule on Sheet E-39 for reference to mechanicalwork.
2.9 EARTHWORK
A. This Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, ski lis andservices required for excavation, backfi I I and compaction required toperform the work under this contract. Contractor shal I refer to Section02200, Earthwork for general information.
B. AI I trench work shal I be dug, ripped, blasted or jack-hammered to theal ignment and depth shown and in segments of minimum length to minimizethe time of open trench. Trenches In soi I shal J be adequately braced andsheeted so as to provide safe and efficient working conditions. AI I trenchesshal I be kept free of water at al I times. The trench width may vary withregard to required depth and the nature of the undersol I conditions. The
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15100-7
fInish trench shal I be sufficient dimensions to 01 low the pipe to be laidand joined in the manner intended.
C. AI I pipes in soi I shal I be laid on a 6" gravel cushion foundation placedupon sound soi I cut true and even so that the pipe wi I I have a bearing forits ful I length. Gravel cushion to be in accordance with the 1972 MinnesotaStandard Specifications for Highway Construction, Section 2502.2, SubdrainageBackfil I. Pipe to be located In rock or soi Is with rock, shal I be laid on a12" minimum thickness sand foundation with at least 12" of sand at sides. Atany area where soi I stabi Ilty is unsuitable or questionable, the Contractorsha II fur·ther excavate unt i I stab I e so iii s reached. Contractor sha II thenbackfil I with compacted granular material unti I proper elevation is reached.
o. AI I backfil I shal I be clean granular fil' (See Article 2. I, Section 02200)compacted in 8" lifts to 96% standard Proctor density (ASTM 0-698-70).
E. The Owner wil I retain an independent testing laboratory which shal Iprov ide the fo II ow ing tests:
I. Soi I analysis of four samples which represent backfil I material.
2. Field densi1y tests of the compacted backfi I Is in accordance withASTM 01556. (One test on every third I ift for every 100 feet of trench.)
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15100-8
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PART 2: PRODUCTS
I. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15100.
2. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150
2. I PLUMBING PIPE AND MATERIALS
PIPE AND PIPE FlTIINGS
\.\ SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
I. Water Pip ing
SECT tON 15\10
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
O. Work under this section includes performing at I labor and furnishing al Ipiping materials, fittings, joining methods, protection and pressure forpiping used on this project to connect al I fixtures and equipment, pipe andfittings of material and type for various services as I ist below:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to al I Vlork of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
2. Sanitar-y Sewage Piping and Stor'm Water Piping
a. Underground - beneath bui Iding floors - For pipe sizes to 15"these lines shal I be service weight cast iron pipe with hub and spigot jointsand fittings. Joints for sanitary piping shal I be made using packed oakumand melted lead which shal I be caulked even and sol id with tools until fil ledful I to bead I ine. For underground storm only, fittings to be C. I. hub andspigot coated with preformed ri10lded rubber ring. Seal ing rings shall conformto ASTM 564-65 requirements. UM HEALTH SCIENCES
UNIT PIN 15110-1
A. At al I fixture connections where nipples are necessary between coppertubing and fixtures, such nipples shal I be standard weight full iron pipesize brass pipe nipples with suitable brass or copper adapters. Steel oriron nipples wi I I not be permitted at any location in copper I ines whereconnections are made to brass fixture valves or trim.
a. Underground Piping: These lines shall be Government Type "K"sinous copper tubing with cast bronze or wrought copper fittings, 15%si Iver brazing al loy (Handry Harmon, Si I-Fos) or equal in joining pipe withsilver solder. See Section 15200 for underground water service.
b. Above-ground Piping: All water I ines shall be Type "L" harddrawn ASTM B88-58, with soldered joints and fittings. For 2" and largersize pipe on cold, 140 degree F. hot and 140 degree recirculating hot waterand al I sizes on 180 degrees F. hot and recirculating hot water al I solderedjoints shal I be made using si Iver solder with si I-fos, Eutectic 1800, orapproved equal. For 1-1/2" and smaller size pipe on all cold, 140 degree F.hot and 140 degree F. recirculating hot water, tepid water supply and tepidwater recirculating al I soldered joints shal I be made using 95/5 solder withNo. 50 non-corrosive flux.
IIIIIIIIIIIII~
IIIIII
b. Underground - beneath bu i Id in9 and outs ide of bu i Iding: Forpipe larger than 15" shall be reinforced concrete pipe (RCP). Class 5,ASTM 76. Joints shal I be made with "all ring type seal, such as CretexR-4.
3. Waste Piping
a. Pipe - service weight cast iron (above grade in building). Piping under2" shal i be Schedule 40, galvanized steel with screwed joints.
b. Fittings - same material as pipe.
c. Joints caulked.
d. Hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings are permitted. Mechanicaljoints for hubless cast iron system shal I be made by using neoprene sleeve andstainless steel clamps as specified in CISPI Standard 301.
4. Vent Piping
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 galvanized steel with exception that urinalvents shal I be cast iron.
b. Fittings - cast iron
c. Joints - screwed, caulked.
5. Rainwater Drainage
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 galvanized steel to 10" - above 10" use coatedservice weight C. I. with hub and spigot. Joints shal I be made with preformedmolded rubber rings.
b. Fittings - black cast iron drainage.
c. Coup I ings normally furnished with lengths of pipe shall not beused in the installation of threaded piping. Extr~ heavy steel, malleableor drainage coupl ings shal I be used.
d. Victaul ic fittings and companion flanges may be used in lieuof screwed fittings as specified above for fittings.
6. Acid-Resistant Piping
a. Pipe - These lines shall be "Kimax" r'egular schedule giass pipeor Duriron with rv~echanical Joint above grade and "Duriron" approved foamplastic envelope below grade.
b. Fittings - Hub and spigot below grade. Bead to bead or bead toplain end with compression type coupling made of stainless steel or glassreinforced nylon and teflon I iner above grad&. Slip joints not permittedafter fixture trap.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15110-2
IIIIII
-:1
IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII?~...f __.
III
c. AI I waste and vent piping above grade for the project shall beacid resistant with the exception of waste and vents for toi let rooms,drinking fountains, steri I izer waste, drains receiving condenser water,bottle fil I ing stations, showers, janitor receptors, sink-Dwyer unit,emergency eywash drain piping and penthouse floor drains. Where horizontalacid waste piping connects to galvanized or cast iron piping, an acid wyeshal I be used and the common line shal I continue as acid piping.
d. At the Contractor's option, polyethylene or polypropylene areconsidered acceptable substitutes for glass for horizontal branch I ines tosinks, lab benches, etc., not exceeding 60 feet in length, subject to thefol lowing conditions:
I. AI I material furnished shal I be self-extinguishing (fireretardant) •
2. The contractor and manufacturer shal I assume joint responsibil ity for the proper installation of the material culminating in theissuance to the University by the manufacturer of the fol lowing warrantyand extended guarantee:
a) Manufacturer shal I furnish a written one-year warrantyguaranteeing al I pipe, fitting, and accessories to be free of defects inmaterial and workmanship.
b) Manufacturer shal I provide an extended guarantee of atleast 20 years after installation on al I pipe, fittings and accessories oftheir manufacture against fai lure due to any of the fol lowing:
Jo int leakageChemical corrosionEnvironmental stress crackingExpansion or contraction under system design conditionsat the time of original installation.
Under this guarantee, the manufacturer shal I supply replacement parts at nocharge to the University. In addition, the manufacturer wi I I pay al I reasonabledirect out-of-pocket labor charges incurred in replacing such defective pipe orfittings in an amount not to exceed $100.00 for each defective length of pipeor individual fittings.
3. The manufacturershal I be responsible for advising theUniversity prior to material acceptance of original installation designconditions that cannot be covered by the extended guarantee.
7. Air (AI I Systems) and Vacuum Piping (AI I Systems)
a. Pipe - Government Type "l" hard copper tubing.
b. Fittings - wrought copper solder type •
c. Joints - 95-5 solder.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT pIN 15100-3
-:,;
8. Nitrogen (AI I Systems) and. Carbon Dioxide
a. Pipe - Type ilK" hard drawn copper.
b. Fittings - wrought copper.
c. Joints - si Iver brazed.
9. Natural Gas
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 black steel pipe. Outside underground pipeshal I be coated with two coats of No. SOB bitumastic.
b. Fittings - Standard weight black malleable iron fittings.
c. Joints Screwed. All sizes exposed. (Includes cores and shafts).
Welded. AI I sizes concealed. (Includes space abovesuspended ceiling.)
10. Exposed Water and Waste Piping to Institutional Equipment
a. Pipe - Red brass pipe standard weight screwed ful I iron pipesize chromium plated.
b. Fittings - Screwed standal-d weight brass fittings chromiumplated.
I I. Condensate Drain Lines
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 galvanized steel
b. Fittings - Same as pipe
c. Joints - Screwed.
2.2 HEATING PIPE AND MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shal I furnish and instal I al I pipe indicated on drawings andother small pipes not indicated but necessary for proper operation.
I. Steam Pipe, AI I Pressures
a. Welding flanges for medium and high pressure steam shal I be weldingneck flanges Tubeturn Part 31, 300# class and Tubeturn #30, 150# class for lowpressure steam and hot water.
b. Pipe 2" ar.d over - standard A-53 seamless black steel pipe. Pipe1-1/2" and less shal! be A-53 butt weld.
c. Fittings - up to 2" use socket weld fittings and couplings. SeeSection 15100 for 2-1/2" and larger requirements. See also Section 15100,2.30 for shop fabricated piping.
d. Joints: welded.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15110-4
IIIIII
'1IIIIIIIIlIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. Condensate Returns
a. Pipe - Schedule 80 A-53 senmless black steel pipe 2" and larger.Pipe 1-1/2" and under shal I be A-53 butt weld.
b. Fittings - same as for steam pipe except extra heavy weight.
c. Joints - welded.
3. Exhaust From Emergency Generators and Diesel Engine Fire Pump
a. Same as for steam pipe.
4. Hot Water Heating
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 A-53 seamless black steel pipe 2" and larger.Pipe 1-1/2" and less shal I be A-53 butt weld.
b. Fittings - up to 2" - "XH" cast iron screwed. 2-1/2" andlarger same as for steam piping.
c. Joints - welded or screwed.
5. Exposed Steam and Condensate Return to Institutional Equipment AI I FJre:c:;sures
a. Pipe - Red brass pipe standard '1-1e ight scre'wed, -fu II iron pipesize, chromium plated.
b. Fittings - Red brass pipe standard weight 125# steam, banded,screwed iron pipe size, chromium plated.
c. Joints - Screwed.
6. Fuel Oi I Piping
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 black steel, ASTM Spec. A-120, Grade A.
b. Fittings - 2" and smaller 150# black malleable iron screwedpattern ASTM A-197. 2-1/2" and larger standard weight steel welded fittingsASTM Spec. A-234.
c. Underground oi I piping shal I be double wrapped outside with 3Mtape No. 471.
B. All pipes 2" in diameter- and less shall have screi'Jed joints, unlessotherwise specified. See Section 15100, Article 2.3 for 2-1/2" and largerrequirements. See also for shop fabricated piping.
2.3 COOLING PIPE AND MATERIALS
i. Chi I led Water Pipe
a. Pipe - Schedule 40 A-53 seamless black steel pipe for sizes 2"through 10".. Pipe 1-1/2" and less shall be A-53 butt weld.
- Schedule 30 A-53 seamless black steel pipe for sizes 12"through 16"~
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15110-5
b. Fittings - Up to 2" - 125# cast iron screwed.- 2-1/2" and larger use butt weld. See also Section
15100, Article 2.4.- Victaulic coupl ings and companion flanges may be
used for fittings and joints. (Victaulic couplings shal Ibe galvanized Style 77 with Grade H triple seal gasket andplated nuts and bolts.
c. Joints - Welded or screwed.
2. Condenser Water System Piping
a. Same as for chil led water pipe. Except fittings located inthe basement shal I be 250 psi wsp.
2.4 GLYCOL - WATER ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEMS
A. Pipe - Schedule 40 seamless black steel pipe. Pipe 2" and less sha! Ibe A-53 electric resistance weld.
B. . Fi tt ings - Up to 2" - XH cast i ron screwed. 2-1/2" and Iarger sameas for steam piping. Screwed ends shal I be tightly drawn and teflon taped.
c. Joints - Welded or screwed. With screwed joints tightly drawn andteflon taped.
ur", IIEl\LTH SC IENCESUNIT piN 15110-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2.1 GENERAL
2.2 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Domestic and Laboratory \'Jater Valves
VALVES
1.1 SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
SECTION 15120
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
I • Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15100.
2. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
3. rv1echan ica I Support Devices: Section 15140.
PART "). PRODUCTS AND INSTi\LLAT ION<...
Urv1 HEALTH SCI ENCESUNIT piN 15120-1
B. Work under this section includes furnishing and installing all valveswhere shown on the drawings and where necessary for proper control of equipment.
B. Valves of Powel I, Stockman, Walworth, Lunkenheimer, Crane, Sarco, Mueller,Ohio, Hoke, Jenkins, Nibco-Scott, Hammond, Rockwel I Nordstrom, RP&C, orHancock manufacture wi I I be accepted.
A. Conditions of Contract, DivisiOn I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600-Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
I. Valves 2" and smal ler size shal I be screwed brass body, 150# WSP,rising stem, solld wedge disc gate valve, Crane #431 UB, or Ohio 7150.
D. Provide positive dead-end shut-off valves at at I pieces of equipment.Valves shal I be individually supported so that equipment can be removedand piping system can remain unstressed and in operation.
2. Valves I" and smaller may be Apollo series 70-100 or approved equal,bronze bal I valve with blow-out proof st~m, chrome plated bal I with largesize port, teflon seats and stuffing box rings. Capacity index for these
A. AI I valves shal I have name or trademark stamped or cast into body. AI Ivalves shal I be designed for a minimum of 150 pounds working pressure unlessotherwise noted, but figure numbers may indicate greater pressures.
C. Of the manufacturers 1isted, the Contractor is requested to standardizeon one make as much as practical but not to the extent of sacrificing qualitylisted.
C. Gas Valves
8. Compressed Air and Vacuum Valves
4. Valves 2" and 2-1/2" size on copper water piping may be Walworth#IIWS.
I. Valves on air and vacuum piping shal I be Stockham B22 or Ohio 520for 1506 WSP with air disc.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
emergency shutoff shal I be NCG Series 480000Worcester, Censol idated Brass, Lance andVa Ives sha I I be mounted in r'ecessed cab InetCabinet by this contractor. Minimum cabinet
For one service: NCG - 480001-64 ( 1/2" )
For one service: NCG - 480002··64 0/4" )
For one service: NCG - 480076-64 ( 1-- 1/2" )UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15i20-2
3. Valves on gas piping forbal I valve, steel body, screwed.HII Is-McCama are approved equal.with latch and hing8d glass door.dimensions are 8" x 8" x 3-5/8".
3. 2-1/2" and larger shal I be flanged, cast iron body, bronze trimbronze stem, 1256 WSP rising stem outside screw and yoke, solid wedgedisc gate valve, Powel I #1793, Jenkins 651A.
valves shal I be 9.8 for 1/2" size, 18 for 3/4" size and 32 for I" size.For solder joint valves, use Apollo series 70-200 or approved equal bal I valvewith externally replaceable stem, chrome plated bal I with large size port,teflon seats and stuffing box rings. Capacity as noted above. Valves forInsulated piping shal I have 1-1/2" stem extension. AI I valves shal I havesteel lever handles with vinyl grip.
2. Valves on g~s piping for shut-off valves at mains and branchesshall be Nordstrom tJo. 143, lubricated plug valve.
I. Valves on gas piping 2" and smaller shal I be Walworth 6559, brasssquare head gas cock for individual gas shut-offs.
6. AI I domestic water pressure reducing valves for pipe sizes 1/2"to 2" shal I be Watts No. 1223, or approved equal. For 2-1/2" and largerpipe, the pressure reducing valve shal I be Watts No. SC-2230, or approvedequal. See drawings for pressures and capacities.
2. Valves I" and smaller may be Apollo series 70-100 or approved equal,bronze bal I valve with blow-out proof stem, chrome plated bal I with large sizeport, teflon seats and stuffing box rings. Capacity index for these valvesshal I be 9.8 for 1/2" size, 18 for 3/4" size and 32 for I" size. For solderjoint valves, use Apollo series 70-200 or approved equal bal I valve withexternally relaceabie stem, chrome plated bal I with large size port, teflonseats and stuffing box rings. Capacity as noted above. Valves for insulatedpiping shall have 1-1/4" stem extension. All valves shall have steel leverhandles with vinyl grip.
5. Instal I a Sarco Company 61BW or Fairbanks 64502 combination balancingvalve and shutoff valve on al I hot water circulating I ines. Valves shal Ibe al I brass construction for 200 psi working pr-essure with screwedconnections.
IIIIII
i,IIIIII
IIIIIIIIII
D. Nitrogen and Carbon Dioxide Valves
I. Valves on nitrogen and carbon dioxide main piping shal I be NationalCylinder Gas Chemetron 31 I Series 1/2" through 2" Series valves. Valves shal Ibe brass, diaphragm type globe valves of leak proof construction.
E. High Pressure Steam (above 15 psig), High Pressure Condensate Return
I. Gate valves 2" and smaller shal I have weld ends, unless specifiedscrewed. Hancock #950, 600# WSP, forged steel body, rising stem, OS&Yrenewable stainless steel seat rings, sol id wedge.
2. Gate valves 2-1/2" and larger shal I be Powel I #3003, Crane #33-1/2XUF, 300# WSP cast steel body, weld ends.
3. Globe valves 2" and under shal I have weld ends, unless specifiedscrewed. Hancock #5520, 600# forged steel body, rising stem, OS&Y,renewable stainless steel seat and disc.
4. Globe valves 2-1/2" and over shal I have weld ends, unless specifiedscrewed. Powel I #303IS-WE, 300# WSP forged steel body.
5. Shutoff valves on medium pressure stainless steel piping shal I bePittsburgh Brass Manufactur"ing Co. 316 stainless steel, or equal, 150 psiwith Cherry-Burrel I "I" I ine connections, Model No. SP-H-CBI,
6. Check valves shal I be Crane #36, Powel I #560, Jenkins #762A,200# WSP screwed brass body with regrinding seat and replaceable disc.
7. Gaskets shal I be 1/16" Cranite, or approved equal. Provide anti-siezelubricant on al I gasketed joints.
8. Gate valves 4" and larger shown at steam pressure reducing valves shallbe Crane #33XU-F or equivalent Powel I valve, with 300# WSP cast steel body withflanged ends and flexible disc.
F. Low Pressure Steam (Up to 15 psig), Low Pressure Condensate Return
I. Gate valves 2-1/2" and over ahead of convertors, heating coils, andhot water heaters. Jenkins 651, Powel I Figure No. 1793 flanged ends castiron 125# SWP body renewable seat and sol id wedge.
2. Gate valves 2-1/2" and over for services other than I. above shal Ibe flanged or weld ends, as specified for appl ication, steel 150# WSP body,rising stem, OS&Y renewable stainless steel seat rings and sol id wedge,Powel I Figure No. 1503 or Jenkins 1009-CM or 2009-CM or approved equal.
3. Globe valves 2-1/2" and over shal I be flanged or weld ends asspecified for appl ication, steel 150# WSP body, rising stem, OS&Y renewablestainless steel disc and seat, Powel I Figure No. 1531, or approved equal.
4. Ga-re va Ives 2" and under sha II be screwed ends, bronze 150# \IJSPbody, rising stem, solid wedge, Lunkenheimer Figure No. 2151, Crane 431 UB,Powel I No. 514S, or approved equal.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT P/N 15120-3
5. Globe valves 2" and under shall be screweo ends, bronze 150# ~JSP body,renewable composition disc, Powel I Figure No. 150, Crane No.7, or approvedequal.
6. Check valves same as E-6 above.
G. Hot Water Heating, Chi lied Water and Condenser \1ater Piying System
I. Gate valves 2-1/2" and over shal I have flanged ends, cast iron 125#WSP body, rising stem, OS&Y renewable seat and solid wedge, Powel I FigureNo. 1793, Jenkins No. 651-A, or approved equal. AI I gate valves in condenserwater system that are located in basement sha II have cas'l- iron 250# flanges.
2. Gate va Ives 2" and under sha I I have screwed end 5, bronze 150# 'lISPbody, rising stem, solid wedge, Crane No. 431 UB, Stockham No. B120.
3. Valves on branch and mains and shut-offs at r'eheat coils I" and smallermay be Apollo series 70-100 or approved equal, bronze bal I valve with blow-outproof stem, chrome plated bal I with large size port, teflon seats and stuffingbox rings. Capacity index for these valves shal! be 9.8 for i/2" size,18 for 3/4" size and 32 for I" size. For solder joint valves, use Apolloseries 70-200 or approved equal bal I valve with externally replaceable stem,chrome plated bal I with large size port, teflon seats and stuffing box rings.Capacity as noted above. Valves for insulated piping shal I have 1-1/2" stemextension. AI I valves shal i have steel lever handles with vinyl grip.
4. Balancing valves shal I be combination balancing and shut-off typeI II inois 4000 or approved equal up to 1-1/4" size and I I I inois Serive 5000 orapproved equal from 1-1/2"size up to 4" size. Sarco IBV combination balancingand shut off valves are approved up to 2" size.
5. Check valves 2" and under shal I be screwed ends, bronze 125#, WSPbody, Jenkins No. 92, or approved equal. Centerl ine and Metraflex.
6. Check valves 2" and over shal I have flanged ends, cast iron 12511WSP body, Crane #373.
7. Check valves on chi I led water and hot water heating pumps shal I haveflanged ends, semi-steel with bronze trim 125# body center guided silentcheck valve, renewable seats and discs, Wi I Iiams-Hager Type 636, or approvedequal. The same for condenser water pumps except 250# semi steel body.
8. Balancing cocks 2" and smaller shal I be Crane #250, 125# W.P. Nordstrom#173, Rockford #350, 175# W.P. on al I radiation. Dezurlk balancing cocks areequal and approved.
9. Balancing cocks 2-1/2" to 4" shall be lubricated plug type, and shall beWalworth No. 1796, 1797F 175# WOG. Dezurik balancing cocks are equal and approved.
No. 1718F. 200# WOG or Dezurik Fig. 118.
I I. Where shown on the drawings and other arees at the Contractor'soption chll led water and condenser water valves only shal I be butterflytype with seat material appropriate for temperatures and pressure encountered.Valve shal I have lug type body with threaded holes so that valve shal I remainbolted to one pipe flange whi Ie other flange is removed. Shafts and disc
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15120-4
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I. Fuel Oil Valves
2.3 VALVE TAGS
I. Valve numbers in sequence.
H. Glycol Engine Coolant System
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15120-5
3. Floor where located.
4. Room number.
2. Serv ice (wi th pressure andlor temperature). Ident if ied in accordancewith Section 09900.
13. Cool ing coi I rei ief valve shat I be Crane 2606, or approved equal1/2" size set at 125 psi.
14. Cool ing coi I air vent valves shal I be Crane No. 734, or approvedequal, brass try cock, 250#, 1/2" size.
3. Rei ief Valve, screwed ends, bronze body and trim for oi I service, 300#WSP. Consol idated No. 1488, or approved equal.
shal I be of stainless steel and ducti Ie iron respectively bubble tight shutoff, and latch lock handle, or side \'iinder gear operators on valves 6" andlarger. Valves shal I meet ASTM Specification 48. Valves shal I be asmanufactured by Pratt. Dezurik butterfly valves semi steel with nickel platingare approved as equal.
I. Gate valves 2-1/2"and under shal I have screwed ends, iron body 125#WSP rising stem, bronze mounted with leakproof stuffing box, specificallyfor oil service, A.Y. McDonald No. 844, or approved equal.
2. Check valves horizontal swing type 2-1/2 and under shal I have screwedends, iron body 125# WSP bronze trim, composition disc for oil service, A.Y.McDonald No. 816 or approved equal.
12. Hot wDter systems drain valves (riser and low points of mains). AI I3/4" size shal I be Rockford No. 350, or approved equal, 125#, bronze stemcock with hose end adapter.
2. Gate, Globe, Balancing valve and check valves 2-1/2" and over,same as hot water heating, and shal I have flanged ends.
I. Gate, Globe, Balancing Valve and check valves 2" and smaller, sameas for hot water heating with screwed ends. Joints shal I be tightly drawnand teflon taped.
A. AI I valves not in sight of fixtures or equipment isolated by that valve shal Ibe provided with an approved aluminum, brass or plastic tag. Tags shal I be1/16" thick minimum for metal and 1/8" for plastic and \.5" diameter (or I" x 1.5"rect.). Plastic tags shal I be P.V.C. or nylon material. Fastening hole dril led1/4" dia. by 3/8" from edge. Tags shall be stamped for metal and engraved orraised for plastic and numerals fi I led with contrasting color. Numerals shal Ibe 3/8" high. Fasten to hand wheel with "S" hook. The valve list shal I containthe fo I low i ng i nforrnat ion:
7. Description and room location of equipment isolated by subject valve.(Abbreviated description of equipment served)
WATER PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES:
A. AI I valves having hand wheels located 7'-6" or higher above the equipmentrooms floor sha I I have Lunkenhe imer Fig. 1940', or equa I and approved,adjustable sprocket rims with chain guide and rust-proof chain •.
The Health Sciences Physical Plant Maintenance and Operations Group wil I furnishthe Contractor with blank forms to be used as a guide for the above require~ents.
Basement8th Floor
A. AI I water and air pressure reducing valves shal I be Watts or approved equalof size and characteristics noted in the fol lowing schedules. Each valve shallbe self-contained and shal I include an integral or assembled strainer. AI I valvesshall be of "Low Pressure" design and shall have adjustable dischar'ge pressure.
1st Floor8th Floor9th Floor
B. The gate valves on the emergency showers shal I be wired open and tagged"DO NOT CLOSE".
I. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15100
2.1 UNIONS AND FLANGES
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
3. High pressure steam supply and return piping through 2" pipe size.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
1.1 SCOPE
SECTION 15130
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15130-1
2. ~1edium pressure steam supply and return through 2" pipe size.
I. Low pressure steam supply and return piping through 2" pipe size.
PART 1: GENERAL
O. On hydronic water piping 2" and smaller furnish and instal I mal leable ironunions, 250# WSP with bronze to iron ground joint.
4. Gas piping, through 3" pipe size.
A. Unions or flanged connections shal I be used in piping adjacent to al I equipment, valves, etc., as appl icable for removal of equipment or to faci I itaterepairs.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
B. Work under this section includes al I piping system specialties requiredto place the mechanical systems in complete working order.
C. Unions for copper water piping shal I be Streaml ine, or approved equal,ground joint type.
D. Furnish and instal I Petro #1150, 3000# WOG steel to steel, forged steelunions in the fol lowing piping systems.
G. On al I drip and condensate return I ines use 300# welding neck flanges boredfor extra heavy pipe.
E. Low pressure (15# and under) steam supp Iy and a \I hydroil ic water pip I ng 2-1/2"and over use 150# forged steel gasket type welding neck flanges, Tubeturn Series 15.
F. High and fvledium pressure (15# and over) steam supply piping 2-1/2" and overuse 300# welding neck flanges, Tubeturn Series 30.
IIIIIIIIIIItlIIIIII
H. Unions for stainless steel piping system shal I be Cherry-Burrel I Corporation,type 131U, or equal, unpolished, bolted, heavy duty, 150 psi, type 304 stainlesssteel with Teflon gasket material.
2.2 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND FITIINGS
A. AI I copper water piping, copper drainage piping, compressed air pipingand vacuum piping shal I have insulated type unions wherever it contacts ironor steel. This includes copper piping connections to iron or steel valves,tanks, water heaters and piping. These connections to and including 1-1/2"size shall be Universal Insulating union, Series 2000, Styles 3 and 4.
B. The above piping connections 2" size and over shal I be "Insulket" insulatedflange joint as manufactured by Service Engineers, Inc. Gasket shal I besandwich type consisting of a 1/16" layer of Grade XX Industrial formica bondedbetween two 1/32" layers of non-graphitized asbestos gasket material. Provideone phenolic sleeve and two phenol ic washers and two steel washers for eachbolt. Washer shal I be provided on each flange. Flange on copper side shal I bebrass or bronze.
2.3 STRAINERS
A. AI I strainers shal I be Y type with brass screens, except stainless steelscreens shal I be used on high pressure steam (over 15 psig). AI I strainersshal I be complete with blow down gate valve nipple and pipe cap on blow off.Strainer manufactured by Sarco, Mueller, McLean, and Metraflex are approved.
B. AI I strainers on high pressure steam I ines (over 15 psig) shal I be 250pound construction.
C. Strainers shall be instal led where shown on drawings and ahead of al Itraps. When trap used has integra! strainer a separate strainer need not beinsta II ed. Where stra iners are insta II ed in steam lines to co i Is, convertors,etc., strainer before coil or convertor trap may be omitted. Strainers shal Ibe full I ine size.
D. All drip piping shal I be welded except for connections to screwed strainersand traps.
E. On sizes through 3" where used ahead of traps, or steam regulating valves,the screens shal I be 20 mesh; from 4" through 8" they shal I be 3/64" perforatedand over 8", 1/16" perforated. On water service the screens on strainersthrough 3" shall be 20 mesh, over 3" shall be 1/8" perforated.
F. Strainers for oil service shaJ I be bronze with threaded ends with brass basketstrainer 1/32" perforations, Hayward No. 40 or approved equal.
G. Duplex strainers where shown en drawings shal I be Hayward No. 50, bronzewith brass basket strainer.
2.4 STEAM TRAPS
A. At the outlet of al I blast heating surfaces, hot water generators,sterl lizers, convertors and at the end of steam main drip points, furnish andInstal I Armstrong bucket traps.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15130-2
IItIII1;II'IIIIIIIII
IIItIIIIIIIIIItIIII
B. Series #800, high pressure traps shal I be used on high pressure steamdrip points and high pressure returns.
C. Series #880 inverted bucket traps with thermic vent shall be used on al Ilow pressure steam I ines, at drip I ines, unit heaters, coils and low pointsin steam lines.
D. AI I bucket traps shal I be furnished with integral strainers on smallersizes where·capacity permits. Brass strainers on low pressure traps andstainless steel strainers on high pressure traps.
E. Series 215 and 216 inverted bucket traps shal I be used for high capacityflows.
F. Permissible condensate flow in pounds per hour (low pressure to 15 psig,I psig differential):
G. At drip pOInTs of medium and high pressure steam lines (25 to 150 psig),traps shal I be sized on a differential of not more than 20% of the inletpressure.
H. A safety factor of 2 shal I be used in determining the size of traps for al Idrip I ines, hot water generators, steri I izers, and convertors and a safetyfactor of 3 shal I be used in determining the size of traps for preheat coils.
2.5 A!R VENTS
A. Provide and install Bel I and Gossett No. 17 Sr. automatic air valve, orapproved equal on return side of at I radiation as detai led. This air ventshal I be designed to provide manual adjustment in three positions as fol lows:Automatic Venting Position, Manual Venting Position, or Complete PositiveShut-off. Air vents shal I be 1/8 N.P.T.
B. Provide and instal I Sarco 13W or approved equal automatic air vent at topof al I hydronic supply and return risers. Air vents shal I be instal led inaccessible locations with a 3/8" discharge pipe run to nearest F.D. or janitorsink. Provide a gate valve and union on inlet to air vent.
2.6 EXPANSION JOINTS, GUIDES, LOOPS AND ANCHORS
A. Provide and instal I expansion compensators, expansion joints, guides andanchors as required, shown or specified to handle al I thermal expansion andcontraction in piping systems.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15130-3
B. Wherever practical, properly instal led expansion loops shal I be used tocompensate for thermal expansion in piping systems. The loops shal I be madeof dimensions shown, fabricated with long radius elbows and piping of maximumlengths that space permits whore dimensions are not given. Loops shal I beinstalled \'dth "cold spring" so that loop in operation wi I J have approximatelyequal contraction and expansion from fabricated position. Provide guides forloop as detai led on the drawings. Provide lead shoet wrap where copper pipewould otherwise come in contact with steel guide.
Wherever loops cannot be employed, the fol lowing expansion joints shall be used:Exception; loops may not be used in the high pressure and medium pressure steamI ines in vertical risers.
I. Medium and High Pressure Steam Lines
a. All expansion joints on medium and high pressure lines (60# or above)shal I be Yarway Gunpakt, or approved equal, 300# W.S.P. steel body, lubricatedslip joint, internally-externally guided with weld ends.
2. Low Pressure Steam and Condensate Lines and Hot Water Heating Linesand Condenser Water Lines
a. AI I expansion joints on low pressure and steam and return lines, hotwater heating I ines, chi I led water I ines and condenser water risers shal I beYarway Gunpakt, or approved equal, 150# W.S.P. steel body, lubricated slipjoint type, internally-externally guided with weld ends.
3. Hot Water Radiation
a. On al I radiation runs over 30 feet in length, provide and instal IFlexonics Model HB compensators with anchors per manufacturer's recommendations.Compensators shaJ I be rated for a minimum of 12000 cycle life. Zal lea, RobertShaw-Fulton, or Tube Turn are approved equal.
4. Hot Water Plumbing Lines
a. Expansion compensators 3" and sma I ler shal I be two-ply bronze, external Iy pressurized with internal guides and internal positive anti-torque devices.Units shal I accomodate 1-3/4" pipel ine expansion and 1/4" pipe contraction undera working pressure of 150 psi and 250 degrees F. temperature. Unit shal I haveproperly located positioning cl ips -to insure installation at correct end-to-enddimensions for ful I rated traverse. Units larger shal I have sweat ends. Compensators shal I be rated for a minimum of 12,000 cycle I ife as manufacturedby Flexonics, Model HB, Za! lea, Robert Shaw Fulton or Tube Turns.
b. Expansion joints larger than 3" shal I be single or double, selfequalizing stainless steel with flanged ends. Units shal I be complete withbuilt-in internal sleeve, and be able to accommodate the expansion noted ondraViings under a working pressure of 150 psi and 250 degrees F. temperature.Expansion joints shal I be as manufactured by .Flexonics, Zal lea or Adsco.Provide dielectric fittings between dissimi lar metals.
5. Engine Exhausts
a. Expansion joints shal I be as in Article 4b above but capable of10000F working temperature.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT P/N 15130-4
IIItII
'~1
1IIIaIJt/1II
2.7 THERMOMETERS
C. Anchors and Guides
Adjustable joint shal I completely enclose capi I lary to prevent tampering andforeign matter from entering instrument.
B. Thermometers shal I be instal led in the fol lowing locations as wei I as thoseshown on drawings and where recommended by the manufacturer.
Scale
30 0 to 240 0 F.30° to 240 0 F.300 to 2400 F.300 to 3000 F.20 0 to 120° F.20 0 to 120 0 F.20° to 1200 F.20° to 120 0 F.20 0 to 1200 F.20 0 to 180 0 F.20 0 to 1800 F.20 0 to 180° F.300 to 2400 F.00 to 100 0 F.00 to 1000 F.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15130-5
Location
lnlet and outletInlet and outletSupply&Return from RadiatorInletInlet and outletInlet and outletOutletReturn and supply lineReturn and supply lineSupply I ine from heatersSupply I ines from heatersPump dischargeSupply I ine from heatersAt bui Iding entrancePUlnp out Iet
~gllipment
Reheat system ConvertorsRadiation system ConvertorsRadiator Coolant SystemsCondensate pumpsRefrigeration ChillersRefrigeration absorbersRefrigeration CondensersCoo ling Co i 1sHeat recovery coi IsLab hot waterDomestic hot waterRecirc. hot water180 0 Domestic hot water\~ater Ma i nDomestic Water Booster Pump
A. Furnish and instal I Weiss Vari-angle thermometers or equal and approvedwith 8" stem. Thermometers shal I be V-shape design, die cast aluminum, finishedin baked epoxy enamel. Heavy glass protected front shal I be firmly securedagainst rattles by spring action.
Locking device shal I be made of machined brass and finished in natural colorand designed to produce positive lock by simply turning in direction of "lock"position.
I. Anchors and guides shal I be provided as necessary as detailed on thedrawings. Pipe guides are required on each side of an expansion joint inquantity required by manufacturer. This contractor shal I submit detaileddrawings showing stops and guides for al I expansion joints and loops. Guidesfor copper piping shal I have lead sleeve for electrolytic isolation.
Scale shal I be satin faced non-reflective aluminum with bold jet black markingspermanently etched and locked in place and adjustable through device at top ofscale.
Tapered bulb chambers for stem shal I be made of steel, precision ground anduniformly copper-plated. The tapered chamber shall form a metal to metalcontact with matching taper in separable sockets assuring maximum speed ofroesponse to temperature changes. Trerice, Weksler & March are approved.
rv1ercury fi lied-magnifying lens "Red Reading" tube shall be Precision made tosuarantee accuracy within 1% of scale range with 5i I icone shock mounting forlasting durabi I ity.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIIilI
2.10 PIPE SLEEVES
2.8 PRESSURE GAUGES
2.9 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15130-6
IIIIIII1IIJIIiiIIII
Location
Inlet and outletInlet and outletInlet and outletInlet and outletInlet and outletOne gauge for each coi I. Provide
piping from gauge to inlet and outletof each coi I with cocks on each line.
At building entrance from Unit "A"Inlet to each water heaterHigh and low side of eachOn bui Iding side of meterInlet and outletInlet and OutlerInlet and OutletInlet and Outlet
Ashcroft #1010 with 6" dial, gauge cock and
High Pressure steam MainLow Pressure SteamPressure Reducing StationsDomestic Cold Water MainDomestic Water Booster PumpsRadiator Col lant System PumpsDomestic Hot Water Booster PumpsFuel Oi I Pump
A. Where uncovered, exposed pipes pass through wal I or floors, they shal i befitted with wal I or floor plates. Plates shal I be at least 1/32" thick, andshal I be equipped with set screws for locking around pipe. Plates shal I befinished cast brass chromium plated. Plates shal I be set tight against waf Ior floor.
I. High pressure steam --- Ashcroft #1010 with 6" dial, pigtai I andAshcroft #7000 Series shut-off valve.
A. Provide sleeves for al I pipes that pass through wal Is, slabs or partitions.Sleeves shal I be set and maintained in place by this contractor during theprogress of the work. AI I sleeves shal I be cut from new material, cutsquare and reamed.
Egu,i pment
Reheat System PumpsRadiation System PumpsChi I led Water PumpsCondenser Water PumpsRefrigeration Chi I lersCoo ling Co i Is
2. Low pressure steamAshcroft #1092 gauge cock.
C. Pressure gauges shal I be instal led in the fol lowing locations as wei I asthose shown on drawings and where recommended by the manufacturer.
3. Waterl ines --- Ashcroft #1010 with 6" dial, gauge cock and Ashcroft# I 106B pu Isat ion dampeners.,
B. Gauge types shal I be as fol lows of Ashcroft Mfg. Marsh Trerice &Wekslerare approved.
A. Furnish and instal I pressure gauges on high pressure steam, low pressuresteam and water I ines where scheduled and indicated on the drawings. Thepressure range of the gauge shal I be 1-1/2 times the highest operatingpressure.
IIII,-,
IIItIIIIIIIIIII
B. AI I pipe sleeves through WGlI 15, slabs or partitions shal I be 1/2" greaterin inside diameter than the external diameter of pipe passing through sleeveexcept for insulated piping where sleeve shal I be large enough to al low forinsulation on the piping.
C. AI I sleeves through partition wal Is sha! I be Schedule 40 steel pipe extendingful I thickness of partition and shal I be flush with the finished surface.
D. Sleeves through floor slabs for piping where piping or conduit wi I I beexposed shal I extend 1-1/2" above finished floor including potentially"Wet areas" <roi lets, Laboratories, Showers, Janitor Closets and simi larspaces, animal spaces, al I equipment rooms, and simi lar spaces); where concealed,sleeves through the floor shal I extend 1-1/2" above finished floor.
E. Sleeves concealed under cabinets or laboratory equipment etc. shal I be. Schedu I e #40 stee I pipe extend i ng 2" above floor. Space bei·ween pipe andsleeve shal I be packed with approved plastic material flush with top of sleeveto make watertight joint.
F. Refer to Section 01600, for additional sleeving requirements, specialsleeve requirements at glass and plastic piping, firestop and caulkingrequirements.
2.1 I WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Furnish and instal I water hammer arrestors, of the size cal led for, andlocation as noted, on the plan or on water riser diagrams. Provide arrestorsat main ends, flush valve groups, glassware washers, steril izers, and icemachines.
B. Sizes and locations of water hammer arrestors are in accordance with dataset forth by the Plumbing and Drainage Institute, Standard PDL-WH-201, foraverage plumbing systems.
C. Symbol designations shown on the drawings are for sizes established by POIcorresponding to units of various manufacturers that have boen accepted by acertification testing program.
D. Provide and instal I at bui Iding sid8 of domestic water ~eter a ZurnAccumutrol size 8000. Contractor shal I charge unit and place it in operation.
E. Arrestors as manufactured by Josam, Wade, Zurn, Blake, Jay R. Smith andPrecision Plumbing Products, are accepted.
2.12 VACUUM BREAKERS
A. Vacuum breakers shal I be instal led on al I suppl ias to flush valve,domestic water, hose sprays, janitor sinks, urinals and water closet flushvalve, equipment connections, and at each point where code requires onthe potable water system. Vacuum breaker shal I be Chicago or Watts.
The radiation and reheat systems fi I I shal I be through a Watts #90vacuum breaker.
B. The central anti-syphon valves for the separation of the lab cold waterfrom the domestic cold water and the lab hot water from the domestic hot water
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT P/N 15130-7
shal I be as detailed and sized on Sheet M-59. The valve shal I be CrispinModel "A", Type S, of sizes shown on plans and detai Is, standard threadedtop, with stainless steel float modified as shown on Detail. A non-closingvalve for continuous bleed shal I be located as shown on drawings downstreamof the central vacuum breaker systems.
2.13 HOSE BIBBS AND HYDRANTS
A. Furnish and instal I hose bibbs and hydrants as shown and located on theplans. Interior hose bibbs shal I have 3/4" hose thread outlets with integralvacuum breaker. Exterior' hydrants shall be of f\on-freeze with 3/4" hose threadoutlets with loose key handles and include vacuum breakers. Simi lar hydrantsas manufactured by Wade, Blake, Jay R Smith and Zurn wi I I be accepted as equal.
I. Hose Bibbs - Chicago No. 998 rough chromium plated with vacuumbreaker 293.4 handle. Support hose bibb with pipe clamp.
2. Wal I Hydrant - Josam 71000 Series Hydrasan I case bronze non-freezewal I hydrant for wal I thickness located in insulated metal wal I panels orprecast panel on concrete wal I with 3/4" H.P.T. outlet, pol ished face, integralvacuum breaker-backflow preventer, pressure rei lef valve, hinged latching cover,br0nze casing, bronze operating parts convertible into tool for replacing celconseat and shuttle, 3/411 female and I" male N.P.T. inlet connection, control key.
3. Wal I Hydrant - Josam non-freeze for wal I thickness encountered. Hydrantlocated in insulated metal wal I panels or precast panel shal I be enclosed inhousing. Provide loose key hydrant outlet.
2.14 FLOW INDICATORS
A. Provide and inst~1 I flow measuring venturies at each cool ing coli and ateach convertor system and as shown on the drawings as manufactured by RincoEngineering &Gerrish Company. Robedson Venturies are equal and approved.This shal I be a coordinated system, including individual Venturi Flow Stations.Each venturi station sha! I be complete with quick disconnect valves and asafety shut-off valve, metal identification tag on chain, giving pipe size,venturi series, station identification and meter reading at specified flowrate. Venturi stations shal I be one piece brass screwed 3/4" through 2".Venturies sized 2-1/2"and over shal I be manufactured from steel with bevelends for welding. Venturi size and series shal J be selected so that designflow rates as shown on the drawings shal I be between 10 and 40 inches of waterpressure differential with permanent pressure loss of not more than 25% ofindicated flow rate differential pressure.
2.15 EMERGENCY GENERATOR EXHAUST PIPE
The emergency generators and their exhaust si lencers and flexible connectorswill be supp lied by the EIectr ica I Ccniractor·. The Meehan ica I Contractor sha I !instal I the si lencers, connectors and supply and instal I necessary exhaustpiping as shown on the Drawings. NOTE: Exhaust piping includes minimum centerline bend rad ius of 22" for 6" 1.0:-;40" for 8" I. D. and 50" for 10" I. D.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15130-8
IIII..... _-
JIJ,IIIII"
III,I
IIIIII
I,~
IIIIIIIIIII
2.16 FIRE PUMP - DIESEL GENERATOR EXHAUST SYSTEM
The fire pump with diesel generator and its muffler and flexible exhaustconnection are furnished under Section 15500. The Mechanical Contractor shal Iinstal I the muffler and flexible exhaust connection. Furnish and instal I thenecessary exhaust piping from the diesel engine as indicated on the drawings.The exhaust pipe shal I be instal led with long radius elbows.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15130-9
6. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150.
3. Valves: Section 15120.
2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES
I • I SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15140-1
5. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fi1-tings: Section 15110.
SECTiON 15140
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing and instal I ing of hangersand supports as requ i red to Insta I I a II lines under contract.
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130
A. Conditions of Contract, DivisLon I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, appiy to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
A. All Individual pipes 3" and smaller shall be supported \'/Ith Grinnell ringtype No. 107-R, or approved equal; larger pipe shal I be supported with Grinnell
C. Related work specified elsGwhere:
H. Provide and instal I protective rubber or armaflex type bumper on al Ihangers that could be dangerous to maintenance personnel.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
D. Hangers shal I be of proper strength and placed on correct centers tosupport the I ines with no sagging. (See Schedule below). Any additionalsteel members required to run the pipes or where indicated on drawings shallbe furnished and instal led by this Contractor.
F. Pipe hangers and supports may be secured to steel trusses or beams bywelding or using toggle expansion bolts, impact type fasteners or throughbolts, as conditions require. Grinnell Fig. 66 welded beam attachmentshal I be used for large diameter pipes.
E. Groups of three of four I ines may be supported on trapeze type hangers ina neat evenly spaced manner. Where any piping, over groups of three, are runalong wal Is or tunnels, they shal I be racked vertically on side wal I to al lowmaximum clearance space.
G. Where hanger attachments are welded to beams or trusses the attachmentshal I be fireproofed equal to supporting members.
III.'
IIIrI'IIIII~·
IIIIII
Company #260 or approved equal. Clevis hangers as required of sizes to spanthe insulated pipe. Elcen, Carpenter and Patterson or Fee and Mason ofIdentical type are approved equal. Hangers that support copper pipe shal I becopper-plated.
C. Unistrut, Powerstrut or Grinnel I vertical and horizontal structuralsupports shal I be used with sufficient anchorage to side wal Is usinginserts and anchor bolts. Any inserts or cinch a~chors for pipe hangersshal I be furnished and set in place by this Contractor unless otherwisenoted. AI I piping except steam supply piping shal I be supported asspecified in A. above. AI I steam supply piping 3" and larger shal I haveInsulation shields and shal I be supported on Grinnel I Company #175 or #171pipe rol Is. Floor supported pipe shal I be supported on Grinnel I CompanyFig. #276, or equal. Where clearance conditions dictate that a Fig. #260clevis hanger cannot be used, this Contractor shal I use the Fig. #171or 175 pipe rol Is.
D. Trapeze hangers and tunnel support systems shat I be Unistrut channelsat top and wal I 8'-0" o.c. Pipe straps shal I be Unistrut P2558. Providefor pitch as required. Support members In trapeze hangers shal I not be atorch cut. On trapeze hangers provide sui I circle shield and U-clamp pipesto trapeze. U-c Iamps sha 1I be Un i strut P-I 109 through P-I 126.
E. Hangers for insulated piping shal I be large enough to encompassinsulation and metal shield for same. Provide at hanger points hydrouscalcium sil icate insulation in sections 2" longer than hanger shield.Insulation shal I have same finish as adjacent covering.
F. Shields shal I be provided for al I insulated piping at hangers or trapezebars. Shields for 6" and smaller shal I be constructed of 16 gauge galvanizediron. Shields shal I be 6" longer than pipe diameter; however, the shieldingshal I be a minimum of 6" long and a maximum of f8" tong. Shields shat Icompletely encompass the covering where pipes are HU"-clamped to trapeze hangers.All other shields shall cover only bottom half of pipe covering.
Shields for 8" through 14" pipe size sha! I be constructed of14 gauge galvanized steel and shal I be 24" long.
Shields for 16" and larger pipe shal I be constructed of12 gauge galvanized steel and shal I be 24" long.
G. Vertical pipes shal I be supported at each floor by riser clamps.
H. Piping subjected to thermal expansion shal I be guided at each floor in lieuof riser clamps. An anchor and base support wi I I then be required.
I. Whenever copper piping comes directly in contact with steel supportsystem, and copper plated hangers are not avai lable for use, it shal I bethis Contractor's responsibi I ity to wrap the pipe with two layers ofMinnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company's #33 Electrolytic Tape. Thelength of tape shal I be such to provide 2" qverlap on each side of support.
J. Contractor shal I consult and cooperate with al I other contractors inarrangements of and routing of 81 I supported I ines so as to provide maximumclearances, minimum interference and a neat, first-class appearance andaccessibi I ity.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15140-2
IIIIII. -
·~1
Ij
IIIIIIIIII
UM HEALTH SCiENCESUNIT piN 15140-3
M. Pipe hangers and spacing for sewer and waste lines shal I be as listedabove except that horizontal runs of cast iron and acid resistant piping shal I
L. The fol lowing schedule shal I be used in establ ishing distances betweensupports for copper pipe. The smal lest pipe hung shal I determine thedistance between hangers where pipes are supported on trapeze hangers.
L. The fol lowing schedule shal I be used in establ ishing distances betweensupports for steel pipe. When different sizes of pipes are supported on acommon hanger, smal lest size line shal I govern unless an intermediate supportis used.
K. The mechanical room basement cei I ing slab wil I have a rigid board thermalinsulation attached to its underside. Hanger rods may puncture insulation butmechanical contractor shal I be responsible for maintaining the integrity ofthe insulation and seal ing al I openings created in the insulating surface.
be supported at least once for each pipe section. If glass is used for acidwaste piping the pipe hanger spacing shal I be in accordance with the pipemanufacturer's recommendations.
N. Horizontal piping behind laboratory casework shal I be supportedindividually every 6'-0' on Unistrut 13/16" channels with Unistrut standardpipe strap. One hole clamp for piping under I" o.d. may be used. Contractorshal I also provide al I channels, framing, fittings, braces, pipe clamps, bolts,nuts, etc. required to instal I mechanical work that is to be instal led onframe, such as, vent piping, air, gas, vacuum, and water piping to outlets.
o. For supporting stainless steel piping see Section 15100.
2.2 UTILITY CORE PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORTS
A. This Contractor may use Unistrut No. U 318 beam clamps with angle and flatclamps for attaching Unistrut channels to provide support for groups of verticalpiping in the mechanical uti I ity cores. Z-straps and channels may be used forsupport between catwalks and floor slabs. Provide shop drawings indicatingstyle, arrangement and usage of this type of support for ones listed.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15140-4
IJI~•JiJIIIIiiI
IIIII
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
2.1 PI PI NG
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
6. Venti lation and Air Conditioning: Section 15800. , ,~
,.f
VIBRATiON ISOLATION
1.1 SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT piN 15150-1
5. Hot Water Heating System: Section 15650.
7. Air Conditioning, Refrigeration: Section 15900.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
SECTION 15150
4. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
3. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
PART I: GENERAL
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
D. Mechanical equipment which shal I have vibration isolation are pumps,motors, fans, engine coolant radiators, ceil ing hung unit heaters and al Imoving or rotating units.
A. AI I piping on the inlet and discharge connections to al I rotatingmachinery, such as pumps, compressors, etc., shal I be vibration isolatedfrom its supports.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing and installing al Ivibration el iminators required to prevent excessive vibration transfer tooccupied areas.
F. Isolator types shal I be Mason Industries, Consol idated KineticsCorporation, Kor Fund Industr-ies, Amber Booth, Vibration r~unting &Controls,Vibragenics, and Vibration EI iminator Company.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to all work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600- Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
E. Provide substantial bases under al I units, fans and motors elevated abovefloor as noted on drawings. Units suspended from overhead constructionshal I be spring isolated from the structural frame work.
,IIIIIIIIII-..Il~ -IIIIII
8. Piping runs within each mecha~lcal equipment room or 30 feet from anyconnected machinery whichever Is greater, shal I be supported by resil ienthangers providing a minimum static def,lection of 1/4 inch. Metal I ic surfacesof resi Ilent hangers shal I be separated by a neoprene rubber element. Fornon-liquid fil led pipes the resi I ient hangers shal I be Mason Industriestype HD, or equal. For liquid fl I led pipe the resi lient hangers shal I havespring diameter and hanger box lower hole large enough to permit the hangerrod to swing through a 300 arc before contacting the hanger box and shortcircuiting the spring. Hangers shal I be decompressed to the rated deflectionso as to keep the piping at a fixed elevation. The hangers shal I be designedwith a release mechanism to free the spring after installation is completeand the hanger is to be subjected to its ful I load. Deflection shal I beindicated by means of a scale. Resistent hangers shal I be Mason Industriestype PC30N, or approved equal.
C. Where resilient hangers are required on large diameter pipingGrinnel I No. 8-268 Type A pre-engineered spring hangers wil I be acceptable.
2.2 EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES
A. General: As noted on the drawings in the equipment schedules and Inthese specifications al I mechanical equipment shal I be mounted on vibrationisolators to prevent excessive transmissions of vibration structure bornenoise into the bui Iding structure. These specifications, and the equipmentschedules on the drawings wi I I Indicate by alphabetical letters the type ofvibration isolator assembly along with the minimum static deflection, ininches, of the isolators to be used. The static deflection referred tois that of the isolators under the combined load of the supported equipmentplus any integral subbase or inertia block. Vibration isolators shal I beselected in accordance with the weight distribution of the equipment so asto produce reasonably uniform deflection. Mounting systems exposed to hightemperature, oil, rust, or other adverse environments shal I be suitablyres istant to deter iorat ion in such env i ronrnents. Iso Iator types descr' i bedbelow are Mason Industries.
8. Description of Equipment Isolator Assembl ies.
I. Type A Isolator Mounting
a. Double deflectlon neoprene mountings shal i have a mInimum staticdeflection of 0.35. AI I metal surfaces shal I be neoprene covered to avoidcorrosion and have friction pads both top and bottom so they need not bebolted to the floor. Bolt holes shal I be provided for those areas wherebolting is required. On equipment such as smal I vent sets and close coupledpumps, steel rails shal I be used above the mountings to compensate for theoverhang. Mountings shal I be NO or rails DNR.
2. Type 8 Isolator Mounting
a. Spring isolators shal I be free-standing and lateral II' stablewithout any housing and complete wi1"h 1/4" neoprene acoustical friction padsbetween the base plate and the support. AI I mountings shal I have level ingbolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shal I beno less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springsshal I have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rateddeflection. Submittals sha! I include spring diameters, deflections, compressedspring height and sol id spring height. Mountings shal I be SLF.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15150-2
IIIIII.-,IIII~
Ij
IIIIII
,II,.'-
IIIIIIIIj
I; IIIIII
3. Type C Iso Ia-I"or Mount in9
a. Equipment with operating weight different from the instal ledweight such as chi I lers and boi lers and equipment exposed to the wind suchas cool ing towers shal I be mounted on spring mountings as described underType B, but a housing shal I be used that includes vertical resi I ient limitstops to prevent spring extension ~hen weight is removed. The housing shal Iserve as blocking during erection and the instal led and operating heightsshal I be the same. A minimum clearance of 1/2" shal I be maintained aroundrestraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interferewith the spring action. Limit stops shal I be out of contact during normaloperation. Mountings used out of doors shal I be hot dipped galvanized.Mountings shal I be SLR.
4. Type 0 Isolator Mounting
a. Vibration hangers shal I contain a steel spring and 0.3" deflectionneoprene element in series. The neoprene element shal I be molded with a rodisolation bushing that passes through the hanger box. Spring diameters andhanger box lower hole sizes shal I be large enough to permit the hanger rod toswing thru a 30° arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting thespring. Springs shal I have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50%of the rated deflection. Hanger shal I be Type 30N.
5. Types E. F. and I. Isolators: Not Used
6. Type G Isolator Mounting
a. Vibration isolator manufacturer shal I furnish integral structuralsteel bases. Bases shal I be rectangular in shape for al I equipment other thancentrifugal refrigeration machines and pump bases which may be 'T' or 'L'shaped. Pump bases for spl it case pumps shal I include supports for suctionand discharge base el Is. AI I perimeter members shal I be beams with a minimumdepth equal to I/IOth of the longest dimension of the base. Beam depth neednot exceed 14" provided that the deflection and misal ignment is kept withinacceptable I imits as determined by the manufacturer. Height saving bracketsshal I be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance ofone inch. Bases shal I be type WF.
7. Type H Isolator Mounting
a. Vibration isolator manufacturer shal I provide steel members weldedto height saving brackets to cradle machines having legs or bases that donot require a complete supplementary base. Members shal I be sufficientlyrigid to prevent strains in the equipment. Inverted saddles shal I be type ICS.
8. Type J Isolator Mounting.
a. Vibration isolator manufacturer shal I furnish rectangularstructural beam or channel concrete forms for floating foundations. Thebase depth need not exceed \2'1 unless specifically recommended by the basemanufacturer for mass or rigidity. In general, bases shal I be a minimum of1/12th of the longest dimension of the base, but not less than 6". Formsshal I Include minimum concrete reinforcement consisting of half-inch bars orangles welded in place on 6" centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2" above
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15150-3
the bottom, or additional steel as is required by the structural conditions.Forms shal I be furnished with dri I led steel members with sleeves weldedbelow the holes to recieve equipment anchor bolts where the anchor boltsfal I in concrete locations. Height saving brackets shall be employed inall mounting locations to maintain a I" clearance below the base.Bases shal I be type K.
9. Type L Isolator Mounting.
a. Mechanical Contractor shal I furnish concrete interior basesfor vane-axial fans per Detail 13/M-60.
C. Structural Ties and Rigid Connections
I. AI I vibration isolated equipment shal I be free of any structural tieor rigid connection that can short-circuit or block the vibration isolators.AI I bui Iding trash shal I be removed from under the base of any isolatedequipment. Connecting piping, duch/ork and electrical conduit shall notrestrict movement of the equipment on its vibration isolators. The preferredmethods is to use a flexible connection of sufficient length and with a loopif necessary.
2.3 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS
A. For al I water, glycol/water, gas and fuel oil connections to rotatingequipment, such as pumps, compressors, emergency generators, etc., unlessspecified otherwise furnish and instnl i Flexonics Model 301, Flexweld, Universal,Metraflex or approved equal, braided corrugated bronze metal hose for size upto 2 inches. For pipe sizes 2-1/2 inch to 4 inches use Flexonics r~odel 391,Flexweld, or approved equal. Hose construction shal I be for 250 degrees F.water and 200 psi working pressure. For piping larger than 4" furnish andinstal I Flexonics Model 401M, Flexweld, or approved equal, braided corrugatedstainless steel metal hose. Hose constl~uction shal I be for 250 degrees F. and200 psi working pressure.
B. For each emergency generator exhaust pipe furnish and instal I two (2)Flexonics Model 401M, Flexweld, or approved equal, braided corrugated stainlesssteel metal hose. The two flexible hoses shal I be instal led at right anglesat each pipe connection. Hose construction shal I be for 1000 degrees F. exhaustgas and 150 psi working pressure.
C. At the suction and discharge of each radiation reheat and hot water andGlycol heating pump, furnish and instal I Flexijoint Model DIBA-4, Garlok,Resistoflex, Dore or approved equal, teflon connectors. Connectors shal Ihave 125 psi flanges and rated for minimum of 250 psi burst pressure at220 degrees F.
0; At the suction and discharge of each primary and secondary chil led waterpump, and condenser water pump, furnish and instal I Minnesota Flexible Corp.Flexijoint Model DIBA-3 Garlok, Dare' or Resisto'flex approved equal, teflonconnectors. Connectors shal I have 150 psi flanges, and rated for minimum of300 psi burst pressure at 110 degrees F.
E. At discharge of compressors and vacuum pumps furnish and instal I flexiblepipe connections as specified in Paragraph A above for sizes up to 4". Forpipe larger than 4" the flexible connections shal I be the same as specifiedIn Paragraph B above except temperature should be 200 degrees F.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15150-4
IIIIII
-:1
IIIIiIIIIIII
IIIIIII1III.III«IIII
F. AI I pip I ng with f Iex i bIe connectol-S shCJ I I be independent Iy supported sothat there is no weight on the connection.
G. At the steam coi Is piping connection between coil and first valve inthe condensate return, furnish and instal I a flexible pipe connector as shownin drawing details. Flexonics Madel 301 or approved equal, braided corrugatedbronze metal hose with single braid covering for size up to 2 inches. Forpipe sizes 2-1/2 inch to 4 inches, use Flexonics tv10del 391 or approved equal.Hose construction shal I be for 250 degrees F. water and 200 psi working pressure.Size of flexible connector shal I be same size as steam coil outlet tapping.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUnit PIN 15150-5
2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS
I. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15100.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION
1.1 SCOPE
SECTION 15160
PART I: GENERAL
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15160-1
E. Hot or cold piping, fittings, valves, traps, etc. inside bui It-up airhandling units shall be insulated.
A. Concealed insulated surfaces shal I mean pIping, ductwork and equipmentlocated above suspended cei I ings, and in chases.
2. Painting: Section 09900.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
B. Insulation shal I be continuous through sleeves and wal I and cei I ing openings.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I - General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to all work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
c. Mechanical equipment rooms shal I be considered as un-airconditioned spacefor figuring the insulation of return air ductwork.
A. Insulation materials shall be furnished by Johns-Manvi I Ie, Owens-CorningFiberglas, Baldwin-Ehert-Hi 1I, Certainteed Saint Gobain, Gustin Bacon, orapproved equa 1•
D. Area above suspended ceil ings shal I be considered as air conditioned.
C. Metal shields shal I be provided under Section 15140 for installation atinsulated piping hangers.
B. Exposed insulated surfaces shal I mean piping, ductwork and equipmentlocated in core shafts, mechanical rooms, tunnels and rooms without suspendedceilings, etc.
A. Insulation shal I be appl ied to clean, dry surfaces with pipe surfaces atroom temperature. Insulation shal I be butted firmly together. Longitudinaland end joints shal I be sealed with compatible jackets, facings and adhesives.
2.1 APPLICATION
B. Work under this section includes the thermal insulation of al I hot and coldpiping, ductwork, vessels, equipment and other components of the mechanical.systems.
IIIIII11IIIIIIIIIII
2.3 JACKETS AND FACINGS
2.4 COLD PIPING (and Domestic and Laboratory Hot Piping, etc.)
B. Insulation on al I cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are usedshal I be appl ied with a continuous, unbroken vapor seal.
Eo P.V.C. Insulated Fitting Covel-S: Fittings where indicated herein, shall befin ished with preformed f itt i ng covers equa I to J. M. Un ifit, Zeston or Speed Li ne.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
12" long15" long18" long24" long
1/2" to 2-1/2" pipe size3" to 6" pipe size8" to 10" pipe size12" and over pipe size
C. AI I exposed hot piping such as steam vents and reliefs and emergencygenerator and diesel fire pump exhaust shal I be metal jacketed equal to JohnsManvi I Ie Metal-Lac, of Insulation thickness as hereinafter specified.
A. Domestic and laboratory cold water, water service inside building, soiland waste piping located in soffits to a point 3 feet inside building, wastepiping from drinking fountain and flushing rim floor drains to vertical stack,horizontal downspout offsets (including!' above and I' below horizontal),horizontal pipe from drains receiving condensate from cooling coi Is andhorizontal pipe (and vertical piping where shown) from drains serving outdoorair intake, area drains and exhaust plenums.
A. Where a jacket is specified, the insulation jacket for fiberglass insulationshal I be an al I service jacket. Jcckets and end laps shal I be sealed withInsul-Coustic 215 adhesive or Chicago Mastic 17-465 adhesive appl ied to twosurfaces or with self-sealing type lap system.
B. Domestic and laboratory cold water, I iquid and underground nitrogen,laboratory hot water and recirculating hot water, hot water, recirculatinghot water less than I" pipe size, waste piping from drinking fountains tohorizontal main. Absorption unit exposed refrigerant circuit piping. Headers,cool ing and lubrication I ines and refrigerant sump piping. Cold water cool ingto sti lis, environmental rooms, less than 2-1/2" size. Insulation shall beflexible foamed plastic tubular pipe insulation. Minimum density 6 poundsper cubic foot.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15160-2
D. Calcium sil icate rigid inserts shal I be instal led at al I outside hangers.Inserts between the pipe and pipe hangers shal I consist of rigid pipe insulationof equal thickness to the adjoining insulation and shal I be provided with vaporbarrier where required. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the fol lowinglengths:
C. AI I insulation shal I have composite (insulation, jacket or facing, andadhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to the insulation) fire andsmoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723.Flame spread rating shal I not exceed 25 and smoke developed ratIng shal I notexceed 150. Accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cements, tapes, glassfabric and asbestos cloth for fittings shal I have the same component ratings. Atcold piping as stated in Article 2.4 a 1/2" thick FR Armaflex with a flame spreadof 25 and a smoke developed rating of 150 wi I I be acceptable.
B. Adhesives, mastics and coatings shal I be furnished by BenjamIn Foster(B.F.) Insul-Coustic (1.0.), Chicago Mastic (Crv1C) or approved equal.'
Insulation Thickness in Inchesfor Pipe Sizes
C. Domestic and laboratory hot and cold water and recirculating hot watergreater than I" pipe size.
Large strainers in chit led water system shat I have flanges only left uninsulatedfor easy removal.
U~~ HEA LTH SC IENCESUNIT P/N 15160-3
1/2" (2" for I iquid and undergroundnitrogen piping)
Insulation Thickness
4" and over1-1/2"
I" th i ck1-1/2" thick
1-1/4" - 3"I"
Insulation Material
FR Armstrong Armaflex"(or approved equal)
Up to 8"Above 8"
The pipe or tubing may be insulated wherever possible by sl ipping the moldedinsulation over the I ines. Lines already connected shal I be insulated bysl itting the tubular insulation section and applying them around piping ortubing. AI I butt ends and longitudinal joints shal I be sealed with a.c. 500,JM 57, Armstrong 520, C.tvl.C. 17-462. All fittings shall be insulated withfabricated sections of tubing insulation nesting sizes mitering joints andseal ing with adhesive. Vapor barrier adhesive shal I be appl ied to al I seamsand joints sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations toobtain proper adhesion. Where flexible foamed plastic tubular insulation isused, the section at each pipe hanger shal I be rigid foam plastic of the samethickness and manufacturer as the adjacent insulation. Inserts shal I beinstal led in such a manner to completely support the pipe and not crush theinsulation or damage the vapor barrier. Underground nitrogen pipe insulationshal I be covered with a weather tight sealed jacket per manufacturer'srecommendations.
D. Primary and secondary chi i led water supply and return. The insulationshal I be "sectional type fiberglass pipe insulation as specified under Item C.The insulation shal I have average thermal conductivity not exceeding .22 BTUinch per square foot per degree F. per hour at 75 degrees F. mean temperature.Thickness shal I conform to the fol lowing schedule:
Pipe Size Thickness
The insulation shal I be sect:onal type fiberglass pipe insulation and shal Ihave an average thermal conductivity not to exceed .23 BTU inch per squarefoot per degree F. per hour at 75 degrees temperature. Insulation shal I be3#/cu. ft. Exposed and concealed piping shal I have al I service jacket. Fittings,valve bodies, flanges, etc. shal I be insulated with fabricated insulation of thesame material and thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation (mitered pipeinsulation segments) secured with 3 ply jute twine and finished with one coatof mineral fiber cement. Apply P.V.C. cover over fittings with C.M.C. adhesive17-465 on the throat and secure it with adjacent pipe covering. Furthersecure with hlo wraps of 1-1/2" wide Unifit tape. Stapling of vapor barrierjacket wi I I not be al lowed. Exception to above is that al I insulated waterand waste piping in chases behind casework may be the contractor's option beinsulated vlith 1/2" flexible foamed plastic insulation simi lar to Ar-mstrongFR "Armaflex".
IIIIIIItJIIIl~
IIIIII
I. Hot Water
2.5 HOT PIPING
UM HEALTH SCIENCESUNIT PIN 15160-4
8. AI I steam piping, condensate return piping, hot water heating piping,reheat col I piping, domestic hot and recirculating hot water piping, heatrecovery system piping and relief valve vent piping shai! al I be insulated.
SIIIIIIIIIIIII
II!
IIt
III
condensate returns)150° F to 212°F (includes- 1-1/2" thick
6" - 2" thick- 2-1/2" thick
Temperature of3" and sma I Ier3-1/2" through8" and Ia rger
a. Zero to 50 psig2" and sma I Ier 2" thick2-1/2" through 4" - 2-1/2" thick5" through 6" 3" thick8" and larger 3-1/2" thick
b. Over 50 psig2" and sma I Ier 2-1/2" thick2-1/2" through 4" - 3-1/2" thick5" thorugh 6" 4" thick8" and larger 4-!/2" thick
b.
a. Temperature of 100° to 1490 F3" and sma II er - I" th i ck3-1/2" and larger - 1-1/2" thick
2. Steam
2.6 COLD EQUIPMENT
A. Chi I led water pumps shal I be insulated with 21' Foamglas encased In sheet
metal. The pump casings shal I be completely enclosed with insulation, exceptbearings and packings which shall be left uncovered. The enclosure shal I bemade in two pieces split halfway up so that the top half is easi Iy removable
C. The insulation shal i be a sectional type fiberglass pipe insulation of3 Ib per cubic foot density suitable for temperatures of -60°F to +450 0 F. andhaving an al I service jacket cemented on. Fittings, valve bodies and flangeson piping 3" and smaller shal I be insulated with JM-301 or equivalent cementequal to thickness of adjacent pipe insulatio'n. Over 3", fittings shall beinsulated with mitered segments of pipe insulation secured with #16 gauge copperwire. A finish coat of #301 cement shal I be appl ied over segments. ApplyUnifit or Zeston cover with CMC adhesive 17-465 on the throat and secure itto adjacent pipe covering. Further secure with two wraps of 1-1/2" wideUnifit tape.
D. Insulation shal I be of the fol lowing thickness:
A. Steam supply, exposed and concealed, condensate return gravity and pumped,exposed and concealed except in floor trenches, glycol radiator coolant supplyand return in exposed and concealed areas, hot wQter reheat supply and returnin exposed and concealed areas, hot water radiation supply and returns in exposedand concealed areas, safety relief valve vents and vapor vents.
IIIIIII1JIIIIIIIIII
for pump inspection. The enclosure shel I be made as tight as possible usingrubber gaskets and felt to seal cracks and other areas around openings. Theinsulated sheet metal enclosure shal I be firmly attached to the pump base.
B. Roof and plaza drain bodies and flushing rim floor drain bodies and watermeter. Insulation shal I be flexible foamed plastic sheet insulation. Minimumdensity shall be six pounds per cubic foot. Insulation thickness shall be1/2". Apply brush coat of O.C. 500, Ar'mstrong 520, C.M.C. 17-462, JM 1167adhesive to metal surface and also to back of foamed plastic sheet. Afteradhesive has dried to non-tacky state, press sheet firmly in place. AI I edgessha II be coated with adhes ive and pressed firm I y together- with 1/8" over laypressure. AI I joints shall be staggered. Apply glass cloth on insulation inexposed areas. Field appl iedglass cloth, white factory sized 102 pounds inchper inch width tensile strength, 215 ounces inch per Inch beach puncture and330 psi mullen burst. Jacket longitudinal laps and butt strips sealed withInsul-Coustic 215 adhesive or Chicago Mastic 17-465 adhesive applied to twosurfaces.
2.7 HOT VESSELS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Hydronic covertors, flash .tanks, convertors, expansion tanks, and airseparators. The insulation shal I be 3# density rigid fiberglass board withjacket with taped joints finished with glass fabric and Benjamin Fosters 30-36.Insulation shal I be suitable up to 450 0 F. operating temperature.
B. Insulation shal I have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed .23BTU per inch per square foot per degr'ee F. per hour at a mean temperature of75 0 F.
C. Insulation shall be 2" thick. Insulation shall be placed with jointsstaggered and al I edges brought into firm contact and shal I be cut or scoredwhere necessary to fit the shape and contour of the vessel. Insulation shallbe secured in place with 1/2" wide x .015 galvanized annealed wire on not over12" centers. All joints shall be fi lied with particular manufacturer'srecommended insultion cement wei J trowel led into the openings. The entire·i nsta I Iat ion sha I 1 be covered 'il i th a Iayer of I" hexagona I mesh, Iacedtogether at al I edges with 16 gauge galvanized soft annealed wire. Insulationshall be finished 'tilth a 1/2" coat of finishing cement to which mineral fibercement, to a maximum of 25% dry weight, may be added for a harder fi~ish. A20 x 20 glass mesh shal I be appl ied over the cement embedded in one coat ofB.F. 30-36 and bruch coat appl ied over fabric.
2.8 DUCTWORK THERMAL INSULATION
A. Thermal insulation shal I be applied to supply air, fresh air, exhaust air,return air and mixed air duct·s as specified herein. Insulation shall befiberglass board insulation, unless otherwise noted.
B. Supply and Return Air Duct insulation. Apply to al I supply ducts fromunit housing to the ends of the duct runs, including diffuser necks, registerducts and diffuser plenums. Do not apply insulation over coi I access panelsand sound attenuators or on sound insu Iated ductv/ork. Refer to deta i Is onSheet M-60 for supply diffuser plenum detai Is.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESpiN 15160-5
Duct Type, Location and Material
I. Insulation on al I supply and return air ductwork exposed and concealedin un-air conditioned spaces shal I be I" internal as specified for soundinsulation in Article 2.10 this section.
2. Supply air ducts concealed in air conditioned spaces shal I be externallyinsulated with 1-1/2'1 blanket duct wrap of I lb. density with foil face vaporbarrier.
3. Fresh air ductwork from outside louver through (preheat coils and heatrecovery devices where appl icable) mixing box to supply unit heating coil. Theinsulation shal I be 2" thick rigid 3# density glass fiberboard with FSK facingwith taped joints and finished with glass fabric and Fosters 30-36 Seal fast.
4. Rei ief air ductv/ork from roe I ief louver- back through the duct system torelief air damper plus 3 feet. Insulation same as fresh air under Item 3.
5. Exhaust air ductwork (except fume hoods) from exhaust louver backthrough the duct system to exhaust air damper plus 3 feet. Insulation sameas fresh air under Item 3.
6. Gravity roof ventilators, through drip pan, damper and 8 feet downhorizontal duch/ork. Insulation same as fresh air under Item 3.
7. Fume hood exhaust air ductwork from roof penetration back through theduct system for a distance of 6 feet measured alnng centerline of duct.Insulation same as fresh air under Item 3.
8. All supply and return duct in low roof housings at loth Floor insulationsame as Item 3 except 1-1/2" thickness.
9. Unused portions of louvers shal I be blanked off with insulation andcovered with 22 gauge sheet metal enclosure painted by this Contractor, colorselected by Architect. Insulation same as fresh air under Item 3.
10. Ductwork in fresh air cores shal I be as described in Article 2. I I.
C. Appl ication of rigid duct insulation. Cut top and bottom pieces to lapside pieces on horizontal runs. Attach the bottom pieces with welded pins andcaps on 15" center. Attach the side pieces with welded pins and caps, usingtwo (2) pins not over 18" O.C. per piece insulation. Trowel adhesives onbottom, top, sides of duct in 4" wide strips on ! foot centers and pressinsulation firmly in place. Caps shal I be fiber washers or sheet metal discsof 1-1/2" diameter. Metal fasteners shal I be Omark, Duradyne, or KSM capacitordischarge studs. Insulation adhesive shall be A.F. 85-20, C.M.C. 17-460or 17-461 or I-C225. On foii faced duct insulation, al I joints, pins andcaps shal I be sealed with B. F. 82-07, C.M.C. 17-465 or I-C225 adhesive overwhich shall be appl ied embossed aluminum foi I tape in 4" widths so as toresult in an unbroken vapor barrIer surfac~ and a neat exterior appearance.On vertical ducts, adhesives, pins and caps shal i be used on al I insulationsurfaces using two (2) fastenings not over 18" O.C. per piece of insulation.AI I ductwork In exposed areas shal I be reinforcerl with corner bead. Applytack coat of Benjamin Foster's 30-36 Sealfast.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15160-6
SIIIII
-:1
IIIIIIIIIIII
2.10 SOUND INSULATION
2.9 EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND DIESEL ENGINE FIRE PUMP EXHAUST PIPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15160-7
,A. Emergency generator and diesel engine fire pump exhaust piping and mufflershall be insulated with hydrous calcium si I icate pipe insulation, I I pounds percubic foot density vlith factory appl ied aluminum jacket, banded. Insulationshal I have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed .60 BTU inch per squarefoot per degree F. per hour at a mean temperature of 700 degrees F. Totalthickness of insulation shal I be 3" consisting of two layers each of 1-1/2" thick.Fittings and flanges shal I be insulated with mitered segments of pipe insulationwith aluminum jacket covering. Joints of insulation shal I be staggered.
.90
4000
.90
2000
.90
1000500
.60
250
.40
125
• 10Absorption Coefficient
Frequency (CPS)
B. The insulation shal I be appl ied in fabricated pieces sized to the interiorduct surfaces with the black coated surface exposed to the air stream. Itshal I be firmly held in place with a fire resistant adhesive such as BenjaminFoster 85-10 or 85-20, 01- approved equal covering a minimu~ of 100% of theduct surface. In addition, insulation on the top and sides of horizontal ductsand al I sides of vertical ducts shall be further secured with Omark, DuradyneKSM capacitor discharge studs and caps, or approved equal, on 15" centers.Discharge stud and cap shal I be an integral unit so that the stud does notpenetrate the cap. Exposed longitudinal edges of insulation shal I be coatedwith a heavy layer of Benjamin Foster's 60-30 fire resistive mastic, orapproved equal, prior to inst~1 lation in the duct system. Transverse edgesshal I be covered with a "u" shaped sheet metal protector secured to the duct.
D. Appl ication of blanket insulation. Insulation shall be adhered to thesheet metal ductwork with 8.F. 85-20, C.M.C. 17-460 or 17-461, or J-C225adhesive appl ied in strips 4" vlide around the duct, pressed firmly Into the wetadhesive and shall lap at least 3". The insulation shall be further securedwith soft copper wire half-hitched into loops on 8" centers, or at thecontractors option provide welded pins and caps on 18" centers on bottom andsides of the ducts as specified above for r'igid insulation. On foi I facedduct insulation, al I joints, pins, caps breaks, edges and cracks shal Ibe sealed with B.F. 82-07, C.M.C. 17-465 or I-C225 adhesive over which shal Ibe appl ied an embossed aluminum foil tape in 4" widths so as to result inan unbroken vapor barrier surface and a neat exterior appearance. Staplesin vapor barrier wi I I not be permitted.
A. Sound insulation shal I be appl ied to the interior of al I supply and returnducts as described in Article 2.8 and al I transfer ducts, al I supply ductsdownstream of VAV terminal box or reheat coi I, and in return and exhaust ducts(except fume hood exhaust) for a distance equal to 10 duct diameter equivalentsmeasured from fan inlets back through the duct system. No sound insulationshal I be instal led in Animal Exhaust Fan Number E-IF system. AI I soundinsulation shal I be Johns-Manvi I Ie Lina Coustic, Gustin Bacon Ultra-Liner,Baldwin-Ehert-Hi I I FFF90-A, Owens Corning Fiberglas Matface or approved equal,duct I iner with a black fire resistant skin surface. Overal I density shal I.be of 1-1/2 to 1-3/4 pounds per cubic foot. Liner shall be I" thick and ratedfor velocities of 4000 fpm. Insulation shal I meet NFPA Pamphlets 90A and 90Bfire-resistant requirements and shal I conform to the requirements of UL Pub.No. 181. The sound absorption coefficients shal I not be less than the fol lowing:
IIIIIIIIIIIIJIIIIII
I. Duct sizes listed on the drawings are internal sizes. Where insulationIs applied to the inside of the ducts, the metal size of the duct shall beincreased in amount to result in internal dimensions equal to that shown onthe drawings.
2. Where sound insulation is specified and/or shown for ducts whichrequire thermal insulation as specified, the thermal insulation may be omittedon the outside of the sound insulated duct.
2.1 I OUTDOOR DUCTWORK
A. Apply to al I outdoor ductwork. The insulation material shal I be 2"thick, rigid, 3 pound density, glass fiberboard. The insulation shal I beinstal led in a double metal wal I duct. The double metal wal I housing shal Ibe constructed using 18 gauge panels on exterior. This Contractor shal I solderal I joints on exterior wal I for al I ductwork located in outdoor air plenum.
2.12 ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION MACHINE
A. The high temperature concentrator and al I associated piping, and al Icondensate piping shal I be insulated with 2" fiberglass per manufacturer'srecommendations. See Articles 2.5 and 2.7 for material and installation.
B. The fol lowing cold items shal I be insulated with 1/2" F.R. ArmstrongArmaflex (or approved equal):
I. Evaporator water boxes2. Pump motor lubrication lines3. Refrigerant pump housing4. Refrigerant spray tree piping5. Evaporator return piping6. Evaporator storage tank
See Articles 2.4 and 2.6 for installation.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15160-8
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2.\ WATER SERVICE
3. Valves: Section 15120
6. Vibration !solation: Section 15150
~IATER SERV ICE AND BOOSTER PU1v1P SYSTEM
I . I SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15200-1
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110
8. Fire Protection System: Section 15500
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing equipment, materials andperforming all labor necessary to connect the domestic and fire protectionwater service and domestic water booster pumps and other related systems.
7. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160
SECTION 15200
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140
PART I: GENERAL
C. Relatod work specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of contract, Division I - General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
C. The two service mains to this bui Iding shal I be extra heavy ducti Ie ironwith 250 lb. mechanical joints and lead-tipped gaskets. Provide insulatingunion at connection between copper and iron piping. The domestic cold water mainwi I I be used as ground by the Electrical Contractor. Provide ground jump atinsulating unions on domestic cold water main. Provide clamps on cast ironbend fittings.
A. A 6" domestic water main and an 8" fire protection main shal I be extendedfrom the 12" street ma in in ~Iash i ngton Avenue to th is bu i Iding (Un i t "F"),as sholtln on site plan A2-1. Provid'e new manholes at new valved 6" domestic and8" fire protection connections to street main. See manhole detai Is, ~heet M-60.
B. Domestic &Fire protection services shal I terminate inside bui Iding withflanged fittings. Minimum burial depth shal I be (7) feet.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
IIIIII11IJIIIIIIIII
D. The domestic \'later meter shal I be a 6" compound unit approved by the Cityof Minneapol is. The meter wi I I be furnished by the Ci1"y of Minneapol is andthis Contractor shal I instal I the same. AI I purchase costs, If required, shal Ibe paid by this Contractor. Meter shal I be capable of recording 350 GPM at amaximum pressure drop of 3.5 psi. See piping detal I Sheet M-59.
2.2 DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER SYSTEM
A. The domestic water booster pump package wi I I be suppf ied by the University.This pump package is an existing Synchroflo unit which the University wi I I haverefurbished to meet the requirements of the Unit "F" project.
B. The Unit "F" domestic water booster requirement is 280 GPM as "100% flow"when maintaining a peak system pr-essure of 148 psig with a minimum suctionpressure of 80 psig.
C. The existing prefabricated pump package is a Synchroflow, standard systemwith 3 pumps: 7-1/2 HP, 15 HP, 15 HP on a structural steel stand.
D. The University wi I I del iver the booster pump package to the site whenrequested by the Mechanical contractor. The Contractor shal I be responsiblefor locating and making connections to the unit where shown on the drawings.
E. The booster pump package shal I be isolated w1th Type "B-J" vibration isolationmountings for .75" static eflection. (See Section 15150 for description>.Provide flexible connections on suction and discharge connections to boosterpump package.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15200-2
IIIIII."4>1" ..
rIIIIIiIIIIII
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
3. Valves: Section 15120.
2.1 INSTANTANEOUS HEATERS 140 0
DOMESTIC AND LABORATORY HOT WATER SYSTEMS
1.1 SCOPE
6. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
5. Mechanical Supporting Devi~es: Section 15140.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15220-1
A. The hot water heater shal I be of the vertical shel I and hel icaJ-coi I designwith steam in the coi Is and domestic water in the shel I.
SECTION 15220
PART I: GENERAL
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
D. The shel I shal I be fabricated of steel plate and shal I be copper I ined. Theshel I ends shal I be cast bronze having tapped connections as fol lows: Pressurerei ief valve, thermometer, thermostat, cold water inlet, hot water outlet, steaminlet, steam condensate, recirculation connection outlet, blowdown descal ingoutlet and three supporting members.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing al I equipment, materialsand performing al I labor necessary to connect the domestic and laboratoryhot water systems and other related systems.
C. The heat transfer surface 5hal I be a series of horizontal copper hel icalcoi Is welded in paral lei headers which in turn are connected to vertical bronzesupply and return risers. Unions shal I be provided between each coi I and theriser for ease of cleaning.
B. To permit descal ing without dismanti I ing the unit, no water baffles or tubesupports shal I be used in the design of the hot water storage generator.Descal ing shal I be accompl ished by ,expanding and contracting the hel ical coilsby thermal shock. A ten year guarantee shal I be furnished against tube failuredue to thermal shock or any mechanical action.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
IIIIII11IIIIIIIIIII
E. The hot water storage generator shal I be AS~E stamped for 150 psI workingpressure and a code certificate shal I be issued.
F. The fol lowing model numbers are +aken from the Aerco catalog.
lOth Fir. 140°F Standby S\~ I B08 40Firs. 6through 9
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15220-2
WH-3
WH-5 6th Fir. LaboratoryReci rc.Booster
WH-6 lOth Fir. LaboratoryRecirc.Booster
2.3 CONTROL
WH-4
C. Provide and instal I Aerco orificed unions as required In condensatereturns from each heater.
B. The control of the set temperature shal I be maintained within a toleranceof 2-1/2° F in the water leaving the hot water generator when operating overa range of steam flow demand of 100% to 1%.
A. The steam flow control valve shal I be temperature-actuated by a thermal element,capillary tubing, thermal pilot and with a piston operated main valve furnishedwith the heater. The main valve (air operated) operation, shal I be fullydynamically and statically balanced, single seated, tight-shut-off, ful I ported,ful I-stroking steam flow regulator with complete stainless steel trim,Teflon valve seat, cast iron body \'lith flanged 125 psi 2" and above and screwedbelow 2". The valve shal I be suitable for maximum working pressure of 125 psiand a maximum temperature of 375° F.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2.4 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Valves shal I be set to rei ieve at 150 Ibs. Pipe discharge to nearestfloor dra in.
B. The fol lowing Model numbers are taken from Watts Regulator Company catalog.
C. Schedule
Heater No. Model No. Re I levi ng Capacity Size
WH-I 140X-8 777 fvlBH 3/4"
WH-2 140X-8 777 MBH 3/4"
WH-3 40XL-7 1155 MBH I"WH-5WH-4 40XL-7 I 155 fv1BH I"
Bottom: Condensate I" I"Steam 2" 2"Ora in 2" 2"3 Leg supports 1-1/4" 1-1/4"Recirculation 2" 2"
See detai Is on Sheet M-59 for piping connections.
2.5 CIRCULATING PUMPS
A. Pump Characteristics: Pumps shal I have non-overloading characteristics andshal I be furnished at the mid-point of the pump curve. Pumps shal I have aflat curve characteristic and be capable of operating with a 10% variationon either side of the point of selection to al low for drift in the systemcurve. Unless noted otherwise al I pumps shal I operate at 1750 RPM.
B. Pumps specified shal I be al I-bronze construction.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15220-3
C. Shaft Seal: Each pump shal I be furnished with an extra mechanicalsea I.
D. Pump Supports: In I ine booster pumps shal I be supported independentof system piping and base mounted pumps shal I be mounted on fabricated steelor concrete base as noted on the plans.
E. The fol lowing pumps are taken from the Be II &Gossett catalog. Thrush,Pacific, Dunham Bush, Taco &Armstrong are approved equal.
F. Pump Schedule
Pump Pump Capacity TotalLocation No. Serv i ng GPM Head HP Model No. Suction Discharge
A. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Josam No. 38000-40-60 cast iron body floordrain, integral spigot outlet, oleanout flush with floor and backl'later valve.Where funnels are cal led for on the drawings, provide Josam F6 cast iron funnel.Field welded funnels on grates wi I I be unacceptable. In elevator pit,. provideJosam series 32100-13 3" drain.
ur·1 HEALTH SC IENCESPIN 15260-1
2. Pipe and pipe fittings: Section 15110.
SECTION 15260
PART I: GENERAL
B. Floor drains shal I have threaded, spigot or hub outlet as required forproper connection to piping and shal I be provided with a trap having a cleanout.Drains instal led in connection with waterproofing membrane, copper or leadflashing shal I be provided with drainage flange, weepholes and flashing clamp.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
C. The Contractor shal I provide 16 oz. copper flashing or 8# lead flashingto extend 12" from clamping ring on al I floor drains other than floor drainsin slab on earth.
B. Work under this section includes furnishing al I equipment, materials andperforming al I labor necessary to connect the soi I and waste piping systemsand other related systems.
A. Conditions of Contract, Divisfon I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
A. AI I floor drains provided under this contract shal I be of Josam ManufacturingCompany, Jay R. Sm ith, vlade Manufacturing Company, Zurn 'ndustr ies or approvedequal, of type and size specified or indicated on the drawings. Exceptwhere otherwise specified or indicated, strainers for 2" floor drains shal I beat least 5" in diameter, for 3" drains shal I be at least 7" in diameter and for4" drains strainers shal I be at least 9" in diameter. Drains shal I have nickelbronze strainers unless other'wise specified. Floor drains in floors resting onearth shal I have spigot or hub outlet for caulked joint. The fol lowing numbersare taken from the Josam catalog.
IIIIIIIIIIIII~
IIIIII
2.3 FLOOR DRAINS IN FLOORS ABOVE GRADE
A. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Josam No. 32100 cast Iron floor drain withI.P.S. outlet, 1910 deep seal P-traps with cleanout. Use shal low trap wherenecessary. When funnels are cal led for on drawings provide a series F6 castiron funnel. Field welded funnels on grates wi I I be unacceptable. At antlsyphon valyes on 6th and lOth floors provide Josem Series 32100-Q-1 I floor drainwlTh tunnel.
B. Toi let Rooms, Showers and Miscellaneous Drains: Josam No. 30000-6A castfloor dra i n with I. P. S. out Iet, 19IiY deep sea I P-trap with c Ieanout andNikaloy strainer. Use shaJ low trap where necessary, provided flashing clampareas where membrane occurs. Provide backwater- valve for floor drain incage washer pit in Room 131, 9th Floor.
C. Greenhouse, Potting Room: Josam No. 32120-T modular coated cast Ironfloor drain with double drainage flange; non-puncturing flashing collar,weepholes, I.P.S. bottom outlet; 1910 deep seal P-trap with cleanout.
O. Acid Resisting: Ouriron 5501-CF vdth Ouriron P--trap. Where funnel iscal led for on the drawings, provide a Ourcomet 10C funnel and strainer plate.
2.4 CLEANOUTS
A. Cleanouts, placed in accessible locations, shal I be provided in al Idrainage lines where indicated on the drawings and where necessary to permitrodding out of the entire drainage system. Cleanouts shal I be provided atthe base of each soi I or waste stack and at the bEse of each downspout riser.
8. Cleanout plugs and tees for bel I and spigot piping shal I have a cast ironbody and a Minneapol is pattern cast brass plug. On threaded piping, cleanoutsshall consist of a Minneapol is pattern cast brass plug screwed into a suitablefitting. Cleanouts on piping instal led in inaccessible furred spaces aboveinaccessible ceil ing or below floors on grade shal I be provided withextensions to bring cover flush with finished wal I or floor.
C. Cleanouts on acid-proof piping shal I be of acid-proof mater'lal. See listbelow for type of frame and cover to be provided in the wal I or floor.
O. AI I cleanouts shal I be Zurn Manufacturing Company of the fol lowing figurenumbers. Products as manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Blake or Wadeare acceptable.
I. Finished Floors of Asphalt, Vinyl, Rubber or Other Composition: ZN-1400-6,bronze plug cleanout with nickel bronze round frame and round recessed cover.
2. Finished Floors of Terrazzo or Cement: Zt~-1400-10 bronze plugcleanout with nickel bronze round frame.
3. Finished Floors with Ceramic or Quarry Ti Ie Finishes: Z-1400-3 bronzeplug cleanout with nickel bronze square frame and round cover.
4. Unfinished Floors and Traffic Areas: ZN-1420-25 bronze plug cleanoutwith cast iron frame, heavy duty grate and anchorage lugs.
5. Wal Is: Wal I cleanout plugs In finished w~1 Is shal I be Fig. ZN-1440-3with square access covers. Wall cleanouts In unfinished wal Is shal I beFig. ZNANB-1460-8 cleanout plug and housing with secured round access cover.
UM HEA.LTH SC IENCESpIN 15260-2
IIIIII
....,....
IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIII,IIJIIIIIIIII
6. Cei lings: Cleanouts shal I be provided with ful I size cleanout pipewith a brass coupl ing and a Fig. No. ZN-1440-3 pol ished nickel, bronze plug.
7. Carpeted Rooms: ZB-1400-14 bronze br'ass countersunk plug, round brassscoriated cover flush with concrete floor. Carpeting shal I be continuousover cleanout and shal I be marked by a single chrome-plated round head screwprotruding through the carpet and screwed through the center of the brasscover.
AI I exposed cleanout covers shal I be chromium plated in wal Is and shal I benickel bronze in floors.
2.5 INDIRECT WASTE CONNECTION
A. Funnel drain connections receiving the discharge from indirect wastesshal I be connected to the inlet side of trap on floor drain or to a separatetrap. Indirect wastes shal I be provided with a fixed air gap arrangement inconnection to trap or shal I be provided with a funnel drain connection.
2.6 ROOF JACKETS
A. Vent stacks from sewer, soi I, waste and drain lines shal I be extended atIeast 12" above roof, and sha II be encased in frostproof jackets, ~1oore, SUI~e
Seal or equal, each having an air space of at least I" between the outsidesurface of pipe and inside surface of frost jacket. The top of the frostjacket shal I be designed as to permit the insertion therein of a testingplug of such form that it can be readily seen until removed, and said plugsh~1 I be removed at once after a final inspection has been made and approvedby Engineer. Vent pipe shal I be cast iron where same passes thorugh roof slab.
8. Roof Jackets shul I be constructed of 16 oz. copper for a! I pipes sizes6" and smaller, and 20 oz. copper for al I pipes larger than 6".
C. Acid-proof, frost-proof, type roof jackets shal I be constructed of 6 poundsheet lead.
2.7 BACKWATER VALVE
Backwater valves in sub-drainage piping connecting to storm sewer in bui Idingfloors on grade: Josam Series 1100, cast iron backwater valve with hub inletand spigot outlet, extensions to floor level, caulked with cast iron boltedaccess cover, brass check valve with brass revolving flap and brass seat.
Drainage piping from fresh air intake plenums, where indicated on drawings,shal I include a Josam Series 1190 coated C. I. backwater valve, terminal type,bronze swing-check assembly and hub connection.'
2.8 MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS
A. Furnish and instal I such units where shown and as detai led on drawingsas part of the storm and sanitary sewer systems.
B. The manholes shaJ I be of Cretex Companies, Inc., or equal, manufactured ofprefabricated reinforced poured concrete ring type and of 4'-0" diameter. Thetop sections where shown shal I be of concentric or eccentric reducer, 48"diameter to 27" diameter.
C. The catch basins shal I be ,simi lar to the above manhole requirements, butshal I be as detal led on the drawings.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpIN 15260-3
D. Manhole and catch basin frames and covers shal I be as specified on thedetail plans. Frames to be fastened by bolts and grouting. Catch basinsgreater than 4' depth and al I manholes shal I have aluminum steps.
2.9 SUMP PUMPS - ELEVATOR PIT
A. Elevator Pit
I. Furnish and instal I where shown and detai led on the drawings, duplexsubmersible sump pumps, Enpo-Cornel I Model MA-H-BR, 1/3 H.P., 120 volt, 60 cycle,single phase. Each unit shal I pump 30 GPM against 16 feet of head, furnishedwith three Model 474 Mercury switches and one Model 006-00087 duplex motor panelcontaining electric alternator. Furnish with each pump 15 feet of power cord andplug. Concrete basin by General Contractor. Mechanical Contractor to furnishModel S2- 1-1/4 - 36 gas tight cover.
2. Electrical Contractor to provide conduit from sump to a wall junctionbox for alarm wiring by Mechanical Contractor from liquid level control. Wiringfrom wal I box to Unit "A" Data Center wil I be provided by -the University.Mechanical ContI-actor to provide all control wiring. Provide on each pumpdischarge pipe, a union, check valve and gate valve. Wei I, Pacific and Chicagoare approved equal.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15260-4
IIIIII
t
11t
II(
I~
II~
IIj
IfI
Ifl
IIII
fIf.1
IIf,
~,
2.2 INSTALU\T IONS
2.3 TESTS
2.\ MATERIALS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
SUBDRAINAGE
1.1 SCOPE
UH HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15270-1
A. Contractor- to excavate as required to providing a minimum 611 clear distancearound drain pipe for porous surround.
B. Work under this section includes providing and instal ling of porous drainpipe at foundation and other basement areas of bui Iding as indicated on SheetM-2. 't/ork includes performing all labor and furnishing piping mater-ials,porous surround, excavation, and other related requirements.
B. AI I porous drain pipe shal I be set in a surround of specified crushed rocknot less than 6" thick at top and sides, except at foundaiion where poroussurround must extend to foundation. Drain pipe to be laid in accordance withinvert elevations and detal I given on Sheet M-2.
SECT ION 15270 _._----- ---
A. Contrac-:-oi- to provide one material analysis test of drain pipe surround.Tests to be ta!<.en by independent test i ng Iabor'atory.
PART I: GENERAL
A. Porous Drain Pipe: Porous concrete drain pipe, extra strength, with Y's,tees and other shapes required, 6" inside diameter, to be as manufactured byWaker Porouswal I Pipe Company, Little Ferry, New Jersey, from a mixture ofPortl~ndcement, water, trap rock, and sand. Drain pipe to have tongue andgr'oove sol id COnCI"ete interlocking join-rs and have a minimum infi Itration rateof two gal Ions per I ineal foot.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-GenAral Requirements and Section 15010Gr.;neral Pr"ovisions - iviechanical, apply to all worl<. of this section. F<efer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Adicle 7 of the General Conditionsa~d Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
8. Drain Pipe Porous Surround: For a! I drain pipe work, provide a surround ofmaterials consisting of crushed rock or gravol, wei I-graded between 3/4" and#8 sieve. Aggregate shal I meet classification as given under ASTM D-1863-64.
IIIIIIIIIII
'II~~
IIIIII
II1
j
ilI'I
IIIIIIIIII
I'Iil
IIIIIIII
,1I
SECTION 15290
PART I: GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing al I equipment, materialsand performing al I labor necessary to connect the Roof and Area Drainage Systemsand other related systems.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
3. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
4. ~1echan ica I Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
PART 2: PRODUCTS .A.ND INSTALL.A.T ION
2. I GENERAL
A. AI I roof and area drains furnished and instal led under this contract shal Ibe as manufactured by Josam, Zurn, Blake, Jay R. Smith, or Wade. Drains shallbe of type, material and construction indicated.
B. Roof flashing furnished under the General Contract. When vertical downspoutsare more than one story in height and swing joints or offsets are not possible,furnish and instal I a Josam Series 1810 or approved equal expansion joint.
C. The drains scheduled herein are to types as designated and sized on thedrawings. Refer to architectural drawings for exact locations and elevationsof all drains.
2.2 ROOF DRAINS
A. Josam Series 21500 cast iron roof drain with large sump and caulked outlet.Large dome strainer, deck clamp, flashing clamp and gravel stop. Seearchitectural detai I.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15290-1
2.3 AREA AND PLAZA DRAINS
A. Area Drains I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 shal I be Josam Series 0484 withvandal-proof pol ished bronze top. 4" drop pipe to tee into pipes as sizeand shown on site plan, Sheet No. A2-1. See Detail 13/AI0-1.
B. Plaza drain No.9 shal I be Josam Series 49724 with aluminum integraldome strainer. Top to be placed I" above planter grate. Anchor drain withcompacted gravel. See Detai J 13/AI0-1.
C. Plaza Drain No. I shal I be Josam Series 24200 with square, vandal-proofsatin bronze top. Outlet size as shown on Sheet ~o. M-6. See Detail 14/AI0-2.
D. For slab-an-grade, and relief air shaft, Josam Series 32100 with ductileiron grate, cast iron drain body, with double drainage flange and weep holesand caulked outlet. For rei ief air shaft provide a 3" running trap.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15290-2
IIIIII..,IIIIIIIIIrII
2.1 GENERAL
3. Valves: Section 15120.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
1. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP!N 15300-1
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM
~:
E. Tol let seats shal I be Church, Beneke, Olsonite, or Sperzel.
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
6. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
1.1 SCOPE
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
D. Flush valves shal I be Sloan, Delaney or Watrous.
F. Trim of simi lar type and grade may be used in place of those specified, al Isubject to Engineer's approval.
C. AI I faucets, loose key stops, and flexible tube risers listed shall be ChicagoFaucet Company.
A. Furnish and install fixtures and trim of first grade quality and finish, freefrom flaws and scratches. AI I fixtures shal I have ground backs groups of fixturesshal I be matched. Fixtures and trim are to be furnished as I isted and shown undercatalog numbers, unless otherwise noted and described.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of al I equipment, materialsand performing all labor necessary to connect the plumbing fixTures, trim andother related systems.
B. The following fixtures are taken mainly from the American-Standard, Elkay,Duriron Company, Inc., catalogs and are used to designate type of fixtures desired.Fixtures of simi lar type and grade may be used in place of those specified, al Isubject to Engineer's approvall. Crane, Kohler, HaviS, Watrous, Just, Carlton,Halsey-Taylor and Speakman are approved.
SECTION 15300
A. Conditions of Contract, Division 1-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditions andSection 01600-Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bidevaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and other conditions.
PART 1: GENERAL
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
JIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2.4 CLEANING
E. AI I anchor holes in the fixturos are to be uti lized.
2.5 FIXTURE ROUGH-IN
A. Roughing-in for waste, vent and supply connections at the various fixtures shal Ibe as follows:
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
.,
chromiumwastes,
All chro-
C.W.
1/2"
1"
1"
3/4"
H.W.
1/2"
3/4"
Fixture Waste Vent
Water closet 4" 2"
Urinal 2" 1-1/2"
Lavatory 1-1/2" 1-1/2"
Service sink 3" 1-1/2"
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15300-2
2.2 FINISH OF TRIMMINGS
A. After fixtures and trim are instal led, place suitable guards on fixtures andtrim to prevent use and protect from paint and plaster during construction. Priorto final inspection, clean off all labels and remove any construction dirt, rust,paint and plaster.
D. Anchor bolts for supporting plumbing fixtures shal I be ihe sole responsibi lityof the fv1echanical Contractor. He shall furnish the bolts and/or anchorage and shallbe solely responsible for the correct location of the bolts. AI I anchors are tobe placed as the wal Is are being laid up to avoid dri I ling.
F. Carriers I isted are as manufactured by Josam. Units as manufactured by Zurnor Wade wi I I be acceptable.
A. Fixtures hung from partitions adjacent to pipe spaces shal I be supported withcarriers.
A. AI I exposed flush, waste and supply pipes at the fixtures shal I beplated brass pipe, iron pipe size. The faucets, stops, valves, pop-uptraps, flush valves, etc., shal I be heavy cast brass, chromium plated.mium plate shal I be applied over a nickel plated base.
2.3 FIXTURE SUPPORTS
B. Fixtures hung from partitions, finished one side only, are to be supported asthe type of fixture may demand, either with bolts extending directly from the fixture or from bolts extending from the fixture hanger, entirely through the partition.Bolts shal I be welded to a steel plate, set plumb, on the opposite side of thepartition and securely anchored. End of bolts or rods shal I have C.P. cap nuts.
C. Fixtures hung from par-titions finished both sides, the fixture shall be hungin a I ike manner mentioned above, except that anchor plates shal I be placed withinthe partition and securely anchored. End of bolts or rods shal I have C.P. cap nuts.
2.7 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A. The fixtures I isted herein refer to fixture numbers noted on the drawings.
Item F-1A Water Closet - Handicapped
B. Note special rough-in heights for handicapped.
1/2"
1"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
H.W.
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
Vent
1-1/2"
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15300-3
Vitreous china blowout urinal with extended shields,integral flush spreader and trap, 1-1/4" top spud,2" back outlet threaded connection, and supportingbolts.
Chrome plated, with vacuum breaker, inlet oppositehandle 38" above floor, 1" screlvdriver angle stop,via! I flange, 1-1/2" spud nut and flange.
Chrome plated with vacuum breaker, 1" screwdriverstop, flush ,connection and coup! ing for 1-1/4" topspud, wa I I and spud flanges.
Carrier shal I be furnished with block base orshort foot supports to support fixture free andindependent of finished wal I. Carrier shal I alsobe furnished with integral stack fitting withauxi liary inlets and vent connections as requiredand carrier lugs with china caps.
Black sol id plastic, open front, with self-sustaining hinge for elongated bowl.
Siphon jet action; elongated bowl, waf I hung,,1-1/2" top spud, vitreous china.
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
Waste
2"
Josam No.11000-1
Sloan115-F-YV
Church5320.403
Sloan180-F-Q-YV
American-Standard2501.011
American-Standard6530.18
Item F-2 Urinal
Same as F-1 water closet except mounting heightfloor to rim s ha I I be 18".
Item F-1 Water Closet
Valve:
Valve:
Fixture
Urina I:
Eyewash
Bowl:
A. Fixture mounting heights shall be as shown on the architectural drawings.
20" x 18" vitreous china with splashback, frontoverflow; less soap depression; faucet holes 4"centers, left-hand dri I I ing for soap dispenser.Concealed arms.
Supply with No. 995 angle valve with 1/2" I.P.S.female inlet; 12" long 1/2" 0.0. flexible riser andwal I flange. Provide C.P. nipple from valve towal I. Unit to be pol ished chromium plated.
Lavatory drain; integral perforated grid; 1-1/2"diameter 4" tai Ipiece.
Adjustable cast brass P-trap with tubing drain towall; 1-1/2" inlet; 1-1/2" outlet; swivel joint;cleanout plug; sl ip inlet; escutcheon; chromefinish.
Rectangular structural steel carrier for concealedarms.
Polyethylene jar concealed under left side oflavatory.
Same as Item F-3
Classic quaturn fitting with No. 1000 handles;3-3/4" spout and No. E12 Softflo.
Pat ients corner lavatory; faucet ho Ies 8" centerson splash back; vitreous china, uti I ity shelf(right & left): wal I hangers, exposed bracketsupport.
Sink fitting with No. 317 4" wrist blade handles;GN-1A-E3 rigid gooseneck spout; No. E3 softflo;"R" Integral stop arms.
Grid drain wi-rhout overflow; 1-1/4" tai Ipiece;locknut.
Cast Brass "p" trap; 1-1/4" inlet; 1-1/2" outlet;cleanout plug; 4446.019 6" 1-1/2" trap nipple,cast escutcheon with set screw; chrome finish.
Floor mounted carrier with exposed porcelainenameled arms; level ing and securing screws;tubular uprights; block bases and chrome platedtrim.
20" x 18" vitreous china with splashback fron"roverflow; soap depression; faucet holes 8" center"s.Concealed arms.
Hi-Lite Quaturn fitting with No. 317-4" wr-Istblade handles with No. GN-1A-E3 rigid gooseneckspout with No. E3 Softflo outlet.
See Item F-3
See Item F-3
See Item F-3
Floor mounted with concealed arms; level ing andsecuring screws tubular uprights and block basesfor back-to-back lavatories: rectangular structural steel carrier for concealed arms for singlelavatories.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15300-5
Item F-5 Janitor Receptor
Items F-4 and F-4A drinking fountains and remote chi I lers by the General Contractor.See Section 10280.
Receptor: Concrete receptor to be furnished by General Contractor. Floor drain shal I be furnished byMechanical Contractor as specified in Section i5260for on-grade or above grade instal lations.
Standard duo strainer; fits 3-1/2" opening;4-1/2" top diameter;stainless conical basketwith neoprene stopper; C.P. brass, 1-1/2" O.D.tailpiece.
Classic top mount deck sink fitting with No. L8,8" swing spout; No. E3 softflo· No. 1000 handles;inlet shanks on ~! centers.
19" x 22" single compartment, 18 gauge, type 302,self-rim stainless steel sink, 3 faucet holes;undercoati ng.
Quaturn combination sink fitting with vacuumbreaker, 3/4" hose thread on spout, No. 369 handleswith adjustable wal I brace, pail hook and No.4 1/211 flanged female adjustable arms with integral stops. Polished chromium plated. Centerline of faucet to be mounted 48" above f Iocr.
See Item F-3. Supplies to be concealed\'.'1thin unit.
Grid-type strainer with 1-1/4" O.D. tailpieceFurnish with unit.
Unit furnished and Instal led by the GeneralContractor. Complete with wrist blade handlesand spout. Final connections by MechanicalContractor. See Section 10800.
American-StandardNo. 4403.010
Elkay No. LK-35
Elkay No. LR1922
Chicago Faucet Co.No. 442-LK
American-StandardNo. 4402.012
Chicago Faucet Co.No. 1100
Chicago897
Chicago ~aucet Co.No. 1006
Lavatory
Item F-6 Sink
Waste:
SUDDI ies:
Si nk:
Item F-3D
Waste:
Supp lies:
Trim_:
Trap:
Lavatory:
Piping:
Urvl HEALTH SC IENCESP/N 15300-6
Item F-6C Sink
Item F-6A Sink
Tri m: Chicago Faucet Co. Same as Item F-6B.No. 1100
Supplies: Chicago Faucet Co. Same as Item F-6No. 442-LK
Waste: Elkay No. LK-35 Same as Item F-6
Trap: American-Standard Same as Item F-6No. 4403.010
(2)Chicago Faucet Co. Hi-Lite Quaturn fitting with No. 317-4" wristNo. 785-E3 blade handles with No. GN-2A-E3 swin.g gooseneck
with No. E3 softflo outlet.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15300-7
1-1/2" x 4" hose and clamp for dishwasher wasteconnection. Dishwasher by General Contractor.
Same as Item F-6
Same as Item F-6
Same as Item F-6
Same as Item F-6
Same as Item F-6
25" x 22" single compartment, 18 gauge, type 302,self-rim stainless steel sink, 3 faucet holes,undercoat ing.
Elkay No. DLR3922-10 39" x 22" large single compartment, 18 gauge, type302, self-rim stainless steel, 3 faucet holes;undercoating.
Single position, one-piece heavy gauge stainlesssteel construction, complete with shower head,solenoid water control valve, water hammer arrestor,soap reservoir and soap dispenser; low voltagetouch-on, touch-off, water control switch; touch-on5 second automatic off surgical soap controlswitch, non-scald thermostatic water control valve.
1/2" chrome plated straight stops on 1/2" hot andcold water supply piping.
2" cast brass "P" trap with cleanout; chrome finish.
IIII
I,Ii.:1
Carr i er: Watrous W-13
Item F-8 Shower
Receptor:
PowersSeri es 420
Chair carrier support.
Furnished by General Contractor. Floor drainshall be furnished and instal led by MechanicalContractor as fol lows: Josam No. 300-36AK castiron floor drain with I.P.S. outlet, 1910 deepseal "P" trap with cleanout, flashing clamp andnikaloy strainer.
Hydroguard, Model 425-2255 top outlet for concealedpiping. Sui It-in shut-off valve, I iquid-fi I ledthermostatic element, poppet-type mixing valve,screwed-end inlet strainer check stops and 1/2"pipe connections.
ShowerHead andVo I umeControl:
PowersType 55
Shower safety. set for concealed piping, selfcleanina shower head with bal I joint, separateand spr~y adjustment complete with arm and flange.AI I exposed parts pol ished chrome plated.
Provi de Powers Type 33 vol ume control beh/eenHydroguard and Shower head.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 1~300-8
Item F-10 Emergency Shower and Eyewas~
Emergency Shower
Hi-Lite bui It-in over-rim tub fi I ler with No. 633handles and integral stops. Hi-Lite bui It-inin 8" concealed valve vlith No. 633 handles;No. 892-G vacuum breaker assembly for elevatedvacuum breaker Installation; 4 foot of whitevinyl hose and E21 spray outlet.
Adjustable cast brass P-trap; swivel ell; 1-1/2"inlet and outlet; cleanout plug; 51 ip joint inlet;outlet threaded female I.P.S.
Multi-flex pop-up bath drain with overflow plate,striker I inkage and stopper; 1-1/2" tai Ipiece.Chrome finish exterior parts.
Institutional bath; 1-1/2" drain outlet at bui It-inend.: enameled cast iron inside and outside withStan-Sure finish; enameled cast iron base.
U~,l HE/\LTH SC I ENCESPIN 15300-9
Wa II mounted lifesaver emergency shower comp Ietewith 8li diameter deluge shower head vJithl"inlet and 1" I.P.S. self-closing valve with chainpull ring, wall flange dnd inter'coriileeting fittings.
Wal I mounted aerated eye/face wash complete withmounting brackets; stay-open bal I valve activatedby push handle; stainless steel bowl; strainerand 1-1/2" 0.0. tai Ipiece.
Combination service sink fitting with vacuumbreaker; 3/4 11 hose thread on spout; No. 369handles; wall brace, pai I hook; No. "R" 1/2 11
flanged female adjustable arms with Integral stops.Pol ished chromium plated.
1/2" I.P. female inlet and outlet angle stop withlock shield cap and No. 293-6 loose key handle.Pol ished chromium plated.
1. Laboratory Casework: Sections 11611, 11613 and 11614.
3. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
2. All fixtures furnished by the Owner as identified on the drawings.
2. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15100.
4. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim: Section 15300.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing, installation and connection ofall laboratory fixtures and trim as located on the drawings and scheduled hereinincluding al I piping, sleeves, valves, stops, sinks, and sink and laboratory fixtutes and trim furnished under other sections or furnished by the Owner.
A. The fixtures schedules refer to fixture numbers noted on the drawings.
B. AI I sink supplies shall be suppl ied with loose key stops, Chicago FaucetCompany No. 1006, with No. 995 1/2" angle valve and risers, or equal. .
A. Conditions of Contract, Division 1-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and postbid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and other conditions.
i. All fixtures identified herein with "LX" and "LXFH" numbers. The trim,traps, supplies, rough-in and final connections to the fixtures, however, shal Ibe provided and installed by Mechanical Contractor as scheduled herein.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
C. Exposed water piping at fixtures shal I be iron pipe size, chromium platedbrass pipe.
D. Connected but not furnished or in~tal led under this section:
C. This Contractor wi II furnish and install composition sinks and seal sinks tounderside of table top with an acid-proof, waterproof compound, Johns-Manvi I IeCompany "Vol seal", or approved equal. All supports for sinks in metal cabinetswi I I be furnished by the General Contractor. This Contractor shal I provide theGeneral Contractor with dimensional data for support of sinks in metal cabinets.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 LABORATORY FIXTURES
E. Sinks, composition material shall be Durcon 2A as manufactured by DurironCompany, Inc., Kemresin by Kewaunee Manufacturing Company, or approved equal.Durcon numbers are scheduled.
~ PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE)
JIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
F. Where stainless steel sinks are specified, they shal I have underside sounddeadened, and for counter instal lations shal I be self rim type.
G. Stainless steel sinks shal I be furnished with holes to receive trim as hereinspecified.
2.2 SCHEDULE OF LABORATORY FIXTURES
Item L1-A
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18"L X 15" WX 11" D.Trirr!.: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTr-ap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with no. 6655 adapter coupling.
Item L1-A-C
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" L X 15" WX 11" DTrim: Type "A" and "C" (see par. 2.4)Waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap \'lith No. 6655 adapter coupling
Itern L1-A-C2
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" LX 15" WX 11" D.Trim: Type "A" and "C2" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Item Ll-A-F
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" L X 15" W. X 11" D.Trim: Type "A" and "F" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-112" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-2
III
•
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIII~
IIIIII
Item Ll-B
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize; 18" L X 15" W. X 11" O.Trim: Type "B" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai Ipieceassembly.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
I tern L1-B-O
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" L X 15" W. X 11" O.Trim: Type "B" and "0" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tailpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Item LI-B-E
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" L X 15" W. X 11" D.Trim: Type "B" and "E"(see Par. 2.4)Waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" s'>'iivel ~P-·trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
Item LI-B-E-O
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 30Mate ria I: Compos i t ionSize: 18" LX 15" W. X 11" O.Trim: Type "B", "E" and "0" (see par. 2.4)Waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 Sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
I tern L1-C2
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" L X 15" W. X 11" o.Trim: Type "C2" (see par. 2.4)Waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tailpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel. P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15310-3
Item L2-B-D
Item L2-A-F
Item L2-A-F-00
Item L2-A-00
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
:?>
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 71Material: CompositionSize: 43" L X 15" WX 11" 0Trim: Type "B" and "D" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. E700, 2" x 1··1/2" swivel P-trc;p with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 71Material: CompositionSize: 43" LX 15" WX 11" 0Trim: Type "A" and "F" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai Ipieceassembly.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 71Material: CompositionSize: 43" L X 1511 WX 11" DTrim: Type "A", "F" and "DD" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai Ipieceassembly.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 71Material: CompositionSize: 43" L X 15" WX 11" 0Trim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Ourcon No. 71Material: CompositionSize: 43" L X 15" WX 11" 0Trim: Type "A" and "DO" (See Par. 2.4)waste: Ourcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap \'/ith No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
Item L2-A
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-4
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
;1I
Item L2-B-E
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 71Material: CompositionSize: 43" L X 15" WX 11" 0Trim: Type "B" and "E" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink out I e-r with Ki max No. 6728 1-1/2" ta i IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing
Item L3-A
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 59Material: CompositionSize: 28" L X 15" WX 12" 0Trim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
1tem L3-A-C
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 28" L X 15" WX 12" 0Trim: Type "A" and "C" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
Item L4-A-----Type of Fixture: Sink, double compartment (2 singles)Manufacturer's No.: (2) Durcon No. 30Material: CompositionSize: 18" L X 15" WX 11" 0 each compartment <38" L X 16" Wovera I I )Trim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)waste: (2) Durcon No. 50-3 sink outlet with Kimax No. 6728 1-1/2" tai IpieceassemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" X 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 15310-5
Item L5
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, ovalManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. C54Material: CompositionSize: 3" X 6"Trim: See riser diagramswaste: Ki max No. 6728, 1-1/2" ta i I piece assemb I yTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling
Item L5-C
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, ovalManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. C54Material: CompositionSize: 3" x 6"Tri m: Type "c" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling
Item L5-H
Jype of Fixture: Cup sink, ovalManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. C54Material: CompositionSize: 3" x 6"Trim: Type "H" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tailpiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling
Item L6
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, ovalManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. CS 12Material: CompositionSize: 3" x 9"Trim: See riser diagramsWaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap ~lith No. 6655 adapter coupling.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Item L8-A
Item L8-Al
Item L6-C2
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-7
No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MDLR 1922-10Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gaugeSize: 19" L X 16" WX 10" 0Trim: Type "Al" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: American-Standard No. 4403.010 adjustable cast brass P-trap with tubingdrain to wal I; 1-1/2" inlet and outlet; cleanout plug in Room 114, Second Floor,provide Dearborn Brass No. 814 branch -rai Ipiece to receive dishwasher waste.
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, roundManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. C57Material: CompositionSize: 6" diameterTrim: Type "C2" (see par. 2.4) .Waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MDLR 1922-10Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gaugeSize: 19" L X 16" WX 10" DTrim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap vlith 6655 adaptor coupling
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, roundManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. C57Material: CompositionSize: 6" diameterTrim: See riser diagramswaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, ovalManufacturer's No.: Durcon No. C512Material: CompositionSize: 3" x 9"Trim: Type "C2" (see par. 2.4)waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/;(" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
Item L7-C2
Item L7
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII[
Item L8-B
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MDLR 1922-10Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gaugeSize: 19" L X 16" WX 10" 0Trim: Type "B" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with 6655 adapter coupl ing.
Item L9-Al
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MDLR-2522-10Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gaugeSize: 22" L X 16" vI X 10" 0Trim: Type "Al" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with 6655 adaptor coupling
I tern LlO
Type of Fixture: Service island drainManufacturer's No.: Water saver faucet No. L-87Material: Brass, chrome platedSize: 1-1/4" I. D.Jrim: NoneWaste: Glass piping and fittingsTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with 6655 adaptor coupling.See riser diagrams.
Item Lll-C
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, roundManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. 21Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gauge, self-rimSize: 5" diameter x 4"Trim:_ Type "c" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Item L12-A
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MLR 2222Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gaugeSize: 19" L X 16" WX 7-1/2" 0Trim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" s ...;ivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupling
UM HEALTH SCiENCESpiN 15310-8
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Item L13-A
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MLR-1722Material: Stainless steel, type 316, 18 gaugeSize: 13-1/2" L X 16" WX 7-1/2" 0Trim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupl ing
Item L14
Type of Fixture: Cup sink, panel mountManufacturer's No.: Water saver faucet No. L-88-BMaterial: Brass, chrome platedSize: NoneTri m: Refer to Item LX-FH7Waste: Glass piping and fittings. See riser diagrams.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupl ing.
Item L15
Type of Fixture: Grinder disposalManufacturer's No.: GARB-EL series AL73-S; 7-1/2 H.P. 208 V 3 phase 60 cyl.Material: Custom stainless steel top; pre-plumbedCase: Hardened steel hammers; hopper, automatic feed, stainless steel coverover hopper; neoprene edging around counter-top of disposer.Trim: Unit to be complete with spray unit, vacuum breaker and inter-lockingpiping. Provide 3/4" valved potable cold \1ater piping.Trap: Josam No. 1910 4" cast iron deep seal P-t:ap with female top inlet,female side outlet and cleanout; 2" vent piping.
Item L16-Bl
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartment w/drainboard on leftManufactur~r's No.: Elkay No. MWNSF-8116-20L w/LK-251 legsMaterial: Stainless steel, type 316, 14 gaugeSize: 16" L X 16" WX 8" 0<36" L X 19-1/2" W. overall)Trim: Type "BI" (see PcH'. 2.4)Waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupl ing
Item L17-B1
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmont w/drainboard on rightManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. M\'INSF-8116-20R w/LK-251 legsMaterial: Stainless steel, type 316,14 gaugeSize: 16" LX 16" \II X 8" 0 (36" LX 19-1/2" Id., overall)Trim: Type "BI" (see Par. 2.4)Waste: [Ikay No. LK-372 Strainer with 1-1/2" tai Ipiece, 316 stainless steelTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupl ing.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-9
...':
Item L21
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-10
Flush System:Valve: Apollo ball valve No. 70-205-01 1" size, bronze valve.Valve Box: Zurn No. Z-1460-4, 12" x 12" frame with lever handle in lieuof key and tumbler.Spray Nozzle: Spraying Systems Co. Veejet nozzle No. Hl/4U2550 type 316stainless steel; flat spray pattern; 25° spray angle, 5 G.P.M. at 40 P.S.I.;1/4" N.P.T., nozzles shal I be mounted in 1/4" x 1/4" SS stamped flangeadjustable joints (Spraying Systems Co.). Mount al I adjustable joint andnozzle combinations 1-1/2" from trench bottom to center line. See architectura I deta i I .P-Trap: JOSAM 88150 series 88154-51-60 coated cast iron deep seal P-trap,female threaded inlet and side outlet female threaded connection; 1/2" flushingconnection; cleanout.
Flush System:Valve: Apollo ball valve No. 70-204-01 3/4" size, bronze valve.Valve Box: Zurn No. Z-1460-4, 12" x 12" frame with lever handle in lieu ofkey and tumbler.Spray Nozzle: Spraying Systems Co. VeeJet nozzle No. H1I4U2550 type 316stainless steel; flat spray pattern, 25 spray angle, 5 G.P.M. at 40 P.S. I.;1/4" N.P.T., nozzles shal I be mcunted in 1/4" x 1/4" SS stamped flange adjustable joint (Spraying Systems Co.). Mount all adjustable joint and nozzlecombinations 1-1/2" from trench bottom to center I ine. See architecturaldetai I.P-Trap: Josam 88150 Series 88154-51-60 coated cast iron deep seal P-trap,female threaded inlet and side outlet female threaded connection; 1/2" flushing connection; cleanout.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
.,
Classic bui It-in two valve with No. 633 handlesless shower head, shower arm and wal I flange.Provide wal I flanges for handles and piping fromva Ive body to resel-vo i r assemb Iy.
Unit shal I consist of head assembly with injectorbody and mounting plate; check valve, vacuum breaker;inner co-axial hose, fluted ring nut; resevoirassembly; product stainer assembly; nozzle - 3/4" FH,hose hanger; 50 feet of 5/8" hose 16" wide x 17"high heavy gauge stainless steel mounting plate;interconnecting piping from reservoir to headassembly. AI I items mentioned above shal I be acomplete package supplied by one manufacturer.
EI-Mi kro-SprayModel C-3
Chicago Faucet767-8(modified)
Item L18-B1-G - Not Used
Item L19 Hose Stations
MixingFaucet:
HoseStation:
Item L20-----
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Itern L22-~~
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: Elkay No. MDLFR-4319-12Material: Stainless steel, type 316, gaugeSize: 40" L X 16" WX 12" DTrim: Type "M" (see Par. 2.4)waste: Elkay No. LK-372 strainer with 1-1/2" tailpiece, 316 stainless steel.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with 6655 adaptor couping.
Item LX-l
Type of Equipment: GlasswasherManufacturer's No.: See Section 11600Vlaste Piping: 2" waste piping from unit to P-trapTrap: 2" cast iron P-trap, vented with cleanout. 2" "laste from P-trap toconnect into 4" waste piping.Remarks: Glasswasher is complete with al I components parts within unit.Mechanical contractor to provide 3/4" potable cold water for deionizer.1-1/4" 1400 hot water to heat exchanger for boosting hot water to 1800
with Neptune Model 575 1-1/4" reduced pressure backflow preventer; 1/2" 90 PSIair piping with pressure reducing valve to 50 PSI. Heat exchanger to befurnished with unit. Deionizer to be furnished by Owner.
Item LX-2
Type of Equipment: Deionization EquipmentBy Owner. ~~echanical Contractor to provide 3/4" potable cold water pipingwith valve and cap for connections under Owner's leased equipment.
Item LX-3-A-G
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: See Section 11613.Material: Stainless steelTrim: Type "A" and "G" (see Par. 2.4)Disposal Unit: In-Sink-Erator Model 55-125, 1-1/4 H.P., 120 volt, singlephase, solenoid valve; vacuum breaker; manual reversing switch al I suppl iedwith unit. AI I moving parts to be stainless steel.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupling.
Item LX-4
Type of Eguipment: DishwasherManufacturer's No.: See Section 11600Waste: Extend dishwasher waste to branch tai IpieceWater Piping: 3/4" potable 1400 HW with valve.
Item LX-5-A
Type of Fixture: Sink, single compartmentManufacturer's No.: See Section 11613Material: Stainless steelTrim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)waste: See Section 11613.Trap: American-Standard No. 4403.010 udjustable cast brass P-trap withtubing drain to wall; 1-1/2" inlet and outlet;cleanout plug. In Room 131,9th Floor, provide Dearborn Brass Co. No. 814'branch tai Ipiece to receivedishwasher waste.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-11
Item LX-7
Item LX-6-J-N
Item LX-5-B
Item LX-8
IIIIII
-:1
IIIIIIIIIIII
MechanicalVacuum pump,
Type of Fixture: IncubatorBy OwnerMechanical Contractor to provide Air95 and CO2 piping from tanks. Tanks N.I .C.
Type of Fixture: Cup sinkManufacturer's No.: See Section 11613Material: Stainless steel, integral with countertop.Waste: See Section 11613Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adapter coupling.
Type of Equipment: Automatic ice maker (air cooled) by Owner.Trim: Meehan Ica I Contractor to provi de 1/2" potab Ie CW ...lith va Iveand cap for unit.Waste: Drain from unit to discharge Into floor drain with funnel.
Type of Equipment: Service stationManufacturer's No.: See Section 11611Material: Steel panelTrim: Type "J" and "N" (1 vac & nit.) (See Par. 2.4)Waste: See Section 11611Trap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" Swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupling.
Type of Equipment: Laminar flow hoodsManufacturer's No.: See Section 11600Trim: Gas and vacuum outlets to be furnished with unit.Mechanical Contractor to provide piping and make final connections.
Type of Fixture: Sink, single comp~rtment
Manufacturer's No.: See Section 11613Material: Stainless steelTrim: Type "A" (see Par. 2.4)waste: See Section 11613Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupling.
Item LX-10
Item LX-9
Type of Equipment: Laminar flow hoodsManufacturer's No.: See Section 11600Trim: Gas, vacuum, and Air95to be furnished with unit.Contractor to provide piping and make final connections.Alr95 and CO2 tank N.I.C.
Item LX-11
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-12
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Item LX-12
Type of Equipment: Steri I izerManufacturer's No.: See Section 11770Trim: Mechanical Contractor to provide 3/4" potable cold water piping withvalve and cap.Waste: Drain from unit to discharge into floor drain with funnel.
Item LX-13
Type of Equipment: Steril izerManufacturer's No.: See Section 11770Trim: Mechanical Contractor to provide 1/2" potable cold water' piping withvalve and capWaste: Drain from unit to discharge into floor drain with funnel.
Item LX-14
Type of Equipment: Steri I izerManufacturer's No.: See Section 11770Trim: Mechanical Contractor to provide 1/2" potable hot and cold water pipingwith valves and caps.Waste: Drain from unit to discharge into floor drain with funnel.
Item LX-15
Type of Equipment: CentrifugesBy Owner.Trim: Mechanical Contractor to provide 1/2" potable cold water piping withvalve and cap for cool ing.Waste: Drain from unit to discharge into floor drain with funnel.
Item LX-16
Jype of Equipment: Cage and rack washerManufacturer's No.: See Section 11770Waste Pipinq: Mechanical Contractor to furnish 3" galvanized waste pipingfrom pump to downstream of 4" floor drain with back-water valve located inpit. See plans and riser diagram.Remarks: Cage and rack washer is complete with al I component parts withinunit. Mechanical Contractor to provide 1-1/4" 1400 hot \vater to heat exchanger for boosting hot water to 1950 with Neptune Model 575 1-1/4" reducedpressure backflow preventer; 1/2" 90 PSI air piping with pressure reducingvalve to 30 PSI. Heat exchanger to be furnished with unit.
Item LX-17
Type of Equipment: Automatic water device for dog runs.Manufacturer's No.: See Section 11600Remarks: Mechanical Contractor to provide 3/4" potable cold water' pipingwith valve to automatic wat~ring device. Automatic watering device, nozzlesand piping from automatic device to nozzles furnished by General Contractor.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-13
Item LX-18-J-P
Type of Equipment: Service stationManufacturer's No.: See Section 11611Material: Steel panelTrim: Type "J" and "P" (2 vac. &2 nit.) (See Par. 2.4)Waste: See Section 11611Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptorcoup ling.
Item LX-19-J-N
Type of Equipment: Service stationManufacturer's No.: See Section 11611Material: Steel panelTrim: Type "J" and "N" (1 air) (see Par. 2.4). In Rooms 144 and 145, 9thFloor, units to include "E" trim.Waste: See Section I 161 I.Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x !-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupling.
Item LX-20
Type of Equipment: Fermacel I (by Owner)Remarks: Mechanical Contractor to provide 1/2" potable cold waterpiping with pressure reducing valve to 50 psi; !/2" air piping withpressure reducing valve to 50 psi; I" drain to floor drain.
Item LX-21
Type of Fixture: Slnk, single compartmentMannufacturer's No.: See Section 11613.Material: Stainless steelTrim: Water Saver Faucet Co. No. LR-2225 Surgeons Hospital combinationwash-up sink fitting \'lith rigid gooseneck and aerator, wrist bladehandles, indexed for hot and cold water.Waste: See Section 11613Trap: American-Standard No. 4403.010 adjustable cast brass P-trapwith tubing drain to waf I; 1-1/2" Inlet and outlet; cleanout plug.
Item LX-22
Type of Egulpment: Necropsy TableManufacturer's No.: See Section 11600Material: Stainless steelTrim: Cornbination faucet, spray unit and disposal unit with vacuumbreaker and solenoid valve to be furnished with unit. MechanicalContractor to provide piping, shut-off valves and stops and finalconnections.Waste: See Section 11600Trap: 2" cast brass adjustable "P" trap with cleanout.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-14
IIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIII~~
IIIIII
Item LX-FHl
Type of Equipment: Fume HoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink (item L5) 2 requiredWaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assembly,Trap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-'~rap with no. 6655 adaptor coupl ing.Fittings and Controls: Water saver faucet.I'later-: Type "H" (see Par. 2.4) with No. L-2885 remote control valve, indexedfor cold water (2 required)Gas, Vacuum, Nitrogen, Steam: No. L-3185·-LR laboratory remote control valveassembly with L-158 flange and L-142 angle serrated hose end. (2 each required).Provide guide plates according to remat~ks. Controls to be indexed as to service.Remarks: AI I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminumbronze epoxy finish. Refer to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods for angularor straight guide plates for remote controls.
Item LX-FH2
Type of Equipment: Fume hoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink with fume hood~vaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2 11 swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor couplingFittings 'and Controls: Water saver faucet.Water: Type lIH" (see Par. 2.4) wi-rh No. L-2885 remote control valve, indexedfor co Id water.Gas, Vaclju~~itr~en, Stearn: No. L-3185-LR laboratory remote controlvalve assembly with L-158 fiange and L-142 angle serrated hose end. Provideguide plates according to remarks. Controls to be indexed as to service.Remarks: Al I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminum bronze epoxy finish. Refer to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods forangular or straight guide plates for remote controls.
Item LX-FH3
Type of Equipment: Furne hoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink (Item L5)waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2 11 tai lpiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor couplingFittings and Controls: Water saver faucetWater: Type lIH" (see Par. 2.4) with No. L-2885 remote control valve indexedfor co Id water.Gas, Vacuum, Nitrogen, Steam: No. L-3185-LR laboratory remote control valveassembly with L-158 flange and L-142 angle serrated hose end. Provide guideplates according to remarks. Controls to be indexed as to servIce.Remarks: AI I fittings exposed wi-rhin fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminum bronze epoxy finish. Refer to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods forangular or straight guideplates for remote con-rrols.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-15
Item LX-FH6
Item LX-FH5
Item LX-FH4
No. L-3185-LR laboratory remote control valveL-142 angle serrated hose end (2 each required).to remarks. Controls to be indexed as to
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIT
II
Type of Equipmen~: Fu~~ hoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink (item L5)waste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupling.Fittings and Controls: Water saver faucet.Water: Type "Htl (see Par. 2.4) with No. L-2885 remote control valve,indexed for cold water.Gas, Vacuum, Air, Steam: No. L-3185-LR laboratory remote control valveassembly with L-158 flange and L-142 angle serrated hose end. Provide guideplates according to remarks. Controls to be indexed as to service.Remarks: AI I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminum bronze epoxy finish. Refer to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods forangular or straight guide plates for remote controls.
Type of Equipment: Fume hoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink (IEM L5) 2 requiredwaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2,i tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptor coupl ingFittings and Controls: Water saver faucet.Water: Type "H" (see Par. 2.4) wii-h No. L-2885 remote control valve indexedfor cold water (2 required)Gas, Vacuum, Nitrogen, Steam: No. l.-3185-LR laboratory remote control valveassembly with L-158 flange and L-142 angle serrated hose end. Provide guideplates according to remarks. Controls to be indexed as to service.Remarks: AI I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminumbronze epoxy fin ish. Refer" to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods for angu Iaror stra ight gu ide plates fOI~ remote contro Is.
Type of Equipment: Fume hoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink with fume hoodWaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700,2" x 1-112" swivel Po-trap with No. 6655 adaptor couplingFittings and Controls: Water saver faucetWater: Type "H II (see Par. 2.4) with No. L-2885 remote control valve, indexedfor cold water (2 required)Gas, Vacuum, Nitrogen, Steam:assembly with _L-158 flange andProvide guide piates accordingservice.Remarks: AI I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminumbronze epoxy finish. Refer to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods for angularor straight guide plates for remote controls.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 15310-16
Item LX-FH8
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-17
GreenRedBlueOrangeYellowWhiteBlackGray
No. L-3185-LR laboratory remote control valveL-142 angle serrated hose end (2 each required).to remarks. Controls to be indexed as to
Lettering and Color
CW-\vh i teHW-WhiteGAS-WhiteAIR-WhiteVAC-\vh itemV-B lackSTEAM-WhiteN-Black
111)e of Equipment: Fume hoodManufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Cup sink (item L14) 4 requiredWaste: Kimax No. 6728, 1-1/2" tai Ipiece assemblyTrap: Kimax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1n" svlivel P-trap vJith No. 6655 adaptor coup I ingFittings and Controls: Water saver faucet.~Jater: Type 'WI (see Par. 2.4) with No. L-2885 remote control valve indexedfor cold water (4 required)Gas, Vacuum, Nitrogen, Steam:assembly with L-158 flange andProvide guide plates accordingservi ceoRemarks: AI I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated with aluminumbronze epoxy fin ish. Refer to accepted manufacturer of fume hoods for angu Iaror straight guide plates for remote controls.
IYQe of Equipment: Fume Hood (acid)Manufacturer's No.: See Section 11614Sink: Trough, stainless steel, integral with hoodwaste: Klmax No. 6728, 1-·1/2" tar Ipiece assemblyTrap: Klmax No. 6700, 2" x 1-1/2" swivel P-trap with No. 6655 adaptorcoup ling.Fittings and Controls: \~ater Saver Faucet.Water: Type "H" (see paragraph 2.4) with No. L-2885 remote control valveindexed for cold water.Gas, Vacuum, Nitrogen, Steam: No. L-3185-LR Laboratory Remote ControlValve Assembly with L-158 flange and L-142 angle serrated hose end. Provideguide plates according to remarks. Control~ to be indexed as to service.Washdown Assembly: Spr-ay heads and remote control to be furnished with fumehood. The Mechanical Contractor Is to provide 1/2" laboratory cold waterto remote control and make the final connections.Remarks: AI I fittings exposed within fume hoods shal I be coated withaluminum bronze epoxy finish. Refer to accepted manufacture offume hoods for angular or straight guide plates for remote controls.
A. Index Buttons: AI I brass furnished shal I be identified with a color codedplastic index button on the fixture handle as herein scheduled and noted 'underthe particular fixture number that cal I for cross arm or wheel handles.
IIIIIIIIIIIII~ .II·III. -,
:1
B. Faucet trim shal I be specialized laboratory design with three arm or four armhandles and plastic index buttons indicating the type of service. Furnish decktype, wal I type goosenecks where scheduled. AI I working p3rts that move in waterincluding seat, lower stem, \vasher retained and nut shall be of monel metal toinsure maximum resistance to corrosion and abrasion. Entire working unit shal I beremovable and interchangeable with any other faucet on laboratory equipment andshal J be held in place by a cap nut, housing, conical packing and brass packingwasher. Removable unit shal I be readi Iy convertible to self-closing type withoutdisturbing permanent installation of the fixtures. AI I faucets shal I be slowcompression type and close with pressure. AI I faucets shal I have female outletsso designed to take a standard 3/8" fi Iter pump and/or an antisplash spout andwithout the use of intermediate fittings. AI I sin~ faucets shal I be furnishedwith Chicago Faucet, or equal, No. 441LK stops. AI I sink faucets shal I be pol ishedchrome plated unless otherwise specified.
C. D910nized water faucets shall be ~'/ater Saver with heavy hot tin lined on insideand on outside, cross index handles, self-closing units. See Section 15460.
D. AI I outlets, cocks, inlet shanks and accessories with long nipple, locknutand washer shal I be furnished and instal led with rough-in and final connections,as a portion of the mechanical contract, unless otherwise noted. Countertops tobe checked for thickness for correct shank or nipple length.E. This Contractor shal I check countertop material for installation of laboutlets as they vary from lab to lab.
F. Laboratory trim located on laboratory casework shal I be as scheduled. Forlocations see drawings. Numbers listed are Water Saver or approved equal.
G. Mechanical Contractor to provide engraved plastic signs noting "Potable Water"or "Laboratory Water" in laboratory areas. Verify locations in field.
2.4 LABORATORY TRIM SCHEDULE
Item "A"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-431 laboratory combination deck mount mixingfaucet with rigid gooseneck spout and L-140 serrated hose connector.
Item "Ai"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): Same as item "A" except with L-55 aerator inlieu of L-140 serrated hose connector.
Item "B"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-202 laboratory vertical combination mixingfaucet for panel rnounting ivith r-igid gooseneck spout and L-140 serrated hoseconnector. Suppl ies 3" on centers.
Item "Bl"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): Same as Item "B" except \'lith L-55 aerator inlieu of L-140 serrated hose connector.
I tern "c"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-631 laboratory single deck mount faucet withrigid gooseneck and L-140 serrated hose connector (1 required).
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-18
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Item "C2"Manufacturer's No. (Fc)ucet): Same as item "C" except two are required forfixtures.
Item "0"--rv;a;:)ufaeturer's No. (Faucet): L-2781 sing I e pane I mounted de Ion i zed water
faucet with rigid gooseneck spout, serrated hose connector, hot tin linedinterior and exterior, self-closing handle.
Item "DO"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-681 single deck mounted deionized water faucetwith rigid gooseneck spout, serrated hose connector; hot tin I ined interiorand exterior self-closing handle.
Item "F"--~ufaeturer's No. (Faucet): LR-2890-131 single steam valve mounted in round
turret base for deck mounting.
Item "G"Manufacturer's No. (Pre-rinse assemblt): Water saver faucet No. PR-412deck mount pre-rinse assembly for one hole dri I I ing with spring action typegooseneck, self-closing valve w~th insulated handle and rubber bound sprayhead.
Item "H"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): LR-128 round laboratory turret base with rigidgooseneck 't/ith serrated end, panel mounting for use with remote control.
Item "J"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-903 Laboratory faucet with serrated hose connectorfor back mounting.
Item "K"
Not Used
Item "M"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-515 laboratory sink mixing faucet with swingspout and aerator for pane I mounti ng.
Item "N"Manufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-2882-158 laboratory needle valve withserrated angle hose end for vacuum, nitrogen and air. Provide L-137 mountingshanks if required.
Item "P"~~anufacturer's No. (Faucet): L-2880-146 laboratory needle valve with serratedhose ends mounted in WYE fitting for vacuum and nitrogen.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15310-19
','
2.4 LABORATORY TRIM SCHEDULE
UNDER REAGENT SHELF
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
- Same as vacuum outlet, to be indexed for nitrogen.- Same as vacuum outlets, to be indexed for nitrogen.
- Same as vacuum outlet. To be indexed for gas.- Same as vacuum outlets. To be indexed for gas.
Same as vacuum outlet. To be indexed for ai r.- Same as vacuum outlets. To be indexed for air.
- LR-2880-131 laboratory needle valve with serratedhose end rrounted in round turret base. See architectural detai I for position of 4 arm handle. To beindexed for vacuum.
- LR-2880-132-S. Laboratory needle valve with serratedhose end mounted in round turret base. See architectural detai I for position of 4 arm handles. Tobe indexed for vacuum.
- Same as vacuum outlet. To be indexed for nitrogen.- Same as vacuum outlets to be indexed for nitrogen.
- LR-2880-131 laboratory needle valve with serratedhose end, deck mounted in a round turret base. Tobe indexed for vacuum.
- LR-2880-132-S laboratory needle valve with serratedhose end, deck mounted in a round turret base. Tobe indexed for vacuum.
- LR-3100-131 laboratory water valve mounted in roundturret base
- LR-3100-132-S laboratory water valve mounted inround turret base
Quadruple Outlets- LR-3100-134 laboratory water valve mounted in roundturret base.
Double Outlets
VD2 : Double Outlets
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpIN 15310-20
Air Outlets:A1: Single OutletA2: Double Outlets
Vacuum Outlets:V1: Single Outlet
V2 : Double Outlets
Vacuum Outlets:VD 1: Single Outlet
Nitrogen Outlets:ND 1: Single OutletsND2 : Double Outlets
Nitrogen Outlets:NJ : Single OutletN2 : Double Outlets
Gas OutletsG1: Single OutletG2: Double Outlets
DECK MOUNTED
A. The fol lowing items scheduled herein are for types of trim as designated onthe drawings for all outlets for gas, vacuum, nitrogen and air located underreagent shelves, deck mounted or wal I mounted. Provide L-137 shanks cut to fit.Handles to be indexed as to service.
Cold Water Outlets:CW 1: Single Outlet
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15310-21
- L-2882-l58 laborator-y needle valve with angle serrated hose end and flange. To be indexed for air.
- L-2802-l58 laboratory water valve with angle serratedhose end and flange. To be indexed for cold water.
- l-2892-158 laboratory type steam valve with angleserrated hose end and flange. To be indexed forsteam.
To be indexed for air.To be indexed for air.
To be indexed for gas.To be indexed for gas.
- Same as vacuum outlet.- Same as, vacuum outlets.
- Same as vacuum outlet.- Same as vacuum oul-Iets.
WALL OUTLET
Cold Water Outlets:CWW
1: Single Outlet
Air Outlet:AWl: Single Outlet
Gas Outlets:Gl : Single OutletG2: Double Outlets
Ai r Outlets:-----Al : Single OutletA2: Double Outlets
Steam Outlet:-------SW l : Single Outlet
IIIIIIIIIIIII~ ,IIIIII
3. Valves: Section 15120.
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
6. Gas Outlets: Section 15300.
2.2 PRESSURE REGULATORS
GAS PIPING SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15350-1
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
SECTION 15350
A. The natural gas requirements for Unit "F" consist entirely of thatrequired for laboratory outlets. (Approximately 760 CFH).
PART I: GENERAL
5. Mechanical Suppporting Devices: Section 15140.
2. Pipe and Pipefitting: Section 15110.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of al I equipment andmaterial, and performing al I labor necessary to provide natural gas at al Ioutlets shown.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this sec"rion. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
2.1 GAS SERVICE REQUIREMENT
A. The gas distribution pressure within the bui Iding shall be 3 psig withpressure regulators furnished and Instal led at the point of use as shownand scheduled herein. The piping of the reducing stations shal I beas detailed.
B. The natural gas requirements for Unit "F" \'/i II be met by a downstreamconnection from the existing service meter in Unit A as shown on drawingSheet M-57.
C. The Contractor sha II contact the ~J1i nneapo lis Gas Company to make .necessary arrangements and pay any costs relative to the proposed extensionof service.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIItIIII
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15350-2
B. Regulators for 3 psig inlet pressure and adjustable outlet pressure from3" to 6" w.c. shall be t'-1axitrol with the following capacities:
D. Each regulator shal I have an attached plastic laminoid, tag noting service,regulator number, capacity, inlet pressure, outlet pressure, and room numbersor areas served.
c. Regulator housings sha! I be two piece rugged die cast aluminum constructionwith al I internal parts corrosion resistant. Diaphragm shal I be Buna-N. Theregulators shal I be the lock-up type so that reduced pressure is maintainedeven at no flow conditions. Each regulator shal I be complete with a Maxitrolvent limiting orifice #12A02. .
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
R400S
R500S
R600S
lvlax i tro I Number
106-240
241-405
Capacity (Cu. Ft/Hr.)
0-105
3. Valves: Section 15120
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100
2.1 MATERIALS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
SECTION 15410
PART I: GENERAL
Uf'.1 HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15410-1
A. Laboratory Compressed Air-Low Pressure
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
6. Laboratory Fixtures and Trims: Section 15310
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of al I equipment and material,and performing al I labor necessary to provide compressed air at outlets shown.
B. Compressed Air-High Pressure
A. Conditions of Contract, Divis"ion I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
I. Low pressure laboratory compressed air (20psig) shal I be suppl ied toUnit "F" from Unit 'A' existing duplex compressed air unit. The MechanicalContractor shal I extend Unit "F" system piping into Unit 'A' and make connectionsat the units as shown on Drawing Sheet M-57.
I. Mechanical Contractor shal I make connection to Owner's 95% air tankslocated in 8th Floor Closet Room 137. Contractor to provide manifold andextend piping system as shown on the drawings.
I. High pressure compressed air (90psig) shal I be suppl ied to Unit "F"from unit 'A' existing duplex compressed air unit. The ~echanical Contractorshall extend Unit "F" system piping into Unit 'A' and make connections at theunits as shown on Drawing Sheet M-57.
C. Compressed Air Tanks (95% Pure)
IIIIIIIIItII,~
CIIIII
Eo Traps
F. Pressure Reducing Valves
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15410-2
I. Pressure reducing valves shal I be instal led as shown on the drawings.Provide pressure gauge on downstream side of pressure reducing valve and astrainer on the upstream side. Valves shal I be Fisher or Watts Series 18.
tIIIIIIIItIIIt;IIIII
.,D. Quick Disconnect Fittings
I. At the base of compressed air risers, furnish and instal I Armstrong I"No. 71 snap action bal I float traps. Provide drip leg and gate valve in frontof trap with drain valve on discharge side.
I. Quick disconnect fittings where shown on the drawings in equipmentrooms and other areas noted as a i 1- out lets sha II be Swage 10k Qu ick-Connectswith single end shut off. Each equipment room outlet shown shal I consistof shut off valve, quick-connect fittings, drip leg and blowoff petcock.
3. Valves: Section 15120
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100
2.1 MATERIALS
6. Laboratory Fixtur'es and Trim: Section 15310
LABORATORY VACUUM SYSTEMS
1.1 SCOPE
Utv1 HEA LTH SC J ENCESPIN 15420-1
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110
SECTION 15420
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130
PART I: GENERAL
A. Laboratory Vacuum System
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to all \'Iork of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bfdders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
B. Owner's Vacuum System
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of all equipment andmaterial, and performing al I labor necessary to provide vacuum at al I outletsshown.
I. Mechanical Contractor shall make connections to Owner's vacuum pumplocated in 8th Floor Closet Room 137, Contractor to provide manifold andextend piping system as shown on the drawings.
I. Laboratory vacuum shall be suppl ied to Unit "F" from Unit 'A'existing duplex vacuum unit. The Mechanical Contractor shal I extend Unit "F"system piping into Unit 'A' and make connections at the units as shown onDrawing Sheet M-57.
IIIIIIIIIIIIlIIIIII
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
3. Valves: Section 15120.
2. I NITROGEN SYSTEM
2.2 CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM
SPECIAL GASES
1.1 SCOPE
4. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15430-1
1/2" fu II trycock I I ne1/4" I i qu id Ieve I gauge line1/4" pressure gauge line
1-1/2" I i qu i d f ill I I ne1-1/2" vent line
I. Flow meters, portable equipment, etc.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
SECTION 15430
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I - General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and other conditions.
A. Mechanical Contractor shal I make connection to Owner's carbon dioxide cyl indermanifold in 8th floor closet Room 137. Contractor to extend CO2 piping system asshown on the drawings.
PART I: GENERAL
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing and installation of al Iequipment, materials and performing al I labor necessary for a complete nitrogenpiping system,and carbon dioxide piping system.
c. Related work specified elsewhere:
D. Furnished by Owner:
A. As shown on the drawings, the Mechanical Contractor shal I provide a gaseousNitrogen System within the bui Iding and cap main at the nitrogen tank pit forconnection to tank by others. This Contractor shall also instal I a capped 3/411
I iquid I ine extending from the pit to the 2nd Floor cei ling space to provide forfuture connection to a I iquid takeoff.
B. This contractor shall install 5 capped underground pipes, as folto'/IS, fromoutside remote fi I I box (by General Contractor) to nitrogen tank pit for connectionto tank and remote fil I valves and gauges by others:
ItIIIIIIIIIIIttII
•I
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 DEIONIZED WATER SYSTEM
B. Rel~ted work specified elsewhere.
I. Laboratory Fixtures and Trim: Section 15310.
DEIGNIZED WATER SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
Ut·l HEALTH SC I ENCESPIN 15460-1
B. Under this con·tract the r1,echanical contractor shall provide a poti'1b 1ewater valved and capped service typically located in a sink base cabinet, forfuture extension to deionizer unit by Owner.
SECTION 15460
D. NOTE: All deionized It/ater piping in the bui Iding wi II be provided andinstal led by the vendor under the Owner's Agreement.
C. Deionized water faucet trim wil I be supp! led and instal led in certainlaboratory tables as shown on the drawings and as specified in Section 15310.
PART I: GENERAL
A. The Owner wi I I be leasing deionizatlon devices in certain laboratory sp3ceswithin the Unit "FlI bui Idlng. The delonizatioll installa-rion typically c::ons:s;'sof an organic filter, pressure regulator, deionizer unit and a water outletequipped with a quality control monitor I ight assembly, al I suppl ied as partof the Owner's lease arrangoment with a vendor.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
ItIIiIItIIIIIIIIIII
2. I PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
2. Piping Specialties: Section 15130
FIRE PROTECTI ON SYSTn~
1.1 SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15500-1
B. Standpipe and Fire Sprinkler System - within bui Iding.
A now jockey pump wi I I be added to serve the new system in Unit F.
3. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140
A new 6" fire pump test header wil I be added on the north side of the bui Iding.See plans for exact location.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I - GenerClI Requirements and Section 15010General Providions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
I. Pipe- Schedule 40 black steel, ASTM Specification A-120-73 or welded andseamless steel pipe ASTM A53-73.
C. It is the intent of these specifications to meet the requirements of theIISprinkler Alternative" as described in Section 1807 of the Uniform Bui IdingCode. The existing fire pumps in Unit 'A' and Unit "B-C' shal I be cross connectedfor standby u~e in Unit F. On the same basis the new fire pump in 'F' wi I I bestandby for Unit "A" and 'B-C'.
SECTION 1550~ __
D. In general, the system is rated as I ight hazard and coverage is I imited to225 sq. ft. per head. Head and main locations and main pipe sizing are asshown on plan. Pipe sizing is by hydraul ie calculation. In the Penthouse andbasement pipe sizing shal I be based on ordinary hazard. Hydraulic calculationsshal I be submitted with shop drawing submittal. A Halon 1301 Total Flooding FireProtection System is required in rooms with high hazard ratings where chemicalsare present.
B. Work under this section includes a wet standpipe and sprinkler pipe systemas shown on the drawings and as specified below. The entire sprinkler layoutshal I conform to the reflected eel I ing plan as shown on the drawings. Cel lingcontractor, architectural representatives and sprinkler contractor shal Icoordinate al I cei I ing sprinkler layout before instal I ing any piping. Submitceil ing plan marked as shop drawing plans for approval. The sprinkler systemas laid out and instal led must meet or exceed ~IFPA requirements.
A. This contractor shal I make connections to water service at a point insideof bui Iding 'vial I. Work to begin at 8" flanged outlet.
ItIIII,tIiIa'g~
IIIIII
2. Fittings - 2" and smaller standard service weight cast Iron screwed.
- 2-1/2" and larger standard \'ieight steel welding fittings,ASTM Specification A-234 with the exception of the' hook up to sprinkler flowcontrol valve cabinet, Fire Department valve cabinet,and main riser drain line.See Drawing detai Is. (AI I piping shal I be welded in stairwel I shafts with theabove exceptions.)
3. Joints - Screwed, welded or approved grooved pipe method suitable forpressures as noted above.
- Screwed or coupl ings approved specifically for use in sprinklersystems.
C. AI I underground water pIping shal I be #150 Class A-22 mechanical joint forsprinkler and 250# for standpipe. AI I el Is and tees shal I be braced as notedby NFPA and brace rods painted to prevent corrosion.
2.2 VALVES
A. Fire department siamese: One required for "standpipe and sprinkler" system,so identified. For the north side of bui Iding, the valves shal I be AI lenco Fig. 276,Elkart Fig. 166 flush type, or equal. Valves shall be 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" x 6' brasswith threads to Minneapol is Fire Department specifications and finish shall behardooat Architectural Class I, AA-A4~, Alcoa Duranodic, Kaiser Kalcolor, ReynoldsReynocolor, to match window frame. See Sheet M-24 and M-26 for exact location.
B. 2-1/2" Fire department valves: In stairwells shall be 1\llenco Fig. 170 U,Elkart Fig. U-25, or equal, angle Valve with cap and chain. Valve shal I be ULapproved 300# for al l floors, cast brass with satin trim and red enamel hand wheel.Outlet threads to Minneapol is Fire Dpartment specifications. Valves shal I be mountedin cabinets where shown on the drawings. Cabinets shal I be Elkart series 1600,!\llenco Fig. 280 AL, or equal, modified r-ecessed cabinet! I" deep with flush trimand double strength glass, hinged door-~anel, stee~ prime coated.
C. Roof Hydrant: shal I be Elkhart #153 exposed type with polished brass finish.Male outlets, size 2-1/2 x 1-1/2" x 6" with caps and chains less clapper valves.Escutcheon Iet1'ered "WALL HYDR/\NT". Out Ie1' connect ions to Minneapo! is FireDepartment specifications. Provide Elkhart No. 164 brass valve control for use'",ith Elkhart No. 153 wall type hydrant. Furnished with 7/8" square steelextension rod 24" long having special coupl ing for attaching to stem of gatevalve. Escutcheon 8" square. Finish: Pol ished brass.
D. All shut off valves: shal I be UL label led OS and Y or Butterfly 300# MWPon discharge side of fire pump. AI I other valves shal I have 175# MWP. Wherevalves are cal led out on Drawings to be supervised they shal I be provided withtamper switches. These shal I be wired by electrical contractor into fire alarmsystem.
E. Check valves: shal I be UL approved 300# MWP with soft seat. Fire departmentcheck valve shall be equipped with 1/2" ball check. Ball drips shall be pipedto floor drain.
F. Detector check: Furnish and instal lone eight (8) inch detector check HerseyModel DC, 811 with al I bronze disc bypass meter and shut-oft valves at intake andoutlet. Meter size as required by City of Minneapol is.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15500-2
~I+'.;'
tIIII,tIiIIII~I
IIII
IfIIIIII'IIItIII-IIII
G. Fire pump test header: One required on north side of bui Iding mounted belowfire department siamese. Instal I an Elkhart No. 745 four-way square flush type,with cast brass body, 3" female tapered iron pipe connection, (4) 2-1/2" outletsthreaded for Minneapol is Fire Department standard threads with caps and chainsand cast brass escutcheon Iettered "TEST HYDRANT". vIa I I open ing requ ired13" x 14-1/4". Finish of al I exposed parts to match adjacent fire departmentsiamese. Back inlet pipe 6" size. See Sheet M-26 for exact location and M-24for elevation.
2.3 SPRINKLER CONTROL VALVE CABINET
Cabinet shal I be 3'-4" wide x I '-8" high x I I" deep recessed, furnished andinstal led by the General Contractor. This Contractor shal I furnish and instal Iwithin the cabinet a 2-1/2" automatic pressure reducing valve similar toElkhart "Pressure-matic" #UR-20-25. Valve to be sized for 175 psi maximum.Valve shal I be brass, tamperproof and supervised. Also a 2" main drain valve,a I" inspector's test valve, al I rough brass. Provide a I" sight glass and aflow switch, al I as shown on sheet 50. Wiring of flow switch to bui Idingfire alarm system shal I be by electrical contractor.
2.4 DRAINAGE
A. On the sprinkler system al I branch I ines, cross mains, feed mains, andrisers shal I be so instal led that systems may be drained. Piping may be instal ledlevel. Provide an angle drain valve at al I low points where water is ttapped.
B. Provide standard inspector's test connections discharging to 2" main riserdrain. T\'IO (2) inch system drains shall be run to 2" main riser drain thatdischarges into floor drain provided in Basement.
2.5 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. Sprinkler heads to be of the automatic type with fusible I ink, deflectionand frame, of the pendant, upright or sidewal I type as noted on plan.
B. Sprinklers shal I be spray type 165 0 F. temperature rating, except thatsprinklers instal led in the vicinity of steri I izers, etc. shal I be of a highrating as indicated on plans and according to NFPA 13.
C. Sprinklers mounted in ceil ings in finished spaces shal I be equal to StarModel 'E' flush pendent, chrome plated.
D. Sprinklers in Penthouse and Basement shal I be standard brass pendant orupright. Head locations are shown at cei I ing only. Where ductwork or mechanicalequipment exceeds 4'-0" I imit this Contractor shal I locate heads and piping belowas required by NFPA 13, Chapter 4.
E. Sprinklers located in rooms where temperature wi II be below 32 0 F. such ascoolers and freezers in environmental area, shal I be equal to Star Model ME-Iflush type dry pendent (chrome plated).
F. Provide on-off type heads simi lar to Grinnel I Chrome Pendent "Aquamatic",where indicated on plans. Head shal I open at excess of 165 0 F. and close atapproximately 1000 F.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15500-3
G. Sprinkler cabinet shal I be provided with 48 sprinklers and 4 sprinklerwrenches for emergency use. Stock of sprinklers shal I include a proportionatenumber of al I types and ratings instal led. This cabinet shal I be located underthe direction of the University and shal I have a baked enamel finish.
H. This Contractor to provide two sprinkler stoppers for semi-recessed headwith necessary handle length to service al I cei I ings. Provide also two stoppersfor upright heads with necessary handle length to service al I heads.
2.6 ALARMS
A. Flow alarms shal I be equal to notifier No. NRV Vane Type and be instal ledwithin the systems as indicated on the drawings. Wiring shal I be by electricalcontractor. A I" test valve shal I be set in each system loop so that openingof the test valve wi I I activate the alarm. The discharge to be equal to onesprinkler head flow.
2.7 1NSTALLA ION
A. The sprinkler work shal I conform to NFPA standards, the City of Minneapol is,and the insurance company having jurisdiction: AI I work required for respectivesystems shal I be performed by workmen ski I led in this trade. AI I work shal I beneat and piped in a workmanlike manner. Piping shal I be run in strata providedwith no interference with other trades.
B. All required permits for sprinkler system, fire lateral and related workshal I be obtained and paid for by this contractor.
C. Submit three copies of working drawings stamped by NFPA (approved) toArchitect/Engineer for approval. Submit al I supporting hydraul ic calcuationsfor the complete sprinkler system. Submit al I equipment and trim for approvalwith shop drawings. If hydraul ic calculations submitted indicate a smallermain size, a proposed credit to the Owner should also be included.
2.8 FIRE PUMP
A. Furnish and instal lone Aurora or approved equal Model 5-481-IIB-ULlisted, FM approved horizontal centrifugal fire pump designed to del iver1000 gpm and a total boost of 347 feet Hd. when driven by a Cummins or approvedequal Model V-504-F2 diesel engine rated at 145 HP. at 3300 RPM, at 900 ambienttemp. The pump shal I del iver no less than 150% of rated capacity at a pressurenot less than 65% of the rated pressure. Shut-off pressure shal I not exceed120% of the rated pressure. Suction pressure is 94 psi and system pressure atpump discharge wi I I be 244 psi. The Unit 'F' pump shal I be sized to meet therequirements of the Unit 'A' building.
B. The pump shal I be a horizontal spl it case type. Discharge Flange on pumpto be 250 psi.
C. The pump unit shal I be I isted and approved and meet al I requirements of theNational Fire Protection Associates Pamphlet #20. Fuel piping and plumbingfor unit shal I conform to NFPA pamphlets #20, 30 and 31.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15500-4
I1IIIIJI'IJj;
i
III»,,;,.II
D. Accessories.
F. Control Equipment
2. The contro i Ier sha I I be marked "F ire Pump Contro I Ier".
4. Controller shal I be furnished in a free standing enclosure constructedof heavy gauge metal with baked-on fire engine red finish.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15500-5
not operate)
- Lmv Engine 011 Pr-essure- High Engine Jacket Water Temperature- Fai lure to Start Automatically- A.C. Power Fa! lure (local alarm does- Battery Fai lure #1- Battery Fa i lure #2- Overs peed Shutdown
- Rei ief valve elbow- Open rei ief cone- Eccentric suction reducer, 8 x 6- 8 x 8 x 4 discharge tee- 4" ma in re I ie"f va Ive .- 3-1/2" dial compound press-V()c. gauge (suction)- 3-1/2" dial press. gauge (discharge)- 1/2" automat ic air re Iease va Ive, 300# ~1\'JP
- 5" x 8" concentric discharge incr-easer- Fuel system (including fi Iters, condensate drains etc. and integral
pump) less fuel tank (fuel tank provided under Section 15570 Day Tanks).- Set of flexible fuel oi I connections on fuel supply and fuel return- Flexible exhaust connection- "Critical" tY\-le muffler and flexible connection- Battery Rack- Set of dual batteries, cables and straps- Capacity plate- Casing rei ief valve
3. Controller shal I function to automatically start an engine driven firepump from the water pressure control switch included in the controller. Themain control switch shal I be furnished with a TEST position for starting theengine by dropping the pressure to the water pressure control switch. Normalstopping of the engine shal I be manually Initiated by operating a "STOP" pushbuttonon the outside of the controller enclosure.
5. Controller shal I provide a pi lot I ight and common alarm bel I, whichoperate in event of each of the fol lowing:
I. Furnish and install in connection with Engine driven fire pump unitspecified a controller completely assembled, wired and tested at the factory.The assembly shal I be specifically approved for diesel engine driven fire pumpservice by NFPA, U.L. and F.M. agencies and shal I be Master controller Bulletin 174.
E. The diesel engine shal I have a closed-circuit cool ing system with a heatexchanger fi I led with a glycol solution as per engine manufacturer's recommendations.Provide method of fil I ing system, adding and chocking coolant ..The water sideof exchanger shal I be fed from fire pump piping, taken off before 4" main rei iefvalve. This supply pipe shal I have a by-pass, valves, strainers, pressureregulator and unions as required by NFPA No. 20 and shal I waste to a floor drainwith funnel or the open rei ief cone.
IIIIII
,il!I
ItJI';,I.j
!I .." to-: ',
IIj
I,I1 "",
IIII
il
Provisions shall be included for the possible conriection of remote signalswhich correspond to the individual pilot lamps in the controller.
6. AI I alarm and signals shal 1 be operable under manual as wei I asautomatic conditions.
7. The controller shal! inc;ude a built-in b~ttery charger that has beenspecifically approved for fire pump service under the latest requirements ofNFPA 20. The charger shal I have automatic overload protection. Individualvoltmeters and ammeters shal I be provided for each battery. In the event ofa bui Iding power fai lure, an emergency generator (provided by electricalcontractor) wi I I supply power to battery charger.
8. A pressure Recorder shal I be provided.
9. Controller shall be a M/l\STER Model DCFR-359 or approved equal.
10. An adjustable solid state timing device shal I prevent this pump fromstarting simultaneously with existino fire pumps in Unit 'A' and Unit 'B-C'.
I \. Engine shal I come equipped with a Kim hotstart or equal jacket waterheater capable of maintaining the temperature at 102°F. Heater shal I be2500 watt, 208 volt, I phase.
12. AI i control wiring between controller and engine driven fire pumpshall be by Mechanical Contractor.
13. This Contractor shall make a 1/2" brass pipe connection to controllerfrom system side of fire pump.
14. Pressure controllers inside new Unit 'F' engine driven fire pumpcontro II er and ins ide ex ist. Un it' Almotor dri ven fire pump contro II er andinside exist. Unit 'B-C' engine driven controller shal I be set up so thatthe motor driven unit comes on the line first and if it cannot maintain systempressure the engine driven unit in 'B-C' wil I come on the line. If the 'B-C'pump cannot maintain system pressure the Unit 'F' pump wi I I come on the line.Maintain 5 psi difference between controller set points. Failure to start, ofany pump in sequence, shal I not prevent subsequent pumps from starting.
15. Provide two auxi i lary electric motor starter contacts in controller forinterlock of make-up air unit.
G. Tests
I. The pump shal I be hydrostat1cal Iy tested to twice the working pressure,but in no case less than 250# per square Inch.
2. The pump unit shat I be given a complete performance test and characteristiccurves prepared from the tes1' results shal I be furnished to the Architect/Engineer for approval.
2.9 JOCKEY PUMP
A. Furnish and install a JaclJlzi fvk>del 7H4A-26 centrifugal pump for 6.1 GP~1
at 350 foot head and operating at 3450 RPM direct connected to a I HP 3 phase60 cycle, 460 volt open drip proof motor. Turbine vane pumps are not acceptable.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpIN 15500-6
f,Ia,j
1,)
IJIIII,1)
III
IrIIIIt1JIIIiIrIIII
B. Furnish with this pump the fol lowing accessories:
C. Cut in pressure shal I be 240 psi and off at 250 psi.
D. AI I wiring shal I be by this Contractor.
2.10 HALON FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM
A. Furnish and instal I QCardox", or approved equal, pre-engineered Halon 1301Fire Extinguishing System for the protection of the solvent storage rooms, theextraction lab and chromatography. The system shal I be U.L. and F.M. I isted andapproved for total flooding protection with each room having its own dedicatedsystem. Provide a concentration level of 5%.
B. System to be arranged for automatic protection by means of the rate-oftemperature-rise method employing electric detectors. An electric impulsefrom control panel shal I energize the solenoid actuator valve on cyl indercausing the system to discharge. The system shaI I be capable of being actuatedmanually at any time without the aid of an external power source.
C. The systems shal I be super-pressurized with nitrogen to 600 psi at 70° F.They sh~1 I be U.L. and F.M. I isted and approved to operate when shorted at anambient temperature of minus 40° to 120D F. AI I parts of the extinguishing systemshal I be capable of being tested and reused. No explosive devices shal I bepermitted. The entire extinguishing system shal I be capable of being refll ledand rearmed on the site without disassembly or replacement of parts. Theentire installation shal I be in accordance with the latest edition of N.F.P.A.Pamphlet No. 12A and the manufacturer's instructions.
D. Provide a control panel for EA system which wi I I receive a 24 v. signal fromdetectors or manual release. The panel shal I Include a timer with a rangeof 5 to 60 seconds, set at 30 seconds, to delay discharge of agent. Delayshal I al low fol lowing functions to occur: fire alarm signal, fan shut-downand fire damper closing. Control panel shal I also Include 24 v. batteries andbattery charger for use during bui Iding power fai lure.
E. Extinguishing system cyl inders shal I be D.O.T. 500 and stamped with theirfil led weight. Each unit shal I, be provided with a pressure gauge and frangiblesafety disc. Each cylinder shal I be prominently labeled with: Manufacturer'sname, size of unit, service and recharge instructions. Cyl inders shal I be plumband level and bolted to floor or wall or both.
F. Multi jet nozzles to be used to discharge gas Into compartment protected.Nozzles shal I be fabric3ted of corrosion-resistant materials or shal I be finishedwith a protective coating. Nozzles in which the horn, or shel I, and orificepiece are separate elements shaI I be designed so that the orifice piece is connecteddirectly to the supply pipe. Separate orifice plates, which can be accidentlyleft out without being readi Iy noticed, shal I not be used.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15500-7
G. Hazard Alarm: The system shal I include an alarm of outstanding anddistinctive sound level and distinctive tone to announce discharge in thehazard. The alarm shall be connected to a control panel which shal I bearranged to be actuated by al! means of release. Alarm shal I be located aboveceiling near exit from space.
H. Provide an electric (24 V) remote manual l'elease located outside ofeach hazard area at al I doors into space. Locate 5'-0" above floor.
I. Piping:
I. AI I pipe shal I be schedule 40 black or galvanized steel.
2. AI I fittings shal I be 300 lb. class Malleable or Ductile Iron, ASTM-AI97or ASTM A-445. Ordinary cast iron fittings shal I not be used. AI I unions shal Ibe of the ground joint type with both seating surfaces matched.
3. AI I nipples shal I be of the same specification as the pipe.
4. The maximum pipe lengths and maximum number of elbows between systemcyl inder and yoke which are specified by U.L. and F.M. for each unit must notbe exceeded.
5. The extinguishing system cylinders and valves shal I not be relied uponfor the support of piping. AI I piping shal I be rigidly secured uy means of U.L.I isted pipe hangers. Lateral bracing shal I be provided at nozzles where requiredto absorb forces developed during discharge.
J. Controls
I. Dampers shall be provided in ductwork entering and leaving rooms protectedby Halon systems to prevent loss of agent. The dampers shaJ I close by releaseof a reusable fire/smoke damper I ink actuated by an electric signal from thecontrol panel. They shal I provide ful I closure and a tight seal immediatelyupon actuation. Dampers and I inks shal I be provided and instal led by MechanicalContractor. See Specification Section 15800 for Fl,-e Damper Schedule.
2. In addition to closing of dampers, a signal from control panel shal Ishut down the fol lowing fans:
GE·-12FE-12
K. Tests and Adjustments
I. Prior to arming the SF-1301 system, the complete detection andextinguishing system shal I be thoroughly tested \tithout discharge of Halon.Tests shal I include complete discharge into each hazard area, with instrumentedconcentrated reading. Freon 12 shal I be used as the test agent. This Contractorshal I assume cost of test agent and shal I repeat test to Owner's satisfaction.
2. At the option of the owner, as stated in writing, the system may be lefton "Quiet Test" (for a period of thirty to forty-five days), in order to deterrn.inethat the detection adjustments of the system are complete and that the system isnot subject to spurious alarms.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15500-8
1'IJJ'I"'"
JtIfIIJiIIJ,III
IIICIIt,)
I,I
IIIII'tIII
During such a "Quiet Test" period, the extinguishing system would only be operablemanually and the automatic feature would be disabled except for an audible alarm.The regular occupants of the protected areas would then keep a detailed writtenlog of any alarms. Such a test should span at least one complete operating cyclefor the protected area.
L. Service Contract
The system shal I be inspected semi-annually under a service contract with anauthor"ized inspection representative. A weight check shal I be made of al Icyl inders and a functional test performed to determine readiness to perform.Recommendations shaJ I be made to Owner for any corrections needed.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN I5500-Q
3. Valves: Section 15120.
2.3 FUEL OIL DAY TANKS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
A. AI I piping shal I be schedule 40 black steel.
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15570-1
2. Pipe and Fittings: Section 15110.
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
2.1 FUEL OIL PIPING
D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of al I equipment, materialand performing all labor necessary for the fuel oil system serving an emergencygenerator and an engine driven fire pump.
PART I: GENERAL
2.2 FUEL OIL PUMP P-24F
C. The fuel handl ing system shall consist of two fuel oi I day tanks, oi I lines,pump, valves, gauges and accessories.
SECTION 15570
A. Day tanks sha! I be Simplex or approved equal modified less pump. ThisContractor shal I supply and instal I a 100 gal Ion day tank for the emergencygenerator and a 100 gal Ion day tank for the engine driven fire pump. Daytank shal I be heavy gauge steel construction tank and top, complete withheavy-duty float switch, and at I components completely enclosed under aprotective I ift-off cover. Tank shal I be al I welded construction, rust proofedand finish painted outside. Tank interior shal I be completely epoxy coated.Tank shal I be suppl led with sight glass with hand valves and guard and a fuel
A. Pumps shal I be Viking heavy-duty belt drive units. Extend existing pumpbase for mounting. H.P. I isted is required for pumping 100 SSU viscosityI iquid. Pump shal I be complete with ductile iron pump gears, mechanical"seals, automatic pressure lubrication system and integral safety rei ief valve.Pump shal I be capable of providing 3 GPM at 75 Ft. HD with 1/2 H.P. motor.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
)
tIIIIfJJJIII,I\~
III
strainer at the tank inlet. Tank shall include a control panel with a "pressto test" button (and wired circuit to test al I components by over-riding floatswitch and engine interlock and starting remote oi I transfer pump.) AI I necessarywiring shal I be provided by this contractor including that necessary to tiethe remote oi I pump into the day tank control system such that pump operationis control led from the day tankfloat switch to maintain the proper oi 1 levelin the tank. Pump shal I be capable of running only when either engine is running.Each day tank shall be suppl ied with high and low level -fuel alarms with integralwiring to terminal block. This Contractor shal j wire from this terminal blockto an alarm bel I in the basement equipment room located where directed by theUniversity. Wiring and alarm bel I shal I be by t~is Contractor.
B. A pipe stand shal I be provided for day tanks per Drawing Detail. A pipestand adapter shal I be provided by tank manufacturer.
C. Each day tank shal I set in a fabricated drip pan as detai led on· Drawing M-58.Tank shall be 16 gauge galvanized soldered water"tight and finished inside andout with 2 coats of epoxy paint. Provide angle iron bracing as required anddetai led. Each drip tank shal I be suppl ied with a high level fuel alarm withnecessary wiring to an alarm bel I in the basement equipment room. Wiringand alarm bel t shat I be by this Contractor.
2.4 FUEL OIL SOLENOID VALVES
A. Provide () !", normally closed , 120 volt , solenoid valve suitable forNo.2 fuel oi I service , in each fuel oi I supply pipe at the fuel oi I daytanks.
B. Provide and instal lone 75 VA control transformer in the respective fuelpump starters for these solenoid valves.
C. This Contractor to do necessary wiring to permit solenoid valve toopen when the day tank float switch closes and the remote fuel pump starts.Solenoid valve to close when day tank is ful I (float switch open).
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15570-2
(,JI"I
IIIIIIIJIJ~.
III
I. Steam co i I5
3. Valves: Section 15120.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 HUMIDIFIERS
STEAM HEATING SYSTEM---,---,---------------"-----
1.1 SCOPE
SECTION 15600
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15600-1
8. Laboratory Fixtures and Trim: Section 15310.
7. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
6. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150.
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
PART I: GENERAL
I. Basic Methods and ~~aterials: Section 15100.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArtic!e 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
D. Furnished but not instal led under this section:
A. Furnish and instal I in built-up air handl ing units packaged air handl ingunit and ductwork where shown on the drawings. Humidifiers shal I be of a typewhich discharge clean, dry steam without drip or objectionable noise.Humidifier design shal I util ize a steam jacketed valve and separating chambers,an asbestos muffler and an insulated stainless steel steam jacketed distributionmanifold for this purpose. Each humidifier shal I be furnished with a normallyclosed, ful I modulating direct acting pneumatic valve, a .045" perforatedstrainer, an inverted bucket type steam trap, and stainless steel dischargemanifolds suitably sized to traverse plenum and equipped with internal stainlesssteel silencing screen. Each humidifier shal I be accurately sized accordingto pounds of steam required per hour and 12 psi inlet steam pressure, for bui 11'up and packaged air handl ing unit humidifiers and 5 psi inlet steam pressurefor booster humidifiers in Ductwork. Humidifier shal I be Armstrong Series 80or approved equal.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing al I equipment, materialsand perform ing a II Iabor necessary to connect the steam heat i ng systems and
"other re Iated systems.
ItIJIIt)
JJIIIIIIIII
B. On al I multiple manifold instal lations in bui It-up air handl ing unithousings the humidifier suppl ie. shal I furnish a normally open temperatureswitch shal I be instal led as shown on the drawings and wi I I be wired undertemperature control.
C. See drawings for humidifier schedule.
2.2 STEA~j COl LS
A. Heating coi Is for bui It-up air handl ing units shal I be wing Model VIFB.Capacities shal I be based on 6 psi coil Inlet pressure. Number of rows shal Ibe as scheduled on the Drawings.
I. Each heating coil shal I consist of bui It-in series of vertical finnedheating elements and by-passes with interlocked dampers control led by pneumaticdamper motor and air stream thermostat. Dampers shal I be constructed andarranged so as to completely enclose and is~late the heating coil passes whenno temperature rise is required.
2. Finned heating elements shal I be fabricated of 5/8" 0.0. seamless coppertubes with rectangular aluminum fins. Each tube shal I be individually securedto steam and return headers by a brazed joint. Finned elements shal I be factorytested at 200 psig steam and 1,000 pounds hydrostatic pressure.
3. The coil shal I be prepitched and casings shal I be constructed of 14gauge ga Ivan i zed and pa inted 'w ith rust i nh i b i I" ive pa i nt. Dampers sha II beconstructed of 16 gauge cold rol led steel v!ith baked enamel finish. The volumeof air passing through the coi I shal I not vary more than + 5%, regardless ofthe position of the internal dampors. -
4. Proportioning of the air shal I be surih that the average temperatureat any point in a plane paral lei to the coi I 3' downstream from the leavingside wi II not vary more than 5° F. -from the temperature con-rroller setting.
5. Structural supports shal I be provided for the steam preheat coi Is ineach bui It up unit housing. Provide 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 3/16" angle iron framearranged so that coil support is continuous and dead level. Support legs shal Ibe set in 6" x 6" X 1/4!1 plates spaced at not more than 4 feet apart. Bottomof coi Is shall be 18" minimum above floor. Coi Is shall be bolted to framefor easy removal. Paint all black steel with two coats of approved paint.
6. See drawings for schedule.
B. Heating coil in package air handler shal I be Trane type NS, McQuay type8J or Westinghouse type HM, with same end connections and shal I be instal ledin the units as shown, and shal I be of the steam distributing type with finssecurely bonded to the tubes.
I. Fin thickness shal I be .012 ir.ch. Col Is shal I be pitched within thecasings and tested tight with a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psig.
2. Coi Is shall be with fin spacing as requir'ed based on six (6) psigsteam entering coil.
3. See drawings for schedule.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15600-2
ItJIIItIIIIIJIJ'IIII
IIIIIItJJJIIIIIIIII
2.3 STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATIONS AND STEAM METERS
A. Furnish and instal I pressure reducing valves (PRV) and trip valves of thesize and capacities shown in the fol lo~ing schedule. The main pressurereducing station shal I be comprised of two approximately 60% capacity valvetraine in paral lei. Each valve train shal I have two PRV's and a trip valvein series. The first PRV in each train (H.P. valve) shal I reduce steam pressurefrom approximately 75 to 15 psig.
The loP. PRY shall be equipped with a pressure pi lot. The H.P. PRY shall beequipped with a pressure pi lot and a safety pi lot. The trip valves shal I beequipped with a trip pilot. Control lines and pilot valves shall be arrangedto provide the fol lowing safety controls: The H.P. valve shal I be capableof reducing from 125 to 15 psig through override by the safety pi lot in theevent that the L.P. valve fai Is. The L.P. valve shal I be capable of reducingfrom 125 to 15 psig in the event that the H.P. valve fai Is. The trip valveshal I be capable of stopping al I steam flow in the event that both PRY's fai I.Control lines shal I be connected where shown on the drawings.
B. Pressure reducing valves shal I be of the single seated dead-end servicetype, pi lot operated reducing valves. Valves shal I be Spence type Evalves with pi lots and stainless steel seats and discs. Valves shal I be 300pound cast steel construction.
C. Trip valves shal I be of the single dead-end service type, pilot operated.Valves shal I be Spence Type E of 300 pound cast steel construction.
D. Noise Suppressors shal I be Spence multi hole plates located as shown on thedrawings. Noise level measure 10 feet from the reducing station shal I notexceed 80 decibels. Suppressors shal I be of 150 pound construction.
STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
Press. First PRY Trip Valve Second PRY Multi-Range Cap. Hole
3/4" valve on Floor 9 shal I be Watts 127 Series or approved equal. Valve shal Ibe self-contained with integral strainer and adjustable discharge pressure.
E. Steam Flow Meter and Recorder
In locations where shown on the drawings provide steam flow metering. Metersshal I be Bailey Meter Company specification No. M-22-1. Provide orifice andflanges, meter valves, reservoirs, settl ing chambers nipples and reloaderwith 24 hour chart, surface mounted type. Equipment shal I be instal led bythis Contractor with necessary 1/2" 0.0. copper tubing, unions, valves,connectors, al I as per manufacturers recommendations. Start up service shal Ibe provided by equipment manufacturer. Equipment provided shal I include amounted transmitter suitable for interface with the existing Honeywel I Delta2000 system in "Unit A".
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15600-3
2.4 FLASH TANKS
A. Furnish and instal I flash tanks where shown on the drawings and Inaccordance with the detai Is shown. Tanks shal I be of size indicated on thedrawings with tappings for inlet, outlet, vent and drain connections. Tanksshal I be constructed of standard steel pipe Schedule 80 with flanged orwelded ends.
B. Tanks shal I be supported by angle Iron brackets on the wal I or from theeel ling or by a floor stand. Tanks snal I be al I welded construction, rustproofed and finish painted outslos.
2.5 CONDENSATE PUMP P-5F
A. Furnish and instal I a Domestic,Type CVD, or approvod equal, duplexunderground condensaTe pump unit, complete with condensate receiver, waterpumps, inlet strainer, and consolidated control cabinet and accessories.Other approved manufactur"ers are Wei I and Hoffman.
B. Capacity of each pump sha: I be 130 GPM against a discharge pressure of 20psi.Motors shal I be 3 HP each at 1750 RPM, 480 volts, 3 phase 60 cycle, alternatingcurrent. Pumps shal I be vertically mounted flexible coupled to vertical dripproof bal I bearing motors. Each pump fitted ...lith ball thrust bearing, enclosedbronze impellers renewable bronze case rings, stainless steel shaft, and pipeexpansion joint at pump discharge. Mechanical shaft seals shal I be provided.Pumps shDI I be able to handle condensate up to 210 0 F. Motors shal I be nonoverloading at any working pressure below design pressure.
C. Cast iron receiver shal I be a 36" diameter x 60" deep with excess capacityto provide for greater condensate cool ing. The inlet shal I be 6" with centerline 12 il below floor level. Receiver cover plate shal I permit removal of onepump assembly whl Ie maintaining operation of second pump. Unit shal I beequipped with pedestal mounted float switches and al I necessary openings andtappings.
D. Control cabinet shall be NEW, II with piano hinged door enclosing:combination magnetic starters, fused disconnect switches, selector switches,test push buttons, fused control circuit transformer and power factor correction.Provide electric cable between switches and pumps to wat I mounted control panel.
E. Unit shal I be equipped with automatic mechanical alternator to alternateoperation of the two pumps automatically, to provide simultaneous operation ofboth pumps to del iver double capacity under peak load conditions, and toautomat lea II y operate the second Dump if the act i ve pump shou Id fa i I .The Electrical Contrac+or wil I provide power wiring to the control panel.Al I other wiring required shal I be provided by the Mechanical Contractor.
F. Pump discharge shal I be provided with a pressure gauge, non-slam checkvalve and gate valve. Provide vent piping to cei I ing and back down to floordrain.
G. The unit shal I be factory tested as a comple+e unit. Furnish completewiring diagrams, piping diagrams, installation and operating instructions.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESpiN 15600-4
'IIIIII
:)
IIIIIJIJIIII
IIJIIIIJIIIII~
IIIIII
2.6 STEAM CONNECTIONS
A. This Contractor shal I make final steam connections to laboratory fixturetrim as specified under Section 15310 and as shown on the drawings.
B. In all cases on this low pressure steam system gate valves shall beprovided around steam traps and unlons shal I be provided on steam ard condensorreturn lines.
LJM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15600-5
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
3. Valves: Section 15120.
6. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150.
2. I CONVERTORS
HOT ':JATER HEAT ING SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
B. Convertors shal I be constructed in accordance with ASME code for unfiredpressure vessels for a working pressure of at least 125 psig. Water velocityshal I not exceed 5 feet per second and the heating surface shal I be based on
A. Furnish and instal I steam in the she! I and water in the tube instantaneousheater having cast iron heads, 3/4" 0.0. copper tube, steel tube sheets andsteel tube supports. Unit shal I be Bel I &Gossett Type SU, Patterson-Kelly,Bernstrom and Dunham Bush Type OS, or Taco Type S.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15650-1
I. Chemical treatment equipment.
E. Installed but not furnished under this section:
I. Hot water reheat coi Is. (Reheat coi Is integral with Variable AirVolume Control Units are suppl ied under Section 15800.)
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
8. Chemical Treatment: Section 15990.
7. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
PART I: GENERAL
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing al I equipment, materialsand performing al I labor necessary to connect the hot water heating systemsand other related systems.
SECTION 15650
D. Furnished but not instal led under this section:
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
IIJII,I
IJIIII'III
IJIII
a scale factor of 0.001. Capacity of units shal i be as scheduled hereih forheaters with 4 psig steam.
C. This Conti-actor shall fJrnish and install saddles and remaining frameworkas shown on the drawings for mounting convertors.
2.2 BOOSTER PUf'-'1PS---A. Furnish and install forced hot water circulating pumps having a John Craneleakproof mechanical seal, speci"fically for water service from 40°F to 210°F.Pumps shal I be AI I is-Chalmers, Chicago Pump Company, Peerless, Armstrong,Aurora, Ingerso I I-Rand ,Be I I & Gossett, Taco Dunham Bush and Thrush.
B. Pumps shal I be flexible coupled (Falk or Lovejoy), single suction, centrifugal pump with cast iron casing, bronze impeller and stainless steel shaft.Provide coupl ing guard.
C. Base-mounted motor and pumps shal I be complete with steel base plate.Certified pump curves shal I be furnished with shop drawings. Special emphasisis placed on flat head characteristics of pump operation. Pump impellerdiameter shal I not be less than 90% of the maximum diameter to promote quietoperation.
D. Pumps shal I have grease lubricated ball bearings. Piping to pumps shal' beproperly instal led and al igned to prevent any distortion of the pump casingunder al I operating conditions.
E. All motors sha I I be 1750 RPM unless otherwise noted.
F. Each pump sha II be furnished "lith an e)dTa mechanical sea I.
G. Each pump sha I ( have type BH vibration isolation with 3/4" deflection.
A. Furnish and instal I al I non-ferrous tube and fin extended surface hotwater reheat col Is. Coi Is shal I be McQuay, Dunham-Bush, Trans or Recold,with flanges for mounting in ductwork.
B. Co i Is sha I I be one or two rows deep, vii th 5/8" O. D. tubesAR I. rated 8fins per inch maximum, with at least 17 square feet of external fin surfaceper square foot of face area per row. The majority of the coils shal I besingle tube serpentine or header type and shal I be used as required to meetcapacity and pressure drop requirements based on 55°F enteri1g air. Coi Isshal I be of nominal face dimensions and of minimum face area as indicatedin the schedules and they shal I have capacities as indicated when using waterfrom 190°F to 170°F.
C. Coi Is shal I be tested for 150 psig working pressure with sapper returnbends brazed into tubes on both ends with copper to IPS adapters brazed tothe supply and return leads. Casing for coi Is that are both shorter than 19"tube length and not higher than 13" may be bui It of 20 gauge galvanized ironwith I" wide flanges.
D. Water friction shal I not exceed 5.0 feet of head in each coi I. AirPressure Drop shal I not exceed .25 inches W.G. This Contractor shal I taga! I reheat coi Is and distribute them near the correct location for installationIn the duct system under Section 15800. This Contractor shal I furnish completeinformation to the Venti lation Contractor regarding proper setting of the coilsin the duct system.
E. See Drawings for Schedule.
2.4 FINNED TUBE RADIATION
A. Furnish and instal I where shown on the drawings, Sterl ing, Standard,Dunham Bush, Webster, Nesbitt or Vulcan finned tube radiation. AI I radiationshal I be IBR rated and approved. Element length indicated on the drawingsare minimum finned element lengths.
B. The heating elements sha! I be constructed of steel tubes and steel finswith fins of 20 gauge thickness securely bonded to pipe or copper tube withaluminum fins as per schedule. AI I elements shal I be instal led on sl ide cradlehangers to el iminate al I expansion noise. Wal I hangers shal I be of 12 gaugesteel with side plates of /4 gauge steel. Hangers and covers shal I bebonderized and prime-coated. This Contractor shal I furnish and instal I hangersfor al I finned tube radiation whether he provides enclosure or not.
C. The various heating elements and covers are indicated on the plans byalphabetical letters.
I. Selection of finned tube radiation is based on 190°F water enteringand 170°F water leaving with 65°F entering air.
D. RadIation Schedule
I. Type A: Vulcan Type DS cO'/er. Cover 24" high x 5-5/16" wide. Elementshal I be 1-1/4" steel tube, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4" steel fins, 2 row, 40 fins per foot,.032" fin thickness with rating of 1980 BTUH/fL
LJM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15650-3
E. Radiation Controls
2.5 CONVECTORS
C. AI I units shal I be selected on 190 degrees F. water entering and 170degrees F. water leaving with 65 degrees F. entering air.
2. Other radiation types wi I1 be control led by pneumatic valves andthermostats instal led by temperature control subcontractor.
IIIIII
-:1
IIIIIIIIIIII
Vulcan Bare EJelTlent, 1-1/4" steel tube, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4" steelfins per foot, .032" fin thickness "lith rating of 725 BTUH/ft.be hung in cel I ing plenums where shown on drawings with Vulcanhangers. .
2. Type B:fins, I rol'l, 32Radiation shallNo. 60 I ce iii ng
3. Type C: Cover for this type of radiation shat I be furnished by GeneralContractor, see ar"chitectura! detai I 20/A9-1. Element and support shall be byMechanical Contractor. Element shat I be Vulcan, 1-1/4" steel tube, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4"steel fins, I row, 40 fins per foot, .032" fin thickness with rating of 885 BTUH/ft.
5. Type E: Cover for this type of iadiotion shal I be furnished by GeneralContractor. See Architectural Detai 1 I/A8-3. Element and support shal I be byMechanical Contractor. Element shal I be Vulcan 1-1/4" copper, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4"aluminum fins, I row, 40 fins per fOJt, .020" fin thickness, with rating of1170 BTUH/ft. Provide dielectric fittings at ends of copper tubing.
B. Heating coi Is shar I be copper tube with aluminum fins encased in a steelframe. Air vent assembly consisting of a manual air vent, copper tubingreducing coupl ing to connect with a copper air chambel". See piping detailon drawings.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15650-4
A. Furnish and instal I where shown on the drawings Sterl ing, Alrtherm, Tranehot water heating convectors. Front panels shal I be constructed from 16 gaugesheet steel, bonderized and prime-coated, secured by key operated locks.Cabinets shal I be fully recessed typo, with wal: guard and access doors.
4. Type 0: Cover for this type of radiation shal I be furnished byGeneral Contractor. See Architectural Detai I 30//\9-2. Element and floor supportsha II be by Mechan ica I Contractor. Element sha II be Vu lean I-I 14" copper,2-3/4" x 5" aluminum fins, I row, 40 fins per foot, .020" fin thickness, withrating of 800 BTUH/ft. Provide dielectric fittings at ends of copper tubing.
I. Self contained automatic control valves shal I be supplied and instal ledon all types C &D radiation as shown on the drawings. Valves shal I beDanfoss Model Bravo HI-Head for ~ot water service. Valve shal I be straightpattern with remote capl I !ary and element, at I located completely withinradiation cover. See drawing detai is for mounting.
6. Type F: Covel- for this tyf.'e of radiation shall be furnished by GeneralContractor. See Architectural Detui! 5/A5-3. Element and support shal I be byMechanical Contractor. Element sha! I be Vulcan 1-1/4" copper, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4"aluminum fins, 2 row, 40 fins pel foot, .020" -fin thickness, with rating of2020 BTUH/ft. Provide dielectric fittings at ends of copper tubing.
IIIIIIIJJIIII~
IIIIII
CONVECTOR SCHEDULE
Capacity p., i rthermType Size: L x H x 0 ~~BH Style Remarks
A 36 x 24 x 6 6. I FRG Fu I IY Recessed4 side overcap
B 36 x 24 x 6 5.4 FRG Fu I IY recessed4 side overcap
2.7 CABINET UNIT HEATERS
A. Furnish and instal I cabinet unit heaters as shown on drawings. NumbersI isted below refer to Airtherm catalog. Units manufactured by Trane, Nesbitt,Dunham Bush, McQuay and Modine are approved equal.
B. Hot water ratings for unit heaters shal I be based on 190°F entering waterand 170°F water leaving with 65°F entering air. See piping Detai I on Drawings.
C. These cabinet units shal I be constructed of 16 gauge steel fronts withdirectional louver type integral grilles, bonderized parts and gray prime finish.Provide copper coi I with aluminum fins. tvlotors shall be three speed and shall befor 120 volts, single phase, 60 cycle and cabinet type unit. PM shal I not exceedthose I isted. AI I motors shal I be provided with overload protection bui It intowindings. Provide thrO\,/-away I" thick glass fiber fi Iters except where notedotherwise. Fi Iters shal I be replaced before building is turned over to Owner.
D. Provide high temperature belts in inverted units. Fronts on recessed orcei I ing hung models shal I have four side overlap. Recessed units on outside\'/alls shall be backed by I" thick 3 Ib./cu. ft. density glass fiber insulationcut to fit the masonry cpening.
E. Cei I ing mounted cabinet unit heater shal I have rubber grommets for isolationin hangers.
F. Wa I I mounted or concealed units shal I be mounted above the base or as notedon arch itectu ra I or mechanical drawings.
G. Un its sha II be comp Ie'~e with starters with thermal overload protection.
H. A unit mounted motor control switch with off position sha II be supplied witha I I units.
CABINET UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE-
Capacity Watts AirthermType MBH CFM RPfvl HP Style Model No. Remarks
fl. 68.9 620 820 250 27 CC C80-3
B 38.5 340 900 108 27 CC C40-3
C 30.1 265 900 123 27 CC C30-3
0 45.0 515 900 160 27 CC C60-2 Unit recessedvertically in corr.
E 15.6 265 900 123 41 RC C30-1
F 30. I 265 900 123 47 RIW C30-3 Inverted air flowNote: Air quantities and heating capacities are based on med. speed.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN . 15650-5
U~ HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15650-6
2. AI I tanks shal I be complete with gauge glass with guards and cocks,overflow, drain valve, air charging valve, fi l I, system connection and openingfor float.
C. Prav ide and insta II AS~1E pressure r'e lief va Ives for rad iat ion, reheatradiant panel, heat recovery and chi! led water systems. Pipe rei ief valvedischarge to nearest floor drain.
I. Closed expansion tanks shal I be constructed according to ASME codesand bear label of the same. Construction shal I be black steel. Tanks asmanufactured by Bel I &Gossett and Bremen.
I1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiI'
Locationloth FloorlOth Floor
and Chit led Water Systems)
TypeClosedClosed
Size24" dTa: x 71" L2011 dia. x 82" L
120100
CapacityGal.
CapacityUnit No. Size GPM Location
I-Rad. System R-4" 221 Basement.
2-Reheat System R-4" 241 Basement
4-Standby R-4" 241 Basement
A. Expansion Tanks
B. Air Separator
2.6 HYDRONIC SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES (Radiation, Reheat,
Unit No.I-Rad. System2-Reheat System
3. Furnish and instal I McDonnel I Mi I ler Series 69 float switch set at onequarter level to indicate a low level condition in each tank. Necessary wiringand transmission to Unit "A" data center wi I I be provided by the University.
I. Furnish and instal! as shown on the drawings Bel I &Gossett Rolairtrol,Thrush, Armstrong or Taco air el iminator complete vtith strainer. Install unitfor easy access for strainer clearing and provide blow down valve piped tofloor dr'a in.
3. Valves: Section /5120.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
D. Instal led but not furnished under this section:
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
RADIATOR COOLANT SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15710-1
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
I. Temperature control valves.
PART I: GENERAL
7. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
6. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150.
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
SECTION 15710
B. Heat exchangers shal I be constructed in accordance with ASME code forunfired pressure vessels for a working pressure of at least 125 psig. Watervelocity shal I not exceed 5 feet per second and the heating surface shal I bebased on a scale factor of 0.001. Capacity of each unit shal I be as scheduledbelow for I-pass heaters.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions-Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditons.
2.1 HEAT EXCHANGERS
A. Furnish and instal I a fixed bundle, shel I and tube, single pass, glycol-toglycol heat exchanger having cast iron heads, 3/8" 0.0. tubes Admiralty brass,brass tube supports and brass shel I. Unit shal I be Perfex Type "W". Bel I andGossett, Patterson-Kel ley and Taco are approved as equal.
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of al I equipment and. mater ia Is, and perform i ng a II Iabor necessary to connect the rad iator coo Iant
systems and other related systems.
IIIIIIIJJIIIIIIIIII
Tube Side Shell Side
System System 1
I . Circuit Engine Radiator
2. Fluid 30% glycol 50% glycol
3. GPrv1 411 180
4. Temp. in of 200 155
5. Temp. out of 190 178
6. Max Press. 5.0 10.0drop psi
C. This Contractor shal I furnish and instal I saddles and additional frameworkas required to mount heat exchangers.
2.2 RADIATORS
A. Furnish and instal I air cooled, finned tube radiator having .625" 0.0.copper tubes, aluminum fins, fixed pitch propeller fan and TEFC motor. AI Isheet metal parts shal I be hot-dipped galvanized. Unit shal I be Perfex ModelHH-085-44 System I. Equivalent equipment manufactured by McQuay, Trane orCarrier is approved as equal.
B. Radiators shal I be constructed for a design pressure of at least 250 psig.Capacity shal I be as scheduled below.
System
I • Number of Fans 6
2. Fan Dia. - inches 36
3. Motor HP (6) 1.5 HP
4. Fluid in Tubes 50% ethylene glycol
5. GPM 180
6. Temperature in _ of 178
7. Temperature out - of 155
8. Maximum Pressure Drop - 3.5Water - psi
9. Ambient Temp _ of I 10C>
C. This Contractor shall instal I radiators on roof framing provided by theGeneral Contractor. Additional intermediate supports as required and shownshal I be provided bj this Contractor. Radiators shal I be mounted on Type 'C'isolation with I" deflection. Radiator coolant piping shal I be tied into theroof mounted radiators with flexible connections.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15710-2
III.IIIIIIilIIIIIIIII
~I.•
2.4 PU~/1PS
2.3 RAD IATOR COO L.ANT SYS TEMS PICCES SOR IES
B. Air Separators:
glass with guards and cocks,and opening for float. GlycolTank shal I be 100 gal Ion
D. Furnish type "BH" vibration isolation with 3/4" deflection.
B. Pumps shal I be base mounted as shown on the plans. They shal I be completewith pump curves furnished with the shop drawings. Special emphasis is placedon flat head characteristics or pump operation. Pump impeller diameter shal Inot be less than 85% of the maximum diameter to promote quiet operation.
C. Pump shal I have a capacity of 180 GPM at 65 Ft. head with a 5 H.P motor.Pump No; PI3F.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15710-3
E. Pumps shall be Bell and Gossett, Taco, Thl-ush, Ingersoll Rand, Aurora,Chicago or Allis-Chalmers.
A. Expansion Tanks:
A. Furnish and instal I, spl it-case, centrifugal pumps having leak proofmechanical seals, cast iron casings, bronze impellers, stainless steel shaftsand heavy duty motors.
I. Furnish and instal I where shown on the drawings a 40 gal Ion black steelsurge tank by the same manufacturer as the heat exchanger.
Provide and instal I ASME pressure rei ief valves for radiator coolant systems.Pipe rei ief vaive discharge to nearest floor drain.
3. Furnish and instal I McDonnel Mi I ler Series 69 float switch set at onequarter level to indicate a remote low level light.
C. Surge Tanks:
2. Surge tanks shal I be complete with gauge glass and 14 psig radiatorcap. Provide openings for inlet, drain and fi I I connections, al I as detai ledon the drawings. Provide with factory prime and finish coat.
I. Closed e)<pansion tank shall be constructed according to ASME Codesand bear label of the same. Construction shal I be black steel.
I. Furnish and instal I as shown and scheduled on the drawings, a Bel I &Gossett, Thrush or Taco air el iminator complete with strainer. Install unitwith easy access for strainer cleaning and provide blow down valve piped tofloor drain. Air el iminator to be R-4" with strainer and have a capacity of180 GPM.
2. AI I tanks shal I be complete with gaugeoverflow, drain valve, fi I I, system connectionmixture shal I be provided by this Contractor.20" x 82" located on the lOth floor.
IIIJJIIJI
:1
JIIIIIIII
A. Tank
2.6 GLYCOL tv1lXING AND FILL SYSTEM
This Contractor shal I supply necessary contmls and do al I control wiring.
B. Pump
IIIIIJIIIIIIIIIIIII
.,'
The tank shal I sit on a welded steel frame.2.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15710-4
I. Furnish and install a purnp having leak prO'..)f mechanical seals andductile iron pump gears.
2. Pump shal I be capable of pumping 7 GPM against 150 of head at 1750RPM with a 3/4 HP motor.
3. Pump shal I be Vicking 195 Series direct drive, ~odel GGI95D or equal.Pump number P25F.
5. The tank, stand and agitator shal I be furnished as a package by Mogul,or approved eq~al.
6. AI I piping, valves, strainers, control wiring etc., necessary to makethe system function properly shal I be the responsibi I lty of this Contractor.
3. The tank shal I have an eloctric agitator with stainless steel shaftand impeller. Agitator motor shal I be 1/4 HP, 115 vott, 60 HZ, single phase.
I. Provide a 50 gal Ion heavy gauge, free-stdnding translucent polyethylenetank. The tank shal I have a removahle cover, a 3/4" drain valve and a 3/4"outlet valve. Graduations on the tank side shal I be provided for readingt iquid level.
4. Provide a I iquid level switch on the tank to shut the pump off autornatical Iy when the tank is near empty.
A. Typical for the radiator coolant system serving the engine drivenemergency generators. The radiator coolant circulating system pump (50%glycol/water) wi I I be interlocked with the emergency generator by theElectrical Contractor.
An aquastat with a wide range adjustable differential shal I cycle the fans onthe roof mounted rad iator" coot er. Th i s aquastat sha I I be located ins ide thebui (ding in the loth Floor- Mechanical Shnft.
2•5 CONTRa LS
This system shall serve as the rr,eans of fi II ing all glycol/water systems fromthe one location. See Drawing Sheet M-58.
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100
3. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150.
2.1 SHEET METAL WORK
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
Low Pressure Ducts - Supply ductsLow Pressure Ducts - Return and exhaust ductsMedium Pressure Ducts - Fume Hood ducts and stair and elevator
pressurization ducts.
GENERAL
Table #4Table #4Tab Ie #7
1.1 SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN I 15800-1
Rei ief and exhaust air ducts at the point of entering or leaving the building,ductwork containing duct humidifiers, and any point where moisture can col teet,shal I be soldered absolutely water tight.
4. Air Flor Measuring Stations
3. Cool ing Coils (Except those in package units)
2. Steam Coils. (Except those in package units)
I. Water Reheat Coi Is (Except those provided integral with VAV Control Units.
5. Environmental Control Systems: Section 15950.
4. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
2. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
A. AI I ducts shal I be constructed from zinc-coated iron or steel sheets unlessI isted otherwise, and they shal I conform accurately to the dimensions indicatedon the drawings. AI I ducts shal I be instal led in accordance with the recommendations of the latest edition of the ASHRAE Handbook (1975 Equipment Vblume) Chapteron Air Duct Design. Ga"uges 'of metal and reinforcing shall be in accordance withthe tables as fol lows:
D. Instal led but not furnished under this section:
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing al I equipment, materialsand performing al I labor necessary to connect the venti lation and air conditioning systems.
PART I:
SECTION 15800
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on proe-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
,JIIIIIIJIII1~·
IIIIII
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-2
C. Flat areas of duct over lu" in either dimension shal I be cross broken.Cross breaking is not required if the ducts are insulated.
Ductwork larger than 30" x 15" shal I be supported with trapeze hangers consisting·of rods and angles. Rivets or bolts shal I be used for attaching hangers toductwork.
B. AI I joints on supply air duct work shal I be sealed with 3M Brand SealerEC-800, or approved equal, with application, according to manufacturer'srecommended procedure.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIt
36" x 18"48" x 24"Larger than 48" x 24"
. DUCT SIZE
HANGER SPACING
8'-0" O.c.6'-0" O.C.
ANGLE SIZE
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8"2" x 2" x 1/8"2" x 2" x 3/16"
Up to 17" x 1I"18" x 12" to 30" x 15"
DUCT SIZE
18 gao x I" W18 gao x i" W
STRAP SIZE
G. The minimum duct size shal I be 6" x 6". Curved elbows shal I have a centerl ineradius equal to 1-1/2 times the width of the duct. Where space conditions preventthe curved elbows specified above andlor where square turns are indicated on thedrawings, the contractor shal I use multi-type turning vanes, such as "Ducturns"or he may construct the vanes to conform with the fol lowing requirements. Changesin size throughout shal I be of perfect rectangular cross section. Vanes shal I bewei I-braced and rough or raw edges shal I be avoided to prevent objectionablenoise, they shal I be double thickness type and shal I be the same gauge as the ductin which they are instal led. Vanes shal I be pre-assembled on runners before beinginstalled in the elbow. Vanes shal I conform to the fol lowing table:
F. AI I vertical duct risers that pass through floors shal I have supportingangles that shal I be securely fastened to ducts with rivets (no screws) attachedto the ducts with the angles supported on adjoining floor or beam constructionin an approved manner. Angles shal I be galvanized and shal I be placed on atleast two sides of the duct.
D. Where sound insulation is specified andlor shown for ducts, they shal I beconstructed so the sizes shown on the drawings are the dimensions inside theInsulation. A reduction in duct area because of the installation of soundinsulation wi I I not be permitted.
.E. AI I horizontal ductwork shal I be securely anchored to the building constructionin a manner to be free from vibration and swaying under all conditions of operation.Hangers for ducts smaller than 30" x 15" shal I be supported with trapeze hangers,consisting of galvanized steel straps metal screwed to the duct in accordancewith the fol lowing schedule.
D. All ductwork shal I be run substantial I~ as shown on the drawings. However,where confl icts occur with other trades, th~·Architect/Engrneerreser~es theright to require the contractor to ~ake minor changes in duct locations. Whenever possible, ducts shal I be run close to beams or floor slabs above, and wheretwo or more ducts cross each other they must be arranged in such a manner as toget the greatest possible clearances underneath. This Contractor shal I avoidrunning ductwork in the plumbing or.electrical strata. This Contractor shallnot cover service panels or electrical outlets.
Up to 25" 1-1/2 centers 2, I 5Above 25" 3-1/4 centers 4-1/2 2-1/4 9
H. AI I weather louvers in outside wal Is wi I I be furnished and instal led underthe general construction work section of these specifications. This contractorshal I make watertight connections to louver frames for al I weather louvers.At fresh air intakes provide soldered drain pans with threaded drain connectionsto collect any waste water entering through louvers or accumulating frommelting snow. Extend pan drains to floor drains.
Contractor shal I blank-off al I unused weather louvers areas with sheet metaland insulate blanked-off section as per Section 15160.
I. Provide protective rubber or armaflex type bumpers on al I hangers andcorners of ducts that could be dangerous to maintenance personnel.
J. In fresh air cores F2 and F5 from Floor 3 to Floor 6 a! I exhaust ducts shallbe of welded construction with double wal I insulation (See Section 15160,Article 2. It, Outdoor Duct Construction).
2.2 VOLUME, AIR FLOW DEVICES AND BALANCING DAMPERS
A. This Contractor shal I furnish and instal I the required air devices necessaryto produce the specified air volumes without excess air resistance or noise.Volume dampers shal I be instal led at al I diffuser and register take-offs, (exhaust,supply and return) and 3 feet from opening of al I open ended return ducts.
Butterfly dampers shal I be instal led at al I branch take-offs or in trunk ductsat branch take-off locations. Dampers shal I be reinforced to prevent vibration,and shal I be equipped with approved damper rods, quadrants and locking devices.Quadrants shal I be marked to indicate damper position. Where ducts are ,insulated, quadrants shal I be set to finish flush with insulation. Up to andincluding 3 square feet duct area, use one butterfly damper, from 3 squarefeet duct area up to and including 6 square feet duct area use two butterflydampers each with locking quadrant. Over 6 square feet duct area use opposedblade dampers with standard channel welded frame and oil ite brass bearings.Maximum blade width shall be 6". Spl ittel- dampers shall be used only forconditions described on symbol sheet Drawing M-I and where specifically shownon drawings. AI I dampers located over plaster ceil ings shal I have remote lockingtype operators to be mounted flush with finished ceil ing.
B. Each canopy hood and "snorkle" exhaust outlet shal I have an opposed bladebalancing damper instal led in the exhaust ductwork.
2.3 SHEE'r fv1ETAL DUCTWORK FOR FUrvH~' HOODS
A. AI I ductwork used for fume hood exhaust shal I be 316 stainless steelwith Number 2B finish. Joints shal I be sealed with 3M Brand sealer EC-800 orapproved equal, with appl ication according to manufacturer's recommended procedure.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-3
2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
2.4 ACCESS DOORS, PANELS AND CLEANOUTS
B. See paragraph 2.12 C. for access panels at fire and motorized supply andreturn duct dampers.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15800-4
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
10" W. x (coi I depth -2") D.•12" W. x <Coi I depth -2") D.18" W. x (coi I depth -2") D.
Access Panel Size
6" to 15"15" to 21"21" and above
Reheat Coi I Depth
i'- . , ,.~ -E~ All ducts shal I be supported by metal rod han~ers, with the ductsresting 00 angle irons fastened in place and fir-mly secured.
Normally coi I access panels shal I be instal led on the sides of ducts. However,where pipes, conduit, etc., interfere with easy access, panels may be instal ledon the bottom of the duct. The Contractor shal I secure the Architect'spermission before using bottom mounted panels.
A. Instal I flexible connections at connections between al I fan suction anddischarge openings, ventilating machines and sheet metal ducts or housings,These connections shal I be made of fire resistant, waterproof duct fabric,closely woven glass fabric, double-coated with neoprene material, 30 oz.weight, similar to "Ventglass", as manufactured by Ventfabrics.
D. Make holted flange connections to fume .~ood exhaust fan and to roofdischarge as detailed on plans. ~
A. Where reheat coils, motorized dampers, fire dampers, control equipment,etc., are instal led in ducts, provide access panels made air tight withgasketed edges. Access panels shal I be as detai led on the drawings.Provide access doors between obstructions at each change of direction and/ornot more than 20'-0" o.c. on horizontal ducts and at the bottom of each ductriser. Access doors shal I be sized in accordance with equipment maintenanceand duct cleaning requirements of the system. Additional access panels beyondthose on the drawings shal I be instal led to fulfil I this spacing requirement.Use Ventlok sponge rubber gasketing material. The panels shal I be double wal Iconstruction with I" of rigid insulation fil I and shal I be attached to the ductwith cam latches. Omit access panel insulation and double wall construction ifducts are not specified to be insulated. For other than reheat coils theaccess panels shal I be of adequate size to permit maintenance of the equipment.For reheat coils the access panels shal I be instal led on the side of the ductso that the coil and valves can be serviced through one cei ling access panel.The duct panel shal I be at the air inlet side for coil cleaning and shal I besized as fol lows:
B. AI I ducts shal I be square or rectangular with sweep elbows. Square elbowswil I not be al lowed. Dampers, turning vanes, ~eflector, etc. and other similarduct inserts wil I not be al lowed as ducts must be open from ho.od to roof discharge.
C. AI I ducts shal I be supported at each floor penetration and hung from ceilingconstruction as detai led on plans.
3. Performance:
2.6 BUILT-UP SHEET METAL HOUSINGS
Openings for fan, ducts, etc. shal I be cut and framed by Mechanical Contractor.
Panels shal I have the fol lowing minimum absorption coefficients as testedIn accordance with ASTM C423, mounting No.4:
43 52 59 38
• 97 • 99 • 96 • 90
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15800-5
1000 2000 4000 NRC
1000 2000 4000 STC'
24 28 33
125 250 500
125 ,250 ,500
.40 • 75 • 94
Frequency - Hz
Frequency - HzAbsorp-r ionCoefficient
dB
a. Acoustical - panels shal I be rated for the fol lowing soundtransmission loss as tested by an independent laboratory in accordance~with
ASTM E 90.
B. This contractor shal I LIse I" x I" x 1/2" angles to clamp the duct fabric tothe rectangular ductwork, fan suction and discharge openings and ventilatingmachines, using 5/16" stove bolts or rivets on approximately 6" centers. Use#/4 gauge, I" wide bands to bolt fabric to round openings. Joints shal I not belocated at corners of duc-rs and must be lapped joints and completely airtight.AI I connections shal I be a minimum of 6" wide and shal I be made with slack inthe fabric.
Access doors shal I have a 24" x 60" opening and shal I be furnished whereindicated on the plans. Access doors shal I be constructed in a manner simi larto panels except that they shal J have sol id sheets on both sides. Doors shal Ihave two (2) hinges, two (2) latches and single air seals that seal with theair pressure. Provide removable panels for removing fans from housing.
2. Construction: Panels shall be 2" nominal thickness and shall befabricated with an 18 gauge galvanized steel outer sheet and a 22 gaugegalvanized perforated steel inner sheet both formed with 1800 returned edgesto provide for secure clamping of the side channels. Panels shal I be fullyframed and stiffened with 18 gauge galvanized steel channels spotwelded to theinner and outer sheets. Panels shal I be packed with high density acoustical-thermalinsulating material such that the total panel weight shal I not be less than 6 Ibs.per square foot.
I. General: Furnish and instal I pre-engineered double wal I panel casingsas shown on the plans. Panels shal I have al I specified acoustical, thermaland structural properties without exception, and shal I be Gale Sound Plenum I IPanels man~factured by the Gale Corporation ~oise Containment Division.
Panels shal I be of interlocking tongue and groove design. Trim angles andchannels shal I be 16 gauge galvanized steel, factory punched, and furnishedin standard lengths. Floor channels shal I be furnished for bolting to thecurb or floor.
A. Furnish and instal I the job assembled supply unit housings as detai led andscheduled on the drawings. Housings shal I enclose fans, heating coils, cool ingcoils, air blenders, fi Iters, etc. Sui It-up sheet metal housings shal I beprovided for supply fan units as scheduled on Sheet M-61.
IIIIIIIJIIIJIIIIIII
2.7 NOISE ATTENUATORS
B. Attenuators shal I have the fol lowing minimum transmission loss characteristi~s.
b. Thermal - Entire panel system shal I huve a "U" factor of .16.
F. This Contractor shall submit shop drawin~s for approval of housings,drain pans and coil supports.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIJIIII
600021
340029
170037
85029
- ,-
42519
25
21213
1068
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed 50
Frequency (CPS)Attenuation (DB)
2.8 FLEXIBLE DUCT
B. Flexible duct connections shal I be made with factory pre-insulated duct.Outer jacket shal I be fiberglass reinforced aluminum copolymer vapor barrier,then covered with I" fiberglass Llsul3tion blanket. Inner core shall be acontinuous steel helix encapsulated between layers of aluminum copolymer laminate.uM HEALTH SCIENCES~/N 15800-6
A. Flexible insulated ducts shal I be a factory assembled unit, with spin-onfitting with integral volume damper with locking quadrant device for connectionto the branch duct and a downstream coupler specifically designed to lock into the coupler collar furnished on the air diffusers or registers. This col tarmust be verified with units furnished with the cei I ing system.
E. Drain pans of #14 gauge black steel al I welded shal I run continuouslyunder each row of cool ing coils as shown, extending 12" from coil face onthe leaving air side and 9" on the entering air side. Coil pans shal I bewater'tight with I" welded pipe coupl ings for drain. Paint all sides withwaterproof bitumastic insulating coating.
A. This Contractor shal I furnish and isntal I sound attenuators of types asscheduled on the drawings. Units shal I be as manufactured by Koppers CompanyInc. or Industrial Acoustics or approved equal. -The attenuators shal I beconstructed of 22 gauge galvanized steel sheets with an acoustical filler of435# fiberglass. Units shal I be Industrial Acoustics low static pressureresistance type "L" and be 3 feet long minimum except as noted otherwfse.
D. Coil supports shal I be as detailed, constructed to permit coi I removal,painted on sides with waterproof bitumastic insulating coating.
4. Installation: Panel manufacturer shal I furnish complete, coordinatederection drawings and installation instructi'ons. Panel manufacturer shallfurnish the installer with sufficient butyl sealant and self-dril lingfasteners for a complete installation.
c. Structural ~ Entire panel casing shatl be self-supporting and shallwithstand a pressure differential of 10" water gauge. Where required, additionalstructural support shal I be provided by the panel manufacturer. At thispressure differential, the casing shal I be airtight and shal I not deflectmore than 1/200 of span.
d. Flame Spread - Panels shal I be~r.the fol lowing ratings as'tested by Underwriters' Laboratory ~(ASTM Test E 119):
i , '\
a. Aluminum inlet bel I with screen (supply fans only)
b. Outlet cone (supply and return fans)
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 15800-7
I. Flame Spread - Not over 252. Smoke Developed - Not over 50
40009
200014
100018
50017
25018
/2515
Frequency (CPS)Attenu"Clt ion (DB)
A. In-Li ne Vane Ax ia I Fans:
c. Companion flanges
6. Unit shal I be factory run tested at 125% of operating speed andbalanced to I mil. deflection. Deflection shal I be guaranteed in writingby manufacturer.
3. Fan rotor hub and blades shal I be of cast aluminum construction~ Fanblades shal f be airfoil shaped for maximum efficiency and shal I vary in twistand width from hub to tip to obtain equal air distribution along the bladelength.
4. Fan blades shal I be automatically controllable through the designpitch range to vary volume and pressure characteristics across this range.Fans noted as such on schedule shal I be capable of 100% turndown from designCFM to a air flow. Each blade must be index marked for various pitch settingsand shal I be capable of stepless control across the complete pitch range whi Iethe motor is operating at ful I speed. The blades in the controllable pitchhub shal I be remote control led by a pneumatic actuator furnished by thefan manufacturer. See scheduJe for fans with fixed blades.
5. Accessories shal I be as fol lows:
The duct must comply with the latest NFPA Bul leton 90A and be I isted as Class IAir Duct Material, UL Standard 181. It shall be Type 30A Norflex as manufacturedby General Environment Corporation, or approved equal.
D. Assembl ies shal I consist of insulated duct lengths of 5'-0", with nospl ices in a run of duct with 45 degrees total bends the maximum that areal lowed in the 5'-0" run. The assembly shal I have a minimum straight runacoustical attenuation of the fol lowing:
C. Flexible duct assembly shal I have a therml conductivity "K" factor of0.25 at 75 degrees F. mean. Assembl ies shal f be constructed for conveyingair at 250 degrees F. at a maximum velocity of 2400 F.P.M. and 1-1/2 inches ofmaximum internal positive static pressure and 1/2" maximum negative pressure.
2.9 EQUIPMENT
I. Fans shal I be Joy or approved equal, AMCA rated.
2. Fan housing shal I be hot rol led steel SAE 1020 with a minimum 3/16"thickness on fans up to 38" 1.0.; 1/4" thickness on 42-1/4" 0.0. and larger.Housing shaf I be shot blasted or sandblasted to insure good paint adherenceinside and outside. Not less than ight (8) stationary guid8 vanes shal I bewelded inside the fan housing. The motor support plate shal I be 3/4" platesteel and welded to fan housing by means of motor support ring and vanes.Support ring shal I be continuously welded to motor support plate.
IIIIIIIJIIIIIIIIIII
7. Motors: Fans shal I be arrangement 4, direct driven on supply fans, beltdr"lve on return fans with factory mounted motor. t~otors shal r be equipped withbal I bearings 8-10 I ife, Class F insulation to al low for 95° C rise over 40° Cambient. External grease fittings shal I be provided. NEMA Standard C-face TEAOmotors shal I be used.
B. Centrifugal Fans: Fans shal I be Trane or approved 'equal~ These fans shal I beAMCA rated and certified, non-power overloading, airfoi I blade, backward curvedfans in Class I Construction, for supply exhaust and return-rei ief fans and shal Ibe AMCA rated Class I non overloading, bac~ward curved for general exhaust fansunless otherwise noted. Fans shall. have 1-1/4" tapping in bottom of scroll, withplug for drainage. Fans shal I be a~rangement 3 and fans under 36" shal I beconvertible. . ,
I. Each fan shal I be equipped with two or more heavy duty grease lubricatedanti-friction bearings. Class I fans shal I have self-aligning pi I low block bal Ibearings.
2. All fan wheels, shafts and the interior and exterior of fan housing shallbe cleaned of rust, mi I I scale, etc. degreased then given a primer coat of redlead or zinc chromate, and then sprayed with two (2) coats of chlorinated rubberbase paint to prevent corrosion. AI I of this work shal I be done at the factory.
C. Propeller Fans: Propeller fans shal I be Trane, Champion, Greenheck, Acme,Chicago Blower, American Standard, Barry, York, Carrier or Peerless, and shal Ibe direct or belt-driven as noted. Units shal I be complete with mounting panel,three (3) or more blade propel lors, steel hub, blade guard, terminal box, bal Ibearing motor and belt guard. Fans shal I be rated and certified per AMCAstandards. This Contractor shall furnish al I sheet metal, blank-offs necessaryfor satisfactory instal lations and operation of these fans. See drawings forschedule.
D. Fume Hood Exhaust Fans: Fume hood exhaust fans sha! I be industrial typeunits Buffalo type AW, Barry Series 600AH, Peerless Series A, or SturtevantSeries 400A, having a backwardly inclined high efficiency air handl ing wheel.Fan housings shal I be cast iron or steel plate construction with frictionlessself-aligning, resil ient mounted, pil low type bearings. No oil ite type bearingsare to be used. AI I hood exhaust fans shal I be arrangement 9 and shal I have 1-1/4"tapping in bottom of scrol I, for drainage. The entire interior of the exhaust fans,including fan wheels and shafts, shal I be coated with six (6) coats of bakedphenal ic (approximately 5 mi Is thick), Plasite, Heresite, or approved equal.Provide shaft seals.
I. AI I fans shal I be equipped with a bolted on scrol I access panel, rol ledto fit the scrol I curvature and made of metal same gauge as the scrol \. Panelsshall be fitted with asbestos gaskets and made airtight.
2. All fume hood exhaust fans shal I be provided with 2 speed motors havingseparate windings (1750 and 860 PRM).
E. Uti !ity Blower Fan Sets: Uti lity sets as scheduled shal I be Trane, Champion,Chicago Blower, American Standard, Barry, York, Carrier or Peerless. Units shal Ibe standard bui It together, motor and fan mounted on a common base with hood.Fan wheels, in general, shal I be backward curved, certified non overloading,except where noted. Provide scrol I drain tapping with plug. Fans shal I beequipped with frictionless s8lf-al igning, r"esi I ient mounted, pillow typebearings. No oilete type bearings shal I be used. Fans shal I be rated andcertified per AMCA. Fan scheduled as requiring spark resistant wheel shal I
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN . 15800-8
tIIIII1IIIIIIIJIIII
IIIIIIIJIIIIIIIIIII
also have aluminum Inlet and shaft rings. AI I fan wheels, shafts and theInterior and exterior of fan housing shal I be cleaned of rust, ml I I scale,etc. degreased then given a primer coat of red. lead or zinc chromate, and thensprayed with two (2) coats of chlorinated rubber base paint to prevent corrosion.AI I of this work shal I be done at the factory. Solvent exhaust fan shal I havebaked phenal Ic coating as specified for fume hood fans.
F. Terminal and Cei ling Booster Fans: As noted on Schedule, these fans shall beCook, Aerovent, Penn, or approved equal, centrl-vane Inl ine centrifugal fan.Motor shal I be out of the air stream. Fan units shal I be belt drive or directdrive as scheduled on the drawings with direct drive units having externaldisconnect. Fan housing, fan wheel and supports shal I be aluminum. Isolationmounts shal f be extruded rubber.
AI I fans shal I be equipped with a bolted on scrol I access panel, rol led tofit the scrol I curvature and made of metal same gauge as the scrol I. Panelsshal I be fitted with asbestos gaskets and made airtight.
G. Ceil ing Booster Fans: As noted on Schedule shal I be ILG series CCH, sizesas indicated. All units shall 'bear the AMCA Certified Performance Ratings Seal,AMCA Certifi,ed Soes Ratings Seal and the UL label. Housings shal I be ofreinforced phosphatized steel construction. Interior surfaces of housings shal Ibe I ined with acoustical insulation material, permanently secured in place.Wheels shal I be of true centrifugal, forward corved design and shal I be staticallyand dynamically balanced. Motors shal I be supported by brackets in combinationwith rubber Isolation dampers, wit~ no metal-to-metal contact.
Terminal box shal I be mounted in the housing with receptacle, plus and cordInside the cabinet. AI I motors shal I be suitably grounded. Motor and fan assemblyshal I be removable from instal led cei ling venti lator.
In-I ine units shal I have discharge duct flanges mounted on side of unit directlyopposite intake duct flanges for straight-through mounting.
Bac~draft dampers shal I be of integral design and shal I have aluminum damper doorwith steel pin. Dampers shal I have foam rubber seal to el iminate chatter.
H. Packaged Air Handling Units: This Contractor shal I furnish and instal I al Ipackage air handl ing units. These units shal I be draw-through type and containcomponents as scheduled herein. Un,its shall be Trane, Carrier, York, ~~cQuay,
Dunham Bush, Westinghouse or approved equal, low pressure type or medium pressuretype when indicated.
I. The casing shal I be of. sectional construction, enclosing fans. bearings,cool ing coi I and drain pan and in certain cases the heating coi I. See Section15830 for rol I fi Iter requirements. Units shal I be constructed of heavy gaugefurniture steel, suitably reinforce~. Exterior shal I be smooth constructionwith removable side panels for access and inspection. Access doors shal I beairtight, yet easily removable. Casi~gs shal I be designed so coi Is can beremoved. Casings and a! I accessories shal I be given a protective enamel paintfinish. Units shal I be low pressure type.
2. Fans shal I be double width, double inlet, multi-blade centrifugaltype and shal I, be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. Fans
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-9
·,'
shal I be instal led on proper sized one-piece hoi low or solid shafts. Bearingsshal I be self-aligning resilient mounted, pit low block type beartngs externallymounted. No oilite type bearings are acceptable. Fans shall have "AMCA" seal.Motor shal I be mounted on slide rai I base with V-belts, belt guard, andadjustable sheave. Motors shal I have a service factor of 1.4.
a. Packaged air handling units having internal bearings are satisfactory providing:
. .(I) Single fan units h~ve three (3) bearings and spl it shaft
simi lar to a double inlet fan with a shaft extension and adequate accesspanels to ~ervice bearings and replace shaft if ne6essary.
(2) Two fan units shal I have similar service and replacementcapabi I ity.
3. Casing unit panels and coil panels shal I be Insulated with I" blanketfiber glass type insulation, with neoprene coating on air side to eliminatewear. Drain pans shal I be complete with seamless 1/2" cellular foam-inplace insulation.
4. Heating coi Is where scheduled on drawings for these units shal I beTrane Type NS, stearn distributing type coil, with I" copper condensing tubesand continuous aluminum fins.
5. Cool ing coils where scheduled, same as specified in Section 15900,Article 2.4.
6. Medium capacity filter-mixing box. Provide as scheduled. Casing shal I bedesigned for attaching on fan unit casing on one end and duct attachment toother end. Unit shal I be designed to hold 2" throwaway fi Iters. Provideful I size access doors on filter inlet side.
I. Fan Coil Units (Greenhouse)
I. Furnish and instal I where shown on the plans, McQuay or approved equalfloor type Thinline I I Seasonmaker fan-coil units. Types, sizes, and performanceshal I be as shown on plans. Each unit type shal I be ARI certified and consist6f and comply with the fol lowing:
2. Casing and Cabinets - Floor Type (TSF) - Cabinet shall be a verticalconsole type enclosure fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized steel, bonderized andfinished in baked-on grey-beige enamel. Cabinet shal I include double-deflectiondischarge gril Ie in the top panel and ful I width electrical and piping compartments with access doors at each end.
3. Coils - Coils shal I have aluminum fins with 1/2" 0.0. copper tubesmechanically expanded for a permanent bond. Water coils shall have a manual airvent. Coil performance shal I be as shown on plans. Heating coil to be I rowpreheat for use in 4-pipe system.
4. Fan Assembly - Fans shal I be DWDI forwardly curved centrifugal type.Fan housing shal I be fabricated of heavy galvanized steel and of 2-piececonstruction with removable front half for complete access to fans.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESpiN 15800-10
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIJIIIt
9. Fi Iters - fl. I I fi Iters shall be I" thick (throwaway) type.
8. Insulation - Cabinet insulation shal I be 1/2" multi-density glassfibre.
L. Air Blender: Provide 22" diameter Air Blenders as manufactured byR. M. Products Company and as shown on the drawings. Air blenders shal I be
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-1 I
I belt2 belts
o - 1-1/2 HP2 - 7-1/2 HP
5. Motors - Units shal I have 115/60/1 single speed, sleeve bearing,permanent spl it capacitor motors with oi lers, inherent thermal overloadprotection with automatic reset and resi I ient mounts, and designed for usewith a sol id state variable speed controller.
6. Speed Controller - Units shal I have a unit mounted solid statevariable speed controller with integral "on-off" switch which shall provideuniform unl imited fan speed from high to low. It shall include a voltagecompensating circuit and RFI fi Iter circuit.
7. Drain Pan - Primary drain pan shal I be constructed of 20 gaugegalvanized steel, mastic coated internally and insulated on the under sidewith closed cel I insulation. Secondary drain pan shal I be mastic co~ted.
Primary and secondary drain pans shal I be equipped with 7/8" 0.0. sweatconnections.
AI I drives above 7-1/2 HP shal I be suppl ied with number of belts as recommendedby the drive manufacturer. The belts shal I be furnished in matched and sealedsets.
K. Belt Guards: AI I fans shal I be furnished with variable speed drives andinstal led with guards to enclose al I belts, drive shafts and rotating equipment.These guards are to be ~onstr'ucted of 20 gauge galvanized steel with 16 gauge3/4" diamond mesh screen or expanded metal. The mesh screen or expanded metalshal I be spot or stitch welded to the frame~ The guard shal I be supported onbrackets from fan base. Openingsshal I be provided In guards to permittachometer readings for both motor and driven unit. Guards shal I complywith the requirements of the Minnesota Industrial Commission and be designedfor each removal for belt replacement.
J. Belt Drives: AI I fans shal I be equipped with V-belt drives, adjustableotor sheaves and belts. See fan schedule for units requiring 2 sets ofdrives, sheaves and belts. Drives shal I be as manufactured by AI I is-ChalmersCompany, Browning Manufacturing Company, and Gates Rubber Company. AI I pulleysshal I be carefully and accurately balanced for static and dynamic accuracy.The number of belts and grooves for each unit shal I be based on a 150% overloadrating. The overloading rating shal I be appl ied to motor nameplate horsepowersfor each fan, not brake horsepower. Pitch diameter of pur lays are not given,but driven speed must be maintained as closely as possible where regular stocksize pulleys are used with 1750 RPM motors. Variable speed sheaves shal I beselected so the pitch diameter at design conditions is midway between theminimum and maximum for the particular sheave. AI I drives shal I be suppl iedwith at least the minimum number of belts as outl ined below.
IIIIIIIIIIIIl·IIIIII
factory bui It and tested, and shal I be instal led in strict accordance withmanufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the drawings. Blenders shal Ibe fabricated of heavy.gauge aluminum, al I welded construction,' with necessarycross bracing to withstand system pressures with no vibration noise. Unitsshal I be completely fixed devices that shal I be capable of providing airtemperature within 6°F of theoretical mixed air temperature.
2.10 REGISTERS, GRILLES DIFFUSERS AND CONTROL DEVICES
A. This Contractor shal I furnish~and instal I al I registers, grilles, diffusers,and such air distribution accessories indicated, ·show~ and/or tabulated on thedrawings, that are necessary to effect 'uniform drstribution of air. AI Iregisters, grilles and diffusers furnished by the Mechanical Contractor-shal Ihave prime and finish coat as selected by the Architect. Draw al I air outletand return devices tight to cei I ings and/or wal Is.to el iminate dirt streakingusing extra screws if necessary to secure a tight fit. This contractor shal Irefer to architectural drawings for type of cei lings and be responsible forproper type of frame for type of cei ling or wal I. The various grilles,registers and diffusers are indicated on the plans by alphabetical letters,according to the fol lowing schedule. Registers, grilles, diffusers and controldevices by Waterloo-Anemostat, Carnes &Krueger and Titus are approved as .equal to Tuttle &Bailey as specified. Branch takeoff device for butted ductconn. butted registers, etc. shal I be Tuttle &Bailey Veltrols.
B. Linear supply diffusers, with no alphabetical notation, but noted onplans as I-way, 2-way, etc. are furnished and instal led with the ceilingsuspension system. This contractor shal I make air flow adjustment andconnections to supply air distribution system with flexible duct. SeeArchitectural Drawing A 4-4.
C. Type 'B' cei ling panels used as 10" x 9" supply, relief, return and exhaust.These units are furnished and instal led with the ceiling suspension system.This contractor shal I make air flow adjustment and connection to return and/orexhaust air distribution system. When a panel is used for supply air theGeneral Contractor shal I insert a pattern controller into the panel, seeArchitectural Detai I on Sheet A-4-4. This Contractor shal I make connection tosupply air distribution system w!th flexible round duct. See Architectural·Dra ...Ji ng A4-2.
-D. Type 'c' . Same as Type ' B' except 10" x 16" size. See Arch itectura IDrawing A4-2.
E. Type '0'. Same as Type ' B' except 10" x 23" size. See ArchitecturalDrawing A4-2.
F. Type 'E'. Same as Type 'B' except for grll Ie location in panel. SeeArchitectural Sheet A4~2.
G. Type 'F' same as Type 'c' except for gril Ie location In panel. SeeArchitectural Sheet A4-2.
H. Type 'G' - Linear Supply Diffuser. These units are furnished and instal ledIn the metal panel cei I ing suspension system. This contractor shal I furnishand Instal I air plenum above diffuser and make air flow adjustment andconnections supply air distribution system with flexible duct.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15800-12
IIIIIItIIIIIIIJIIIt
I. Trim strips shal I be provided as required for installation as shown onthe drawings. The face plates shal I be removeable with chain-I inked hinqes.
M. Type 'N'. Ceil ing Grilles. Same as Type 'L', except with horizontal facebars set at 0 degrees, and no opposed blade damper. Color selected by Architect.
I. Type 'H'. Linear return gri I Ie, I-slot. These units are furnished andinstal led with the ceil ing suspension system.
Q. Type 'u' ceil ing gril Ie. These shal I be Tuttle and Bai ley Model eTR, squarewith perforated face al I steel construction. Color selected by Architect.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-13
~:
S. Type 'W'. Linear Return or Exhaust Register. These shal I be Tuttle and BaileyImperial ine Series 4300-80 extruded aluminum' inear air diffuser. Units shal Ihave plaster frames and key operated opposed blade dampers. Color selectedby Architect.
J. Type 'K'. Sidewal I supply registers. These shal I be Tuttle and BaileyModel NT 557 steel with horizontal rear bars and vertical face bars andremovable key operated opposed blade dampers. Front and rear bars shal I beadjustable. Color selected by Architect.
R. Type 'V'. Linear Supply Diffusers. These shal I be Tuttle and Ba·iley ImperialLine 6000 Series with No. B2frame, extruded aluminum linear air diffuser.Units shal I have plaster frames and key operated opposed blade dampers. Unitsshal I have complete adjustment for vertical and horizontal air flow. Colorshal I be selected by Architect.
K. Type 'L'. Cei ling, sidewal I return and exhaust registers. These shal I beTuttle and Bai ley Model A 117D, aluminum, with horizontal face bars set at 35degrees through 45 degrees and removable key operated opposed blade dampers.Color selected by Architect.
P. Type 'Q' cei I ing supply diffuser. These shal I be Tuttle and Bailey ModelDA steel square diffusers with fully adjustable air pattern and volume damper.See schedules for overal I size and neck size. Color selected by Architect.
N. Type '0'. Sidewal I qri lies for third floor Vestibules 91, 92, 92 and secondfloor Vestibule 86 and 84 shal I be Tuttle and Bai ley Imperial ine 4300, 1/2" spaceo degrees deflecting gril Ie and volume damper, and no frame, except in Room 84, 2ndfloor, provide FO margin. See Architectural Drawing A8-3 for installation detail.Color selected by Architect.
L. Type 'M'. Unitary Panels. These shal I be Multi-Vent as manufactured byDynamics Corporation of America, Series MVAR unitary panels complete withair valves, enclosures and distribution face plate made of steel with whitebaked ena~el finish. AI I panels shal J be suitable for installation in plasterceilings.
O. Type 'P' fi Itered sidewal I exhaust register with fi Iter. These shal I beTuttle and Bailey Model AIIODFB, aluminum construction with horizontal facebars 1/2" center, hinged mounting frame with space for a I" filter pad. Colorselected by Architect.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2.1 I DUCT SLEEVES
A. Furnish and instal I' sleeves at al I locations where ducts pass through wal Is,floors, or partitions not fire rated. Sleeves shal I be fabricated of 16 gaugegalvanized iron with angle iron stiffeners as required to prevent bending.
B. Sleeves shal I be 1/2" larger in dimension than the duct passing throughand shal I be 1/2" larger than through-going,insulated duct.
,C. Sleeves passing through finish~d wal1s, cei li~gs and partitions shal I' beset flush with finished surface. Sleeves through. floors in exposed andconcealed" areas shall be extended 1/2" above the finished floors.
D. Seal the space between the duct and sleeve with plastic caulking such asPresstite or Duragum. Sleeves shal I be set and maintained in place by thisContractor during the progress of the work ..
E. Where ducts pass through fire partitions the ducts and sleeves shal I beconstructed per Paragraph 2.1 I.
2.12 AUTOMATIC FIRE DAMPERS
A.' Furnish and instal I fire dampers in all ducts where shown on the drawings,where required by the City of Minneapol is, where required by NFPA Pamphlet 90-Aand Minnesota Bui Iding Code and as indicated below:
I. Where horizontal duct pierces fire partition.
2. At the junction of each branch duct with main vertical duct atutility core wall.
3. At'each point where a vertical duct pierces a floor.
B. AI I fire dampers shal I bear UL label and shal I be constructed andinstal led in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet 90-A and as detai led on thedrawings. Steel sleeves as shown shal I be attached to wal Is and floors andto the fire damper.
C. AI I dampers shal I have approved damper position indicators so that damperposition can be determined without removing the access panel. Access panelswith glass insert wi I I be acceptable in lieu of damper position indicator.Glass used shal I have essentially the same fire rating as a metal panel. Alldampers in return or exhaust systems and supply fire dampers on stair andelevator pressurization Unit #S-5 shall have 2860 F. links.
D. Fire doors shal I meet all description as listed above, but shal I berated 3 hours.
E. Fire dampers shown on plans shal I be provided in ductwork entering andleaving rooms protected by Halo~ systems to prevent loss of Halon by stoppingair flow. The da~pers shal I close by relBase of a resuable fire/smoke damperlink (by this Contractor) actuated by a 24 volt electrical signal from thecontrol panel. They shal I provide full closure and a tight seal immediatelyupon actuation.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-14
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
F. Fire ~ampers and fire doors shal I be Air Balance, Advanced Air, Ruskinand Air stream, United Sheet Metal Co., Tuttle &Bal ley or approved equal.
2.13 HOODS AND SNORKLES
A. Canopy hoods wi I 1 be furnished and instal led by General Contractor. MechanicalContractor shal I make duct connections as shown and detai led on the drawings.
B. Fume hoods wi I I be furnished and Instal led by the Equipment Supplier.The Mechanical Contractor shall make duct connections to each hood as indicatedon the drawings.
C. "Snorkle", flexible duct exhausts shal I be provided where shown on thedrawings and detai Is 6/M-S8 and 7/M-S8.
Provide 7" diameter black double ply fiberglass impregnated neoprene duct withwire reinforcement. Duct shal I have an operating range of up to 3500 F withresistance to solvent and acid fumes. Duct shal I be Aeroduct Neoflex Type DNFor equal and approved.
Provide receptor Inlet fittings for "snorkle" ducts per detal I on plans. Ductfittings to be fabricated of Welded 18 gauge Type 302 Finish 2B stainlesssteel with al I seams and edges ground smooth.
Flexible ductwork to be connected with stainless steel worm drive clamps.
2.14 VARIABLE VOLUME CONTROL UNITS
A. Furnish and instal I wher~ shown on'the plans, single duct variable air volumecontrol assembl ies. Units shal I be Titus Series ESV-3000, sizes and capacitiesas schedul~d below.
B. Units shal I be constructed of 22 gauge galvanized steel and shal I beinternally I ined with 1-1/2 pound insulation in accordance with UL-181 andNBFU-90-A.
C. Units shal I be pressure independent and shal I be able to be reset to anyairflow between zero and the maximum cataloged cfm. The differential static
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-15
of the complete assembly shal I not exceed 0.15 in. WG for al I sizes with inletvelocities of 2000 FPM or less. Units shal I be provided with an adjustableminimum airflow setting ,which shal I be preset for 10% of stated capacity unlessothen'! i se noted.
D. Pneumatic control motor shal I be furnished as integral part of thecontrol assembly. Damper shall be mounted in normally open position.
E. The units shal I be capable of being intorporated into a warm~up procedure.When main pneumatic air supply to Jnits is 6ff, damper shal I be ful I open ~etting.
F. The control device shal I be designed, to maintain constant supply CFM withvarying iri'let static pressures up to 6" WG.
G. NC level of control units shall not "exceed 35.
H. Variable air volume control unit schedule.
MaximumV.A.V. Range Air Press Drop Titus Model NC Inlet RD DuctBox Type Air Quantity wlo coi I wlcoi I Number Range Conn. Size
A 50-200 .47 .83 4 10-16 4"
B 250-400 .32 .57 6 17-20 6"
C 450-700 .26 .68 8 . 16-25 8"
0 750-1150 .31 .81 10 20-31 10"
E 1200-2200 .31 .81 14 21··37 14"
F 2300-3000 .35 .91 16 21-40 16"
I . See drawing schedules for reheat coi I capacity and air quantities.
J. Damper motors with plastic parts and plastic control tubing shal I beshrouded in metal enclosures where VAV unit occurs in a plenum air ceil ing.Return air plenum cei I ings occur on al I floors except 8 and 9.
K. Integral hot water coils shal I be al I non-ferrous tube and fin extendedsurface hot water reheat coi Is.
L. Coils shall be one or two rOI'!s deep, with 5/8" 0.0. tubes 8 fins per inchmaximum, with at least 17 square feet of external fin surface per square footof face area per row. The majority of the coi Is shal I be single tubeserpentine or header type and shal I be used as required to meet capacity andpressure drop requirements based on 55° F entering air. Coi Is shal I be ofnominal face dimensions and of minimum face area as indicated in the schedulesand they shal I have capacities as indicated when using water from 190°F to170° F.
M. Coils shal I be tested for 150 pslg working pressure with copper returnbends brazed into tubes on both ends with copper to IPS adapters brazed tothe supply and return leads. Casing for coi Is that are both shorter than 19"tube length and not higher than 13" may be bui It of 20 gauge galvanized ironwith I" wide flanges.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15800-16
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIt
2.17 EXHAUST ROOF VENTILATORS
2.16 AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONS
2.15 HEAT RECOVERY COIL
N. Water friction shal I not exceed 8.0 feet of head in each coil.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15800-11
30" .x 18,"44" x 30"36" x 24"
Throat Size
Roof Vent #1Roof Vent #2Roof Vent #3
Unit No.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15800-16
A. Furnish and instal I an air to air heat pipe heat exchanged TRU-125 5-row asmanufactured by Q-Oot Corp., or equal and appr-oved. Coi I shall have nomoving parts, of continuous plate type design, have a center vertical partitionto prevent crossflow of air and be capable of operating between -60°F to+125° F. Unit shal I be capable of heating 5,190 cfm of fresh air from -20°F to38°F with 5345 cfm exhaust entering at 70°F Air pressure drop shal I notexceed .7". Two 60" L. x 34" W. coi Is shall be provided having 14.1 square feetof face area each with an air velocity of 400 FPM or under.
C. Unit shal I be instal led in Room #98, Floor 10 on the fresh air intake ductof Sup Unit S-9F and the discharge duct of Exhaust Unit E-IF. Providenecessary framing to pivot support unit from floor, flexible duct connectionto coil to al low coi I to ti It and tight duct connections to prevent crossoverair flow or contamination, and drain pans.
B. Unit shal I be furnished with ti It control package to prevent frost occuringon exhaust coi I and also to regulate quantity of heat recovered. Providenecessary motor, relays, switches, etc. Wiring of unit controls shal I beprovided by this Contractor.
Ventilators as shown on the drawings and as scheduled shal I be Power I ine RR-Llow si Ihouette or equal and approved. Unit shal I have I to I ratio of hoodperimeter opening to throat area. Unit shal I be constructed of aluminumwith extruded channels for rigidity. Supply with zinc chromate primer forfield painting by General Contractor. Unit shal I have hinged hood and 1/2"mesh galvanized bird screen. A heavy coating of asphaltic base mastic compoundshal I be sprayed on underside of hood and base for condensation protection.
Air Flow and Statis Pressure Measuring Stations provided by Temperature ControlContractor- shall be installed in supply and return ducts by this contractor.See Section 15950 and see drawings for locations and duct sizes.
IIIIIIIIIIIII·IIIIII
2.1 AIR FILTERS AND AIR HANDLING UNITS
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
AIR FILTRATION EQUIPMENT
I . I SCOPE
SECTION 15830
PART I: GENERAL
2. Venti lation and Air Conditioning: Section 15800.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15830-1
B. Rol I Type Prefi Iters. These shal I be American Air Fi Iter Company's Rol 1-0Matlc, Type H, Model G horizontal and Type V Model J, Verticals, CambridgeFi Iter Corporation Type Var or Har, Farr, Mine Safety Appliance, ContinentalConomac Type VA or Type ELA, automatic renewable media type air filter,complete with casing, top and bottom media covers, 1/6 HP motor and internaldrive mechanism, timer, screens, rol Is of glass fiber fi Iter material,control box, media feed sWitch~ incl ine draft gauge, relay and mediarunout switch and I ight. The control. shall be automatic pressure drop typewhich sensei fi Iter pressure drop and advances the media one complete newsection by automatically control ling the drive motor through the timer. Theglass fiber blankets shal I be sprayed with a fine Underwriter's approved noninflammable Visco Filter media shall perform satisfactori Iy down to -20°F.Pl'essure drop across the clean fi Iter assembly shall not exceed 0.17" ~J.G. Theair filter gauge shal I be Dwyer Model No. 250-AF. This Contractor shal I provide
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing al I equipment, materialsand performing all labor necessary for air fi Itration systems and relatedsystems.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - MechanJ~al, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions 1"0 Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Sect ion 01600 - Mater ia's and Equ ipment for requ i rernents on pre-b id andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
A. Air fi Iters shal I be as manufactured by the American Air Fi Iter Company,Inc., Cambridge Fi Iter Corporation, Farr, Mine Safety Appl iance, or ContinentalAir Fi Iter Company. AI I units shal I be simi lar to physical dimensions to permitsatisfactory installation and servicing in the space al located on the plans.The Electrical Contractor wi I I provide a separate electrical circuit terminatingin a junction box near each air supply unit. AI I wiring from the junction box,Including the necessary fused disconnect switches and other materials and labornecessary to comp Iete the power wi ring and contro lei rcu its for the f i Iter assernb Iyshall. be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. On roll typefilters, an auxi I iary switch shal I be provided by the Mechanical Contractor topermit manual operation of the fi Iter drive motor when the unit supply fan is notoperating. For sizes see drawing schedule.
IIIIIIIII
j
IIIIIIIIII
fi Iter media for use in each unit during the temporary heating. season. ThisContractor shal I also provide one new rol I of fi Iter media for each unit attime of air balance and an extra packaged supply 6f fi Itering media equal toone complete refi I ling sha! I be given to the Owner. The media shQI I be 2"thick and have an efficiency of 85% by the NBS dust spot method~ Control panelshal I be remote mounted on bui It-up housings.
C. Electrostatic Type After-Filter. These shal I be AAF ~bdel 0, Rollotron,Cambridge or approved equal, consisting of an electrostatic section of theentering side and an automatic disposable media type on the air leaving side.The filters shal I be sized for the air volumes indicated for the specific unitswith an efficency of not less than 90% as measured by the NBS Dust Spot TestMethod using atmospheric air. The col lector elemenjs in the agglomeratingsection shal I be of al I aluminum construc+ion. Ionizing voltage shal I be 12,000volts and plate voltage shal I be 5,800 volts. The storage section shal I beheavy gauge zinc coated steel with a c 2" thick glass fiber blanket pre-coated witha fine non-inflammable, Underwriter's approved adhesive. The average operatingresistance shal I be 0.35" of water gauge. The fiberglass media shal I be fedacross the air stream automatically from a compressed clean rol I at a predetermined rate by an adjustable electric timing device. Used media andaccumulated dirt shal I be compressed and wound into an enclosed compact rol Ifor easy disposal. Provide cover over gear and drive. The unit shal I befurnished complete with:
I. External and internal agglomerator housing, agglomerating cel Is andstorage units for assembly of the filter bank and miscellaneous assembly hardware.
2. Power pack for remote mounting on built-up housing.
3. Two unit access door switches, manual reset type.
4. Two unit access door switch warning I i·ghts.
5. Two combined switch and signal lights for inside unit housing.
6. Two enameled warning signs for unit access doors.
7. Spare ionizing wires.
8. High voltage cable from power pack to agglomerator.
9. One rol I of media for each filter section.
10. Media runout control
I I. Control panel, including automatic cascade timer control, warning signallight and a manual switch shal I be provided for remote mounting on built-up housing.
12. Trash screen. (Air distribution baffle screen).
13. 1/6 HP motor and drive assembly with removable cover.
14. Provide and instal I at each electrostatic fi Iter bank in each supply fanunit a Dwyer 250AF or equal and approved air fi Iter draft gauge incl ined tubetype with a range of 0.10 - 1.0 inches of water, furnished complete with staticpressure tips, tubing, mounting assembly, extra bottle of red gauge oil, oi Idropper and instructions. AccessoriGs shal I be mounted in a suitable metalcase with hinged door and cam lock and shal I be secured to housing adjacent todraft gauge.UM HEALTH SCIENCESpIN 51830-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
15. AI I necessary wiring shal I be by Mochanical Contractor.
16. An extra packaged supply of filtering media equal to one complete refil lingsha I I be given to the Owner by ·t-h is Contract-or when the bu i Iding is occup ied bythe Owner.
2.2 ROOM TERMINAL FILTER UNIT
A. Furnish and instal I high efficiency fi Iter in duct work at terminal locationbefore entering certain rooms.
I. Fi Iters shal I be AAF Dri-Pak in I ine duct unit, Cambridge Hi-Flo orContinental Conosac. Rated 95% efficient on NBS dust spot test using atmosphericdust. Fi Iter assembly shal I be complete with bag type cartridges, fi Iter frame,~nit housing, gaskets, flanges and access doors. See drawings for schedule.
2. Air fi Iter gauge across the filters shal I be Dwyer 209-AF, of approvedequal, witb a range of 0.20" - 3.0" water.
2.3 EXHAUST HOOD FILTER FOR RADIOACTIVE HOODS
A. Furnish and instal I high efficiency fi Iter and housing as detai led onDrawing M-60 for the radioactive exhaust hoods. See Drawing Schedule SheetM-61 fume hood schedule for absolute fi Iter requirements.
I. Fi Itars shal I be AAF Astrocel, or Cambridge Absolute on Flanders Series800, or Farr, rated 99.97% efficient on standard DOP test with 0.3 micron particle.Fi Iter shal I have glass asbestos media mounted in a stainless steel frame.Filters shal I be fire retardant up to 250°F. and shal I be capable of withstanding100% RH. Provide a 2" throw-away type fiberglass fi Iter to act as prefilter.
2. Absolute fi Iter"s shai I be 11-1/2" deep and prefi Iters shall be 2" deep.See Drawing Schedules for fi Iter overal I dimensions required.
3. Air filter gauge across fi Iters shal I be Dwyer 209-AF, or equal with arange of O~20" - 3.0" water.
4. Before installation the absolute fi Iters shal I be tested and approvedby the University of Minnesota Department of Environmental Health.
2.4 THROW-AWAY FILTERS
A. Throw-away filters in medium capacity fi Iter mixing boxes shal I be equal toAAF-Amer-G Ias rep Iaceab Ie 2" th ick f i Iters. Contractor sha I I insta I I new f i Itermedia before bui Iding is turned over to University. An additional set of fi Itermedia shal I be given to ,the OW0er at t~is tim~ also.
B. I" throwaway fi Iters (AAF-Amer-Glass) shall be provided as required for fi Itergri lies as ~pecified in Section 15800,: Article 2.10. Provide additional mediawhen bui Iding is turned over to Owner.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15830-3
3. Valves. Section 15120.
6. Vibration Isolation: Section 15150.
I. Basic Methods and Materials: Section 15100.
AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15900-1
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION,
2.1 ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION MACHINE
I. Cool ing coi Is.
D. Furnished but not instal led under this section:
A. Th 1s Contractor sha II furn 1sh and- 1nsta II, as spec! fled here 1n, ahigh pressure absorption refrigeration-machine, Trane DIOC, or approvedequal, to be located in the Unit "A" basement equipment room as shown on plans.
9. Venti lation and Air Conditioning: Section 15800.
7. Mechanical Systems Insulation: Section 15160.
5. Mechanical Supporting Devices: Section 15140.
10. Chemical Treatment: Section 15990.
8. Hot Water Heating System: Section 15650.
4. Piping Specialties: Section 15130.
2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Section 15110.
1.1 SCOPE
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing at I equipment, materials andperforming al I labor necessary for the air conditioning refrigeration systemsand other related systems.
C. Relates work specified elsewhere:
SECTION 15900
A. Conditions of Contract, Division 1- General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
PART I: GENERAL
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
C. Machine:
4. steam:
a. GPM - 2500.
d. Leaving water temperature - 96°F.
IIIIII.
'1IIIIIIIIIIII
, ,
d. Maximum pressure drop 1n feet - 50.
a. GPM - 4400
3. Condenser Water:
I. The machine shal I be of hermetic design, complete factory ass~mbled andleak tested. Exposed refrigerant circuit piping shal I be factory insulated.
c. Ful I load maximum steam rate Ibs./hr. each 12,298.
b. Concentrator flange, psig 123.
a. Valve inlet, psig 125.
e. Maximum pressure drop in feet - 28.
5. Capacity based on .0005 foul ing factor.
c. Entering water temperature - 85°F.
b. Condenser water passes - 3 (2 pass absorber +1 pass condenser)
B. Capacity:
I. Refrigeration capacity tons -'976.
b. Enter ing water temperature - 49°'F,i .
c. Leaving water temperature -.40o F.
2. Chil led water passes - 3.
3. The machine shal! be equipped with a hermetic pump-motor assembly whichis cooled and lubricated without the use of external cooling water during normaloperation. A mechanical-magnetic strainer assembly shal I be instal led in thepump motor circuit. Pump motor to be factory piped and wired. The pump motorshal I be removable without removing the solution or al lowing air to enter themachine. The pump motor shal I be a 30 HP 460/60/3.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15900-2
2. Absorber and second stage concentrator tubes shal I be of seamlesscupra-nickel material and shal I be individually replaceable from either end ofthe machine. Headers shal I be designed for a working pressure of 300 PSIG onthe evaporator, condenser and absorber headers. The first stage concentratortubes shal I be stainless steel and it~ header shal I be designed for 150 PSIGworking pressure. The second stage concentrator shal I be designed for 50 PSIGworking pressure. AI I headers shal I be tested at 1-1/2 times their designpressure. Evaporator, condenser and absorber headers shal I be removable.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
4. Non-condensable gases shal I be removed from the machine through a purgesystem consisting of an electric motor driven vacuum pump requiring no externalwater supply. The machine shal I be automatically protected against air re-entryin the event of a power fai lure. It shal I be impossible for the purge unit toeject solution from the machine. The pump motor shal I be a 1/4 HP, 120/60/1.
5. The machine shal I provide for automatic decrystal I ization. The machineshal I be instal led on a level surface~ The Contractor shal I provide al I flangedpipe connections to provide for access to tubes for inspection and cleaning orremova I.
D. Accessories:
I. Each unit shal I have a complete, factory instal led and wired electriccontrol panel. The control shal I include the fol lowing as minimum:
a. Terminal block.
b. Control transformer and separately fused I IS-volt, single-phasecontrol circuit.
c. Motor temperature cutout.
d. Low temperature cutout.
e. Time delay relay for di lution cycle.
f. Pump motor starter.
g. Purge motor fuse.
h. External I ights to indicate operation of the unit, pumps, andpurge system.
i. Lapse time meters to indicate chi I ler running time.
2. Each unit shal I have a completely factory assembled and mounted pneumaticcapacity control panel. The pneumatic control panel shai I include "the fol lowingas minimum:
a. Ch i I Ied water. , ,
b. Pneumatic-electric pressure switch.
c. Solenoid air valve.,
d. Pneumatic temperature g~uge.
e. Supply air pressure gauge.
f. Branch air pressure gauge.
3. The panel shal I be suppl ied with 460 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle power. TheElectrical Contractor shal I furnish and instal I, external to the panel, aseparately fused disconn6ct.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15900-3
4. The units shal I be equipped with a condensate heat exchanger thatshal I reduce the temperature of condensate leaving the unit, at ful I loadcondition, to 230°F. With the condensate heat exchanger, the unit shal I beinternally trapped so that condensate ~ay be drained to a condensate receiverwithout the need for field installation of traps.
5. Provide type 'A' isolation for .35" static deflection and plates andsetting plan for machine base. Units shal I be mounted on concrete pads.
6. AI I vents and drains on the;machine shal I be piped to floor drains.Provide a valve on vent and drain p~ping•. Valves shal I be located such th~t
they are access ib Ie from equ ipment room t,roor.v
7. AI I assembly accessories shal! be as specified elsewhere In thespecifications and as shown on the drawings.
8. This contractor shal I vent absorption unit in each pass of the absorber,condensor and evaporator water boxes. Extend vents above insulation.
9. This contractor shal I ensure that piping adjacent to the machine doesnot restrict removal of headers for inspection, cleaning and removing tubes.
10. This contractor shal I provide gauge cocks and thermometer wei Is fortemperature and pressure readings at the inlet and outlet of the evaporator,at the inlet and outlet of the absorber, and at the outlet of the condenser.A pressure gauge shal I be instal led at the inlet of the concentrator. SeeSection 15130. Thermometer wei Is shal I be Honeywel I 14500430.
I I. Insulate the chil led water headers and other portions of the unit, aspointed out in the manufccturer's I iterature, to prevent condensation onsurfaces during operating conditions and to prevent excessive heat loss tothe equipment room. External unit pipes with surface temperatures sufficientlyhot to constitute a danger to operating personnel shai I also be insulated.See Section 15i60.
12. This contractor shal I field assemble machines (if required) and leaktest in accordance with instructions in the manufacturer's installation bulletin.
13. This contractor shal I connect the rupture disc located on the firststage concentrator to an appropriate outside vent. The vent piping shal I beconnected to the concentrator by a flexible coupl ing.
14. This Contractor shal I provide sufficiently sized vacuum pump andpersonnel to evacuate the unit prior to charging (if required).
15. This contractor shal I pipe a 1/2" drain I ine from a tapping on theunit heat exchanger through an F&T trap to the condensate receiver. Trappedline shal I include a solenoid, strainer, and gate valves around the trap.All items should be able to withstand 360°F temperatur'es. Solenoid shall befield wired through unit control panel to al low drainage when the unit is off.Wiring by Mechanical Contractor as per manufacturer's recommendations.
16. A bourdon type vacuum gauge shal I be provided on the machine todetermine tightness during winter months. Gauge shal I have a range of 1-1/2times the lowest operating vacuum and be accurate to 1% of scale range.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESpiN 15900-4
IIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
E. Controls: (Note: Electrical wiring und pneumatic control work hereindescribed shal I be provided by the Mechanical Contractor under this sectionof the specifications.)
I. Each refrigeration unit shal I be provided with a' pneumatic controlsystem and connection which automatically controls leaving chi I led watertemperature at 40°F. Control shal I be accompl ished by modulating the amountof steam suppl ied to the machine with a steam valve suppJ ied by the eguipmentmanufacturer. The machines shal I be equipped with a part load economizer whichoperates over ful I range. The necessary factory instal led controls shal I beprovided to prevent steam inrush on start-up from exceeding 120% of ful I loadsteam consumption rate. The location of the chi I led water controls shal I beon the chi I led water main leaving the individual machine. Provide a low leavingwater temperature cut out for each machine.
2. The respective primary chil led water pump, condenser water pump andexisting cool ing tower shal I be electrically interlocked with the refrigerationmachine soch that the automatic operation of the chi I lers shal I be as fol lows: .
a. First the primary chi I led water pump shal J be manually started. Amotorized butterfly valve on the chil led water I inet to the absorption machineshal I open. When this valve is proven open, the chi I led water pump wil I beal lowed to run. Interlocked with the chi I led water pump starter and chil ledwater flow switch through a set of auxi I iary motor start contacts, are theHeat Source Pneumatic-Electric switch and the condenser water pump starter.A motorized butterfly valve on the condenser water inlet to the absorptionmachine shal I open. When this valve is proven open the condenser pumpwil I be al lowed to run.
b. A need for cool ing, as indicated by the temperature of the chil ledwater shal I cause the branch line pressure of the pneumatic chi I led watertemperature control to rise. The rising branch I ine pressure shal I close thecontacts of the P-E switch al lowing the condenser water pump to run, whichin turn shal I energize the cool ing tower system.
c. Turning the absorption unit system switch to the ON position shal Ienergize the time delay relay. This shal I supply control voltage throughthe contacts of the low temperature control, motor temperature control, andthe I iquid level switch to the unit pump starter, starting the unit pumps. Asolenoid air valve is energized through a set of interlocking contacts on theunit pump starter. The energized air valve shal I supply thermostat branchI ine pressure to the pneumatic steam valve, al lowing the valve to function.Variations in branch I ine pressure shal I operate the pneumatic valve, control lingthe flow of steam to the concentrator.
d. When lowering chil led water temperature, as sensed by a controller,indicates that cool ing is no longer needed, the reduced branch I ine pressureshal I al low the contacts of the P-E:switch to open. This in turn de-energizesthe time delay relay, the solenoid ai:r valve and the cool ing tower system.De~energizing the solenoid air valve to close, stopping the flow of steam to theconcentrator. The evaporator, concentrator and absorber pu~ps and chil led waterpump shal I continue to function for approximately four (4) minutes, undercontrol of the time delay relay bringing about a mixing of the dl lute andconcentrated solutions, contained in the absorber and concentrator, priorto complete shutdown.
~.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP!N 15900-5
e. Furnish and Instal I time delay relays to provide 10 second minimumtime delay between each motor start. Furnish time delay relays tor Interlockedchil led water pump, condenser water pump and existing cooling tower system oneach group of equipment.
f. Th is Contractor sha II prov ide and insta II ~1cDonne I and Mi II er Mode INo. FS7 standard construction flow switches with brass wetted parts suitable for150 psi operating pressure. Paddle shal I be of proper size for pipe size beingserved. Condenser I'/ater' f low sw itches and ch II Ied water f low sw itches sha I I bewired into the machine control panel circuit. Flow switches shal I be installedin the condenser and chi I led water ~iping to al low the refrigeration machine tostart only when proper water flow is provided. If" machine is in operation andthe condenser or chil led water flow is not normal the refrigeration machine shal Istop immediately and shal I remain out of operation unti I proper flow is provided.Whenever machine is shutdown the control panel shal I provide for seven (7)minutes di lution cycle. This Contractor shal I supply, instal I and wire apressure electric switch on the condensate line from the absorption machinesuch that the machine wil I be rendered inoperative if pressure in the condensateline rises above the set point of the P-E switch.
g. Secondary chil led water pumps (2 plus I standby) shal I be energizedby a water flow switch in the primary loop. Provide flow switch and contactsfor each secondary chil led water pump. Flow switches shal I be provided withpaddles sized as per manufacturer's requirements for size pipe instal led.
h. This contractor sha! I extend control wiring for cooling towersystem operation to an existing tower sequence control panel as part of theinterlock wiring descr-ibed in item (b) above. This sequencer panel locatedIn Unit 'A' basement mechanical room where Indicated, wil I al low any condenserpump to operate in conjunction with a pre-selected cool ing tower cel I. Thecontrol wiring between sequencer panel and existing cool ing tower cel Is hasalready been accompl ished as part of a previous project.
I. Butterfly valves referred to under Item (a) above, on chi I led waterand condenser water inlets to the absorption machine shal I be Centerl ine Series29000 actuators, or equal added to existing butterfly valves. The actuatorshal I be designed for 80 psi air and be complete with I imit switch, solenoidvalve, and position Indicator. Actuator shal I be trunnion mounted.
j. Provide adjustable 20 second time delay relays in conjunction witheach temperature controller. Magnetic relays shal I protect the sensing elements.
k. Provide separable sockets for sensing elements.
F. Service and Guarantees. The manufacturer shal I provide the fol lowingservice:
I. Meet with and advise Contractor on rigging and installation problems.
2. Advise on and assist with wiring and control problems.
3. Pressure test, evacuate and charge machines.
4. Start-up machines and supervise start-up of system.
5. Train operators and provide re-tralning as required during first year.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15900-6
IIIIIIlIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
6. Prov ide wr iti-en report to Owner, Arch iteet, Eng ineer and Contractorupon completion of 1-5 above.
7. Provide periodic operating inspections during first operating season.
8. Handle emergency service cal Is on machines during first operatingseason.
9. Supervise start-up of system at beginning of second season.
2.2 CHILLED WATER AND CONDENSER WATER PUMPS
A. Pumps shal I be horizontally spl it casing type with suction and discharge inthe lower half to permit inspection access to rotating parts without disconnectingthe suction or discharge piping, coupl ing or motor.
B. Pumps shal I have non-overloading characteristics and shal I be furnished atthe midpoint of the pump curve. Pumps shaJ I have a flat curve characteristicand be capable of operating with a 10% variation on either side of the point ofselection to al low for drift in the system curve.
C. Chi I led water pumps and condenser water pumps shal I operate on a systembasis as shown on the drawings. Pumps shal I be equipped with precisionJohn Crane mechanical seals on both sides of the impeller. Pump casings shal Ibe 250 psi thickness. Flanges for condenser water pumps shal I be 250 ASA.
D. Renewable bronze casing wearing rings shal I be provided. Stainless steelshaft sleeves shal I be provided.
E. If special tools are required for replacement of the wear rings a set oftools shal I be included for each size and style pump furnished on the project.The shaft sleeves and impeller shal I be keyed to the shaft by means of a commonkey. To preclude any leakage along the shaft beneath the shaft sleeve,compression "0" rings shal I be furnished between each sleeve and shaft.
F. Each pump shal I be mounted on a heavy cast iron sub-base having a drip lipand'tap for drain piping. Pipe drains to nearest floor drain. A flexiblecoupl ing shal I connect the pump with the electric motor. Shaft coupl ing shal Ibe protected by a metal guard. The pumps shal I have the capacity as shown onthe drawings.
G. Pumps and motors shal I be checked for alignment prior to initial start-up.The al ignment shal I be accompl ished prior to grouting with the coupling checkedwith a dial indicator. Each base mounted pump shal I be furnished with pluggedtappings on the suction and discharge of the pump housing for pressu~e gaugeconnections.
H. Each pump shal I also be furnished 'with ~ manual air vent petcock on the pumpcasing. ,,:
I. Provide ARI certified pump curves on al I chi I led and condenser pumps.
J. Secondary chi I led water pumps where scheduled shal I have pump motors whichshal I be NEMA Class B, T frame, 1750 RPM, standard induction squirrel cagetype motors suitable for a variable frequency type speed controller. Controllerswil I be furnished and wired by the Electrical Contractor. Pumps shal I be
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15900-7
2.4 CHILLED WATER COILS
A. All coi I capacities and selection data shal I be certified in accordance
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15900-8
.. . .
K. AI I chil led water and condenser water pumps shal I have Type BJ vibrationIsolation with 3/4" deflection.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
30
100
6" 30
8"
6"
6" 30
10" 200
Di sch.Size H.P.
lOth Floor
Location
8"
8"
8"
10"
12"
SuctionSize
Closed
76'
76'
91 '
76'
122'
120%HD. '.
108'
140'
108'
175'
108'
Shut OffHD.
Size
30" d i a. x 69" L.
128'
100'
85' 100'
85'
85' 100'
104'
140' 165'
DesignHD. 50%HD.
CapacityGal.
CHILLED WATER AND CONDENSER WATER PU~P SCHEDULE
1000
1000
2500
GPM
4400
A. Expansion Tank
B. Furnish and instal I a Fisher t~del 657 or approved equal differentialpressure control valve at the standby chil led water pump P-4F. Capacity ofvalve shal I be 1000 GPM against 45 PSI pressure.
Unit No.
3. Furnish and instal I McDannel I Miller Series 69 float switch set at onequarter level to indicate a low level condition in each tank. Necessary wiringand transmission to Unit "A" data center wil I be provided by the University.
4-Chllled Water System 180
2.3 EXPANSION TANK AND CHILLED WATER SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
I. Closed expans ion tank sha II be constructed accord ing to ASME codesand bear label of the same. Construction shall be black steel. Tank asmanufactured by Bel I & Gossett and Bremen.
P-2F SecondaryChi lied Water
P-3C CondenserWater (In Unit'A' )
Pump No.
P-I F Secon'daryCh i I led vJater
2. Tank shal I be complete with gauge glass with guards and cocks,overflow, drain valve, air charging valve, fi I I, system connection and openingfor float.
P-4F Standby 1000Sec. Chil led Water
standard units as manufactured by Peerless Pumps, AI lis-Chalmers, Auror~,
Ingersol I-Rand, Fairbanks Morse, or equal and approved. Motors shal I befurnished with Therma-Sentry or equal electronic motor protection.
P-6C PrimaryCh i I I ed Water(in Unit 'A')
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
with ARI Standard 410-64, and each coi I shal I bear the ARI certification label.Coil shop drawings shal I include complete computer selection performance data.
B. The primary surface shal I be 5/S" 0.0. seamless copper tubes with continuouscopper fins extending from tube to tube. The fins shal I be mechanically bondedto the tubes to provide a permanent bond. The casing shal I be zinc grip galvanizedsteel, 16 gauge formed end supports and top and bottom channals. The channelsshal I have 3/S" holes 3" on centers for fastening to coi I supports. See detailon drawings for coi I installation and support. AI I coi Is shal I be supplied forsame end connections. The bottom of col I casing shal I be perforated to al lowcomplete condensate drainage onto the condensate drain pan. The lower casingshal I be coated with a protective coating to prevent corrosion. Holes areto be dri I led in the bottom of the casing for condensate drainage before thecasing is painted. Protective coating shal I be two coats of air dried Heresite.
C. Tubes shal I be without turbulators. Coi Is shal I be drainable, double rowwater col Is, in which each row starts and terminates in a common header with"U" bends joined with si Iver brazing. Serpentining shall be required to resultin specified capacities with maximum pressure drop of 20 feet. AI I coi Is shal Ibe suitable for 150 psig working pressure and piped to counterflow of waterand air.
D. Coi Is shal I be of sizes and capacities as scheduled below. Inlet watertemperature to coi Is shal I be 42°F. with 12°F rise.
E. See drawings for Cool ing Coil Schedule.
F. Coils in package supply air units shal I be of the same manufacturer asthe package unit. See Section 15S00.
2.5 CHILLER ENTRANCE
A. The machine shal I be moved into the basement of Unit "A" in first classoperating condition, and under ful I Warranty. This transportation shal I beperformed by an experienced rigging contractor normally engaged in this typeof special ized work. The Mechanical Contractor shal I employ this riggingspecialist, and be in responsible charge to assure the chi I ler is instal ledfully warranted, and in first class operating condition.
I. Routing: The chi I ler entrance route shal I be as indicated onSheet M-51 of the Construction Documents.
2. Procedure: The chi I ler shal I be rigged and strapped for verticalhoisting as per manufacturer's recommendations. (The rigging contractor shal Iconsult the manufacturer of the purchased chi I ler to determine approv~d rigginglocations.) The machine shall be lowered end-wise down the existing rei iefair shaft. Upon reaching the shaft bottom, ~he machine shal I turn 90 degreesto the upright position and sl ide on rollers toward it's final operatingposition. ,The machine shal I be protected from damage as required to assurea fu I I warranty.
3. Crane Support: The crane and load shal I be supported by outriggersplaced on the existing bituminous roud surface. The road surface is designedto support a load of 4000 P.S.F. The outriggers shal I have bases formed ofOak timbers of, such square footage so as not to exceed a concentrated loadof 4000 P.S.F •
.::
The location of t~e cranes outriggers shal I be as approximated by Plan Viewon Sheet M-51. UM HEALTH SCIENCES
piN 15900-9
6. Quotations: Pricing infon{ation Telated to moving the chi Iler in place,may be obtained by contacting the fol lowing independent" rigging company
4. Shop Drawings: The rigging contractor shel I submit to the engineer5 copies of dimensioned shop drawings, indicating the size and location ofoutrigger pads, materia~s or pads, anq boon radius.
5. Re Iated Work: The Meehan i ca I Contractor- sha I I remove and rep Iacethe existing concrete pads at grade entrance level, and vertical panels atUnit "A" basement level. This Contractor shall also repair any damage toroadway, walkway, shaft, existing tree, or other damage done during chi Ilerentrance.
B &S Rigging815 Hubbardst. Paut, Minnesota 55104Attention: Howard Bedarius
Phone: 489-8081
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15900-10
I ,
: .
IIIIII
-IIIIIIIIIIIII
1. Basrc methods and materials: Section 15100.
D. Furnished but not instal led under this Section:
2.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
:;-
ENV IRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTE~~S
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-1
I. Supply UnJt S-IF and Return-Exhaust Fan RE-IF (serving Floors I through 5).
5. Air conditioning Refrigeration: Section 15900.
2. Pipe and Fittings: Section 15110.
3.' Air flow measuring stations for supply and return ducts.
2. Regulating control valves
1. r~dulating dampers
6. Fire management system: Section 16900.
1.1 SCOPE
4. Venti lation and air conditioning: Section 15800.
B. Work under this section includes furnishing al I equipment, materials and performing al I labor to accompl ish al I required work for environmental control systems.
3. Piping specialties: Section 15130.
C. This specification Is intendod to cover equipment for the Automatic TemperatureControl of the fol lowing:
B. See Fire Management Specificatlon,"Sectron 16900 and Sectlnn 15950, Article 2.9.Qherein for F.M.S. and Temperatur8 Control System Interface.
A. The automatic temperature control system shal I be as manufactured and instal ledby Honeywel I, Inc., Johnson Controls, or Powers Regulator. The system shal I be ofthe pneumatic type except that electronic equipment components shal I be used wherespecified. The systems shal I be instal led under the ful I time supervision of anauthorized installation engineer..
C. Related Work Specified elsewhere:
A. Conditions of Contract, Division 1-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to 81 I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of i"he Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditions andSection 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bidevaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and other conditions.
PART 1: GENERAL
SECTION 15950
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. Individual Floor Air Pressure Contro I..
3. Supply Unit S-2F and Return Exhaust Fan RE-2F (serving Floors Ithrough 5).
4. Supply Unit S-3F and REturn-Exhaust Fan RE-3F (serving 3rd FloorLabs and Electric Cores)
5. Supply Unit S-4F and Return-Exhaust. Fan RE-IF (serving Baser:nent,Mechanical Room) •
I
Sta i r. and6. Supply Unit S-5F (serving Emergency Elevator ShaftRressurization).
7. Supply Unit S-6F and Return-Exhaust Fan RE-5F (serving ElectricalVault)
8. Supply Unit S-7F and Return-Exhaust Fan RE-6F (serving Floors6 and 7).
9. Supply Unit S-8F and REturn-Exhaust Fan RE-7F (serving Lab Floors8 and 9),
·10. Supply Unit S-9F and Exhaust E-IF (serving 9th Floor Animal Area).
1I. Supply Unit S-IOF and Return Exhaust Fan RE-8F (serving lOth FloorMechanical Room)
12. Supply Unit S-I IF and Return-Exhaust Fan RE-9F (serving ElevatorEquipment Room)
13. Supply Unit S-12F (serving Emergency Generator nd Fire Pump CombustionAI r>.
14. Central "Heat-Cool-Auto" Switches.
15. Individual Room Temperature Control.
16. Greenhouse Temperature Control.
17. Fire Management Interface.
18. Air Flow Indicators.
19. Exhaust Fans
20. Radiation System (Hot Water).
21. Radiant Cel ling Panel (Hot Water)
22. Cabinet Unit Heaters (Hot Water)
23. Convector·s (Hot Water)
24. Reheat System Convertor Control.
25. Radiation System Convertor Control.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15950-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
26. Cage Washer.
27. Special Rehat Col I Control Rooms (Constant Volume).
28. Domestic and Laboratory Water Heater Control.
29. Refrigeration Machine Control
30. Secondary Chi I led Water Pump Controls
31. High Pressure Control Air Supply
32. Humidity and Temperature Indicator <Animal Rooms}
33. Venti latlon of Core F-I I.
2.2 COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY
AI A new d~plex type air compressor shal I be provided with capacity to supplycompressed air as herein specified for the Unit "F" building. This ffontractor shal IInterconnect the Unit "F" compressed air system with the Unit "A-B-C' system asshown and detal led on drawing.
B. Provide and Instal I where indicated on plans a duplex air-compressor assembly.Assembly shal I consist of two compressor-pumps and two 480 volt 3 phase motors,mounted on a single 200 gallon ASME storage tank with drain cost cock and automaticmoisture removal trap. Either compressor, operating alone, shal I have sufficientcapacity to supply compressed air to the entire control system whl Ie operating nomore than 50% of the time. The air compressor shal I be provided with flexiblepipe connections at unit, a low resistance Intake fi Iter, a sub-micron dischargeair fi Iter, automatic start-stop pressure switches, high-pressure tank reliefvalve, belt guards, totally enclosed automatic alternator and pressure-reducingstations as required with integral relief valve set for 23.5 psig. The assemblyshal I be mounted on shear isamode vibration isolators for 3/8" static deflection.
C. A refrigerated air dryer shal I be provided to reduce the dew point of the controlair supply air to -12oF at atmospheric pressure. The refrigerated air dryer shallbe provided with a three-valve manifold plus automatic moisture removal trap pipedto floor drain. The moisture separator shal I be of the coalescing fi Iter typecapable of removing 98% of al I particles of water and dirt to .04 microns from theeffluent air. Dryer shal I be Hankinson, Ingersol I Rand or Pal I Trinity.
D. Automatic alternator shal I be connected to motors and pressure-switches in leadlag manner, and shall alternate compressor operation of each on-off cycle. Alternator shal I further be connected to energize the lag compressor at the setting ofthe lower pressure-switch if the lead compressor fai Is or Is disabled for service.Alternator control package shal! include.magnetic starters for each motor.
E. Pressure reducing stations shall be provided as necessary to reduce high pressure air to that pressure required by the pneumatic control instruments. Providecombination SUB-MICRON fi Iter - pressur-e reducing station simi lar to Honeywef IPP902A or separate SUB-f'v1ICRON fi Iter with separ'ate pressure reducing stations.
2.3 TEMPERATURE CONTROL PIPING
A. Piping
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15950-3
1. Pipe - Type "L" hard drawn copper or virgin polyethylene. PolythylenetUbing shal I meet the stress and crack test performed per ASTM D 1693, and shal Ibe classified as flame retardant and must be rated as self-extinguishing capableof passing ASTM 635 flammability test. .
2. Fittings - extruded of wrought copper or sharp barb type that does notrequire spring clips.
3. Joints - soldered, except compression fittings shal I be used at instrumentsor compatible with polyethylene fittings as specified above.
B. All lines in the equipment rooms and in other unfinished spaces shall be runexposed in a neat and orderly manner with pipe runs grouped as much as possible.AI I tubing and conduit which must run exposed shal I fol low vertical and horozontalcontours to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and be rigidly secured tothe bui Iding construction at 4'-0" o.c. Tubing shal I not be al lowed to be fastenedto ductwork or electric conduit. AI I lines in finished spaces shal I be run concealed with the majority of each piping instal led above the suspended ceil ings andin furred wa" s.
C. Suitable drip legs and drain valves shal I be instal led at low points in thepiping system to eliminate accumulated condensate.
D. Air piping or controllers shal I not be instal led in outdoor air intakes wherefreezing conditions may occur.
E. AI I tubing or piping, except local individual room control, shal I be numbercoded or color coded for future identification and servicing of the control system.
F. AI! non-metal lie polyethylene tubing run in mechanical equipment rooms, uti lityareas, or finished spaces where other tubing is exposed shal I be run within adequately supported rigid metal lie raceway, EMT pipe or duct. Terminal single linessha II be hard drawn copper except if the run is Iess than 12", in wh ich case f Iex ible polyethylene tubing enclosed with flexible spring may be used.
G. Non-metal lie polyethylene tubing used for thermostat fittings shal I be 5/32"diameter clearly marked "branch" and "main". These two lines shal I be wrappedwith a polyethylene cover. A complete I ine of fittings shal I be avai lable for"dry wal I" construction, plaster, brick, precast or ti Ie walls. Where tubingexists the wal I into the suspended cei ling area, the tubing shal I be run intoconduit, or protected with "spring" covering to the valve. Tubing run in flexiblespring covering shal I not exceed 12". Suitable plastic grommets shal I be usedwhere polyethylene tubing enters or leaves the conduit or junction boxes for thefinal connections.
H. Non-metal lie polyethylene tubing instal led in concealed locations(pipe chases,or within wal I:) :hal I be instal led in rigid conduit or metal lie raceways runparal leI to bUIldIng structure, and shal I be adequately supported. Non-metal Irepolyethylene tubing shal I not be instal led In return alr"plenum spaces abovesuspended cei lings.
J. Non-meta" ic po Iyethy Iene tub i ng i nsta II ed wi th in wa II s and not adjacent toother services shal I be instal led in a neat and workmanlike manner, adequatelysupported and run paral leI to the buIlding lines.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-4
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
J. Polyethylene tubing in D, G or K, 1/4" black tubes individually numberedshel I be wrapped with a Mylar tape al I enclosed in a .062 jacket of polyvinyl.Bundled tubing of this type may be used for switching I ines and shal I be selfsupporting tied firmly to the structural members: Refer to paragraph F for supportof tubing.
K. Tubing instal led inside or behind control panels shal I be neatly tied andsupported.
L. System testing:
1. The entire pneumatic piping system shal I be tested by packing it under30 psi pressure for 24 hours with a drop not exceeding 1 psi during that time.
2. AI I temperature control .systems shal I be checked out under operatingconditions with the actual operations verified and temperature readings takenaround each control point to provide the correct control function or operation.AI I damper functions shal I be simi larly verified. These facts shal I also beincluded with the required certificates.
3. Temperature control air piping buried in slabs shal I have a continuousair test on the piping whi Ie slabs are being poured.
2.4 ELECTRIC WIRING
A. AI I electric wiring in connection with the temperature control system shal I befurnished and instal led by this Contractor. Electric wiring shal I be furnishedand instal led in accordance with State, local and national electrical codes. Returnrelief fan-air handl ing unit interlocks wi I I be by the Electrical Contractor.Certain exhaust fans and power roof venti lators wi II be interlocked by ElectricalContractor where noted on electrical motor schedule.
B. The Temperature Control Contractor shall be responsible for wiring all controlcircuits through the "Auto" position of the "Hand-Oft-Auto" switch at the magneticsta rter.
C. The Control Contractor shal I furnish and instal I al I electric wiring for EPand PE switches and al I hardware that is a vital part of this control system.
2.5 DRAWINGS AND LAYOUT
A. Temperature Control Contractor shal I submit to the Architect/Engineer forapproval, shop drawings of the entire control system 120 days after the awardof the Contract for the mechanical portion of the work. Shop drawlngs~hal Ishow the interface work Involved with the Fire Management System specifiedunder Section 16900. Shop drawings shal I be submitted under the signature ofa Registered Engineer of the State of Minnesota.
2.6 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Upon completion of the work, the manufacturer shal I have a qualified representative fully acquainted with the installation to instruct the Owner's operatorin the fundamentals and operation of the system. This instruction period shal Inot be less than three (3) ful I working days. The manufacturer shal I also, uponcompletion and acceptance of the work, provide the Owner with three (3) type-
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-5
written and/or printed sets of operating and maintenance Instructions Includingsheets describing fundamentals of each system in the installation•. One (1) simi larset shal I be provided for the Architect/Engineer, al I sets being neatly clippedIn heavy mani la folders. . ~
B. The manufacturer shal I also mount one (1) set of charts consisting of completecontrol diagrams, wiring diagrams, etc., adjacent to the equipment in a conspicious location. Charts shal I be mounted in ~a.glass enclosed case.
C. When the system is completely instal led and proven to be In operating condition by the control manufacturer and ready for acceptance, the manufacturer shal Ifurnish to tbe Owner twelve (12) extra packaged gauges of the same type suppliedon the instruments in the equipment rooms. Also he shal I supply the Owner withtwelve (12) complete sets of instruments adjusting keys and any special wrenches,screwdrivers, or tools necessary for normal service of the same.
2.7 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE
A. The control system herein specified shal I be free from defects in workmanshipand material under normal use and service. If, within one year fr-om date ofacceptance by Owner, any equ i prnent or workmansh ip if found defect i ve, it sha i I·be replaced or repaired free of charge. The Contractor shal I provide al I serviceincidental to the proper performance of the control system under guarantee duringthis period. After completion of the installation, the Control Contractor shal Iregulate and adjust al I thermostats, valves, operators and other equipment provided under this contract.
2.8 CONTROL INSTRUMENTS AND EQUiPMENT
A. The fol lowing specifications are intended to set a minimum standard for theparticular device described.
B. Air Flow Control Dampers
1. The Temperature Control Contractor shal I furnish al I automatic control leddampers as indicated on the drawings.
2. AI I two-position control dampers shal I be sized from minimum pressure drop,at the specified duct size.
3. AI I damper blades shal J be of not less than 16 gauge galvanized steelformed for strength and high velocity performance. Blades on al I dampers mustbe of not over 8 inches in width. Blades shal I be secured to 1/2 inch diameterzinc plat~d axles by zinc plated bolts and nuts. AI I blade bearings shal I benylon. Blade side edges shal I seal off against spring stainless steel seals.Teflon coated thrust bearings shal I be provided at each end of every blade tominimize torque requirements and insure smooth operation. AI I blade linkage hardware shal I be constructed of corrosion resistant, zinc plated steel and brass.
4. Dampers shal I be suitable for operation within the fol lowing temperaturelimits: -400 to 2000 r. The control manufacturer shal I submit leakage and flowcharacteristics plus c size schedule for al I control led dampers. Al I controldampers shal I be of the paral leI blade design with closed cell neoprene edging.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
D. Sensors
C. Space Thermostats
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 15950-7
1. AI I temperature, humidity, and pressure sensors shal I be of the linearoutput type and be of a range compatible with !he sensed ~ariable of the specificappl ication. All sensors shall be factory calibrated, sealed and contain a tamperproof enclosure suiting the appl ication.
2. Electronic Space Ther~osta-rs: The sensing element of the space thermostatshall be a bobbin of wire whose electrical resistance is determined by temperature.Space thermostats shal I contain no movJng parts unless integral set-point adJ'ustments are specified.
1. They shall be of the proportional-positioning type wi-:-h adjustable thrott-I ing range. Pneumatic non--bleed thermostats shal'l be of the key operated type,internal stops and be capable of operating on a change in temperature of plus orminus 10 F at the thermostat location, Furnish two dozen keys with the installation. Thermostat finish shal I be as selected by Architect. stat located on outside wal I shal I be insulated to rrevent cold wal I influence. Covers shal I exposethe set P?int but conceal the thermometer. Guards shal I be provided on thermostats in equipment room. Submit guard for approval, Fully aspirating type pneumaticthermostats shal I be instal led in toi let rooms, vestibules, corridors and trafficareas.
IIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIIII
F. Humidistats
2. Controllers shal I be of the force-balanced type and provide corrosionresistant construction fcr high humidity service. Controllers shal I have integralgauge ports and be supplied with gauge tees.
1. Humidistats shal I uti lize nylon element humidity sensing. A temperaturecompensator shall be bui It-in to assure cal ibrai-i?n set point range 20% to 80%.
Humidistat Schedule
3. Averaging element temperature sensors shal I be supplied for mixed air,and ci; other sensing locations when stratification of temperature is likely.To pruvide adequate coverage average element shal I not be less than 15 feet andbe scr-pentined over the sensing area. ~.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2-101
Room No.
3-110
Supply Un i t tJ_<2..:...
S-IF
S-2F
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15950-8
1. AI I temperature, humidity, static pressure, dewpoint, etc., controllersshall be of the high capacity receiver controller, fully adjustable, direct orr'everse acting, t\""o-pipe non-bleed design capable of accepting one or two transmitter inputs with a separate third input port for local or remote control pointreadjustment, and adjustable proportional band, as specified.
2. Duct mounted or Immersion temperature sensors shal I have ranges of -40to 160 degrees F., 40 to 240 degrees F., -20 to 80 degrees F., for 3 to 15 psipressure change. Sensors shal I be of corrosion resistant construction, suitablefor o¥ :~ing on a vibrating surface and shall be remotely mounted.
3. Control lers sh~! I be designed and constructed for equipment room-use andshal I not be affected by ambient temperature and humidity. Where dual input controllersare required, the authority of the compensating sensor shal I be adjustable onlyat the controller. .
4. Immersion sensors shall be installed in stainless steel or copper werlspacked with a heat transfer compound, Honeywel I No. i4500430.
5. Static pressure sensors shal I be a range of 0 to 6 Inches water column,operate over a 2-lnch span, using a slack diaphragm sensing element, with forcebalance pneumatic feedback. Static pressure controllers specified for use insupply air branches on each floor shal I be Honeywel I or equal, PP-92 series with3" slack diaphragm and fixed throttling range. Static pressure controllersspecified for return air each floor shal I be Honeywel I or equal PP-904 serieswith 6" slack diaphragm and adjustable throttling range. Provide non-directionalstatic pressure head for outdoor sensor. For certain applications, as listed inthe specification, static pressure sensing and control shal I be incorporated I·nthe same Instrument. If so, this device shal I be direct or reverse acting witha range of 0-8" of water and an adjustable throttling range from 0.02 to 0.5"
.water and should be capable of being set to control static pressure as smal Ias 0.01" of water. See Drawing M-63 for Fan Schematic showing static pressurecontrols.E. Controllers
K. Unit Control Panels
I. Electronic Pneumatic Relays
G. Low Temperature Protection Thermostats
J. Relays and Switches
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-9.
Room No.
8--113
9-141
-3-106
6-139
Humidistat Schedule - continued
Supply Unit No.
S-3F
S-9F
S-7F
S-8F
Electronic-pneumatic relays shal I be completely transistorized and containedin unitized completely enclosed cabinets. Cabinet shal I contain terminal stripand al I pneumatic and electronic modulating pneumatic signal to operators.
1. AI I shal I be sized to operate their appropriate dampers or valves withsufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position actionas specified. When so specified in the sequence of operation or where more thantwo actuators are to be oper-ated in sequence to each other, provide position feedback positive positioners with adjustable start point and operating range. Construction shal I be piston-type operator, rol ling neoprene diaphragm and aluminum body.Operators of plastic type construction are not acceptable.
Relays of the positive and gradual-acting type and switches shal I be furnishedand instal led as required for the successful operation of the system. AI I switchesshall include suitable indicating plates. Positive positioning devices shall beuti I ized on al I operators where sequencing is specified.
3. The fol lowing equipment shal I be mounted fully within the panel: al Itemperature, humidity, and static pressur-e receiver controllers and other remoteappurtenances necessary to the temperature control system. They shal I be mountedin a manner that al I device adjustments shal I be accessible within the panel.The temperature indlcators (or thermometers) and switches shal I be visible onthe door and tagged with plastic labels.
2. Panel shal I be fabricated of minimum 14 gauge furniture steel totallyenclosed on al I fire sides. Provide with front hinged door 3nd key lock. Theentire panel shal I be shop painted with manufacturer's standard color. Panelshal I be label led as to service and unit control led.
1. Control panels with suitable brackets for either wall or floor mountingshal I be furnished and instal led for each supply fan system and specific miscellaneous control systems a~ indi¢ated. Panel shal I be located adjacent to systemsserved.
1. Shal I be the manual or automatic reset type (field adjustable) and shallhave sensing elements not less than 15 feet in length. The thermostat shal Ioperate in response to the coldest one foot length of the sensing element regardless of the temperature at other parts of the element.
H. Pneumatic Actuators
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
L. Control Valves:
1. Valves for reheat hot ''later service shall be 2-way gr-adual acting types.Valves shal I be suitable for use with 2100 F hot water and shal I be leakproof undera static head of 100 psi. Valves shal I have renewable composition discs andparabolic throttling guides. Valves shall have a shut-off rating of not lessthan 50 psi. Valves shal I be Honeywel I VP 514C or equal. Normally closed.
2. Three-way control valves and diverting valves shal I be Honeywel I VP 516mixing valve, or approved equal. Where this valve does not meet flow requirements,Honeywel I series 1600, or equal shal I be used. Valves shal I be suitable for service with 50% glycol/water system.
3. Valves for steam service, unless otherwise specified on coils, converters,heaters, etc., shal I be of the single seated, dead end service type, except thosespecified double seated. AI I valves shal I have linear characterized throttl ingplugs. Valves for sequence control shal I have positive positioning devices. AI Iother valves shal I be standard motor equipped. AI I steam valves shal I be sizedfrom 12 psi entering and 6 psi drop through valve. See Drawing Sheet M-61 forvalve capacity for each air handling unit, and number of valves required for each.
4.· Two way control valves for chi I led water service shal I be Honeywel I VP514Cand VP 514E, or equal normally closed. Valves shal I be suitable for use with35 degrees F. to 200 degree F. water. Where this valve does not meet flow requirements Honeywel I Series 9101, or equal, shal I be used. See Drawing ScheduleSheet for valve capacity of each air handling unit. AI I valves shal I havepositive positioning relays.
5. Al I valves located where it is not obviouS'what equipment the valvesserve shal I be tagged as described in Section 15120.
6. AI I control valves described under this section shal I have stainlesssteel stems and spring loaded self adjusting teflon packing.
7. Valves seats for al I vaives shal I be screwed into body and be replaceable.Seat material shal I be brass for screwed bodies and bronze for flanged bodies.
M. Gauges
1. There sha II be a rni n i mum of one gauge tee on a II branch lines from a IIcontrols. There shal I be sufficient gauges on main lines to indicate pressure inlocation of groups of controis. The gauges shal I be a standard produce of thecontrol manufacturer for measuring air line pressure.
N. Thermometers
1. Contractor wi I I furnish and instal I direct reading thermometers Honeywel IHW655, or equal, adjacent to each duct and water thermostat. Thermometers shal Ibe of the capi I lary type necessary to permit installation of the sensing bulbadjacent to the bulb of the controller thermostat.
2. If pneumatic transmission equipment is used, an indicating thermometerwi II be installed flush mounted on the face of cabinet in which the receiver controlleris located.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-10
IIIIIIIIIII·1IIIIIII
o. Air Flow Measuring Stations (A.F.M.S.)
3. Control instruments, devices, etc., shall be of industrial process controlquality capable of producing the outl ined performances.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-1 I
6. System static pressure transmitter shal I be capable of transmitting a linear3 to 15 PSIG (pneumatic), output signal proportional to the duct static pressureinput signals produced by the air flow measuring station:
Not greater than three times the velocity pressure at maximum flowrate, nor more than 12 times the velocity pressure at minimum flowrate.+1.5% of output span.Less than 0.2% of~output span.
Accuracy:Dead Band:
3. The discharge air duct from each air handl ing unit shul I be provided witha direct reading thermometer. The return air, mixed air and fresh air ducts foreach air handl ing system shal I also be provided with direct reading thermometers,also the leaving side of all unit heating and cooling coi Is, and heat recoverycoi Is.
Span:
5. Velocity pressure transmitter or transducer shal I be capable of transmittinga linear 3 to 15 PSIG (pneumatic), signal proportional to the velocity (differential) pressure input signals produced by the air flow measuring station, with thefol lowing minimum performance and appl ication criteria:
1. Flow measuring stations for both the supply and return ducts wll I be provi ded by th is Contractor and i nsta II ed by sheet meta I contrac-ror and sha II beAir Monitor, or Air Sentinel, or approved equal. See drawings for AFMS locationsand duct size. See Drawing M-63 for Fan System Schematic and AFM's locationsand controls.
2. With air flow synchronization, the air flow rates of a supply duct or fan and~ return duct or fan are sensed at air flow measuring stations located in or atthe respective ducts or fans. Each set of velocity sensing signals is sent to itsrespective yelocity pressure transmitter or transducer. These signals are ampl 1fled with control signals and sent to a dual input controller which compares onesignal with the other signals and based upon a programmed relationship betweenthe signals, issues control signals to a damper operator to re-position fanblades to maintain a constant relationship between the two air volumes.
The velocity pressure transmitter or transducer shal I be permanently mounted inthe air flow control panel unless othendise indicated. Each transmitter shal Ibe provided with instruments (pressure gauges) to indicate the magnitude of theoutput signal In both the medium of the signal (PSIG) and the percentage of ful Ioutput signal.
4. Air flow control systems shal I include al I transmitters, transducers, controllers, relays, and al I control devices required to maintain the air flow conditions detai led. Control devices shal I be connected up complete so as to performthe functions indicated and operate in the required sequence. Air volume andvelocity meters, control pressure indicating gauges, and al I other necessary accessories shall be included. Air flow control equipment, including control panels,shal I be furnished by a subcontractor who is regularly engaged in the installationof temperature control equipment and systems. Air flow control systems shall .beof the pneumatic type.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
The controller shall be capabl~ of receiving dual pneumatic signals.
AI I control instruments, devices, relays, etc., shal I be contained within thecabinet.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-/2
AI I indicating air volume and velocity, static pressure, air fi Iter meters, controlpressure gauges, etc., shal I be flush mounted in the cabinet door and shal I be visiblewith the door closed.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
as to service and unit servedEach individual cabinet shal Ihandle and key locking means
to.5% of flow at any measurable input signal levelNot detectable or measurableWithin 0.05% of output spanLess than o. 1% of spanLess than 0.01 second for ful I span inputAdjustable scaling factor, 0.3 to 2.8
Not greater than two times the static pressure at maximum flowrate.+2% of output span.Less than 0.5% of output span.Within 0.5% of output span.
AI I wiring and tubing connections to control Instruments, devices, etc., shal I bemade inside the cabinet. External ports shall be pr-ovided at the top or side ofthe control cabinet for the connection or entry of control tubing or wiring.
8. Indicating meters shal I be provided for direct readout of air volume andvelocity. A dry type differential gauge with scale calibrated in CFM and FPM shal Ibe provided for each air flow measuring station, and shal I be flush mounted in thedoor of the air flow control center. Each meter shal I be calibrated to an accuracyof 1% of span. Simi lar type meters, reading in inches of water, shal I be providedwhere required to indicate system static pressure and air filter resistance.
Pressure gauges for indication of pneumatic control instrument output signalsshal I be a minimum of 3t" and flush mounted in the door of the air flow controlcenter. The gauges shal I be dual scaled in a 3 to 15 PSIG and 0 to 100% range.
7. Furnish and instal I a square root extractor which shal I have an integral multiplier and shal I be capable of converting a pneumatic velocity pressure transmitteroutput signal into a 3 to 15 PSIG control signal proportional, linear, and scaledto air volume within the following minimum performance and appl ication criteria:
Accuracy:Dead Bank:Repeatabi I ity:
Span:
The static pressure transmitter or transducer shal I be permanently mounted in theair flO\'I control panel unless otherwise indicated. Each transmitter shall beprovided with instruments (pressure gauges) to indicate the magnitude of the output signal in both the medium of the signal~(PSIG) a8d the percentage of ful i output signal.
9. Metal cabinets for wal I nDunting suitably label ledshall be provided for mounting the control equipment.be provided with a hinged front access door with latchand be constructed of steel not I ighter than 14 gause.
Accuracy:Hysteresis:Repeatab iii ty:Dead Band:
-Response:Multipl ier:
I
!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
10. Each control center shall be provided wi-rh un individual pressure regulatorto maintain the control air pressure at a constant level. A fi Iter-dryer shal I beprovided after the regulator to prevent any moisture, oi I, dust particles, etc.,from reaching the control instruments in the event of a fai lure in the main controlair processing system.
2.9 SEQUENCES OF CONTROL
A. Supply Unit S-lF and Return-Exhaust RE-1F (Floors I through 5)
1. "Normal Mode"
a) This system includes a bui It-up supply air unit with outdoor and returnair dampers, steam heating coi I with integral face and bypass dampers, chi I ledwater coi I, and steam grid humidifier, and a return air fan with exhaust air dampers.The supply and return-exhaust fans wi I I be interlocked by the Electrical Contractor.Both supply and return-exhaust fans are in-I ine vaneaxial fans with variable pitch- .vanes.
b) On supply fan shutdown, the outside and the exhaust dampers wi I I closeand the return air damper open. On fai lure of the pneumatic system or electricalfailure, the exhaust and outside air dampers wi I I close and return air damper openand the fan shal I shut down. Control of the supply fan shal I be by means of anH-O-A switch located in the motor control center in respective equipment room withappropriate interlocks.
c) Upon fan startup, a solenoid air valve wi I I be energized, placing theoutside, the return and the exhaust damper under control of an adjustable minimumpositioning switch located at the central control panel. This switch wi I I be locatedinside of the panel and wi I I be equipped with a dial indicating 0 to 100% positionof the outside air damper. An indicating gauge wi I I offer feed-back to the switchshowing the exact position of the damper motor at at I times.
d) The minimum amount of outdoor air supplied by units S-1F is 43% at 100%supply air capacity. The minimum outside air quantity provided by this unit shal Ibe held constant throughout the varying range of supply air capacity by the use ofa Honeywel I CP980/RP980 Velocltrol Velocity Sensor. This device, in conjunction withnecessary relays and selectors, shal I modulate outside and return air dampers asrequired to maintain this minimum outside air quantity.
e) An enthalpy logic center wi I I control the positioning of the fresh andreturn air dampers such that the least cool ing load wil I be introduced to the system.The logic center wi I I receive signals from outside air temperature and humiditytransmitters and return air temperature and humidity transmitters. Should the totalheat content of the outside air exceed that of the return air, the dampers wll I beplaced under control of the minimum positioning switch. If the total heat of thereturn air exceeds that of the outside air, the dampers wi I I be placed under controlof a discharge air controller (set at 5~OF) capable of positioning the outdoor airdamper from minimum outside air position to ful I open position.
f) When the outdoor air temperature Is above 58°F, (an Indication thatartificial cooling wi I I be available from the central chi I ler plant), the steamheating col I valve and the humidifier valve shal I positively close. The dischargeair controller shal I modulate a two way chi I led water control valve to maintaindischarge air temperature (chi I led water valve capacity shal I be as scheduled onthe drawing with a 6 (six) foot water pressure drop.)
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-13
g) When the outdoor air temperature is below 580 F, the chli led water twoway control valve shal I be closed. The discharge air controller shal I modulate thesteam heat i ng co i I contro I' va Ive and darGper operator to ma inta in discharge a I rtemperature, and the unit steam humidifier shal I be operable.
h) A sensor located In the mixed air acting through its controller shal Ifully open the steam coi I valve when mixed air fal Is below 35°. Steam valve capacityshall be shown on supply fan scheduleon the~drawings with an 8 psi pressure drop.See Drawing supply unit schedule for ~umber ~rid size of steam valves.
. .I) The set point of the discharge control lar shal I be re-set between 58
and 65 degrees by that room thermostat located in the space served by the unitwhich Is requiring the maximum amount of cool ing, providing its reheat coi I, Ifany, is fully closed. The necessary high pressure cumulators required toaccomplish this sequence wi I I be furnished and Instal led by this contractor and wi I Ibe located In the unit control panel. See Article 2.8.C for a schedule of thekey room thermostats wh ich wi I I, In effect, be contro I ling the discha rge a Irtemperature from this unit.
j) The unit steam humidifier shal I be control led by a space humidistatset at 20%, located as shown in Article 2.8.F herein, which shal I open a normallyclosed manifold jacket steam valve. A normally open temperature sensing switchfurnished by the humidifier manufacturer and wired by this Contractor shal Iactuate an EP switch which shal I open an air relay activating the air control lineto the normally closed pneumatic humidifier valve. The humidistat shal I thenmodulate the humidifier control valve. AI I humidifier valves shal I close onfan shut down. The manifold jacket pneumatic steam valve capacity shal I be asrecommended by the humidifier manufacturer. The pneumatic humidifier valve wi I Ibe furnished as part of the humidifier. A remote duct mounted humidistat <70%R.H.) located In supply fan discharge shal I act'as a high I imlt overriding theroom humidistat by closing the humidifier control valve if the relative humidityin fan discharge rises above 70%. This humidistat shal I be adjustable from areceiver controller located In the control panel. Indication shal I be providedon the face of the control panel showing both the return and discharge air relativehumidities.
k) A safety low limit stat (45 degrees F.), located In the supply fandischarge shal I stop the supply fan If discharge temperature drops below 45degrees F. except In the "Emergency" mode of operation.
I) System static discrlmator stations shal I be located In each riserof the supply ductwork. See Floor Plans for location. The riser requiringthe highest static pressure wil I control the supply fan inlet blade operator(supplied by fan manufacturer). Duct air flow measuring stations (A.F.M.S.) shal Ibe mounted in the unit supply fan discharge and return fan inlet or outlet asshown on the drawings. Return fan Inlet blade operator (suppl ied by fan manufacturer) wll I be reset from supply air flew to maIntain a predetermineddifferential. Control instruments associated with this air measuring equipmentshal I be of Industrial process control quality and be capable of producing theoutlined performances.
m) When the supply unit is started up (morning) and the outdoor air Isbelow 58°F (heating cycle) a warm-up cycle shal I be Initiated. If return airtemperature does not exceed 68°F, discharge air controller wi I I control at 90°Fsetpoint, outside air dampers wi I I remain closed, fan inlet vanes wi I J permit
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15950-14
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
ful I air flow and al I variable volume boxes wi I I be In the ful I open position.When return air temperature rises above its set point, the supply unit andvariable volume boxes wi I I return to their normal mode of operation as describedabove.
2. "Eme rgen cy Mode"
a) On emergency r~de initiation from fire management system, an EP switchsupplied by temperature control contractor and wired by Electrical Contractor, andlocated in supply unit local panel shal I open unit outside air and exhaust airdampers and close return air dampers.
b) Low temperature protection thermostat wi I I be inactive.
c> Discharge al r controller continues to function and control either heating(below 580 F outside air temperature) or cool ing (above 580 F outside air temperature)with outdoor air damper open 100%.
d) A s~oke sensor suppl led by Electrical Contractor located in the supplyair discharge of the supply unit wi I I be wired by the Electrical Contractor toshut down the supply unit on smoke sense. Temperature Control Contractor shal Ibe responsible for closing the return air damper at this time.
B. Individual Floor Pressure Control
1. "Normal Mode"
a) Individual static pressure controllers wi II be located 2.!l each floo.!:.inside the mechanical core containing the return duct riser with its high pressuretap sensing static pressure in a representative interior space and low pressuretap referenced to outs ide air. Contro I Iers will modu Iate norma II y open motor izedreturn air dampers in main return duct branches o~ each floor, as shown on drawings,in order to maintain space at sl ightly positive pressure.
b) Similarly, duct static pressure controllers located in mechanical corecontaini,ng supply duct riser referenced to outside air wi II modulate normally closedsupply damp~s~ each floor to maintain setpoint. A static pressure senor shal Ibe located at the farthest point of each sUPPlY branch duct.
2. "Emergency Mode"
a) On emergency ~de initiation from fire management system al I fire floorreturn air dampers wil I open; the supply duct dampers on the fire floor wil I close,and the supply duct dampers on the floor above and below the fire floor wi I I fullyopen. The return air dampers on floor above and below fire floor shall c~Jose.
b) Provide two (2) ·EP s~itches Der floor located in core F7 and one (I)EP switch located in the basement mechanical equipment room to accomplish theabove sequence. These EP's wi I I be mounted by the Temperature Control Contractorand wired by the Electrical Contractor.
C. Supply Unit S-2F and Return-Exhaust RE-2F (Floors I through 5)
I. "Normal Mode" control of this unit and Its Interlocked return-exhaustfan shall be the Identical system as d0scrlb~d for supply Unit S-IF and return-
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-15
"
I. "Normal Mode"
exhaust RE-IF, except minimum outside air admitted to the unit shal I be 35%.
D. Supply Unit S-3F and Return-Exhaust RE-3F (Third Floor and Electrical Cores)
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Is below 58°F, the chi I ledThe discharge air controllervalve and damper operatorunit steam humidifier shat I
g) A sensor located In the mixed air acting through Its control fershal I fur Iy open the steam col I valve when mixed air fal Is below 35°. Stea~
valve capacity shal I be shown on supply fan schedule on the drawings with
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15950-16
f) When the outdoor air temperaturewater two-way control valve shal I be closed.shal I modulate the steam heating coi I controlto maintain discharge air temperature and thebe operable.
2. "Emergency Mode" of this unit and Its Interlocked return-exhaustfan shal I be Identical to that described for Supply Unit S-IF and ReturnExhaust RE-IF.
- "a) This system Includes a bui It-up supply air unit with outdoor
and return air dampers, steam heating coi I with Integral face and bypassdampers, chi I led water col I, steam grid humidifier, and a return air fan withexhaust air dampers. The supply and return-exhaust fans wi I I be interlockedby the Electrical Contractor. The supply fan is an In-line vaneaxial fanwith variable pitch vanes. The return-exhaust fan is a constant volumevaneaxlal fan. The supply fan Is a constant volume unit under "NormalMode" of operation.
e) When the outdoor air temperature is above 58°F, (an Indicationthat ar"tlficlal cooling wi II be avai lable from the central chiller plant),the steam heating col I valve and the humidifier valve shal I positively close.The 9ischarge air controller shall modulate a two-way chilled water controlvalve to maintain discharge air temperature (chi I led water valve capacityshal I be as scheduled on the drawing with a six (6) foot water pressure drop).
d) This supply air unit Is a 24-hour unit supplying make-up airfor fume hood exhaust. The unit supplies a constant 54% outside air withthe remainder of the air returnIng from electrical cores also beingserved by this unit. This unit has no economizer cycle.
c) Upon fan start-up, a solenoid air valve wi I I be energized,placing the outside, the return and the exhaust damper under control ofan adjustable minimum posltlonong switch located at the central controlpanel. This switch wll I be located inside of the panel and wi I I beequipped with a dial indicating 0 to 100% position of the outside airdamper. 'An indicating gauge wi I I offer feed-back to the switch showingthe exact position of the damper motor at al I times.
b) On supply fan shutdown, the outside and the exhaust dampers wi I Iclose and the return air damper open. On fal lure of the pneumatic syste~
or electrical fai lure, the exhaust and outside air dampers wi I I close andreturn air damper open and the fan shal I shut down. Control of the supplyfan shal I be by means of an H-O-A switch located In the motor control centerin respective equipment room with appropriate Interlocks.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
an 8 psi pressure drop. Dee drawing supply unit schedule for number and sizeof steam valves.
h) The set point of the discharge controller shal I be re-setbetween 58 and 65 degrees by that room thermostat located In the spaceserved by the unit which Is requiring the maximum amount of cool lng,providing Its reheat coi I (If any) is fully closed. The necessary highpressure cumulators required to accompl Ish this sequence wll I be furnishedand Instal led by this contractor and wi I I be located In the unit controlpanel. See Article 2.8.c for a schedule of the key room thermostats whichwil I, In effect, be control ling the discharge air temperature from this unit.
I) The unit steam humidifier shal I be control led by a space humidistatset at 20%, located as shown In Article 2.8.F herein, which shal I op~n anormally closed manifold jacket steam valve. A normally open temperaturesensing switch furnished by the humidifier manufacturer and wired by thisContractor shal I actuate an EP switch which shal I open an air relay activatingthe air control line to the normally closed pneumatic humidifier valve.The humidistat shal I then modulate the humidifier control valve. AI I humid!fiervalves shal I close on fan shut down. The manifold jacket pneumatic steamvalve capacity shal I be as recommended by the humidifier manufacturer. Thepneumatic humidifier valve wi I I be furnished as part of the humidifier. Aremote duct mounted humidistat (70% R.H.) located In supply fan dischargeshal I act as a high I imit overriding the room humidistat by closing thehumidifier control valve If the relative humidity In fan discharge risesabove 70%. This humidistat shal I be adjustable from a receiver control larlocated In the contro I pane I. Ind leat ion sha II be prov ided on the face ofthe control panel showing both the return and discharge air relative humidities.
j) A safety low I imlt stat (45 degrees F) located in the supplyfan discharge shal I stop the supply fan if discharge temperature dropsbelow 45 degrees F. except in the "Emergency Mode" of operation.
2. "Emergency Mode"
a) On emergency mode initiation from fire management system, anEP switch suppl ied by Temperature Control Contractor and wired by ElectricalContractor, and located in supply unit local panel shal I open unit outsideair and exhaust air dampers and close return air dampers.
b) Low temperature protection thermostat wi I I be Inactive.
c) Discharge air controller continues to function and control eitherheating (below 58°F outside air temperature) or cooling (above 58°F outsideair temperature).
d) A smoke sensor suppl led by Electrical Contractor located Inthe supply air discharge of the supply unit wi I I be wired by the ElectricalContractor to shut down the supply unit on smoke sense. Temperature ControlContractor shal I be responsible for closing the return air damper at thistime.
e) On "Emergency Mode" Initiation from Fire ~'anagement Systemal I fire floor supply dampers shal I close. A static pressure controllerwith its sensor located In the maIn supply riser of this system shal Icontrol the supply fan Inlet valve operator (suppl ied by fan manufacturer)to maintain system static pressure at reduced air volume.
<
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-17
E. Supply Unit S-4F and Return-Exhaust RE-4F (Basement Mechanical Room)
I. "Normal Mode"
a) This system Includes a built-up supply air unit with outdoor and returnair dampers, steam heating col I with Integral face and bypass dampers, chi I led watercol I, and a return air fan with exhaust air dampers. The supply and return-exhaustfans wll I be Interlocked by the Electrical Contracior.
b) On supply fan shutdown, ;the outsfde and the exhaust dampers willclose and the return air damper open. On fal lure of the pneumatic system orelectrical failure, the exhaust and outside air dampers wi I I close and returnair damper~pen and the fan shal I shut down. Control of the supply fan shal I beby means of an H-O-A switch located in the motor control center In respectiveequipment room with appropriate Interlocks.
c) This unit shal I be control led by an outside air changeover statand a dual temperature space thermostat.
d) Below 58°F outside temperature the chit led water control valveshal I be closed. The room thermostat through a low I imit discharge sensorcontroller shal I modulate outside, return and exhaust air dampers and unitheating col I valve and face and bypass dampers in sequence to maintain 65°Froom temperature.
e) A low limit thermostat with Its sensing element located in thedischarge of the supply fan shal I shut down the unit at temperatures below45°F.
f) Above 58°F outside temperature, the heating col I valve wi I I beclosed. The room thermostat wi I I sequence the outside, return, and exhaustair dampers to maintain 85° setpolnt. Above 85° outside air temperature,outside air dampers shal I close and mechanical cooling only shal I be usedto maintain space temperatures.
2. "Emergency Mode"
a) On emergency mode initiation from Fire Management System (onIndication of a fire In the Mechanical Room) an EP switch suppl led byTemperature Control Contractor and wired by Electrical Contractor and tocatedin supply unit local panel shal I shut down the supply unit. The return-exhaustfan shal I continue to run with the return damper closed and the exhaust damperopen.
b) On emergency mode Initiation from Fire Management System onIndication of fire on the floor above the Mechanical Room or the interiorelectrical vault, a second E.P. switch supplied by Temperature ControlContractor and wired by Electrical Contractor and located In supply unit localpanel shal I shut down the return-e>(haust fan. The supply fan shal I continueto run with the return damper and the exhaust damper closed to pressurizethe Mechanical Floor. At this time the low temperature protection thermostatwit I be Inactive.
c) The unit shal I continue to function and control either heating(below 58°F outside air temperature) or cooling (above 58°F outside airtemperature) with outdoor air damper open 100%.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-18
IIIIII.IIIIIIIIIIIII
I. "Normal Mode"
I. "Normal Mode"
F. Supply Unit S-5F (Stair Pressurization)
G. Supply Unit S-6F and Return-Exhaust RE-5F (Electrical Vault)
A smoke sensor suppl ied by Electrical Contractor located in thedischarge of the supply unit wi I I be wired by the Electricalto shut down the supply unit on smoke sense. Temperature Controlshal I be responsible for closing the return air damper at this
a) This system Includes a bul It-up supply air unit with outdoor airdampers and steam heating coi I with integral face and bypass dampers. Alsoincluded in this system are weighted gravity rei lef dampers at the tops ofboth the stairways and the elevator hoistway. Under normal conditions thisunit shal I be Off and its outside air dampers closed along with shaft gravitytel ief dampers-.--
2. "Emergency Mode"..
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-19
c) A discharge air control ter set at 55°F shal I modulate the steamheating coil and face and bypass damper to maintain this temperature.
d) A sensor located In the mixed air acting through its control larwi I I fully open the steam col I valve when mixed air fal Is below 35°F.
c) This unit shal I be control led by an outside air changeover statand a dual temperature space thermostat.
d)
supply airContractorContractortime.
b) Supply unit shal I pressurize the stalrwel I and elevator holstwayto .15" static pressure with gravity rei ief dampers opening at this pressure.
a) On emergency mode initiation from Fire Management System, an EPswitch suppl ied by Temperature Control Contractor and wired by ElectricalContractor, and located in supply unit local panel shal I start supply unitand open its outside air damper.
d) Below 58°F outside temperature the chi I led water control valveshal I be closed. The room thermostat through a low I imit discharge sensorcontroller shal I modulate outside, return and exhaust air dampers In sequence
a) This system Includes a package supply air unit with integral coolIng coil and a factory built mixing box with outside air and return air dampers.Also included in this system is a return-exhaust fan with exhaust air dampers.The supply and return exhaust fans wi I I be interlocked by the ElectricalContractor.
b) On supply fan shutdown, the outside and the exhaust dampers wil Iclose and the return air damper open. On fai lure of the pneumatic system orelectrical failure, the exhaust "and outside air dampers wi I I close and~return
air damper open and the fan shal I shut down. Control of the supply fan shal Ibe by means of an H-O-A switch located in the motor control center In respectiveequipment room with appropriate Interlocks.
IIIIII,"IIIIIIIIIIII
to maintain 65°F room temperature.
e) A low lim It t:hermostat with. Its sens Ing element located In thedischarge of the supply fan shal I shut down the unit at temperatures below45°F.
f) Above 58°F outside temperatures, the room thermostat wi I I sequencethe outside, return, and exhaust air dampers to maintain 85° setpolnt. Above85°F outside air temperature, outside air d~mpers shal I close and mechanicalcoo ling on Iy sha I I be used to ma i ntaJ n space' temperatul~es.
, <
2. "Emergency Mode"
a» On emergency mode Initiation from Fire Management System (anIndication of a fire In the Electrical Transformer Vault) an E.P. switchsupplied by Temperature Control Contractor and wired by Electrical Contractor,and located In supply unit local panel, shal I shut down the supply unit. Thereturn-exhaust fan shal I continue to run with the return damper closed andthe exhaust damper open.
b) A smoke sensor supplied by the Electrical Contractor locatedIn the supply air discharge of the supply unit wi I I be wired by the ElectricalContractor to shut down the supply unit on smoke sense. Temperature ControlContractor shal I be responsible for closing the return air damper at thistime.
H. Supply Unit S-7F and Return-EXhaust RE-6F (Floors 6 and 7)
I. "Normal Mode" control of this unit and Its interlocked return-exhaustfan shal I be the Identical syste~ as described for Supply Unit S-IF andReturn-Exhaust RE-IF, except minimum outside air admitted to the unit shal Ibe 18%.
2. "Emergency Mode" of this unit and its Interlocked return-exhaustfan shal I be Identical to that described for Supply Unit S-IF and Return-EXhaustRE-IF.
I. Supply Unit S-8F and Return-Exhaust RE-7F (Floors 8 and 9)
I. "Normal Mode"
a) This system includes a bui It-up supply. air unit with outdoor andreturn air dampers, steam heating coi I with Integral face and bypass dampers,chi I led water col I, and steam grid humidifier, and a return air fan withexhaust air dampers. The supply and return-exhaust fans wi I I be interlockedby the Electrical Contractor. The supply and return-exhaust fans are In-linevaneaxlal fans with variable pitch vanes.
b) On supply fan shutdown, the outside and the exhaust dampers wi I Iclose and the return air damper open. On fal lure of the pneumatic system orelectrical fal lure, the exhaust and outside air dampers wll I close and returnair damper open and the fan shal I shut down. Control of the supply fan shal Ibe by means of an H-O-A switch located In the motor control center Inrespective equipment room with appropriate Interlocks.
c) Upon supply fan start-up the outside and return air dampers shal Iopen to the ful I open position and ~he exhaust damper shal I be closed.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN /5950-20
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-21
k) The return fan Inlet vane operator (suppl ied by fan manufacturer)shal I be control led from a duct static pressure sensor/controller In the
I) A safety low limit stat (45 degrees F.), located In the supplyfan discharge shal I stop the supply fan If discharge temperature drops below45 degrees F. except In the "Emergency Mode" :of operation.
e) When the outdoor air temperature Is below 58°F, the chi I led watertwo-way control valve shal I be closed. The discharge air controller shal Imodulate the steam heating col I control valve and damper operator to maintaindischarge air temperature, and the unit steam humidifier shal I be operable.
located In each riserThe riser requiringcondition (anInlet vane operator
located In the mixed air acting throught Its controllersteam coil valve when mixed air fal Is below 35°F. Steambe shown on supply fan schedule on the drawings with anSee drawing supply unit schedule for number and size
d) When the outdoor air temperature Is above 58°F (an Indication thatartificial cooling wi I I be available from the central chi I ler plant) the steamheating coi I valve and the humidifier valve shal I positively close. The discharge air controller shal I modulate a two-way chi I led water control valve tomaintain discharge air temperature (chi I led water valve capacity shal I be asscheduled on the drawing with a six (6) foot water pressure drop).
h) The unit steam humidifier shal I be control led by a space humidistatset at 30%, located as shown in Article 2.8.F herein, which shel I open a normallyclosed manifold jacket steam valve. A normally open temperature sensingswitch furnished by the humidifier manufacturer and wired by this Contractorshal I actuate an EP switch which shal I open an air relay activating the aircontrol line to the normally closed pneumatic humidifier valve. The humidistatshal I then modulate the humidifier control valve. AI I humidifier valves shal Iclose on fan shut down. The manifold jacket pneumatic steam valve capacityshal I be as recommended by the humidifier manufacturer. The pneumatichumidifier valve wi I I be furnished as part of the humidifier. A remote ductmounted humidistat (70% R.H.) located in supply fan discharge shal I act asa high I imlt overriding the room humidistat by closing the humidifier controlvalve if the relative humidity in fan discharge rises above 70%. This humidistat shal I be adjustable from a receiver controller located In the controlpanel. Indication shall be provided on the face of the control panel showingboth the return and discharge air relative humidities.
f) A sensorshal I fully open thevalve capacity shal I8 psi pressure drop.of steam valves.
g) The set point of the discharge controller shal I be re-set between58 and 65 degrees by that room thermostat located in the space served by theunited which is requiring the maximum amount of cool ing, providing Its reheatcoi I (If any) is fully closed. The necessary high pressure cumulators requiredto accompl ish this sequence wi I I be furnished and instal led by this contractorand wi I I be located In the unit control panel. See Article 2.8.C for a scheduleof the key room thermostats which wi I I, in effect, be control I ing the dischargeair temperature from this unit.
j) . System static dlscrlmat6r.statlons shal I beof the supply ductwork. See Floor Plans for location.the greatest air volume to maintain its static pressureIndication of most cooling) will control the supply fan(supplied by fan manufacturer).
IIIIII,"IIIIIIIIIIII
I. "Norma I ~10dG"
b) Low temperature protection thermostat wll I be Inactive.
2. "Emergency Mode"
J. Supply Unit S-9F and Exhaust E-IF (Animal Area - Floor 9)
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
A smoke sensor supplied by Electrical Contractor located in thedischarge of the supply unit wi I I be wired by the Electricalto shut down the supply unit on smoke sense. Temperature Controlshal I be responsible for closing the return air damper at this
d) When the outdoor air temperature Is below 58°F, the chi I led watertwo-way control valve shal I be closed. The discharge air controller shal Imodulate the steam heating col I control valve and damper operator to maintaindischarge air temperature, and the unit steam humidifier shal I be operable.
b) On supply fan shutdown, the outside air dampers shal I close. Onfai lure of the pneumatic system or electrical fai lure, the exhaust and outsideair dampers shal I close and the fans shal I shut down. Control of the supplyfan shal I be by means of an H-O-A switch located in the motor control centerin respective equipment room with appropriate Interlocks.
e) A sensor located In the mixed air acting through Its controllershal I fully open the steam col I valve when mixed air fai Is below 35°F. Steamvalve capacity shal I be as shown on supply fan schedule on the drawings with
c) Discharge air control led continues to function and control eitherheating (below 58°F outside air temperature) or cooling (above 48°F outsideair temperature).
c) When the outdoor air temperature Is above 58°F (an indication thatartificial cool ing wi I I be avai lable from the central chi I ler plant) the steamheating coil valve and the humidifier valve shal I positively close. Thedischarge air controller shal I modulate a two-way chi I led water control valveto maintain discharge air temperature (chi I led water valve capacity shal I beas scheduled on the drawings with a six (6) foot water pressure drop).
a) This system Includes a built-up supply air unit with outdoor airdampers, steam heating coi I with Integral face and bypass dampers, chi I ledwater coi I, and steam grid humidifier, and an exhaust air fan with exhaustair dampers. The supply fan wi I I be interlocked with the exhaust fan by theElectrical Contractor.
d)
supply airContractorContractortime.
. ,
a) On emergency mode initiation from Fire Management System,'an EPswitch supplied by Temperature Control Contractor and wired by ElectricalContractor, and located In supply unit local panel; shal I open unit outsideair and exhaust air dampers and close return air da~pers.
return air riser ductwork. This duct riser wi I I be affected by the operqtlon ofmotorized dampers on return air branches on each floor control led from staticpressure controllers In VAV Office spaces served by this unit. See also Article2.8.C herein. Control Instruments associated with this air measuring equipmentshal I be of Industrial process control quality and be c9pable of producing theoutl ined performances.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN /5950-22
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
an 8 psi pressure drop. See drawing supply unit schedule for number and size ofsteam valves.
f) The unit steam humidifier shal I be control led by a space humidistatset at 50%, located as shown in Article 2.8.F herein, which shal I open a normallyclosed manifold jacket steam valve. A normally open temperature sensing switchfurnished by the humidifier manufacturer and wired by this Contractor shal Iactuate an EP switch which shal I open an air relay activating the air controlI ine to the normally closed pneumatic humidifier valve. The humidistat shal Ithen modulate the humidifier control valve. AI I humidifier valves shal I closeon fan shut down. The manifold jacket pneumatic steam valve capacity shal I beas recommended by the humidifier manufacturer. The pneumatic humidifier valvewil I be furnished as part of the humidifier. A remote duct mounted humidistat(70% R.H.) located In supply fan discharge shal I act as a high I imlt ove~ridlngthe room humidistat by closing the humidifier control valve if the relativehumidity In fan discharge rises above 70%. This humidistat shal I be adjustablefrom a rece iver contro II er located in the contro I pane I. I nd Icat ion sha II beprovided oQ the face of the control panel showing both the return and dischargeair relative humidities.
g) A safety low limit stat (45 degrees F.) located in the supplyfan discharge shal I stop the supply fan If discharge temperature drops below45 degrees F. except In the "Emergency Mode" of operation.
2. "Emergency Mode"
a) On emergency mode Initiation from Fire Management System, unitshal I continue to run with outside air damper open 100%.
b) Low temperature protection thermostat wi I I be inactive.
c) Discharge air control led continues to function and control eitherheating (below 58°F outside air tmperature) or cooling (above 58°F outsideair temperature).
. d) A smoke sensor suppl ied by Electrical Contractor located in thesupply air discharge of the supply unit wi I I be wired by the Electrical Contractorto shut down the supply unit on smoke sense. Temperature Control Contractor shal Ibe responsible for closing the return air damper at this time.
K. Supply Unit S-IOF and Return-Exhaust RE-8F (10th Floor Mechanical Room)
I. "Normal Mode" control of this unit and Its Interlocked return-exhaustfan shal I be the identical system as described for Supply Unit S-4F and ReturnExhaust RE-4F.
2. "Emergency Mode" of thTs unit and its'interlocked return-exhaust fanshal I be identical to that described for Supply Unit S-4F and Return-ExhaustRE-4F with the exception that on emergency mode Initiation from Fire ManagementSystem on Indiction of fire on the floor below the Mechanical Room, the returnexhaust shal I shut down.
L. Supply Unit S-I IF and Return-Exhaust RE-9F (Elevator Equipment Room)
I. "Normal Mode"
AJ This system includes a factory bui It supply air unit and mixing box
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-23
with outdoor and return air dampers and an integral steam heating col I, chi I ledwater col I and a return air fan with e~haust air dampers.
b) The "Normal Mode" control of this unit and Its Interlocked returnexhaust fan shal I be the identical system as described for Unit S-4F andRE-4F.
2. "Emergency Mode"
a) The "Emergency Nide" control of this unit and its interlockedreturn-exhaust fan shall be the Identical. system as described for Unit S-4Fand RE-4F with the exception that no Fire Management System Initiation wi I Ioccur from a fire located on the floor below the Elevator Equipment Room.
M. Supply Unit S-12F (Emergency Generator and Fire Pump Combustion Air)
I. "Norma I t~ode"
a) This system includes a factory package supply air unit andmixing box with outdoor and return air dampers. Under normal conditionsthis unit shal I be Off and its outside air damper closed.
2. :'Emergency Mode"
a) This supply unit shal I be Interlocked with the emergency generatorand the fire pump (by the Electrical Contractor) so that its start up can becoordinated with the start-up of either of those units.
b) The outdoor air and return air damper motors shal I be electrictype wired from emergency power to open on supply unit start-up. Wiringby Temperature control Contractor. The outdoor air damper shal I positionto al low 45% outside air under al I system operating conditions.
c) On supply unit shut down the outside air damper shal I close.On electrical fai lure of the emergency circuit, the outside air dampershal I close and the unit shut down.
N. Central Heat-Cool-Auto" Switches
I. A central "Heat-Cool-Auto" switch shal I be provided for eachMechanical Equipment Room. This switch shal I be located In the MechanicalRoom served and shal I be provided with capability 'of future remote controlcapabll ity from the Unit "A" basement "Data Center".
2. In the "Auto" position of this switch, the outside air changeoverspecified under each supply unit control sequence shal I be functional.
3. In the "Heat" position of this 3-position switch the chi I led watertwo-way control valves shal I be closed with al I heating and humidifIcationequipment operative. (Typical for al I supply air systems In the MechanicalEquipment Room served.)
4. In the "Cool" position of this 3-positlon switch, the steam heating col Iand humidifer valves shal I positively close with the cool ing coil valvesremaining operative. (Typical for al I supply aIr systems In the MechanicalEquipment Room served.)
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-24
IIIIII
"
IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
O. Room Control Sequences for Air Terminal Boxes and Reheat Col Is
I. Rooms with variable air volume terminal box: Room stat shall positionnormally open; pneumatic damper motor on air terminal box to hold room atstat setting. On warm-up cycle, variable volume control unit dampers shal Ifully open. On completion of warm up, boxes wi I I return to control by roomthermostat. In "Emergency Mode" control unit dampers will fully open on thefloors on which pressurization is desired.
2. Rooms with Fume Hoods shal I have two-position air terminal boxeswith integral reheat coi I: Room stat shal I position a normally closedhot water reheat col I valve to hold room at stat setting. Valve capacitiesshal I be based upon quantities as tabulated on tho drawings. Valve pressuredrop shal I be 7 feet, maximum. The two-position air damper shal I be Inter-
. locked with the corresponding exhaust fan and shal I be independent of theroom thermostat: The air terminal boxes wil I be furnished with two dischargeair quantity capabl I itles. When the exhaust hood fan In that respective roomIs on high-speed, the boxes wi I I discharge 100% of capacity. When theexhaust fan Is switched to low speed (50% air quantity), an EP switch shallposition a pneumatic damper on the terminal boxes to reduce the air dischargecapacity to the low speed fume hood air quantity plus any constant volumeexhaust and minus any transfer air so as to maintain an air balance In theroom. The EP switch shal I be provided and wired by this Contractor at thefume hood.
3. All air '~erminal boxes with integral reheat coi Is in rooms withoutexhaust hoods shal I discharge at a constant 100% of noted air capacity. Roomstat shal I position a normally closed hot water reheat coi I valve to holdroom at stat setting. Valve capacity shal I be based upon quantities astabulated on the drawings. Valve pressure drop shal I be 7 feet, maximum.
4. AI I reheat col Is in ductwork shal I discharge at a constant 100% ofnoted air capacity. Room stat shal I position a normally closed hot waterreheat coil valve to hold room at stat setting. Valve capacities shal Ibe based upon quantities as tabulated on the drawings. Valve pressure dropshal I be 7 feet, maximum.
5. Rooms with reheat coi Is In ductwork and air terminal boxes withIntegral reheat col Is and fume hoods:
a) Room 1-114. When the fume hood fan Is on high speed, the airterminal box shal I discharge noted 975 CFM capacity. When the exhaust fanis switched to low speed (50% air quantity) box shal I discharge 560 CFM.Remainder of Temperature Control sequence shal I be the same as paragraph#2. Reheat coil shal I supply 100% of its noted capacity at al I times 1forday or night cycle make-up al~ for low speed of fume hood). Reheat col Isequence shal I be the same as paragraph #4.
b) Rooms 3-105 and 3-106. Same as Room 1-114 except box shal Idischarge at noted capacity at maximum position and shut off when fumehood fan Is on low speed.
c) Room 3-101. (4 Fume Hoods on 2 Fume Hood Fans). Air terminalbox shal I have 3 positions: When both fume hood fans are on high speed,the air terminal box shal I discharge noted 2430 CFM capacity. Wheneither fume hood fan Is switched to low speed (50% air quantity) box shal I
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-25
discharge 930 CFM. When both fume hood fans are switched to low speed (50%air quantity per fan) box shal I shut off. Remainder of Temperature Controlsequence shal I be the same as paragrap~ #2. Reheat col I shal I supply 100%of Its noted capacity at"al 1 times (for day or night cycle make-up air for towspeed of fume hoods). Reheat col I sequence shal I be the same as paragraph #4.
d) Room 3-114. Same as Room 3-101, except box shal I discharge atnoted capacity of 2345 CFM at maximum position and 1000 CFM when one fanIs switched to low speed.
P. Greenhouse Temperature Control
I. Th~s system Is typical for each of two greenhouse units; the TemperateRoom #103 and the Tropical Room #104.
2. The typical system includes perimeter hot water radiation, fan col Iunits with integral chi I led water coi I and hot water heating coi I, a highsldewal I propeller exhaust with backdraft dampers, and motorized Inlet airwall louvers. The wall louvers and electric motor and propeller exhaustwil I be provided by Greenhouse manufacturer.
3. A manual 3-position switch shal I be provided with positions for"Summer-Venti latlon-Winter."
4. In the "Winter" position of the 3-posltlon switch the mechanicalcooling equipment shal I be Inoperative. A room thermostat (set at 60°F)shal I sequence a control valve on perimeter radiation and on fan coi I tomaintain space temperature. An aquastat on the coi I outlet of each fancol I shal I cycle the blower motor.
5. A high I imlt space sensor/controller (set at 85°F In TemperateRoom and 90°F in Tropical Room) shal I operate propeller exhaust and openmotorized Inlet louver to maintain space temperature. Necessary PE switchesand transducers shal I be provided to accompl Ish the above pneumatic controlsequence.
6. In the "Summer" position of the 3-posltion switch, the heating equipmentshal I be Inoperative. The high limit space sensor shal I operate the motorizedinlet louvers and propeller exhaust to maintain space temperature at the setpoint. If the space temperature continues to increase such that mechanicalcooling Is needed, the propeller exhaust shal I shut down and the inlet dampershal I close. (This mechanical cooling override shal I be activated only inthe "Surnmer" switch position.) .
7. The high I imit space sensor shal I at this point cycle the fan col Iblower and sequence the motorized 3-way valves on the fan col I chll led watercol I to maintain space temperatures. The control valves shal I be suppl iedby Temperature Control Contractor for Installation In the fan coi I unit bythe Mechanical Contractor.
8. In the "Vent I Iat Ion" pos It Ion of the 3-pos It Ion sw itch, both theheating and the mechanical cool ing equipment shal I be Inoperative. Thehigh limit space sensor shal I operate the motorized Inlet louvers andpropeller exhaust fan to maintain space temperature at the set point.
9. Any metal components uti I Ized In the Greenhouse control sequence
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-26
IIIII1,IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
shal I be provided In plastic or non-rusting enclosures.
10. AI I temperature controllers and thermostats shal I be field adjustablewith plastic cover with adjustment, temperature"set indication and roomtemperature Indication on the unit face.
Q. Fire Management Interface
I. See Electrical Section 16900 for performance of this system. See alsoDrawing M-63 for fan system schematics show fire condition.
2. Core F-7 shal I contain a pneumatic control riser which Is activatedunder a fire condition by an EP switch (by this Contractor) In the BasementMechanical Room. Two EP switches (by this Contractor) shal I be providedon this main at each of Floors I through 9. These EP switches shal I becapable of control ling al I supply or al I return dampers on a given floor In aful I open or ful I closed position. See also Article 2.8.B this Section.One EP swiTch shal I be provided on this main at the basement level forsimi far control of the two supply dampers (normally open) serving ElectricalCores F-3 and F-IO. See Article 2.8.D this Section.
3. Under normal operating conditions al I supply and return dampers onFloors I through 9 with modulate according to signals from static pressurecontrollers. AI I EP switches wi I I be wired by Electrical Contractor.AI I penumatic piping to supply and return dampers shal I be by this Contractor.
4. The Fire Condition Pneumatic Riser shal I also control the twomotorized smoke relief dampers (normally closed) In the Elevator Penthouse,see Drawing M-63. Through an EP switch (by this Contractor) in thePenthouse. The EP switch wll I be wired by Electrical Contractor.
R. Air Flow Indicators
I. Furnish and Instal I pressure differential switches in al I fume hoodexhaust systems. Fume hoods wi I I operate continuously on either high or lowspeed of fan motor. This Contractor shal! be responsible for the devicesoperating satisfactori Iy with the pressure differentials within the ductsystems. Low speed constitutes unsafe conditions and low flow should shutoff indicator light. AI I Indicator lights are furnished with the fume hoods.AI I wiring between PE switch and Indicator lights by Electrical Contractor.This Contractor shal I locate the PE switch within one (I) foot of where thefume hood exhaust duct penetrates the cei I ings or as shown on plans.
S. Exhaust Fans
I. The fume hood fans wi I~I operate 24 hours on a continuous operationand therefore wi I I have no automatic temperature control. AI I other exhaustfans shal I have a motorized damper connected to open when the exhaust fansare running and close when the exhaus~ fans are shut down.
T. Radiation System (Hot Water)
I. Self-contained valves wi I I be suppl led and Instal led by MechanicalContractor on Types C and D radiation.
2. Other radiation types shal I be control led by pneumatic valves and<
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-27
thermostats by Temperature Control Contractor. SBe drawings for stat andvalve locations.
U. Radiant Cei ling Panel (Hot Water)
I. Each radiant heating panel zone as indicated on the drawings shal I becontrol led by a space thermostat and a three way control valve.
y. Cabinet Unit Heaters (Hot Water)
1. Control of the cabinet unit heaters:shal I be,by means ofa pneumatic'spacethermostat and an aquastat. Aquastat shal I be mounted at the coi I outlet. Thespace thermostat shal I open and close a two (2) pos'ition valve to maintain spacetemperature. The aquastats shal I cycle the fan. Wiring by temperature control.
W. Convectors (Hot Water)
1. A pneumatic space thermostat shal I modulate a control valve to maintain spacetemperature.
X. Reheat System Converter Control
1. Pumps shall be manually operated by H-O-A switch located in the motorcontrol center in basement equipment room and run continuously.
2. An outside air thermostat, located to be shielded from the sun and othersources of radiation, shal I reset a submaster discharge aquastat which shal I, inturn, control a modulating steam valve on the steam supply I ine to the convertor.As the outside air temperature varies from 55 degrees F. to 95 degrees F., the watertemperature shal I be reset from 195 degrees F. to 138 degrees F. Range and resetratio shal I be adjustable. The aquastat shal I be located a minimum distance offive (5) feet downstream from the converters. Steam valves for each convertershal I be Honeywel I Industrial Type Series 8105, cage type, with gradutrol positioner,iron body 125 flange, single seated. Valves shal I be sized for steam capacity aslisted in schedule in Section 15165 with 12 psi entering and 8 psi drop.
3. Control of water flow in the reheat system.shal I be by means of a differentialpressure controller, Honeywel I PP903A, or equal, modulating a Honeywel I Series 9101,or equal, normally closed, pneumatic valve at pump discharge, to throttle the waterfloW. Differential pressure controller shal I be located on the system ~iping whereshown on drawings. Pressure regulating valve shal I be sized with 8 foot pressuredrop.
y. Radiation System Converter Control
1. Hydronic pump P-8F shal I be control led by an adjustable outdoorthermostat located to be shielded from the sun to start pump whet)
temperature is 60 degrees F. or less and stop' when temperature rises above 65degrees F. Control of the radiation convertor shal I be by direct acting dual inputreceiver controller. Primary sensor shal I be located in convertor discharge water.secondary sensor shal I be located in outdoor air and shal I reset leaving watertemperature from 1000 F at 650 F outdoors to 195°F at -20°F outdoors. Receiver contro I Ier sha I I rnodu Iate a norma I IY open onelth i rd, twolth i rds steam va Ive comb inat ion.Stearn valve shal I be positively closed when pump is off. Valves shal I be sizedfor ,-equired steam capacity ...lith 12 psi entering and 6 psi drop.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-28
IIIIIIIIJIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. Control of water flow In the radiation systems shal I be by means of ()differential pressure controller, Honeywel I PP903A, or equal, modulating a Honeywel ISeries 9101, or equal, normally closed, pneumatic valve at pump discharge, tothrottle the water flow. Differential pressure controller shal I be located on thesystem piping where shown on drawings. Pressure regulating valve shal I be sizedwith 8 foot pressure drop.
Z. Cage Washer
I. Room 9-131 has a canopy hood tied Into the animal exhaust system. Theroom Is also served by a separate exhaust to be used when the cage washer Is Inoperation. Provide a motorized damper In caopy hood exhaust duct.
2. When the cage washer fan E-2F Is In operation, the motorized dampershal I close. When the cage washer exhaust fan Is off, motorized exhaust damperslia I I open.
AA. Special_Reheat Col I Control Rooms (Constant Volume)
I. The rooms listed below shal I have electronic thermostats and electronicpneumatic transducers to control constant volume control unit and pneumaticreheat valves in I leu of standard pneumatic thermostat. The rooms shal I becontrol led to within + I degree F., with adjustable settings between 65 degreesF. to 80 degrees F. -
2. Schedule:
Room Numbers
8-1348-113 Instrument Room8-131 Micro-work room8-132 Micro-work room8-133 Constant Temperature Lab8-135 Clean Room8-136 Transfer Room9-102 Instrument Lab9-124 Instrument Lab8-1378-123
BB. Domestic and Laboratory Water Heater Control
1. Furnish and Instal I air lines to the valves specified In Section 15220for each domestic and laboratory>water heater. The air supply line pressureshal I not be less than 18 psig.:
CC Refrigeration Machine Control
1. This Contractor shal I furnish and Instal I an air supply line to each refrigeration machine as specified and furnished in Section 15900. The air supply linepressure shal I not be less than 30 psig.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-29
DQ Secondary Chi I led Water Pume Controls
1. An Industrial pneumatic differential pressure transmitter shal I sensepressure difference in supply and return chi lied water lines at top points indicatedon plans. The transmitter shal I transfer the signal to a pressure current converterwhich wi I I interface directly to the SCR variable speed pump controller. Thepump control Ie wi I I be provided by the Electrical Contractor.
EE. tligb Pressure Control Air Supply<
1. A high pressure (90 psi) control air supply main shal I be furnished andinstalled wi~h reducing stations as required for the fol lowing:
a) Double Acting Butterfly valve actuators are supplied and Instal ledunder Section 15900 on chi I led water and condenser water inlets to the absorption machine. Pipe air to valve locations. Valve control sequence by Mechanical
Contractor under Section 15900.
b) A 50 psi control air supply main shal I be furnished and instal ledwith reducing stations as required for vane axial fan vane operators.
FF. Humidity and Temperatute Ihdltat6r(AnlmaIR66ms)
I. In each animal room and where "G" symbol Is shown on the drawings,supply and Install a humidity and temperature indicator. Indicator shall beAbbeon Certified Hygrometer Model No. HTAB-169 with accuracy within 2% plusor minus. The 5" diameter dial face shal I include temperature indicationand be complete wIth stainless steel non-corrosive metal case.
GG. Venti lation of Core F-I I
I. Certain fume hood exhaust fans are located In an enclosed room at thetop of Core F-I I. The venti latlon of this core is as fol lows:
a) A room thermostat (with insulated base) shal I, on a rise Intemperature above the thermostat setpoint open a motorized damper behindan inlet louver to the room. At this time motorized exhaust damer shal Iopen and propeller exhaust PF-I shal I start.
b) On a drop in temperature below the thermostat setpoint, thereverse sequence shal I occur.
3.0 FUTURE CENTRAL IZAT ION
A. The control systems as described in these specifications shal I be fully compatible for integration into a central data center. AI I controls shal I be chosenso that they wi I I not have to be changed when the future connection is accomplished.
B. Provisions shal I be made in the form of resistance or thermocouple, capped teesand shut-off valves, etc., to provide the fol lowing indication as scheduled.
C. Insertion wells shall be Honeywell 14500430 for future Insertion of sensorscompatible with Honeywel I Delta 2000 system.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15950-30
IIIIIIIIJIIIIIIIIII
Mixed Air (where applicable) Tic
Re I at I veflurn I dI ty RH
Hi ILo CPA
CPAUM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 15950-31
Alarm
PISS
Control
Flow switches (I iquid)
CPA
Remote control pointadjust. provided onControllers.
Provide auxi liarycontacts
1/2" tee (liquid)
Provide auxi liarycontacts
vlork Requ I re<!
I mme rs ion We I I s(Liquid)
x
FA
FLT
CPA
x
P/DN
RH
LO
LL
HI
FLT
RI
FA
PI
T/C
SS.
pISS
RI
T/C
T/C
T/C
Symbol
Indication
Freeze At arm
Supply Fan
1. Supply Unit
Def t nitlons
Fi I.-rer Alarm (2 thus),
8. High Alarm
Ou-rsldeAlr
Air Leaving Preheat60il
5. Run Indication
Discharge Air
6. Flow Alarm (liquid or air)
7. Fi Ifer Alarm
9. Low Alarm
3. Temperature Indication
1. start-Stop Control
4. Pressure Indication
2. Programmed Start Stop of Day NightControl.
Schedule of Remote Inputs:
14. Programmed Day-Night Control
13. Liquid Level
10. Control Point Adjustment (Reset)
11. Relative Humidity Indication
12. Other Alarms, as stated
E. All supply air units:
D.IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IF. Converters :;-
1. Reheat System IConvertor Indication Alarm Control
Floors 1 through 9 I:
Supply Water TIc CPA.-. ICirculating Pumps.. . FA
EXPANS ION TANKS LL I2. Radiation System
IConvertor Indication Alarm Control--Floors 1 through 9
ISupply water TIC CPA
Circulating Pumps FA IEXPANSION TANKS LL
G. Chi Ilers IChi Iler Iindication and alarm RI X
Chi lied Water Supp Iy I2 each TIC HilLo CPA
Chi lied water return
I2 each TIC CPA
Condenser water supply. 2 each TIC Lo I
Condenser water return2 each TIC HI IPri mary Ch i I Ied WaterPump RI FA
ISecondary Chilled WaterPump RI FA SS
Condenser Water Pump RI FA ISecondary Chi I fed Water
ILoops (2 each) TIC
Steam Inlet to Chi Iler PI
UM HEALTH SCIENCES IPIN 15950- 32
I
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 15950-33
I. Furnish and Install Honeywell #W655, or equal, round dial, 3-1/2"diameter remote bulb thermometer. Thermometer shal I have sulta!:lle operatingranges and shal I be Instal led so as to be conveniently read in the fol lowinglocations on the supply air units.
a) Outside air intake of Units S-IF through S-12F.
.,'.'
5S
Control
LL
HIILo
HIILo
Alarm
RI
RI
TiC
Tic
TiC
Indication
b) Mixed air stream on al I units except S-12F.
Elevator Pit
c) After heat recovery coil of unit S-9F.
d) Supply air discharge of al I units.
AI I overhang floor spaces
Fume Hoods (32 thus)
Control led EnvironmentalRooms (10 thus)
Domestic Booster WaterPumps (3 thus)
Hot water Heaters(6 thus)
I. Miscellaneous
J. Thermometers
H. Sump Alarms(Basement Equipment Room)
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
q
I. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15100.
2.2 SERVICE PROGRAM
2. Hot Water Heating System: Section 15650.
UM HEALTH SCIENCES.p/N 15990-1
CHEMICAL TREATMENT
1.1 SCOPE
SECTION 15990
B. Work under this section includes the furnishing of aJ I equipment, materialsand performing al I labor necessary to connect the chemical treatment systemand other related equipment.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
PART I: GENERAL
A. The contractor shal I provide one year s'upply of chemicals for the abovesystem. All chemical furnished shall meet the Minnesota Pollution ControlAgency Standards.
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I-General Requirements and Section 15010General Provisions - Mechanical, apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid andpost-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methods and otherconditions.
E. The water treatment chemical and service suppl ier shal I be a recognizedspecial ist, active in the field of industrial water treatment, whose businessis in the field of water treatment, and shal I have water analysis laboratories,development faci I ities and service department.
D. Equipment specified is based on Mogul Chemical Company water treatmentdata. Similar equipment as manufactured by Mitco, Walco, Norman andDearborn Company are approved equal. Al I equipment provided shall be asingle water treatment company fo~ individual responsibil ity on serviceand equipment.
A. Feeding Equipment: Furnish and instal I as shown on the drawing. Continuousby-pass feeders of 2-1/2 gal Ion c~pacity for radiation system and for reheatsystem. The feeder shal I be suppl ied with fil I and drain valves, fil ling funnelgauge glass fittings and gauge glass, gauge glass float, flow regulator valve,flow indicator, and miscellaneous fittings for connection of fil I and drainaccessories. Design operating pressure shal I be 125 psig maximum. ~
PA~T 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 HYDRONIC SYSTEMS CHEMICAL FEEDERS
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
THE ARCHITECTS COLLABORATIVE, INC. Cambrl·dge, Massachusetts
CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS FORUNIT F - PHARMACY AND NURSING FACILITY •
Clinton N. HewittAssistant Vice President for Physical Planning University of Minnesota
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA - MINNEAPOLIS CAMPUSHEALTH SCIENCES EXPANSIONPROJECT NOS: MINN. BHRD-HP-5C-063
BHRD-NU-5C-077
Minneapolis, Minnesota55414
• 1
Paul E. KopietzDirector of Engineering and Construction University of Minnesota
Paul J. MaupinHealth Sciences Planning University of Minnesota
As to Electr-ica I Eng Inee"rl ng: " ::: ,.I hereby certify that thElse plans, spe'Clficatlons or reports wereprepared by me or under my direct supervision, and that 1 am aProfess lona IEng~~fMln~esota.
Date: August 15, 1978 Reg. No. 9112
HEALTH SCIENCES ARCHITECTS &ENGINEERS, INC.University Park Plaza - Suite 7042829 University Avenue Southeast(612) 378-3833
IIIIIII-IIIIIIIIIIII
1.3 PERMITS AND LICENSES
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
1. 4 INSPECT ION
B. Provisions of this section apply to al I work of the Electrical Contractor.
GENERAL PROVISIONS - ELECTRICAL
I. I SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16010-1
A. The installation shal I be made in a neat and workman I ike manner b¥ personslicensed and ski I led in.the trade and shal I be done under the supervision of amaster electrician licensed to do work In the State of Minnesota.
A. Conditions of contract and Divl·sion I - General Requirements, apply to allwork of this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipmentfor requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substituteproducts, methods and other conditions.
B. All electrical work or wiring 'a"ccompllshed on University of Minnesota propertyshal I be inspected by a University Efectrical Inspector. The electrical contractorshal I fl Ie a University of Minnesota Request for Electrical Inspection. The requestforms are avai lable from the Engineering and Construction Division of the PhysicalPlanning Department and wi I I normally be given to the Electrical Contractor at apre-construction meeting.
PART t: GENERAL
A. The entire installation shal I meet at I requirements of the 1978 NationalElectrical Code (NFPA 70) and al I State and local regulations as they may apply.Standards of the fol lowing associations or organizations shal I be fol lowed andapplied where appllccble as minimum requirements.
(UL) Underwriters Laboratories(IEEE) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(NEMA) National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NFPA) National Fire Protection Association(NBFU) National Board of Fire Underwriters(EEl) Edison Electric Institute(IPCEA) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association(ASTM) American Society for Testing and Materials,(OSHA) Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
National Electric Safety Code (Handbook H30) of theNational Bureau of Standards
(ANSI) American National Standards Institute
B. The rules and regulations of the University of Minnesota Physical Planningand Development Department shal I be checked and complied with where appl icable.
SECTION 116010
A. AI I licenses shal I be secured and paid for by this Contractor before actualwork is started and he shal I observe any requirements stipulated thereon.The University wi I I obtain required permits from the State and Municipality.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
1.5 GUARANTEES AND TESTS
F. AI I requirements of the latest Minnesota State Sui Iding Code applicable toelectrical instal lations wi I I be enforced.
LIM HFALTH SCIENCESPIN 16010-2
D. Requests for electrical Inspection wil I give the phone number to cal I for al IInspections required by the Office of Electrical Inspection. A request for finalInspection shal I be made within 48 hours cif,project completion.
IIIIII.tIIIIIIIIIIII
for the project wi II ~be assigr)sd to the Request for inspectionA permit application wi I I be made ~nd fee paid to theOfficial by the appropriate University departments and wi I I notresponsibi I ity. .
E. A permit numberby the University.University Sui Idingbe the contractor's
C. No project consisting of electrical work or wiring shal I be Instal led untl Ia request Is on fl led w!th the Englne~rlng and Construction Division, ElectricalInspection Office. The Electrical Contractor sha! I retain a copy of the request,which has been signed by the University Electrical Inspector.·
A. All wiring shall be tested for opens, shorts and grounds with megger equipmentprior to acceptance. Contractor shal I be responsible for proper instal latloh ofal I items In this Contract and shal I remedy, free of charge, any defects inmaterials and workmanship and repair al I damage resulting therefrom in accordancewith provisions of the General conditions. Provide testing of materials, equipmentand Instal lations as specified below.
1. In addition to the tests required under industry standards, the Contractorshal I inspect and test al Imaterials and equipment as specified herein. Acceptanceof the work by the University shal I be contingent upon satisfactory completion ofthese tests.
3. AI I tests shal I be scheduled at least 48 hours In advance with theUniversity Electrical Construction Superintendent and Engineer and shal~ beconducted In his presence. AI I results shal I be tabulated neatly and legibly onstandard test forms by the Contractor. The ·test reports shai I include the pertinentreadings or observations, a description of the method used and list of the equipmentemployed. Test reports shal I include al I pertinent data as to fai lures orabnormal readings, the cause If determined, and corrective measures taken. In al Icases of test fal lure, the Contractor shal I demonstrate that corrective measuresproposed are adequate before making repairs, adjustments, or replacement.
2. AI I portions of the work shal I be subjected to a careful and thorough visualInspection to detect, Insofar as possible, any erroneous or loose connections,damaged components, presence of foreign objects or materials, poor workmanship,Incorrect ratings of overcurrent protective devices, or other abnormal conditions.Instrument and operational tests set forth herein shal I be made after such visualInspection. AI I instruments, safety equipment and other devices, as wei I ascompetent personnel req~ired for making the tests, shal I be furnished by theContractor. Instruments shal I be of types specifically designed for the tests andmethods prescribed, and shal I be certified or demonstrated to be accurate withinreasonable limits. Persons assigned to such testing shal I be faml liar with theprocedures, equipment, and precautions required. In the event that the Contractorfal Is to demonstrate reasonabl~ compl iance with these provisions, the Engineermay require that any or al I of the tests be performed and certified by a recognizedtesting laboratory, the cost thereof being borne by the Contractor.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Test reports shall be submitted to the University (two copies); and Engineer(one copy) within 24 hours after completion of the test. One additionalcopy of each test report shal I be submitted to each "Maintenance andOperating Instructional Manual".
4. AI I Instrument and operational tests set forth herein shall be made afterequipment and cable Installation but prior to the energizing of the primarydistribution system (except otherwise where noted). The fol lowing tests shal I beconducted:
a. Phase Rotation Tests:
1) Care shal I be taken to assure that the same campus distributionsystem phase relationship exists between services on either side of tie switches.Checks shal I be made to assure these phase relations are correct.
b. Ground Tests:
1) A ground test shal I be conducted for main service and substation room,as specified herein and as specified in Section 16220. At existing primaryswitchgear room In Unit A, the ground grid need not be tested.
2) The ground test shal I be conducted with a Biddie "Megger EarthTester", or Associated Research "Vibroground", using a 3-terminal connection,fall-of-potentlal method, for measuring the earth's resistance.
c. Ducter Test (Low Resistance Ohmmeter):
1) A ducter' test shall be performed across each phase of all primaryswitches and primary fuse holders.
2) A ducter test shal I be conducted on al I secondary switches andbreakers rated 200 amp. or largers.
d. Transformer Tests:
1) Primary and secondary winding insulation resistance shal I be .measured with a Biddle "Megger" or A-R "Meg-Chek".
2) Dielectric test on insulating I Iquid of each transformer.The first tests shal I be made just prior to energizing the primaries. The secondtest shal I be made after the secondary has been loaded for 48 hours.
3) Check and record the I iquid level In each transformer.
4) Prior to connecting the transformer toithe secondary distributionsystem In each vault, a voltage reading shal I be taken and recorded. Voltage readingshal I be phase to phase and phase to ground. The transformer taps shal~1 be set asdirected by the Owner. The voltmeter shal I have a ful I scale accuracy of ± 3%.
~) After the transformers have h~d their primaries energized for 24 hoursand prior to secondary loading, the I iquld and winding temperatures shal I berecorded. After transformers have had a secondary load applied for 48 hours, the newtemperatures shal I be recorded.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16010-3
IIIIIItIIIIII
Continuity check.
Feeder and busway (600 volts or less) shal I have the fol lowing tests:
2)
e.
The fol lowing tests and adjustments~shal I be made after energizing:5.
1) Insulation test, phase to phase and phase to ground with a500 volt D.C. megger.
a. Any undue heating or other departure from normal operation shal I bereported to the Engineer.
c. Demonstrate accuracy and operation of al I permanently connected metersand metering equipment.
a. Demonstrate proper functIoning, of lighting equipment, controls; andthe existence of correct rotation. '
c. In any case where the instal led equipment cannot be repaired and/orcorrected to obtain correct test results, the Contractor shal I replace and re-testthe equipment and/or cable as directed by the Engineer.
B. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions covering ~uarantees,
this Contractor shal I reimburse the University for switching costs in connection withrepair of the faulty part or parts, the cost of temporary services associated therewith'land for the costs which the University may incur inthe location of such faulty partor parts.
d. Properly coordinate and set overcurrent devices. Should any operatingcondition be encountered which would require abnormal or unsafe settings of protectivedevices of any sort, this fact shal I be immediately brought to the attention ,of theEngineer.
6. In al I cases where tests indicate fal lure or abnormal results, the finalcorrective measure shal I be as directed by the Engineer. AI I corrective measuresrequired and any replacement of damaged equipment and/or cablB shal I be by theContractor at no additional expense to the University.
b. Any equipment involved in fault conditions during intial energlzationshal I be repaired or replaced.
b. Determine the load balance and total load on each secondary feeder.(Tabulate and submit three copies to Engineer).
C. Specific equipment warranties different than o~e year shal I take precedence.Specific tests beside those mentioned above shal I be performed as required In othersections of these specifications.
D. Incandescent lamps are excluded from the provisions of guarantees, but they shal Inot be Instal led unti I final completion of the project to replace the temporaryincandescent lamps used for construction lighting.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16010-4
IIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
1.6 DIMENSIONS AND CORRELATION
A. For the purpose of clearness and leglbi I Ity fhe drawings are essentiallydiagrammatic and are Intended to indicate size, ~apacity and location but notexact detai Is or arrangements of construction. It is the intent of the electricalccnstruction drawings to indicate branch circuit conduit layouts. These conduitlayouts shal I not be combined by the· Contractor to reduce branch circuit conduithome runs to panelboards or other distribution equipment. These conduit layoutsshal I be uti I ized by the Contractor for only the wiring Indicated on the drawing.Other wiring shal I be provided with sepafate conduit except that motor powerand control wiring may be combined within the same conduit system whereacceptable by the NEC. Architectural, mechanical and structural drawingsshal I be examined so that al I detai Is of the project are understood and workprocedures known before bid and installation. Exact locations and detai Isshal I be obtained from dimensioned drawings but shal I not take precedence overfield dimensions.
B. Miscel I~neous equipment (pul I boxes, junction boxes, fittings and expansionjoints) necessary to complete the work satisfactori Iy shal I be furnished and Instal ledeven though not specifically shown on plans.
C. This contractor shal I cooperate with other contractors for proper anchorage,placement and accompl ishing of all work. In general, plumbing and ventilating linesare laid out first. Interference between the work of the various contractors shal Ibe resolved before installation. In the event of confl ict of space requirementsor location with other trades, he shal I refer the matter to the University fordecision.
1.7 CUTT ING, PATCH ING AND DEMOL IT ION
A. This contractor shal I be responsible for al I necessary cutting and patchingrequired In connection with his work and where necessary because of removal or changeof existing work. Cutting of structural members and finished surfaces shal I not be .al lowed without permission from the Architect or Structural Engineer. These cuttingand patching requirements wi I I be modified only if general construction specificationsand drawings specifically and clearly state that certain or al I portions of samerequired for each of the various trades is to be performed by the General Contractor.Refer to Section 01910.
B. This Contractor shal I remove existing electrical conduits, wires fixtures, boxes,and wiring devices from the existing Unit A to accompl ish the work as shown on theplans. Light fixtures and electrical equipment not shown to be reused shal I beturned over to the University and al I other conduit, wire boxes, etc. shal I be removedfrom the site by the Contractor. Abandoned conduit in cel lings, wal Is ~nd floor slabshal I be cut off below new finish I ine to al low new finish surface to be applied.Contractor shal I verify that circuits or wiring removed do not interrupt serviceof any kind beyond remodeled area. If necessary, Contractor shal I re-route conduitand wire to maintain services to areas peyond the remodeled spaces.
C. The Electrical Contractor shal I repaint al I areas where he has performed cuttingand patching at rooms, spaces or locations that are not repainted under the GeneralContract. Generally these wi Ilbe locations where no demolition, cutting andpatching is performed by the General Contractor.
D. Contractor shal I carefully review the Contract Documents for al I other contractorswith respect to coordination of the demol ition, removal and remodel ing work. Cuttingand patching to expQse and remodel existing mechanical or electrical systems shal Inot be construed as the work of another unless specifically cal led for on
U~1 HEALTH SC IENCESPIN 16010-5
another Contractor's documents.
E. Refer to Sections 01910, 04200, 09100 and 09900 for execution and requirementsfor patching and painting'and comply with applicabie provisions ~s to materialsand workmanship.
1.8 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
III
A. AI I existing electrical materials and equipment are to be removod by this contractorland shal I remain the property of the University unless indicated otherwise by theUniversity.
1. General description, if cable, description to include size, type, andlength of cable(s).
C. ~r.y removed materials and equipment to be-delivered to the University shal I bedelivered to the fol lowing address:
2. Del ivery shai I be made to the Como Yard during regular worKIng hours or asthe University may direct. The Como Yard has personnel and equipment to handle thematerial delivered to the Yard.
1. AI I materials and equipment del ivered or returned to Como Storage Yard shal Ibe in the same condition it was prior to being removed from project sites or ComoStorage Yard.
r"emove waste and rubb ish and ma inta In order.of debris and unused construction materials01010 and 01700 and comply with appl icable
Location removed from.
Date removed.
Contractor's name.
EXCAV,A,T ING
IIIIII
AI I removed materials and equipment shal I be tagged with the fol lowing Information: II
IIIIIIII
3.
2.
4.
University of MinnesotaComo Yard3009 Como Avenue SoutheastMinneapolis, Minnesota 55414
1.10 CLEANING
1.9
A. The Contractor shal I periodicallyPremises shal I be left clean and freebefore acceptance. Refer to Sectionsprovisions.
A. Contractor shal I do al I trenching, excavating ~nd backfi I I ing required forhis work. Any street, sidewalks, curb or paved area repairs necessary because ofElectrical Contractor's work shal I be his responsibi lity. Refer to General Conditions,Section 02200 and Section 02400 for requirements of trenching, excavating, backfl I I,and compaction; comply with applicable provisions.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16010-6
D.
B. Removed.materials and equipment that the University no longer wishes to retainshal I become the property of the Contractor, and he shal I dispose of it off theUniversity of Minnesota's property at no additional cost to the University.
1.11 PAINTING AND LABELING
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 16010-7
5. Plastic imprinted adhesive labels (Dymo Tape) wi I I not be acceptableexcept for Item (3).
B. Provide typewritten card index with plastic cover describing circuits in eachpanel board.
'.'.'
1.12 QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
B. AI I electrical materials, equipment and apparatus including I ight fixtures and lampsshal I be thoroughly cleaned, to ba free of dust, dir-r, rust and foreign materialsbefore acceptance.
B. AI Imaterials and finishes shal I be adequately protected during construction,from moisture, temperature extremes and physical abuse. AI I materials shal I beassembled In a workman I Ike manner in accordance with current recommended standard
A. AI I equipment furnished under this Contract shal I be factory finished and paintedor galvanized. Any marred finishes on this equipment shal I be painted to match asa responsibility of this Contractor.
E. Provide engraved identification for switch and 't,iring device plates (Section 16310)and flush mounted motor controls where shown on plans. AI I engraving shal I be sizedas large as possible and shal I be paint fi I led, black is standard; use red for emergency.For motor controls engrave on 3/8" black-white-black plastic laminate.
C. For transformer and primary switchroom doors provide permanent standardporcelainized, 9" x 12" "DANGER,HIGH VOLTAGE" signs.
D. Provide engraved 1/8" black-white-black laminated bakel ite or plastic labelssecurely fastened with screws or escutcheon pins to identify electrical equipmentas follows:
A. AI I materials shal I be new, free from defects and shal I be I isted by, or bearthe Underwriter's label where subject to such approval. Materials shal I be of thesame manufacture or brand for each type of material unless designated otherwise.
1. Panelboard name, and voltage fastened on inside of hinged door.
2. Distribution switcrboard name on the front and individual distributionswitches or breakers. Blank plates shall be provided for "spare" s'tlitches.Name plates shall be sized at 'I" minimum height.
3. AI I main power and special system junction boxes. Locate these on the Insideof flush boxes and in finished areas and outside of the box where they are surfacemounted or in equipment spaces.
F. Exposed conduit with primary cables shal I be painted orange continuously andstenciled every ten feet with 1" high black letters, "13,880 VOLTS".
4. AI I motor control stations, combination starters in motor control centers,starters and disconnects, except when these items are adjacent to each other,only one label is necessary.
G. Refer to other sections of these specifications for label ing, grap~ic diagramsand high voltage signs that mu~t be provided ~ith individual equipment.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
1.14 LIST OF MATERIALS, LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS
practice. Certain work such as painting, patching, core dri I I ing and welding shal Ibe done at the Electrical Contractor's direction, responsibi I ity and expense butaccomplished by workmen ski I led In the particular trades.
1.13 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Refer to Section 01300.
A. Refer to Section 01300.
1.15 SAMPLES
A. Refer to Section 01300.
,-
IIIII
tIIIIIIIIIIII
Refer to Section 01700.
1.17 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE AND LIGHTING
1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
A.
A. This Contractor shal I instal I temporary secondary electric services and lightingfor new bui Iding construction as outl ined in Temporary Faci I ities, Section 01500and herein.
B. AI I requests for substitutions prior to'biddlng (see Article 12 of the Instructions Ito Bidders) for certain light fixtures shal I be accompanied by a complete productionrun sample for evaluation by the Engineer. Refer to Section 16400 for lighting fixturesrequiring samples.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESP/N 16010-8
I. The service shal I be a minimum 800 amp, 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire,located near the bui Iding site. Adjacent to the service terminal pole locationprovide an 800 amp, 3 phase, 4 wire service distribution ~ne'. Provide a currenttransformer cabinet and meter base for metering equipment at the service terminalpole. The Electrical Contractor sha! I include in the service distribution panelal I disconnect switches required for the servfces described in paragraph 2through 5 of this Article. The temporary service equipment shal I be convenientlyand centrally located at the construction site at a point approved by theUniversity Electrical Construction Superintendent and shal I not interfere withconstruction progress.
B. Temporary non-bui Iding (construction) temporary service shal I be provided.The Electrical Contractor shal I arrange for the electric service from NorthernStates Power Company (NSP), Mr. T. L. Meagher, tviinneapol is Division. In additionto supplying the below I isted electric servide requirements at this time thecontractor shal I supply NSP with the size of motors and welders that may be usedduring construction. The General Contractor shal I pay the meter charge, electricalenergy and demand costs directly to Northern Stai-es Power Company. The ElectricalContractor shai I furnish al I materials and labor for a temporary service from theuti I ity company's temporary secondary transformer and extending the secondaryservice overhead to the bui Iding site where a fused main cutoff switch ~nd metershal I be provided. The Electrical Contractor shal I pay for al I in-out costsdirectly to the utility.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. From the service distribution panel provide subservices as requiredand as Indicated hereinafter. Within the bui Iding provide 2-100 amperepanelboards on each floor for floors I through 9 and 1-100 ampere panelboardon each floor for floors Band 101 Panel boards shal I be 120/208 volt, 3 phase,4 wire served by 480 volt to 120/208 volt, 3 phase dry type transformers.Multiple 100 ampere panels may be served from one transformer providing thecapacity of the transformer and feeders are sized for the load to be served.
a. Each panel shal I be 30 circuit with 24 - 20 amp, I pole breakersand 3-20 amp, 2 pole breakers. Provide GFI circuit breakers as required bycode for temporary services.
b. For each panel location provide a receptacle panel with 24-20 amp,120 volt, 3 wire grounded type single receptacles and 3-20 amp, 240 voLt,3 wire grounded type single receptacles. Each receptacle shal I be connectedto a separate circuit.
3. From the temporary service locations each Individual contractor shal Iprovide Rls won portable cords and outlets for hand tools. Each Contractorshal I provide his own shed service from the temporary locations. The ElectricalContractor shal I also provide the office service for the University officeswhen located in Unit F.
/'
4. Within the bui Iding provide a sufficient number (minimum 1000) rubbercovered lamp sockets uniformly spaced so that In general 200 watt lamps (maximum)wi I I provide satisfactory I ighting on temporary cable connected to thedisconnects and located for all trades. Lighting shall be adequate to providesuitable working conditions for high qual ity workmanship, as approved by theUniversity, and safe I ighting conditions. As work progresses, these socketsshall be relocated by the Electrical Contractor as required. All trades willprovide their own portable cords and outlets in the bui Iding for portable tools.All I ight bulbs wi II be furnished by General Contractor, but shall be installed,removed and reinstal led as burn outs occur by the Electrical Contractor.
5. Within the capacity of the temporary construction service, electricalservice for welders, cranes and temporary elevator shal I be provided by eachContractor and may be taken from the Temporary Service. Electrical energy costswil I be paid by the General Contractor. The energy demand shal I not exceed theservice and any damage resulting from misuse, overloading or faulty equipmentshal I be paid for by the responsible persons.
6. The entire installation of construction light and power, including the'service, sub-service, wiring devices and equipment shal I meet code requirementsand shal I be safe, substantially supported and adequately connected.
7. The Electrical Contractor shal I submit a one line diagram type sketch(3 copies) of the proposed temporary service to the University of MinnesotaElectrical Construction Superintendent for approval at least one week inadvance of. the desired start of the' installation of the same. The sketch shal Ishow and describe al I cables, raceways, meters, switches, and overcurrentprotection (fuses) and any additional information as may be required by theUniversity.
UM HEALTH SCIENCES. PIN I60 I0-9
-t:
8. After approval by the University Electrical Construction Superintendent,the Contractor may then proceed with installation of the temporary wiring.
- -
C. Temporary service in bui lding shall be provided after satisfactoryenclosure and when the permanent electrical secondary system has been energized.The permanent service characteristic is 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire and277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire.
I. The Electrical Contractor:shal I - i~~tal I and connect items (lncludingservice transformers, main switches and panelboards) required to provide -, ightand power in the bui Iding. The Electri~al Contractor shal I provide andinstal I metering. Bulbs for temporary lighting shal I be provided asspecified by paragraph B.4. General Contractor shal I pay for electricalenergy used, directly to power company. Permanent convenience outlets shal Inot be used, and permanent fixtures shal I not be Instal led unti I finishoperations are in process but fixtures shafl be instal led prior to caseworkinstallation. The Electrical Contractor shal I instal I temporary convenienceoutlets for use of hand tools. Provide 12-20 amp, 120 volt, 3 wire groundedtype duplex receptacles on each floor. Each receptacle shal I be connectedto a sepa rate c i rcu it. Provi de GF I c i rcu i t breakers as requ i red by Code fortemporary services. Other temporary wiring and devices shall be provided byeach contractor as required. AI I devices shal I be safe, substantially supportedand adequately connected. Removal of temporary system and devices shal I be bythe Electrical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall instal I thepermanent convenience outlets when approved by the University, just prior tooccupancy.
2. After the electrical instal lations are complete, prior to occupancy andwhen approved by the University, al I temporary electrical services, wire,conduits, devices and equipment shal I be removed by the Electrical Contractor.
D. The Electrical Contractor shal I supply promptly to the ElectricalConstruction Superintendent the date of temporary service disconnection andmeter reading at that time.
E. Safety lithting shal I be maintained by the General Contractor uponcommencement of Unit F Project, including lamps. The General Contractor wi IIpay al I energy costs directly to the power company.
I. A safety site I ighting system has been instal led and is operatingunder another contract (Early Excavation). This lighting installation wi I Ibe turned over to the new Unit F General Contractor who wi II then be responsibl'efor maintenance and addition of safety site lighting as required.
2. The EIectri ca I Contractor sha II cooperate with the Genera I Contractorin effecting this transfer by reconnecting properly into the new Unit Ftemporary service of Paragraph B above and make such changes without cost tothe General Contractor or the University.
F. A prior temporary service rated at 200 amp, 120/240 volt, single phase,3 wire has been instal led under an earlier contract for excavation (Unit FECX) and is connected to the power company's distribution system.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 16010-10
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I. This service may continue to be used untl I the new temporary non-bui Iding construction service is instal led. At that time the ElectricalContractor- shal I reconnect this service to the new temporary service equipment,record meter reading at that time and remove metering equipment as required.
2. Energy costs wil I be paid by the General Contractor.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16010-11
2.1 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATIONS
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16100-1
B. Work under this section includes the basic construction materials for erection and installation of the bui Iding electrical system.
ELECTRICAL BASIC MATERIALS &METHODS
T feet10 feet
Maxfmum Spacing of Supports
3/4" and under1" and over
Conduit Sizes
I • I SCOPE
A. Conditions of Contract and Division I - General Requirements, apply toal I work of this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials andEquipment - for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposedsubstitute products, methods and other conditions.
PART 1: GENERAL
SECTION 16100
B. Exposed conduit shal I be run paral lei to wal I and floors and shal I be supportedin a substantial manner with pipe straps, expansion bolts, screws, lag screws,clamps, mineral lac clamps or Kindorff or Unistrut trapeze hangers as required.
D. Outdoor conduit shal I be graded a minimum of 6 inches per 100 feet with notraps. Pitch to drain into manholes, pul I boxes or suitably located drain tees.Provide expansion fittings and seal off conduit systems exposed to wide variationsIn temperatures or where indicated on the drawings with con'duit seal ing bushingor other approved methods.
C. AI I conduit where possible shal I be concealed in the cei ling, floor or wal Iconstruction unless indicated as exposed on the plans. Conduit shall be dried,cleaned and deburred before wire is pul led. Conduit outlet bodies may be usedfor 1-1/4" conduit and smaller for use as a pulling outlet or 900 bend only.
A. Conduits crossing bui Idlng expansion joints shal I be provided with O.Z. groundingtype expansion'flttings, Type EX or AX, Provide cable support in al I verticalconduit runs at Intervals required by the NEC or as recommended by the cable manufacturer, whichever is the shortest Interval. Cable supports shal I be segmentedcanvas bakel ite type, non-venti lated, for either 600 volt or 15 KV Insulated cables.Supports shal I be O.Z. types S, Mor equal. Standard locknuts and fittings shal Ibe used with rigid conduits. Insulated steel bushings shall be used on all 1-1/4"or larger conduits; O.Z. type A or B. Terminations at cabinets and junctionboxes shall be with double locknuts and phenolic bushings. Grounding bushings shal Ibe O.Z. Type BLG. EMT conduit fittings shal I be ralntight gland compression typeor equivalent, approved by the Engineer. Indenter, set screw, or sl ip-on typesare not acceptable. Flexible metal conduit fittings at outlet boxes shal I be anapproved grounding type T & B #300 Series or equal. AI I coupl ings, connectors,bushings shal I be malleable iron or steel and shal I be O.Z., Thomas &Betts, Racoor Appleton.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
E. Electrical conduit shal I be provided as specif~ed and required by code. Conduit shal I be Youngstown, Republic, AI lied or equal.
1. Conduit size shall' be a minimum of 3/4" for all power and branch circuitwiring except as noted below.
a) Conduit shal I be a minimum of 1/2" for flexible conduit connectorsto individual recessed lighting fixtures.
b) Conduit shall be a minimuin of 1/2" for motor interlock and contr<;>/ wiring.I • .'
c) Conduit sha' I be a minimum of 1/2" for communication systems wherespecifically,. indicated in the communication specification articles.
2. EMT 1-114" or smaller shull be' used in furred cei I ings, interior partitions, wal Is or where exposed and net subject to mechanical injury. EMT shal I notbe used in poured concrete construction on or above grade.
3. Rigid steel conduit shal I be used for al I other wiring instal lationsexcept as otherwise specified. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC) may be used inlieu of rigid steel conduit where approved by code for the purpose.
4. Flexible metal conduit shal I be used for motor connections and betweenrecessed fixtures, and their junction boxes. Provide liquidtight flexible metalconduit for connections to exterior or wet location equipmGnt. Flexible metalconduit sha! I not exceed 18" in length for motors and 72" in length for recessedlight fixtures. Equipment grounding conductor shall be provided within the raceway run with the circuit conductors for al I flexible conduit. The lengthsflexible metal conduit shall be cut to the dimension as required for use.Ge~eral pre-cut lengths wi I I not be accepted.
5. Conduit for secondary circuits run underground within the bui Iding or inconcrete slabs on grade shal! be rigid galvanized conduit with 20 MIL bonderizedPVC cover, Robroy I ndustri es: PI asti -Bond or equa I .
6. Conduits for underground exterior lighting circuits shall be P.V.C. approvedfor outdoor application. PVC conduit shal I be Carlon type 40 or approved equal.
F. AI I steel conduit and al I locknuts, fittings, coupl ings, nipples and connectorsshal I be protected from corrosion by hot dip galvanizing or cadmium coating bothinside and out, except electrical metal lie tubing shal I be enamel or epoxy coatingon the interior. AI I rigid conduit and intermediate metal conduit shal I havestandard pipe threads.G. The Electrical Contractor shal I instal I al I conduit sleeves as outlined inSection 01600-2.3.
2.2 WIREWAYS
A. Gutters and wireways shal I be constructed of galvanized sheet steel conformingto Code requirements. Covers shal I be hinged cover type and al I elbows and fittingsshal I be made without sharp edges or projections.
B. Gutters and wireways shal I be of sufficient cross section to contain conductors, including al I splices.
C. Provide permanent welded ground lug in all gutters or' wireways. Cover screwconnections or sheet metal screws wi" not be acceptable.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16100-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
-:':
E. Square boxes with industrial covers shal I be used for exposed wal I outlets.
D. Wireways shal I be Square D or equal.
2.3 OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
but they shal I be provided as requiredfeet or more), or when more than four
AI I pul I boxes shal I be sized to conformbe recessed in al I finished portions
K. AI I junction and pul I boxes shal I be accessible and permanently labeled toidentify the system and wiring within. Refer to Section 16010.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 16100-3
G. In I ight switch boxes provide code gauge steel partitions where voltagebetween adjacent terminals exceeds 300 volts.
J. AI I pul I boxes are not shown on the plansfor ease of wire pul I ing and in long runs (90quarter bends shal I occur in any conduit run.to requirements of the NEC. Pull boxes shal Iof bui Iding.
H. Covers shal I be provided for al I outlet boxes and shal I be of a design to fitthe particular box and location, and shal I be readi Iy adjustable for al ignmentwith the wal Is and finishes. Where these covers are to receive a finish coat ofpaint, Electrical Contractor shall furnish same with one coat of primer. In finishedspaces, covers shal I be identical to those specified under wiring devices and plates.
D. Standard 4-11/16" square boxes shall be used for ceiling and other outletsas required for additional wire space.
I. Light fixtures without integral J-boxes suitable for wiring temperature ratingshat I have J-boxes instal led in an accessible location adjacent to fixture.
C. Use propBrly sized masonry boxes with square-cut (ti Ie) covers for deviceoutlets in glazed ti Ie, brick and unfinished concrete block wal Is. These boxesshal I be ganged where two or more devices occur at one location.
F. Provide cast metal outlet and device boxes for vaportight fixtures, weatherproofreceptacles and wet location outlets. Provide explosion-proof cast boxes forClass 1 Division 1 and Division 2 areas.
A. AI t outlet boxes shal I be galvanized. Standard 4" octagonal boxes shal I beused for cei I ing outlets except as otherwise specified or required. Cei I ing outlet boxes shal I be equipped with 3/8" fixture studs where required. Outlet boxesin furred construction shal I be supported by bar hangers or lightweight channeliron. Exposed cei I ing outlet boxes shal I be secured by wood screws, machinescrews, toggle bolts or lead anchors as applicable. AI I boxes shal I be supportedindependently of support from connecting conduit.
B. Standard 4" square boxes with proper device rings shall be used for deviceoutlets in sheet rock or plastered wal Is. Ganged boxes with device rings shal Ibe used where more than two devices occur at one location. Device rings shal I besquare-cut type in sheet rock and plastered wal Is.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
"
2.4 WIRE AND CABLE
L. Outlet boxes shal I be Appleton, Steel City, Raco, or equal.
B. AI I branch circuit wiring shal I be color coded according to the NEC and asfollows:
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
A - black; B - red; C - blue; Neutral - white/yel lowtracer or gray; Ground - green; travellers - yel low
A - black; B ~ red~ C - blue; Neutral - white;Ground - green; travellers - yel low;
1. 120/108 vo It:
2. 277/480 volt:
3. When 120/208'volt and 277/480 volt wi~ing is instal led within the sameconduit or raceway, the 277/480 volt conductors shal I betagged at each outlet box or termination.
4. AI I feeders, if not color coded, shal I be permanently marked with paintor tape at their terminations for identification.
C. Feeder wire shal I be type THW. Branch circuit wire shall be type THW orTHWN-THHN. Wire sized No.8 and larger shall be stranded. Wire sized smaller thanNumber 12 shal I not be used for branch circuits. Number 14 wire may be used forrelay and control systems only.
G. Portable cords for receptacles, equipment and ceiling attachments shal I beType SJO. All cords shall have a grounding conductor and cords shall be properlyinstal led with cord grip devices at each end. Conductor size shal I be #14 strandedminimum.
D. All wire pulled through the wiring channels of continuously mounted fluorescentfixtures shal I be type RHH and THHN. Wire connected to recessed type and vaportight fixtures shall be type AF. All underground wires e>~terior to the bui Idingshal I be in conduit and shal I be type THW or THWN. Wire in high ambient areas shal Ibe rated at 90°.
E. Interior hel ical spring twist type connectors shall be used on number 8 andsma! ler wire sizes. These shal I be Scotchlocks or approved equal. Numb~r 6 andlarger wires shall terminate in solderless lugs. All terminations, taps and splicesshall be compression type Burndy-Hydent or approved equal. Tap and splice devicesshal I be covered with approved electrical tape.
F. Spl ices shal I not be made in any conductor except where absolutely necessaryand then in approved junction or pul I boxes. Secondary service wires and feedersshal I be of one continuous run without splices. Provide cable supports and junctionboxes as required by Code in al I vertical runs of conduit. To rei leve strain onthe insulation and the conductors when pulling wire, a wit-e pulling lubricant shallbe used.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16100-4
A~ AI I wire and cable furnished and instal led under this contract shal I be copper.Wire and cable shal I be of size, type and number shown on plans. AI I conductorsshal I be of soft annealed copper of not less than 98% conductivity and in al I otherrespects to the requirements of the ASTM spe~ifications, latest edition.. Unlessotehrwise noted, insulation shal I be rated at 000 volts.
\
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
H. Refer to Section 16500, 16600, 16610 and 16900 for wiring and conductor requirements for specific systems. Refer to Section 16210 for 15KV cables.
I. Wire and cable shal I be Continental Cable, General Electric, Cyprus/Rome,Cerro, Cresent, Coleman or equal.
2.5 SURFACE RACEWAYS
A. In laboratories, and where shown on plans, provide surface metal racewayscomplete with wiring and receptacles as indicated. Surface raceways shal I beWiremold, or approved equal with special factory finish colors to be selected byArchitect to coordinate with casework.
B. Provide al I hardware elbows, fittings, boxes (if required) and back entrydevices as necessary. Standard 10' bases, 5' covers and 5' dividers shal I beused. Contractor shal I cut raceways as required to fit the spaces al located andfor assembly in continuous odd length rows. Surface raceways shal I be back fedfrom flush iA wal I horizontal electrical boxes.
C. AI I surface raceways shal I be provided with a green color insulated copperground conductor. This conductor shal I be connected to the supply panel boardground bus and to each ground screw on each receptacle.
D. Surface raceways shal I be provided where shown on the plans as fol lows:
1. In laboratories and as noted provide Wiremold 3000 Series. Installreceptacles and stainless steel plates where shown and of type specified underwiring devices and plates.
2.6 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES
A. Provide wiring devices as shown on the plans and identified by the appropriatesymbols. Hubbell numbers ar-e used to identify the particular type of devices required except where otherwise noted. Pass &Seymour, Leviton, Sierra, Circle-For approved equal switches and receptacles shal I be provided. AI I switches andreceptacles shal I be U.L. I isted and meet NEMA WD-1-1971 performance tests forspecification grade devices. AI I receptacles shal I be grounding type.
B. Switch, receptacle and al I other plates (including telephone, television, etc.,and for al I empty outlet boxes) shal I be satin stainless steel, Sierra 302 orapproved equal with Type 302, stainless steel screws. In dark rooms, plates shallbe Sierra #400 flat black. Weatherproof plates for outdoor and wet locations shal Ibe duplex Sierra #WPD-8.
C. AI I receptacle bodies and switch toggles shal I be brown. Certain eq~ipment
receptacles avai lable in black phenol ic only may be black.,
D. AI I receptacle plates other than the standard duplex 125 volt 20 ampere typeshal I be engraved with black fi I led letters indicating volts, amperes, and phase;for examp Ie, "208V-20A-l PH".
E. AI I receptacle and switch plates for the emergency electrical system shat I beengraved "EMERGENCY" with red fi I led letters.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpIN 16100-5
F. Receptacles:
Poles/ NEMA Hubbe IIWi res Volts Amps Configuration Cat. No. Use Remarks2P-3W 250 20A 6-20R 5461 Equipment Single2P-3W 125 20A 5-20R 5362 . Genera I & Duplex
SurfaceRaceway
2P-3W 125 30A 5-30R 9308 Equipment S ngle2P-3W 250 30A 6-30R 9330 Equipment S ngle3P-4W 125/250 20A 14-20R 8410 Equipment S ngle3P-3W 250-3PH 20A 15-20R 8420 Equ i pment 'S ngle3P-4W 125/250 30A 14-30R 9430 Equipment S ngle3P-4W 250-3PH 60A i5-60R 8460 Welder & S ngle
1. Ground fault interrupted (GFI) receptacles shal I be i5 ampere duplex,120 volt, Pass &Seymour #1591 or 1591-F feed through receptacle as required.Instal I receptacle complete with Sierra #WP-8 stainless steel plates with weatherproof covers where indicated. Plates shal I match specified device plates for.gene ra I use.
2. Cei ling mounted receptacles in dark rooms, etc., shal I be 2P-3W, 120volts, 15 ampere, Appleton #11450G with outlet box hanger eyelets for I ight fixture support.
3. Explosion-proof receptacles as listed below shal I be Crouse-Hindsor approved equal. Crouse-Hinds numbers are used.
a. 20A, 2P, 3W, 125 volts, #ENR21201 (complete uni+ including castback box).
b. 60A, 3P, 4W, 240 volts #CES4234 (complete unit including castback box).
H. Cei ling Service Reel Receptacles:
1. Cei ling service reel receptacles indicated on the equipment schedule andplans as M471, shal I be provided by the electrical contractor. Contractor shal Iprovide al I necessary mounting hardware, bracket, etc., to the bui Iding §tructurefor a secure installation. Units shal I be as fol lows:
a. M471 - Recessed single reel service, with 1-120 volt, 1 phase Hubbel I#2300ZG twist lock receptacle and 20'-3 #16 cable per reel. Unit shal I be ChemetronMedical Products #669201-64.
I. Pedestal Receptacles:
1. Pedestal type receptacles indicated on the plans as located on caseworkcountertops, laboratory tables, etc., shal I be Lew or approved equal withnickel si Iver finish as follows:
a. Single Face - HCB-704-NP<3/4") with 1-#803 and 1-#804 cover plate.
b. Double Face - I,ICB-704-t-JPO/4") with 2-#804
c. Telephone - HCB-704-NP(3/4") with 1-#805 and 1-#803 cover plate.
UM EHALTH SCIENCESPIN 16100-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. Install complete and wired with 125 volt grounded receptacles, 20 ampereduplex NEMA 5-20R as specified in this section where indicated on the plans.
J. Switches:
Poles Amps. Volts. . Celt. No. Remarks
Single 20 amp. 277. - A.C. 1221 Toggle - QuietDaub Ie 20 amp. 277 - A.C. 1222 Toggle - QuietThree 'day 20 amp. 277 - A.C. 1223 Toggle - Qu ietFour \~ay 20 amp. 277 - A.C. 1224 Toggle - QuietSPOT 20 amp. 277 - A.C. 1557 Momentary ContactSingle 20 amp. 277 - A.C. 1750/1781 WeatherproofSPOT 20 amp. 277 - A.C. 1385 Maintained Contact
K. Pi lot Li ghts:
1. Pilot lights for single pole switches shal I be lighted switch handle type,125 volt, 20 ampere with red I ight Sierra #5027R. Pilot I ights for 277 volts shal Ibe the same-lighted switch handle type, except with #601 adapter.
2. Pi lot I ights for 3 way switches shal I be combination toggle switch withlamp holder and red jewel. Lampholder shal I be extra long I ife Sierra #2156 (120volt) or 2157 (277 volt) and jewel shal I be rectangular acrylic red plasticSierra #406R.
3. Individual remote or signal pi lots shall be Sierra #2156 (120 volt) or#2157 (277 volts) extra long life lampholder and lamp with round red acryl icplastic jewel Sierra #405R.
2.7 FLOOR OUTLETS
A. Provide floor outlets where shown on the plans completely wired and equippedwith receptacle or wiring device. Floor outlets shall consist of a 3/4" brassconduit coupl ing set flush with concrete floor and a 3/4" locking nipple toattach surface pedestal outlGt. Refer to detail on the plans.
B. Pedestals shal I be standard type: Hubbel I SC-3090-telephone; Hubbel ISC-30191-single duplex r~eceptacle; Hubbell SC-3092-double duplex receptacle.Provide 20 amperes duplex receptacles as specified under Section 16310. Finishshal I be satin chrome with stainless steel plates. Walker fittings shal I alsobe acceptable.C. Flush floor outlets for power and telephone shal I be Steel City Series #662floor boxes. Box shal I be cast iron #662-CI-AL with aluminum edge ring. Providetop assemblies P-60-3B-AL with aluminum floor plate. Provide partition plates#P-60-Q for duplex receptacle specified under wiring devices.
.2.8 FLOOR TRENCH AND DUCT RACEWAYS
A. Provide floor trench duct raceway' systems as shown on the plans and as hereinspecified at the fol lowing locations.
1. Room 3-107
System shall be Conduflor 4900 Series 16" wide with 24" IQng sections of cover toreceive 1/8" vinyl tile covering. Provide as indicated floor trench to wall ductadapters and wal I duct to al low for system wiring.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16100-7
PART 3: INSTALLATIONS
3.1 CASEWORK ELECTRICAL UTILITIES
A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all receptacles, boxes,plates, pedestals and al I conduit and wiring required and shown on the plans foral I casework electrical requirements. The Casework Contractor wi I I provide al Icutouts for the electrical outlet boxes required for the various electrical devices.
B. Electrical Contractor shal I coordinate anoprovide al I data to the CaseworkContractor for the correct placement of al I required outlets. Both the caseworkschedule, equipment detai Is and the electrical plans·shal I be studied and referredto before proceeding with the installation; It sha.11 be the Contractor's responsibi I ity to provide a satisfactory and coordinated installation.
C. Fume hoods wi I I be package units and wi I I come complete with their componentsinstalled and part-ially preltJired. The Electri~al Contractor shall provide all powercircuits to these units and make al I connections. In addition, provide conduit,wire and connections at each hood for the pi lot light and the pressure switch inthe duct above the hood. Pi lot I ight and pressure switch wi I I be furnished andinstal led by the Casework and Mechanical Contractors, respectively.
3.2 MILLWORK ELECTRIC UTILITIES
A. The Electrical Contractor shal I furnish and instal I al I receptacles, boxes,plates, pedestals and al I conduit and wiring required and shown on the plans foral I mi I Iwork electrical requirements. The General Contractor wi I I provide al Icutouts for the electrical outlet boxes required for the various ~Iectrical devices.
B. Electrical Contractor shal I coordinate and provide al I data to the GeneralContractor for the correct placement of al I required outlets. The mi I Iwork detai Isand the electrical plans shal I be reviewed before proceeding with the installationto assure a correct and coordinated installation.
3.3 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Completely wired outlets and disconnects shal Ibe installed as required forequipment furnished by others. Verify connection requirements for al I equipment,installed or furnished by others, before installation.
B. In general, the service to equipment is laid out for anticipated electricalrequirements as I isted on Architectural Equipment Schedule. Actual equipment fur-'nished may differ and shel I be checked from the shop drawings to assure proper powersupply. Report any differences to the University for procedure or adjustment.Equipment will be furnished by General, Mechanical or Electrical (Group I) andthe University (Group I I).
C. Package environmental r'ooms wi II be provided and installed by the GeneralContractor (Group I). The Elec1Ticai Contractor shelll provide the 120/208 volt,3 phase, 4 wire feeder and disconnect sized as shown on the plans. Final locationof the disconnect shal I be coordinated with the equrment. Electrical Contractor.shall cooperate fully with the General Contractor in the placement and installationof this feeder and disconnect. The General Contrad"or wi II extend wiring from thedisconnect and make al I final connections to the eq!Jipment and room.
UH HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16/00-8
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
3.4 CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS IN STRUCTURAL ~~EME3ERS
3.6 INSTALLATION AT PLENUMSOUND'BARRlERS
A. Genera I:
3.5 INSTALLATION IN STEEL STUD PARTITION WALLS
telephone cable and al I communications circuits shal IAI I steel stud openings to permit horizontal conduitContractor if not furnished as standard by the stud
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16100~9
2. AI I electrical conduit penetrations through the lead barriers shal I beminimized and the required seal about the conduit or raceway shal I be providedby the General Contractor. Electrical instal lations made after the lead shieldingisinstal led causing penetrations of the acoustical seal shal I be by the ElectricalContractor.
D. AI I openings in the horizontal wal I support members for conduit shal I be provided by the Electrical Contractor. These openings shal I be neatly dril led to theapproximate size of teh service entering.
A. Where conduit rough-in requires groups, rows or clusters of conduit at onelocation, a minimum of 4" shal I be maintained botween conduits. Where the normalspacing of reinforcing bars cannot be maintained, or the bars are interrupted byconduit groupings, the Electrical Contractor shari provide extra reinforcing bars,around the conduit groupins as approved by the Architect and Structural Engineer.Submit layouts in advance of setting conduit groupings for directions of addedbars and approval of layout.
E. The Electrical Contractor at his option may wire duplex receptacles shown inpartitions by providing a junction box above the cei I ing and dropping a singleconduit run to each receptacle in lieu of running continuous conduit from receptacle to receptacle.
1. Where indicated on the architectural floor plans, certain rooms wil I beshrouded with' lead above the ceiling 'from the top of the partition to the structureand around the perimeter walls to adjacent rooms. This installation wi II be provided by the General Contractor for sound barriers.
B. All wiring, includingbe instal led in conduit.runs shal I be cut by thissubcontractor.
C. AI I openings in these wal Is for al I electrical devices wil I be provided by thewal I subcontractor as directed by the Electrical Contractor.
A. As shown on architectural plans, most interior wal Is are steel stud, drywal Itype. These wal Is fit to horizontal members at the ceil ing and floor consistingof 18 gauge sheet steel or lis" aluminum channels. Refer to Architectural Detai Isfor method of electrical instal lations. Refer to Electrical Detai Is for wal J accessI imitations.
B. Unless otherwise approved by Architect and Structural Engineer, conduit embeddedin concrete (other than those mer'ely passing through the concrete) shall not belarger in outside diameter than 1/3 the thickness of the slab, wal I, beam, girderor joist in which they are embedded or spaced closer than 3 diameters. Conduitshal I be instal led so as not to impair the strength of the concrete. Submit proposed methods to the Structural Engineer, including drawings where required todescribe the proposed methods, for review of possible deviation from these requirements and wherever questionable instal lations are encountered. Submit prior toinstallation and to prevent delay of work.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
B. The Electrical Contractor shal I coxdinate and cooperate with the GeneralContractor to accompl ish theinstallations of electrical systems with the installa1'ion of the sound barriers.
3.7 VIBRATION CONTROL
A. Electrica! equipment shall be installed to minimize transfer of vibration toadjacent structure or equipment. Vibration ]solators shal I be Mason Industriesor equa I. .'.
B. Dry type volt to 120/208 transformers shal I have integral flexible neopreneabsorbers.
1. Floor mounted units shal I be provided with 4 compressed glass fiber padsper transformer as specified in C.I. below.
2. Trapeze supported units shal I be provided with spring and neoprene rodinsert absorbers Mason Type 30N.
C. Floor mounted substation transformers, associated substation components andmotor control centers shal I be placed on top of pads.
1. Pads shal I be vibration isolation type of compressed glass fiber jacketedin neoprene or of multiple layers of ribbed-neoprene or waffle pattern neopreneof sufficient height and of proper stiffness to support the load without exceeding3/8" stat i c def Iect ion.
2. The floor shal I be grouted or shimmed to assure a level base for al ignment.The pads shal I be loaded in accordance with the loading rates recommended by themanufacturer.
D. The standby engine-generators shal' be factory equipped with heavy steel skidbases on top of which the units are mounted on spring loaded isolators as specified.These isolators shal I be selected specifically for the engine and the generator.In addition, the steel skid shal I be set upon eight fiber glass pads as specifiedinC.1 above.
3.8 FASTENERS AND SUPPORTS
A. AI I fastening and supports shal I be of an approved type. Threaded inserts,expansion or toggle bolts shal I be used for fastening to masonry wal Is. Providerigid rods or bars for the support of lighting outlet boxes and grid boxes. Noperforated metal straps may be used.
B. Where possible conduits shal J be grouped together and rigid racks of angleiron or structural channels shall be provided. Individual conduits may be cl ippedto the cei ling or wal I with malleable iron pipe straps. Where individual conduitsmust be hung from the ce iii ng, approved condu i l' supports and rod hangers must beused. Provide additional eei ling support where electrical instal lations exceedsuspended cei ling support weight design.
C. Provide rigid rods or bars for the support of I ighting outlet boxes and gridboxes. No perforated meta I straps ,may be used.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16100-10
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIII
III IIIII
D. Provide supporting fr-cJme racks of angle iron, flat bar, and channel structuralmembers wherever required for the support of wiring troughs, safety switches, motorstarters and controls, and associated equipment. Supporting frame racks shal I berigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced to provide a substantialstructure. The welds and edges of al I brackets shal I be fi led or ground smoothfor painting. Racks, supports and frames shal I be Kindorff, Steel City, Unistrutor approved equal.
E. Supporting frame racks shal I be mounted on permanent wal Is wherever practicable.Where free standing supporting frame racks are required, they shal I be located inan area as approved by the Engineer in order to avoid interference with the normaloperation and maintenance of bui Iding equipment. Supporting frame racks shal Ibe of ample size to provide for a workman I ike arrangement of al I equipment mountedthereon. AI I wood panels shal I be 3/4" minimum thickness plywood; at I pan~ls shal Ibe provided with two coats of fire-retardant enamel on both sides and edges.Plywood shal I be 8ui Iding Grade with Pine or Fir finish on both sides. Plywoodinside of cabinets or panels may be 1/2" thick minimum.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16100-1 I
1.2 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. DANGER SIGNS
B. PHASE IDENTIFICATION
C. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
ELECTRIC SERVICE SYSTEM
Phases shal I be established and marked in an approved or specified mannertransformer, switchgear, switch connections and terminations A, - B, - C,to - right, front -'to - -rear or ~op - to - bottom, when facing the frontequipment.
1. AI I doors giving access to high voltage components or buses shal I be provided with a "Danger-High Voltage" sign, porcelainized and not less than 9" x 12 11
in size, instal led by the switchgear manufacturer.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP/N 16200-1
1. Provide and install a laminated plastic nameplate with 1-1/2" high white onblack lettering provided to identify each bay. These nameplates shal I be entitledwith the specific campus feeder, bui Idlng feeder and bus tie as shown on plans.Contractor shal I verify with the University the exact inscriptions to be used.
2. Provide a "Danger - High Voltage ll sign on each substation room door. Thesign shal I be porcelainized steel and be not less than 9" x 12" in size.
2.at allleft of the
C. Provide from the existing primary service entrance equipment located in theUnit A Bui Iding two new 13.8KV electrical service feeders to Unit F. Providenew feeders, feeder switches, tie switches and modifications to the existingswitchgear as shown on the drawings and specified.
SECTION 16200
PART I: GENERAL
I. I SCOPE
B. Work under this section includes providing a complete electric service systemincluding service, service entrance equipment, substations, substation feeders,grounding, fusing and al I connections and terminations as shown on drawings andspecified. The service shal I be 13.8KV, 3 phase, 4 wire grounded 60HZ and shal Ibe connected to the University of Minnesota electrical distribution system whichincludes existing primary feeders CAM 16X, CAM18X and CAM 19X located in theUnit A Bui Iding.
1. Phase Marking signs (A,B,C) shal I be attached to the equipment which consistsof laminated signs of 1/8" stock plastic with white lettering on black background,the letters shall be 1/2" tall. Inscription shall be symmetrical on the sign.These signs shal I be attached to surface with self-tapping screws or an epoxy glue.
A. Conditions of Contract and Divisi6n I - General Requirements, apply toal I work of this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials andEquipment - for requirements on pre-bid and pest-bid evaluation of proposedsubstitute products, methods and other conditions.
IIIIIIIIIIIII·IIIIII
2. The integral switchgear assembly shal I be provided with ·an externallymounted nameplate indicating the manufacturer's drdwing number and the fol lowingratings: voltage (KV nominal, KV maximum design and BIL), short circuit interruptingOvlVA) , rromentary (amperes)., and fault closing (amperes). Each bay 'shall bear anameplate indicating continuous and interrupting ratings of the load interrupterin amperes, the maximum continuous rating of the power fuse holders in amperesand the catalog number and size of the instal led fuse or fuse refi I I units.
3. Provide and instal I mimic bus on front of primary switch gear andsubsta~on of a one line schematic diagram indicating bus, switches andal I component parts of switchgear. This diagram shaJ I be permanently painted on the frontof each section with 3/4" wide black enamel. Provide modifications to theexisting switchgear mimic bus as required to represent modifications to theexisting bus~and equipment. .
4. Provide identification nameplates of switchb oards and al I switches.D. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS:
1. Shop drawings shal I include detai led switchgear front, top, and end views;switchgear dimensions, an isometric or equivalent single line bussing diagram;sizes, material, platings and ratings of phase and ground busses; nameplate entriesand schedules; component material I ists; key interlocking diagram; mimic diagram;fuse and fuse holder manufacturer, (type, and sizes); installation and ~ounti~g
detai Is and requirements; notes I isting features and accessories as wil I be furnishedto mee.t specification requirements; termination spaces, pul Iboxes and hardware;and al I other important equipment information.
2. The primary switchgear manufacturer shal I submit (4 copies) the maximuma! lowable values for high voltage D-C field tests, contact resistance across theload interrupter switch, and contact resistance ecross the switch and fuse assembly.Submit two (2) copies to University with the switch-gear shop drawings and theother two (2) copies in the "Maintenance and Operating Instructions" manual.
3. Include with the shop drawings for switchboard complete catalog datasheets and catalog numbers of all metering components. Wiring diagrams shal Iconstitute a part of these shop drawings.
1.3 EXISTiNG PRIMARY SWITCHGEAR MODIFICATIONS
A. As indicated on the drawings, the Unit A Bui Iding primary Service entranceswitchgear is to be modified and extended to serve Unit F. Provide all labor,materials equipment as detai led specified and required to accompl ish th~work andmatch the existing equipment. Contractor shall field verify exact detai Is of allswitchgear buses and equipment before beginning the work. It is the contractor'sresponsibi I lty to coordinate al I work and schedule required outages and energization with the University as specified in this Section. The existing switchgearis General Electric. _
B. The work shal I include but not be I imited to the fol lowin~ items:
I. Addition of new primary feeder switch and cubicle designated #1 inSwltchvault #3 to serve Unit F substations.
2. An existing primary feeder switch and cubicle designated #2 inSwitchvault #1 shal I also be used to serve Unit F substations.
3. Addition of a new primary tie switch in an existing tie transitionsection #3 in Switchvoult #3. PI-ovide new primary tie switch and additional bus.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16200-2
IIIIIIIIIII.
IIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
4. Modify existing Kirk key intorlocking and pr'ovlde additional Kirk keyinterlocks to accompl Ish the InterLocking as shown on the drawings (detal II/E42) and as specified.
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 PRIMARY SERVICE FEEDER AND TERMINATIONS
A. PRIMARY FEEDERS
I. Primary service cables shal I be 3-I/C, 250MCM, 15KV, 90°C shielded, groundedneutral ethylene propylene rubber, 37 strand, compact round, copper cables foreach feeder. Provide with each set of feeder cables a 250MCM, THW, 600 voltneutral conductor. The primary cable and installation shall meet all currentIPCEA standards. AI I cable shal I have continuous surface printed identificationshowing manufacturer's name, insulation type, size and voltage rating. AI I~able shal I be new and shal I be delivered to the job site in coi Is or on reels;each coi I and/or reel shal I have a label for proper identification withmanufacturer's name, trade name of wire, size and UL labels. Cable shal I beOkonite, General Electric, Rome or_approved equal.
2. Cables shall be installed in a 4" rigid steel conduit for each feeder. Providefeeders as indicated on the plans from the primary switchgear in Unit A switchvault to the new Unit F Substations and between the substations. The primaryfeeders shal I be "rung out" and also shal I be plainly identified at al I terminals,junction points, vaults and splices by means of stamped brass or lead tags attachedby woven glass or nylon cord. The tags shal I be approximately 1-1/2" in diameterand shal I have 1/4" high lettering. Feeders shal I be tagged at least twice ineach pul I box, spl ice box and vault .. Cable identification shal I consist ofinscription (typical) as fol lows: CAM 18X, CAM 19X.
3. Care shal I be exercised whi Ie instal ling ai' cables so as not to injure thecable. The cable shal I be handled in accordance with the cable manufacturer'srecommendations and at no time shal I be bent in a radius smaller than twelve (12)times the overal I cable diameter. Pul ling lubricant shal I be as approved bythe cable manufacturer. AI I conduits shal I be clean and free of al I foreign opjects before pul I ing in cables. The contractor shal I have the cable manufacturermake ~he fol lowing record copy submittals to the University by at least one weekbefore starting cable installation:
a) A data sheet or report (3 copies) stating the maximum A.C. and/or D.C.voltage that can be appl ied to the 15 kv cables during the Contractor's fieldInstal Jation acceptance and subsequent proof high voltage A.C. and/or D.C. tests.
b) Certified factory cable test report (3 copies for each cable productionrun showing that the cable equals or exceeds the requirements of the governingstandard.
B. CABLE TERMINATIONS
I. The cable ends shal I be kept moisture sealed at al I times except when atermination is in the process of being made and in no case shal I work bestopped on an open cable unti I the termination Is completed. AI I materialsrequired for proper termination of cables shal I be provided by the Contractorin accordance with the cable manufacturer's recommendations.
2. The Contractor shal I have in.his employ a person or persons qual ified tohandle al I required cable terminations under this contract. This person orpersons shal I remain in his emplqy on the job site from the first time heis needed unti I the system is energized and in satisfactory operation.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16200-3
4. Each termination shal f be identified with the Contractor's name and the yearin which it was made.
3. The electrician performing the termination work on the high voltage cableshal I have previous knowledge and experience in this type of work. Evidenceof this experience in the form of a previous job history shall ,be made avai lableupon request from the-Engineer.
I. Cables in cable tray and locations not protected with conduit shal I be arcproofed. The arc-proofing shal I consist of bundl ing the conductors of eachcircuit, including the ground conductor, with "SCOTCH" branch electrical tape#27, applying a wrap of "IRVINGTON" brand arc-proofing tape #7700 after thecable has been instal led. The tape shal I be wound spirally with half-lap jointsover the grouped cabi6s. Finally, random wrap "SCOTCH" brand electrical tape#27 over the arc-proofing tape to prevent unravel ing. Feeder identificationshal I be located over the fireproofing.
5. Stress cone ter-minatlons shall be provided for all terminal connections of15 KV cable. Stress cones shai I be preformed or bui It-up type, with al Itapes, shields, solder, flux, cement, insulating paint, tinned braid and-side formed solder lugs for the particular size cable. Only factory packedtarmination kits containing required material fo~ the termination involvedshal I be used. The kits shal I remain in unbroken cartons unti I actual use.AI I shield conductors shal I be properly extended and grounded. Stress conesshal I be G&W, G.E., 3M or approved equal.
6. Care shal I be exercised to keep grounding conductor away from the non-shieldedarea of the termination.
PRI MARY SERV ICE EQU Ipr~ENT
GENERAL
ARC-PROOFING
A.
I. Each phase conductor shal I be given a continuity and a direct-current highpotential test after instal fation and after terminations have been made, butbefore connections have been made to busses or appar-atus. The phase conductorshall be tested to 80% of manufacturer's test voltage. The voltage shal I beraised in 4000 volt increments with a 60 second charge time at each incrementto reach 80% of cable manufacturer's test voltage or 32,000 volts whicheveris less. The last increment of voltage shal I be appl led to the cable for 15minutes. Leakage current wi I I be read after each step. Discharge time to20 KV shal I be recorded on each phase and voltage shal I be recorded after Iminute of discharge. Three copies of the test report shal I be furnished to theEngineer within 24 hours after completion of the tests.
2.2
D.
C.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
1. Provide end instal I dead front type, free standing, metal enclosure, fused, I15 KV load interrupter type switchgear of the number and type shown on the drawingsand specified herein. The required number of free standing sections shal I be boltedtogether to form one rigid unit with each section of the unit containing switch Iand protective devices of the ar"r-angement, number, ratings, and type shown on thedrawings and specified. Provide modifications to existing switchgear as shownon the drmvings with equipment as specified herein. I
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16200-4 I
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
B. ENCLOSURE
1. Construction shal I be of the universal frame type using die-formed, weldedand bolted members. The sides, top and rear shal I be bolted on. AI I enclosingcovers shal I be fabricated from not less than 11 gauge steel. Venti lationopenings shall be provided for each section. AI I. back panels shall be removable.
2. AI I cubicle assemblies shal I be sized to fit into the spaces providedas measured to scale from the drawings and shal I be the responsibi lity of thisContractor. Maximum height of any cubicle shal I not exceed 96" (not includingtop pot heads). Switchgear shal I be finished with one coat of metal primerfol lowed by a finish coat of ASA #61 I ight gray baked enamel or equivalent.
3. Each switch cubicle shall have a single, full length, flanged front doorover switch - fuse assembly. The flanged door shal I close over a projectingdoor frame. The door shal I be equipped with a rotary latch type handle a~d
securing bolts. Provision shal I be made for operating the switch mechanism bya non-removable handle without opening the ful I length door. When the switch Isopen, the switch operating handle shal I be in a fully down position against thefront of th~ enclosure. A rectang~lar, high impact type glass observation windowshal I be provided In the door over the switch so sized and located that the open·and closed positions of the switch shal I be readi Iy discernible. Operatinghandles shal I have provisions for multiple padlocking in both on and off positions. Complete unit shal I comply with the latest appl icable standards of ANSI,IEEE and NEMA.
C. INNER CONSTRUCTION AND ELECTRICAL DESIGN
1. AI I switchgear assembl ies comprising several cubicles shal I be groupmounted with at least 12 gauge steel ful I length barriers between adjacentsections. Each assembly shal I be so designed that additional switch sectionscan be added on either end. AI I cubicles shal I be completely front accessibleand al I interior components shal I be front connected and removable from thefront.
2. Each section shal I be designed, braced, and contain sufficient volume andventing top, bottom, front and rear, to prevent distortion of the cubicle undernormal operating conditions as wei I as under interruption of rated short circuitcurrents.
3. Main buses shal I be rated 600 ampere at 13.8 KV, 95 KV Bil and a maximumdesign voltage of 14.5 KV uninsulated tin or si Iver plated aluminum supported onNema rated porcelain insulators for voltage class and Bil specified. AI I contact·surfaces of the switchgear phase and ground bus shal I be si Iver plated or equivalent. The primary switchgear shal I be connected so that phasing is A-B-C, readingleft to right facing the operational side of the equipment.
4. A 600 ampere ground busshal I be furnished firmly secured to each verticalsection and shal I extend the entire length of the switchgear. lugs shal I be provided for copper ground cable at each end.
5. The integrated primary switchgear I ineup and its components parts shal Ibe designed and constructed to withstand and protect against the stresses associated with a fault condition of not less than 250 MVA, 3 phase, symmetrical ata nominal system voltage of 13.8KV. Also the integrated assembly and its component parts shal I be designed and constructed for operatio~ at or above the following ratings:
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16200-5
E. S\~ ITCHES
D. INTERLOCKS
VOLTAGE
3. Tie switches, where indicated, shal I be same as above except without fuses.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
:.,.
20,000 amp
600 amp600 amp
20,000 amp20,000 amp
600 amp
13. SKV14.5KV95 KV
FUSE
Interrupting (60 cycle, Rms.,Asym. )
AIR LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCH
Continuous Load CurrentLoad Current InterruptingMomentary (10 cycle, Rms.,
Asyrn. )Fault Closing (Rms., Asyrn.)
Bus (Phase and ground)
NominalMaximum DesignBasic Impulse Level
CONTINUOUS LOAD CURRENT
6. Each cubicle shal I have provIsions for extending main and ground buses ineach direction to adjoining cubicle and for future additions of cubicles. Themain bus shal I be extended to the termination space at the top of the cubicle.A minimum space of 25" shal I be provided for terminations.
7. AI I switchgear shal I be General Electric, Westinghouse, I.T.E., States Electricor approved equal.
Utv1 HEALTH SCIEl~CES
PIN 16200-6
2. Switches shal I be rated for 600 amperes, continuous and load interrupting,13.8KV nominal, 14.5 KV maximum and 95 BIL. Switches shal I be rated for 250 MVA,3 phase symmetrical and 20,000 asymmetrical amperes, momentary, and fault closing.
4. Ai I switches shaf I have an operations counter visible from front of cubicle without opening of doors. OperCltions counter shall be set at zero befor-eswitch is turned over to the University. Visible air clearance between I ive partswhen "Vi itch is open sha I I be at Ieast 6ft
•
1. AI-I switches shal I be three gang, fused, load interrupting type as shownon plans \'lith front drive handles. They shall be quick make, quick break typewith direct acting spring charged mechanism for both close and open operation.
1. Doors to i nd ivi dua I sw itches sha II be Ki rk key inter locked with sw itchesto prevent opening of doors under load. Provide a key for each lock that isinsta II ed.
2. The "main" switches and the "bus tie" switch shai I be Kirk key interlockedso that the bus tie switch cannot be closed unless one of the main incoming "main"switches is open and both incoming "main" switches cannot be closed unless "bustie" switch is open. Verify exact interlocking requirements described above withthe detai Is on the drawings.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I I
III
5. Switches shal I be I.T.E. Type HPL-C, General Electric, Westinghouseequivalent or approved equal.
F. FUSES
1. In fusible units, fault current protection shall be provided by the fusera1'ing and type as shown on the drawings. 15 KV fuse assembl ies shall have indIvidual insulating and isolating barriers between each cubicle outside 15 KV fuseassembly and side of the cubicle. Fuses shal I al low easy removal or installationfrom the front. Where fuses are mounted above the switch, a horizontal guard shal Ibe provided to prevent a fuse from fal ling into the switch. Fuses wi I I operateduring the first half cycle on maximum fault conditions with no expulsion of gasesor foreign matter from the tube.
2. Fuses shal I be sized as shown on the drawings. Fuses shal I be S &C orapproved equal, disconnecting 45~ muffler type holder with SM-5 (slow speed)fuses.
3. The ~ontractor shal I provide to the University (4 copies) time-currentcurves of the primary rated power fuses and the main secondary board fuses. Submit two copies to the University with the respective switchgear/switchboard pre-I iminary shop drawings and the other two copies in the "Maintenance and OperatingInstructions" manuals.
G. TERMINATIONS
I. Stress cone terminations shal I be provided for al I terminal connections of15 KV cable. AI I shield conductors shal I be properly extended and grounded.
2. Provide sealing bushings or conduit flanges at each opening where a cableor conduit enters or leaves a switchgear bay.
2.5 ELECTRICAL SUBSTATIONS
A. GENERAL
1.. Provide and install where shown on the drawings complete, close-coupled,coordinated, integral, double ended unit substations including the 15KV high voltageincoming sections, transformer sections, 277/480 volt low voltage sections, transition sections, and control wire and metering as shown on the drawings and specified hereinafter. The substations shal I be designed for indoor installation andfactory assembled and tested in accordance with the latest appl icable standardsof NEMA, lEE, and ANSI and shal I conform to al I applicable local codes and requirements of the body having governing authority.,
B. CONSTRUCTION
1. Provide and instal I door, dead front type, completely metal-enclosed, selfsupporting double ended unit substation structures of the number and type shownon the drawings or specified herein. The unit shall consist of the requirednumber of vertical sections coordinated to fit together to form one rigid powercenter incorporating transition sections and switching and protective devices ofthe number, rating and type noted herein or shown on the drawings complete withthe necessary interconnections, instrumentation and control wiring. Substationsshall be Westinghouse~ Gener'al Electric, Fed~ral Pacific EJectric, I.T.E.orapp roved equa I .
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16200-7
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16200-8
5. A 600 ampere ground bus shal I be furnished firmly s9cured to each verticalsection and shal I extend the entire length of the switchgear. Lugs shal I be provided for copper ground cable at each end.
3. Each section shal I be designed, braced,' and contain sufficient volume andventing top, bottom, front, and rear, to prevent distortion of the cubicle undernormal operating conditions as wei I as under interruption of rated short circuitcurrents.
2. Construction shal I be of the universal frame type using 'die-formed, weldedand bolted members. The sides, -l'op and rear shall ,be bolted on, and all enclosingcovers shal I be fabricated from not less than 11 gauge steel. Venti lation openingsshal I be provided for each. section. AI I back panels shal I be removable.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
.".
4. Main buses shal I be rated 600 ampere at 13.8 KV, 95 KV BIL and a maximumdesign voltage of 14.5 KV uninsulated tin or silver plated aluminum supported onNema rated porcelain insulators for voltage class and BIL specified. AI I contactsurfaces of the switchgear phase and ground bus shal I be si Iver plated orequivalent. The primary switchgear' shall be connected so that phasing is A-B-'C, readingleft to right facing the operational side of the equipment.
6. The integrated primary switchgear I ineup and its component parts shal I bedesigned and constructed to withstand and protect a9ainst the stresses associatedwith a fault condition of not less than 250 MVA, 3 phase, symmetrical at a nominalsystem voltage of 13.8KV. Also the integrated assembly and its component partsshal I be designed and constructed for operation at or above the fol lowing ratings:
1. Each~switch cubicle shall have a single, fu'j I length, flanged front doorover switch - fuse assembly. The flanged door shal I close over a projectingdoor frame. The door shal I be equipped with a rotary latch type handle and securingbolts. Provision shal I be made for operating the switch mechanism by a non-removablehandle without opening the ful I length door. When the switch is open, the switchoperating handle shal I be in a fully down position against the front of the enclosure. A rectangular, high impact type glass observation window shal I be provided in the door over the switch so sized and located that the open and closedpositions of the switch shal I be readi Iy discernible. Operating handles shal Ihave provisions for multiple padlocking in both on and off positions. Complefeunit s,hall comply with the latest applicable standards of ,l\NSI, IEEE and NEMA.
2. AI I switchgear assembl ies comprising several cubicles shal I be groupmounted with at least 12 gauge steel full length barriers between adjacent sections.Each assembly shal I be so designed that additional switch sections can be addedon either end. AI I cubicles shal I be completely front accessible and all interiorcomponents shal I be front connected and removable from the front.
C. HIGH VOLTAGE SECTION
3. AI I cubicle assembl ies shal I be sized to fit into the spaces providedas measured to scale from the drawings and shal I be the responsibi lity of thiscontractor. Maximum height of any section shal I not exceed 96". AI I assembl iesshal I be finished with one coat of metal primer fol lowed by a finish coat ofASA#61 I ight gray baked enamel or equivalent;
b) Switches shal I be rated for 600 amperes, continuous and load interrupting, 13.8 KV nominal, 14.5 KV maximum and 95 BIL. Switches shall be ratedfor 250 MVA, 3 phase symmetrical and 20,000 asymmatrical amperes, momentary,and fault closing.
a) AI I switches shal I be three gang, load interrupting type as shown onplans with front drive handles. They shall be quick make, quick break type withdirect acting spring changed mechanism for both closed and open operation.
c) AI I switches shai I have an operations counter visible from frontof cubicle without opening of doors. Operations counter shal I be set at zerobefore switch is turned over to the University. Visible air clearance betweenI ive parts when switch is open shal I be at least 6".
a) Doors to individual switches shal I be Kirk key interlocked withswitches to prevent opening of doors under load. Provide a key for each lockthat is i nsta II ed. If two doors per bay are supp I ied, the doors wh ich accessthe power fuses shal I be mechanically or Kirk-key interlocked with the loadinterrupter switch such that the load interrupter switch must be open beforeaccess to fuses is possible and the door must be closed before the load interrupter switch can be closed.
dY Switches shal I be I .T.E .. Type HPL-C, General Electric, Westinghouseequivalent or approved equal.
Int~rrupting (60 cycle, Rms~, Asym.) 20,000 amp
7. The main bus shal I be extended to the termination space at the top of thecubicle.. A minimum space of 25" shall be provided for terminations.
IIIIIIIIIIIII·IIIIII
10. Fuses:
a) In fusible units, fault current protection shal I be provided bythe fuse rati ng and type as shown on the draw i ngs. 15 KV fuse assemb lies sha I Ihave individual insulating and isolating barriers between each cubicle outside15 KV fuse assembly and side of the cubicle. Fuses shal I al low easy removalof installation from the front. \Jhere fuses are mounted above the switch, ahorizontal guard shal I be provided to prevent a fuse from fal ling into theswitch. Pivot point of fuse holder shal I be on the load side. Fuses wi I Ioperate during the first half cycle on ma~imum fault conditions with no expulsion of gases or foreign matter, from th~tube.,
b) Fuses shal I be sized as shown on the drawings. Fuses shal I be S &Cor approved equal, disconnecting 450 muffler type holder with SM-5 (slow speed)fuses.
c) The contractor shal I provide to the University (4 copies) timecurrent curves of the primary rated power fuses and the main secondary boardfuses. Submit two copies to the University' with the respective switchgear/switchboard prl Iminary shop drawings and the other two copies in the "Maintenanceand Ope rat Ing Instr'uct ions" manua Is.
d) Provide and install (6) six spare fuse refi lis for each fuse sizeshown on plans and one fuse handl ing tool mounted on the switchgear room wal I.
e) Provide a wal I mounted box In each primary switchgear room andsubstation room to store 6 spare fuse units of each size and equipment maintenance manuals.
11. Terminations:
a) Stress cone terminations shall be provided for all terminal connections of 15 KV cable.
b) , Provide seal ing bushings or conduit ·flanges at each opening wherea cable or conduit enters or leaves a switchgear bay.
c) Provide sufficient termination space for two (2) sets of stresscone terminations in the top of each cubicle. Adequate phase to ground planetermination space shal I be provided.
D. TRANSFORMER SECTION
1. Each transforming section shal I be non-flammable and non-explosivesi licone I iquld immersed type transformer design for indoor use and shal I havethe fol lowing ratings: Forced air cooled; 95 KV GIL; 650 C. temperature rise;60 hz; 3 phase; high voltage delta connected for 13,800 volts; low voltage wyeconnected for 277/480 volts; 5-3/4% impedance at 480 volts with 2-1/2% tapsabove and 2-1/2% below rated high voltage. Refer to plans for KVA ratings.In addition, the forced-air cooling fans wi I I have automatic temperature control. The transformer shal I have winding temperature Indication with sequencecontacts. T-T connected transformers are not acceptable. The forced air coolingshall increase the rated continuous load carrying ability by 15%. SI I leoneliquid shal I conform with the fire point and flame spread requirements of the1978 NEC Article 450-23 for indoor transformer appl ication.
2. Transformers shal I be manufactured In acsordance with al I appl icableANSI and NEMA Standards, and come complete with the fol lowing accessories:
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16200-10
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
a. LIquid drai n plug.
b. Li qu i d-I eve 1 mark ing.
c. Fi II ing plug in cover.
d. Provisions for roll ing.
e. Tank grounding provi s ions.
f. Relief device with diaphragm for venting the tank in event ofinternal fault of explosive violence.
g. LI fti ng lugs.
h. Handhole in cover (sealed with re-usable gaskets).
i. Magnetic I iquid-Ievel gauge.
j. Dial-type thermometer.
k. Externally mounted diagrammatic nameplate (located below low voltagebushings>.
I. Pressure-vacuum gauge.
m. Tank base shal I be undercoated with asphaltum compound for rustprotection (or equivalent).
n. Complete set of replacement gaskets for handhold cover.
o. Tap changer, externally operated.
3. Basic construction of transformers shal I include suitable air chambersfor terminations and space for transitions and stress cones. The flangedconnections shal I be so constructed and sized that the complete transformerassembly can be unbolted and removed from the substation without disturbingthe other sections.
4. The transformer manufacturer should be required to supply the fol lowingcharacteristics with his shop drawings:
a. Efficiency at full load, 3/4 load, 1/2 load and 1/4 load.
b. No load loss.
c. Impedance.
d. Exciting current.~
oe. Per cent regulation at 80 percent P.F. and 85 C.
f. Per center regulation at 100% P.F. and 850 C.
g. Ful I load losses at 850 C.
h. Dimensions.
i. Weight.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16200-1 I
J. Gal Ions of liquid. .,
k. Voltage rating.
I. Basic impulse level of primary and secondary windings.
m. Nameplate location, layout and entries including normal impedance.
n. Tap arrangem3nt and percentage of nominal voltages at differenttap settings.
5. Transformer shal I be General Electric, Westinghouse or Niagara.
E. LOW VOLTAGE SECTIONS
1. Construction of the low voltage distribution section shal I be NEMAClass I I, having whatever depth is necessary to accommodate the equipment.AI I vertical seciions shal I align in front and rear. The distribution branchprotective devices shal I be group-mounted with necessary bus connections strapsand having the device (I ine and load) connections accessible from the front.All other bus connections shall be accessible from the rear of the switchboard.Where space for a future device is called for, all necessary buses except deviceconnecting straps shal I be furnished. Ful I length vertical buses shal I beprovided in every section. Provide insulating barriers between main switchsection and distribution sections. Provide braided flexible bus connectionsbetween transformer and secondary main bus.
2. Switchboard shall be completely self-supporting structure of the requirednumber of vertical sections bolted together to form one metal enclosed rigidswitchboard 96" high, maximum. The sides, top and rear shal I be covered withremovable screw-on code gauge steel plates. Switchboard shal I include al Iprotective devices and equipment as I isted on drawings with necessary interconnections, instrumentation and control wiring. Smal I wiring, necessary fuseblocks and terminal blocks within the switchboard shal I be furnished whenrequired. AI I groups of control wires leaving the switchboard shal I be providedwith terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips.
3. Buses shal I be tin plated aluminum sized on the basis of not more than800 ampere per square inch curren-i- dens ity. The bus structure sha II be arranged to permit future additions. The bus bars shal I be mounted on supportsof high impact non-tracking insulating material and shal I be braced to withstandmechanical forces exerted during short circuit conditions based on NEMAStandards. A-B-C type bus arrangement - left to right, top-to-bottom and frontto-rear shal I be used throughout to assure convenient and safe testing andmaintenance.
4. Section shal I be designed for 277!480 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hz with ful Icapacity neutral and 600 ampere ground bus. Main bus I-atings shall be as shownon plans. Swi-chboard shal I be rated 50,000 ampere RMS symmetrical.
5. AI I steel surfaces shal I be chemically cleaned and treated to providea bond between paint and metal surfaces to help prevent the entrance of moistureand formation of rust under the paint fi 1m. The swItchboard exterior shal I befinished In ASA-#61 I ight gray .. All hardware used on conductors shall have ahigh tensi I strength and have a suitable protective finish.
6. Switchboard shal I be provided with adequate 1ifting means and shal I becapable of being ral led or ~oved into installation posItion and bolted directlyto the floor witholJt the use of floor si 115.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESP!N 16200-12
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
ilIIiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
7. Shop drawings shal I be furnished providing the fol lowing information:complete rating, short-circuit"withstanJabi I ity of bus and of lowest rateddevice, overal I outl ine dimensions including space avai lable for conduits, circuit schedule showing circuit number, device description, device frame ampererating, trip or fuse cl ip ampere rating, feeder circuit identification, conductor ratings and one-line diagram with each circuit device numbered.
F. SvJ ITCHES
1. Main switches, tie switches and distribution switches for each distribution section shal I be bolted pressure, load break, switch with shunt tripwith complete single phase and ground fault protection.
a. Switches shal I be 3 pole, 480 volt with ampere rating as shown on plans.
b. Provide manual switch operator that does not rotate when switch operatesmagnetically. Fuse cover door shal I be mechanically interlocked to prevent openingwhen switch is in "ON" position.
~. Switch shal I have silver tungsten arc tips, insulating arc chutes,ebony asbestos base and non-ferrous and non-"magnetic bolting mechanism.
d. Electric operator shal I be stored energy charge before close shunttrip type.
2. Main switches and bus tie switches shal I be Kirk key interlocked so thatthey cannot be closed unless one of the main feeder switches is open and thesemain feeder switches cannot be closed unless the tie switch is open. Verifyexact interlocking requirements described above with the detai Is on the drawings.
3. The switches shal I be equipped with current I imiting, high interruptingcapacity fuses specified in Section 16300. Provide three extra fuses for eachswitch mounted in the fuse -compartment.
4. Switches shal I bolt directly to the switchboard buses and shal I be front'accessible.
. 5. Switches shal I be individually enclosed in a steel compartment so thatno I ive parts are accessible to the operator whether the door is open or enclosed.
6. Switches shal I have solderless lug connectors with I ine shields. Contactsshal I be si Iver al loy with spring reinforced fuse cl ips. Provide Class R fuserejection cl ips for al I current I imiting fuses.
7. The door shal I be interlocked with the switch mechanism so that with theswitch energized the door cannot be opened and vice versa. Door latch shaJ I beequipped with means for dou~le padlocking.
8. Switches shal i be rated for a maximum short circuit rating of 200,000amperes with current I imiting fuses and 100,000 amperes rms symmetrical withcurrent I imiting time delay fuse. ~
9. Switches shal I be Square D Bolt-Loc, Pringle or approved equal.
G. METERING
1. Watt hour voltage and current metering shal I be provided for each mainswitch and distribution switch in each distribution section where indicated onthe plans.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16200-13
a. Current transformers shall be provided for each ph'ase of each switch.Current transformers shall have an insulation class of 600 volts, a curreht ratioof five (5) to the closest roating of the switch or as indicated on the drawing andrated for 60 Hz operation. Current transformers shal I be window type" GeneralElectric Type JAH-O or Westinghouse equiYalent. Current transformers shal I beremovable from the front of the switchboard without dismantl ing large bus sections.
b. Potential transformers shal I be provided for each switchboard, ratedfor 480 volts and a 4:1 ratio, General Electric Type JVA-O or Westinghouseequivalent. Provide fuse protection for each. potential transformer.
c. A watt hour meter drawout type shal I be provided for each main switch.Meter shall be for use on a 277/480 volt, 3 P, 4 wir'e, 60 Hz system with groundedneutral circuit. The watt-hour meter shal I have a sweephand 15 minute blockinterval type maximum demand register resetable from outside the meter. Thekolowatt hour register shal I be dial type with a minimum of four dials. Multiplierratios shall be shown on front of each watt=hour meter. Meter shall be GeneralElectric or Westinghouse.
d. Ammeter for each main switch shal I be switchboard mounting shunt typeo to switch rating with 1% accuracy. Volt meter for each main switch shal I beswitchboard type to match ammeter, with 0 to 600 volt scale and shal I monitor,at 1% accuracy line to I ine and I ine to neutral. Provide a 7 position rotaryselector switch with pistol grip rated 20 amperes for each main switch. Switchsha I I contro I mon i tored vo Itage read rngs of line to line, ech line to neutra I and anindicated OFF position. Provide number and arrangement of potential transformersto al low line to I ine and I ine to neutral voltage readings on al I three phases atthe main switch of each substation. Meters shal I be General Electric orWestinghouse.
e. Provide external test jacks for recording of watt hours, current andvoltage, General Electric Type PK-2 or approved equal.
f. Provide permanent marking and identification for each rotary switchand test jacks to indicate which function and phase is being monitored.
H. GROUND FAULT PROTECTION
1. A ground fault detector shal I be provided for each main and distributionlow voltage substation bolted pressure contact switch where indicated on the plans.This detector shal I operate a relay which sha! I uatomatical Iy open the.switch upondetection of a ground fault as described herein.
a) The ground fault protection of the main secondary switches shal I befor use on a 480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, sol idly grounded wye, 60 hz, dual servicesystem with bus tie switch operation as indicated below.
b) Dual service/bus tie conditions:- Both main switches closed and tie switch open- Main switch #1 open and tie switch closed to Main switch #2- Main switch #2 open and tie switch closed to Main switch #1
c) Provide 2 level ground fault protection for conditions indicated. AI Isecond level protection shall allow for adjustable time delay settings.
2. The ground fault protection for the distribution secondary switchesshal I be 480 volt, 3 ~hase, 3 or 4 wire, 60 hz as indicated on the plans. Groundfault protection shal I consist of a ground sensor encircl ing the 3 phase andneutral conductors where appl icable and connected to a sol id state ground relaywhich initiates tripping to the distribution switches.UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16200-14
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
3.1 ELECTRIC SERVICE OUTAGES AND PRIMARY SYSTEM ENERGIZING
6. Ground detector equipment shal I be completely packaged and prewired forinstallation in the switchboard.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16200-15
3. The ground protection shal I be adjustable from 100 to 1200 primary amperes,as indicated on the plans, and time characteristics shal I provide adjustableinstantaneous (.03) to 1.0 second.
INSTALLATIONPART 3:
1. The Contractor shal I verify with the University Electrical ConstructionSuperintendent that al I equipment is on the job site; and that al I installationinvolved is completed, tested, and ready for service; and that al I related shopdrawings, test reports, installaTion data, and operational data (1 copy minimum)have been submitted and approved; before submitting each outage and/or energizationrequest.
2. Outages and energizations wi I I be scheduled at the convenience of theUniversity. In the case of an emergency, the University reserves the right tocancel or change the schedul ing up to 24 hours before the previously approvedstarting time. There shal I be no additional cost to the University for outagesand/or energization rescheduled at the University's request where at least 24 hoursnotice has been given by the University to the Contractor.
3. During the outage and/or energization the Contractor shal I follow theswitching procedures prepared by the University.
4. During the energlzation and/or outage, the Contractor shal I not do workunti I being first cleared in writing to do so by the University Hold Caed Electrician.
B. Upon being instal led, 01 I switches shal I be left open and tagged with holdcards in the name of a person to be designated by the University. Hold cardsare avai lable, from the University of Minnesota Electrical Construction Superintendent.
A. Requests for proposed outages and energizations shal I be submitted in writingto the University Electrical Construction Superintendent for approval at theearliest possible date, and in no case later than two weeks prior to the outageand/or energization. Proposed outage and/or energization information shal I besubmitted on a University of Minnesota "Request for Electric Outage and/or Energization" form (4 copies) avai lable from University Electrical ConstructionSuperintendent.
4. Circuit interrupter shunt trip and relay shal I operate from 120 volt ACcontrol and al I necessary control wiring, terminal blocks, mounting, fuses andaccessories shal I be provided. Provide test switch and indicating pi lot lights.
5. Coordination of the selective ground fault relaying system shal I be estabI ished by zone selective interlocking. Provide restraint wiring between relaysand substations per manufacturers recommendations. Time and current settings shal Ibe as directed by the Engineer.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
I. In no case shal I these cards be removed without that person's approval.Contractor shall submit to the University for approval the section to beene~gized along with the date and time this is to take place. This requestshal I be in writing and the Contractor shal I receive written approval beforeproceeding to energize that section of the system. The first energized operationof each high voltage (over 600 volts) switch instal led under the contract shal Ibe by the Contractor. AI I subsequent operations of these switches shal I be bythe University except where specifically stated in writing beforehand betweenthe University and the Contractor. ,
2. At the time of energizing each high voltuge feeQer, the Contractorshal I be prepared to handle any situation that may arise from a cable orequipment'fai lure or other faults on the system. If a fai lure-or a ,fault,it is the Contractor's responsibi I ity to check out and place the system inproper operation with the required personnel and equipment, as soon as possible.
C. Twelve (12) weeks before the first energization and/or outage desired bythe Contractor, he shal I submit a bar graph schedule of his proposed sequenceof al I energizations and outages.
I. This schedule shall show construction time in calendar days require.d forand between the various energizations and outages and shall include any weekendwork. It shal I also list the spl ices and other work to be completed during andbetween each outage.
2. The Owner wi I I review and return one (I) copy to the Contractor. Heshal I re-submit it (4 copies) to the Owner no later than two (2) weeks priorto the first e1erg!zation and/or outage. The re-submitted-Ischedule shall listthe dates (for the duration of the project) that the Contractor estimates hewi I I start and complete the various schedule entries.
3. As work progresses, the Contractor shall update and re-submit theschedule monthly.
4. Reproducible bar graph schedule forms and a sample schedule areavai lable from the Electrical Construction Superintendent.
5. Primary 13,800 volt feedors shal I be made avai lable for splicing andenergizations during normal working hours. If the Contrractor chooses to workduring overtime hours, the work wi I I be at his expense and there shal I be nocharge to the University. The University shal I not be required to have peopleavai lable during overtime hours worked by the Contractor.
6. The Contractor shal I minimize al I outages on the Owner's electricalsystem and shall employ sufficient workmen so that work wi II be carried onconcurrently at more than one I~ocation, when necessary to accomplish this.
D. Primary 13.8 KV feeders shai I be connected in such that there isparal lelabi I ity across the 13.8 KV tie switches and between al I incoming13.8 KV feeders. That is, al I bui Iding feeders and transformers shal I betransferable between 13.8 KV incoming feeder~ without having to be shut off.
E. AI I modifications to Unit A bur Iding primary service entrance switchgearshal I be complete before the 13.8 KV feeders to Unit F are energized.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16200-16
IIIIIItIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII-I
3.2 WATT-HOUR METER H1STALLATIONS
A. Ki lowatt-hour meter information shall be submitted in writing to the ElectricConstruction Superintendent for approval at the earl iest possible date, and inno case later than two weeks prior to energizing. This information shal I be submitted on and as required on a University of Minnesota "Electrical Watt-hourMeter Installation or Removal" form (3 copies) avai table from Electrical Construc-tion Superintendent.
.,. ,
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16200-17
2.1 DIESEL DRIVEN REMOTE RADIATOR COOLED STANDBY UNIT
A. General
1.2 GENERAL
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16210-1
EMERGENCY STANDBY SYSTEMS
1.1 SCOPE
PART I: GENERAL
SECTION 16210
A. Conditions of Contract, Division I General Requirements and Section 16010General Provisions - Electrical apply to al I work of this section. Refer toArticle 12 of the instructions to Bidders, Article 7 of the General Conditionsand Section 01010 - Summary of Work and special Requirements for requirementson pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methodsand other conditions.
B. Certain electrical loads determined to be critical and necessary to theoperation of the bui Iding are connected to separately derive power systems ona standby basis. These loads include stair I ighting, egress I ighting, exitI ighting; equipment and special ~oom I ighting, fire alarm system, certainpumps, fans and other mechanical motors, the elevator system on a priorityselective basis and other selected loads as shown on the plans.
2. The engine-generator unit shal I also have a publ ished continuousPrime Power rating of no! less than 90% of the above KW rating.
3. Rating of the dresel engine-generator set shal ~ be based on operationof the set when equipped with al I necessary operating accessories such as
B. AI I wiring for emergency systems shal I be instal led in separate conduiTsystems and fed from emergency panelboards and switchboards. The systemsshal I operate from the basic bui Iding power system under "normal" conditionsand shal I operate from standby engine-driven generator set during "emergency".Transfer from one system to the other shal I be automatic as described herein.
I. The engine-generator unit shal I be a complete self-contained~ integral,engine driven AC generator unit capable of del ivering 750 KW of power at .8power factor continuously for the duration of the power outage. The engineand generator shal I be skid mounted as a single unit, and the engine andgeneratorshal I be directed connected. The unit shal I be Cummins KTA 2300 GSCaterpi liar, or approved equal. .
A. The operation of the standby system shal I be such that in the event offai lure of the normal source, the engine-generator unit shal I be automaticallystarted and the generator shal I automatical!y assume the above describedemergency loads. At the time the"normal service is re-establ ished, theemergency generator unit shal I stop. The stand-by system shal I be alwaysready to automatically operate as described above and shal I be complete withal I equipment necessary for such operation. Controls shal I be complete withal I equipment necessary for such operation. Controls shal I also be providedto al low the manual operation of the engine-generator unit for test purposes.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
radiator, fan, air cleaners, lubricating 011 pump, fuel transfer pump, fuelinjection pump, jacket water pump, governor, charging generator, alternatingcurrent generator, and exciter regulator.
4. The engine and generator shal I be the product of one company. Thatcompany, and its authorized dealer, shal I have sole r~sponsibl I ity for theperformance of the diesel engine-generator set and its accessories. It shal Ibe a new, factory assembled and tested set. It is also the intent andpurpose of this specification to provide .the necessar"y controls, transferswitch and accessories to the extent that ttlis equipment, in conjunction withthe diesel engine-generator set, wi I! comprise a complete operating packagefor installation 1000 feet above sea level In an ambient temperature of 100°Fmaximum, 50°F minimum.
B. Gene rator
r. The generator shal I be a 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, WYE connected,rated 750 KW at 0.8 power factor. The generator rating shal I be appl icable forcontinuous service in standby power appl ication.
2. Voltage regulation shal I be +1% from no load to ful I load withsteady state modulation of 1/2%. The voltage regulator shal I be a statictype using non-aging si I icon control led rectifiers.
3. Transient voltage change shal I not exceed 20% upon application of90% rated load with recovery to steady state band conditions within 1.5seconds.
4. The generator shal I start a minimum 220 Hp, NEMA Code F motor acrossthe line with a maximum voltage dip of 25% as measured on a I ight beamrecorder without series boost equipment. Test data indicating transientvoltage recovery for rated loads and motor demands shal I be included withshop drawings. This data may be in the form of time-voltage curves.
5. The generator, exciter and regulator shal I be factory wired andtested as a complete unit.
a. The unit shal I be of brush less construction using a threephase, half wave rotating rectifier assembly with hermetically sealed,·metal I ic type si I icon diodes to supply main field excitation. Unit construction shal I al low removal of al I or any part of the exciter withoutdisassembly to the generator. A surge suppressor shal I be connected acrossthe rotating diode network to protect them frcm transient conditions.
. b. The unit shal I be fully guarded and drip-proof per NEMA MGI-I .25.The entire insulation system shal I be of Class F or better insulation andshal I be of synthetic non-hygroscopic materials. The stator winding shal I begiven three dips and brakes. Temperature rise shal I be within NEMA MG-I-22.40for a I I namep Iate vo I "tages and at rated fu II load. The amort i sseur wind ingwi I I be die cast aluminum or copper bars with continuous end plates.
c. Bearings shal I be anti-friction type with provisions for addingand/or changing grease through grease-ways extended to the generator exterior.The generator shal I be self-venti la"ted and shal I use a one-piece, castaluminum al loy internal fan for'high volume, low noise air del ivery.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16210-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
, ,
4. Governor:
3. Lubrication:
C. Engine
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16210-3
~':
Lubricating oi I coolerInitial fi I I of lubricating 01 IHydraul ic or electronic type governor set for I" regulationDry type air cleaner24 volt automatic starting and ignition system and batteriesExhaust stainless steel flexible seamless connection and rain capExhaust si lencer - residential typeEngine to be provided with removable type cyl inder linersEngine mounted fuel pumpAnti-freeze solution of 50% ethylene glycolEngine jacket water heater 4000 watt, 208 volt, single phase,
thermostatically control ledFuel fi Iter with replaceable elementOattery charging 30 Amp alternator and regulatorBattery rack and battery cablesRemote radiator with blower fan
a. The engine speed shal I be governed by a ful I hydraul Ie orelectronic gov~rnor that is capable of maintaining governed speed at precise
b. Ful I flow oi I fi Iters, conveniently located for servicing, shal Ibe provided. Fi Iters shal I be equipped with a spring load bypass valve toinsure oi I circulation if filters are clogged.
2. The following auxi Ilaries shall be furnished for' the engine:
a. The engine shal I have a gear-type lubricating 01 I pump forsupplying oi I under pressure to main bearings, crankpin bearings, pistons,piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism.
6. The regulator and voltage adjusting rheostat shal I provide 10%voltage adjustment and shal I be mounted In the side of the junction box.Relocation o-F this assembly to the opposite side shal I be possible withoutunit modification. Al I hardware items shal I be corrosion resistant.
e. The generator construction wi I I al low connection to load throughthe top, bottom or either side of the junction box.
d. The main rotating field shall consist of one piece four polelaminations. The laminations shal I be shrink -FIt and keyed to the shaft.Dovetai Is, cross bolts, and other pole to shaft connection means are notacceptable. The rotating field shal I be layer wound with thermo-settingepoxy between each layer and over the completed winding. The rotor shal I bedynamically balanced up to 25% overspeed. '
I. The engine shal I be a 12 cylinder, 4 cycle, radiator cooled unitcapable of driving the above generator at 1800 RPM to provide the electricpower oufput stated above from the engine and generator as a unit. The rated·brake horsepower of the engine shal I be not less than 1099 HP and thedisplacement shal I not be less than 2300 cubic Inches.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
D. Remote Radiator
G. Instruments
E. Fuel System
F. Exhaust System
IIIIIItIIIIIIIIIIII
Battery charge rate ammeterOi I pressure gaugeWater temperature gaugeRunning time meterOverspeed and overcrank cutoutsLub 01' temperature gauge
For EngineFor Generator
AC Ammeter - 2%Voltmeter/Ammeter Phase
se Iector sw i -rchAC voltmeter - 2%Automatic voltage regulatorCircuit breaker main lineFrequency meter
2. The panel shal I have stainless steel cover with aprropriate engravedIdentification and include the fol lowing:
3. An independent fuel oi I day tank capacity of 100 gal Ions wi I I beprovided by the Mechanical Contractor.
- Generator run light- Generator fa I I light- Sonalert horn- Si lence switch and delay
UI~ HEALTH SC IENCESPIN 16210-4
I. The engine shal I be capable of satisfactory performance on a commercialgrade of disti I led petroleum fuel oi I such as No.2 fuel oi I.
I. The Electrical Contractor shal I furnish tha muffler (criticalexhaust silencer) and flex connection sized as recommended by the enginemanufacturer and shown on drawings. The installation of the exhaust systemwi I I be by the Mechanical Contractor. Provide acoustical test data ofmuffler with shop drawing submittal.
I. Remote mounted radiator wi I I be provided by the Mechanical Contractoras shown on the Mechanical Drawings.
4. The existing fuel storage tank and system wil I be uti I ized andextended as shown-on the mechanical drawings by the Mechanical Contractor toserve the new standby unit.
I. The fol lowing instruments and protective devices equipment shal I beprovided to indicate the condition of the engine-generator unit duringoperation and to protect the unit from damage.
2. The fuel system shal I be equipped with replaceab!e fuel fi Iterelements which may be easi Iy removed without breaking any fuel I ine connectionor disturbing any other part of the engine.
Isochronous control for 60 cycle operation. The frequency at any constantload, including no load, shal I remain within a steady state band width of ±0.25% of rated frequEncy. The govornor shal I not permit frequency modulation(defined as the number 6f times per second that the frequency yaries from theaverage frequ8ncy in cycl ic manner) to exceed one cycle per second.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
3. Generator fai I I ight shall indicate any of the following:
Low fuel alarm (any time)Low water temperature (not running)Low oi I pressure (running)Overspeed (running)Overcrank (running)Battery charger malfunction (any time)
H. Circuit Breakers,-
I. The generator main I ine circuit breaker shal I disconnect the generatorfrom the I ine in the event the generator is cal led on to supply more than itsrated capacity. The magnetic and thermal characteristics of the circuitbreaker shal I be such as to al low for the normal starting surges of any motorsbeing suppl ied from the emergency system.
2. Two (2) 120 volt, I pole, 15 Amp. circuit breakers, (with step downtransformer if needed) shal I be tied into the generator, before the main linecircuit breaker, to supply power" for the motorized louvers and fuel transferpump whenever the engine generator set is running.
I. Engine Controls
I. Complete engine start control which operates on closing contact andstop control which operates on opening contact. A cranking limiter shal I besuppl ied to provide 4 cranking periods 10 seconds each whIch wi II open thestart circuit if the plant is not started within that time. The electricplant controls shal I also include 'a 3 position selector switch with thefol lowing positions: run - stop - auto. High water temperature, low watertemperature, low oi I pressure, overspeed and overcrank signal I ights andalarm terminals for each.
2. The starting equipment shal I be provided as required to operate withthe various control components specified herein in the manner describedabove. A "cycle cranking I imiter" shall be provided to automatically stopthe cranking process in the event the engine does not start after the 4cranking cycles. Also, the cranking equipment on the engine shal I be sodesigned or protected such that it wi I I not be harmed in the event thestarting circuit remains energized after the engine has started.
3. The engine shal I be equipped with a 24 volt electric startingsystem of sufficient capacity to crank the engine at a speed which wi I Ial low ful I diesel starting of the engin~.
J. Battery System
I. Batteries shal I be 24 volt lead acid type rating not less than 225ampere per hour at 2 hour rate. Provide acid resistant (wood) battery rackand battery cables. Battery rack aAd batte~ies shal I be instal led directlyadjacent to the engine.
2. A trickle charger with a charge rate indicator and manual chargerate regulator shall be provided to maintain a full charge in the start"lngbatteries at al I times. The trickle charger shal I be equipped with anadjustable charge and shal I be mounted in a wal I mounted cabinet. The tricklecharger shal I be equipped with an adjustable charge rate meter and battery
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16210-5
malfunction alarm. Charger shal I be 120 volt Input and 24 volt output.Wiring to and from charger shal I be In conduit.
3. Battery charger. mal function alarm terminals shal I be furnished tosignal high or low DC voltage.
K. Engine-Generator Mounting
I. The engine and generator shal I be.equipped with suitable channel basefor mounting the engine-generator unit ona concrete foundation. The engineshal I be factory equipped with spring type vibration Isolator Mason Industries,Type B, 1.5" static deflection or equal for mounting beh.'een the channel baseand the concrete base. The engine-generator unit"shal I be instal led on aconcrete base as shown on the drawings.
L. Service Submittals and Tests
I. The engine-generator set supplier shal I be the authorized dealer ofthe engine-generator set manufacturer, and shal I be fully qual Iflad andauthorized to provide service and parts for bo~h the engine and generator.
2. Provide two (2) copies of parts manuals, operation and maintenancemanuals covering the engine-generator components and al I accessories. Provideshop drawings and submittals for approval.
3. The equipment provided by these specifications shal I be covered bythe manufacturer's standard warranty or guarantee on new machines and shal Ibe a minimum of one year or 3600 hours operation, whichever occurs first.
4. The Contractor shal I be responsible for making al I running tests onthe emergency standby unit.
5. Prior to acceptance of the engine-generator set, the unit shal I betested to show it is free of any defects and wi I I start properly and besubject to a fu I I load bank of 750 KW at un Ity power' factor test for a per iodof four (4) hours at the job site and witnessed by the Engineer and University.
6. If engine-generator unit does not pass the field load bank test, theunit shal I be replaced at no additional cosio. Tests shal I be repeated asmany times as necessary.
2.2 AUTOMAT IC TRANS FER SI-I ITCHES
A. Provide automatic, mechanically held transfer switches with 3 or 4 polesfor a normal and emergency source of 277/480 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 hertzas indicated and sized on the drawings. Transfer switches shal I have adequatecapacity for a continuous inductive load at the rated amperes. Providenameplate that indicates: Manufacturer, Model No., Voltage Rating, AmpereRating, Number of Poles, and KVA Service.
I. Transfer switches shal I have the capacity to withstand the thermaland electro-magnetic effects of the avai lable short circuit current asscheduled below. The switch contacts shal I ramain closed under theseconditions.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16210-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
,5. The transfer switch and al I controls shal I be provided in a NEMAenclosure suitable for wal I mounting. Provide hinged door and lock.
B. Transfer switch shal I be Russel Electric or ASCO. Russel numbers are usedto identify qual ity and function.
4. The automatic transfer switch shal I be provided with a manual testswitch to allow for frequent testing of the transfer operation under full loadconditions. A push button shal I be provided to al low by-passing the 30 minutedelay on retransfer.
2. The transfer switch shal I be a double throw mechanically held,positively interlocked mechanically and electrically and shal I not be acombination of single throw devices. It shall be arranged so that a neutralposition is not possible electrically or mechanically. AI I contacts, coi Isand accessories shal I be readi Iy accessible from front of panel for inspectionor replacement from the front of the panel without major disassembly of'related parts.
I. Transfer Switch-Russel RMT sized as indicated on the drawings.
2. Provide the fol lowing accessories for transfer switch (ATS #1)serving the emergency electrical system: (2C) Time Delay to Ignore momentaryoutages, .8 sec. to 2 min. adjustable, (3A) Time Delay on retransfer toinsure stabi I ization of norm~1 source - 0-30 minutes, (4B) Close DifferentialRelays for inductive systems 3 phas~ 85% drop out, 95% pick-up, (5) TestSwitch (68) push button to bypass re~ransfer delay, (7) Engine startingcontact (14A) 2 Auxi I iary Contacts closed when main contacts In normalposition and (14B) 2 Auxi I iary Contacts closed when main contacts In emergencyposition (23X) 0-5 minute adjustable time delay to give closure or opening ofdry contacts before transfer, and (28) neutral contact.
225 AMP400 AMP800 AMP
3. Each transfer switch shal I be arranged to automatically start itsrespectiv~ standby generator exc~pt where otherwise noted when any phase ofthe normal drops below 85% for more than a nominal 3 seconds through the useof an auxi I iary engine starting contact. Transfer shal I occur when thegenerator output is measured at 96% voltage and frequency. Fol lowingcontinuous restoration of al I phases of the normal sources to 95% for anadjustable period of up to 30 minutes, the switch shal I retransfer the loadto the normal source. Fol lowing retransfer, the standby generator shal I rununloaded for an adjustable period of 30 minutes. In event of loss of standbypower and restoration of normal power means shal I be provided for instantaneousretransfer. All control components shall be industrial type throughout andal I relays to be heavy-duty with crisp, repeatably, and accurate response,positive contact pressure and wiping action.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
3. Provide the fol lowing accessories for transfer swltcM serving elevatoremergency electrical system: Accessories shal I ·be identical to those ofParagraph 8.2 except as fol lows:
a. Omit (28) neutral contact and (7) Engine starting contact.
C. The Electrical Contractor shal I provide from accessory (23X) at eachtransfer switch interconnect wiring to signal the elevator controller andthe fire management processor the loss of normal or emergency power prior totransfer to emergency power prior to tran~fer to emergency or normal power.This wiring and time setting of relay (23X) shal I be coordinated with the.system and program requirements of'the elevator suppl ier and fire managementsuppl ier to al low for proper operation of each system. Time settings of(23X) rel~y shal I also be reviewed with the Engl~eer prior to final settingto insure proper overa II emergency, system operat i on.
D. The Electrical Contractor shal I provide interconnect wiring from accessory(7) engine starting contact to start engine~generator upon loss of normalpower from transfer switch.
E, The Electrical Contractor shal I provide al I necessary wiring to connectthe accessories and controls related to the engine-generators transferswitches, remote fan, fuel system, venti lating system, etc., as whown on thedr~wings, specified and required for the proper operation of a completeemergency power system.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP!N 16210-8
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. I SUBSTATION ROOM GROUND BUS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.2. SERVICE GROUND SYSTEM CONDUCTORS
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16220-1
SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM
I. I SCOPE
SECTION 16220
A. Conditions of Contract and Division I - General Requirements, apply to al Iwork of this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipmentfor requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluatIon of proposed substituteproducts, methods and other conditions.
PART I: GENERAL
A. A 1/4" x 4" bare copper bar stock ground bus shal I be attached to the wal Isand floors of the substation room with copper fittings and brass screws orbolts. Solderless connectors shal I be used for the grounding system.
C. The completed ground systems shal I be interconnected with the lightningcounterpose ground grid as shown on the drawings.
B. A complete grounding system shal I be provided as described herein and asshown on the plans. Service grounds are required for each of the substationsas wei I as for each dry Type 480 Delta to 208 wye transformer. AI I groundingshal I conform to the requirements of Article 250 of the NEC.
B. The uninsulated 1/4" x 4" copper ground bus in each substation room shal Ibe bonded to each section of low voltage switchgear, transformer and primaryswitch housings and shal I be suitably interconnected to provide a continuousbus. Ground bus mounting supports shal I be provided for a 3" space betweenwal I surface and bus.
A. In each electrical core provide a system ground conductor as indicated andsized on the plans. Refer to one I ine grounding diagram and power riser.Ground conductor shal I be one continuous bare, stranded copper cable and runexposed In core and equ ipment rooms..
2. Connect each system ground conductor to street side of main waterservice and provide grounding jumper around the water meter.
3. AI I connections shal I be m~da with O.Z. or Burndy copper fittings andnon-ferrous hardware designed specifically for the cable size and type ofattachment required. AI I fittings, clamps, devices, etc., shal I be copper orcopper alloys to be compatible with the basic copper buses and cable.Compression type cable connections shal I be used wherever possible. Connectionsto bus bar shal I be made up of multiple bolted connectors.
I. Connect ground bus at basement floor substation rooms to the systemground conductor and water service as shown on the plans.
I
IIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIIII
4. Vertical runs of cable shal I be supported from structure every 6' withstrain clamp, Burndy Type DUW or O.Z. equivalent.
5. AI I secondary neutrals for low voltage 120/208 volt services inelectrical cords shal Ibe connected to this ground conductor.
2.3 DRY TYPE TRANS FOR~1ER GROUND ING
A. AI I secondary neutrals for low voltage 120/208 volt wye services shal I begrounded to the ground conductor- in each e~ectrical core as shown on plans.
I. Connection shall be made with cable sized',according to Table 250-94 (a)of the NEe.
2. AI I panel board boxes, transformer housing, conduit nipple and junctionboxes shal I be bonded together with proper grounding lugs.
3. AI I connections shal I be made with O.Z. or Burndy copper fittings andnon-ferrous hardware designed speciflcal Iy for the cable size and type ofattachment required. AI I fittings, clamp devices, etc., shal I be copper orcopper alloys to be compatible with the basic copper lugs and cable. Compressiontype connectors shal I be used wherever possible.
2.4 SERVICE GROUND TESTS
A. Ground resistance tests shal I be made in accordance with Section 16010.Test shal I be made as fol lows:
I. At the ma i n i ncom ing water- serv ice before attachment of any groundconductors. Ground resistance shal I not exce9d 25 ohms.
2. At the main incoming water service after attachment of the lightningcenterpoise grounding system.
B. Ground resistance shal I not exceed 25 ohms.
2.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM
A. AI I conduit systems, equipment housings, material housings, junction boxes,cabinets, motors, ducts, wireways, I ight fixtures, portable equipmen~and al Iother conductive surfaces shal I be sol idly grounded in accordance with theNEC to form a continuous, permanent and effective grounding system.
B. Grounding continuity shal I be establ ished by using standard couplings,connectors, fittings and green jacked copper conductor jumper in conduit withcircuit conductors for motors.
C. AI I non-current carrying conductive surfaces of electrical equipmentsubject to personal contact shal I be grounded by an Insulated green jackedcopper conductor sized in accordance with NEC Table 250-95 and instal led Inthe conduit system with the circuit conductors. AI I branch circuit wiringshal f include this ground conductor which shal I be connected to the panel boardground bus from the wiring device, equipment or outlet as required.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16220-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 BUS DUCT
E. Joints shal I be of high compression bolt type which clamps al I bus bars atone time.
F. Plug outlets shal I be of the dead front type with positive catch arranged sothat in opening or closing the cover, the installer wi I I not touch I ive parts.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16300-1
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
~:
1.1 SCOPE
B. Work under this section includes al I secondary electrical distribution equipmentand accessories herein specified and shown on plans to provide a complete connectedand fully operating system and sub-systems.
D. Busway shal I be low impedance, 3 phase, 5 wire, 50% neutral and internal 50%ground bUS, 480/277 volt rating. Bus ?hal I be~bui It to withstand NEMA StandardR~1S symmetrical shod circuit currents.;
SECTION 16300
C. The busway shal I be of the totally enclosed type consisting of formed sheetsteel housing with external mounting flanges. Bus bars shal I be tin or si Iverplated aluminum for the full length.
PART 1: GENERAL
C. AI I equipment and wiring shal I be designed and connected for operating on the277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire secon¢ary system and the 120/208 volt, 3 phase,4 wire, secondary sub-system. AI I equipment shal I be establ ished A-B-C, Jeftto right, front to rear or top to bottm, have phasing when facing the front ofthe equipment where appl icable.
B. Busway shal I be of the plug-in type and the system shal I be polarized. Busshal I be completed with aJ I outlets, taps, elbows, hangers and fittings as required.Busways shal I be Westinghouse, General Electric, Square 0, Federal Pacific orapproved equal. All horizontal runs of bus duct may be feeder- type. Vertical runsof bus duct shal I consist of standard bus lengths with expansion lengths and springloaded floor supports as required for the specific instal lations as shown on theplans. The bus duct manufacturer shal I be responsible for certifying a properinstallation for shop drawing review by the Engineer.
A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, apply to al I workof this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Artic!e 7of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment, for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methodsand other conditions.
A. Provide bus ducts as sized and as shown on plans. Low voltage busway systemsshal I consist of totally enclosed lengths and fittings as necessary, using 10'standard lengths wherever possible. AI I busway shal I be listed by UnderwritersLaboratories and so labeled. Maximum voltage drop shal I be 2.5 volts per 100 feetfor the system on a rated load basis. Busways shal I be Westinghouse, General Electric, Square 0, Federal Pacific or approved equal.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Furnish twelve outlets per 10' length and four per 5' length, half on each sideof busway, al I usable simultaneously. Outlets shal I be polarized and arranged soplugs can be inserted or removed only \'1hen plug is in off position.
G. All cable connections ·to the bus duct shall be with Burndy "Hydent" compression type connections, or approved equal.
H. Bus duct shall be supported at every 5' interval with 1/4" threaded rod hangersin horizontal runs and at each floor with floor flange bolted supports in verticalruns. Provide a fire barrier where bus duct. penetrates floor slabs and firerated wa I Is.
I. Bus duct shal I be finished in mdium gray enamel over a rust inhibitor andhardware shal I be cadmium or zinc plated.
J. The busway shall be desigroed and tested at rating with no part exceedinga 55°C temperature rise in a 40° ambient.
K. Access to on Iy one si de of the bus\'1ay need be requi red for inspection ortightening of the joint.
L. There shal I be a stamped metal name plate attached to the duct at intervalsnot exceeding ten (10) feet. Nameplate shall indicate manufacturer'sidentification number, voltage rating, temperature rating, nominal currentrating, short circuit current rating and bus duct material .
.M. Shop dra\'lings for bus duct shall show the proposed layout with all dimensions,the nameplate data, and manufacturer's catalog data sheets for al I partsincluding catalog numbers. They shal I also show the internal ground busampacity in terms of amperes and/or percent of full busway ratings.
2.2 BUSWAY PLUGS
A. AI I plugs shal I consist of sheet steel housings finished to match bus duct.Provide necessary clamps for quick attachment of the plug to the busway. Providesolderless mechanical terminals for al I wire connections and include ground terminal. All current carrying parts shall be si Iver plated.
B. Plug bases shal I have stab shields and positive pressure reinforced stabsand shall be suitable for either- copper or aluminum bus bar type busway. Provide padlocking type cover catches and means for padlocking in off position.
C. Plugs shal I be 600 volt, 3 pole interrupter switch type, quick-make, quickbreak, interlocked cover type with releasable interlock. Switch unit shal I becapable of interrupting 12 times its continuous current rating. Fure cl ips shal Ibe positive pressure type with rejection-type cl ips for current I imiting fuses.Switch shal I have horsepower ratings for standard or time delay fusing in accordancewith NEMA standards.
D. Plugs shal I be of the same manufacture as the bus duct and shal I be sized asshown on the plans and required by Code.
2.3 PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shal I be the dead front type with mains arr6nged as shown on thepanelboard schedule for 120/208 volt or 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, wyeconnection. [nclosures shal I be code grade steel complete with door-in-doortype trim. The inner door shal I be the locking type and the outer door shal I
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16300-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
1. 4" added gutter width for conductors sized #1 to 4/0.
3. 8" added gutter width for conductors sized 600MCM to 750tv1CM.
2. 6" added gutter width for conductors sized 250MCM to 500MCM.
F. Circuits shal I be connected as shown on the plans for a balanced three phaseload. Circuit breaker number for al I 3 pole and 2 pole breakers shal I havenumbers in sequence as f61 lows: 3 pole breaker shal I be labeled 1,2,3. Typewrittenindex shal I have corresponding numbers in sequence to al low index label ing of a
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16300-3-t.:
be secured by trim type screws on the side opposite the hinge. Trim type screwsshal I be wide pan head installation in dri I led and tapped holes. The outer"door for flush cabinets shall be completely framed. The outer door for surfacecabinet may be a continuously hinged side door". Shop drawings shal I detailthese items. Circuits shal I be listed on clear plastic covered, typewrittencard indexes attached to the inner side of the inner doors. Each protectivedevice shdl I be designated by a number at the device. Final room numbers asprovided by the University shal I be used for al I circuit indexes.
D. Each panelboard shal I be identified with a blacko-white-black laminated plasticplate attached to the inner trim. Letters and numbers shal I be cut through theblack and into the white of the plate. Inscription shall be symmetrical aboutthe centerl ine of the plates, and plates shal I be attached with self-tappingscrews. Identification shal I correspond to designations used in the specificationsand on the plans.
B. Panel bus bars shal I be sol id copper and shal I be al igned and rigidly suppsupported on back pan by insulators connected to a removable mounting panel.All lugs shall be copper-bronze for bolted lug connection. Each panelboardshal I contain individual insulated neutral bus of same ampacity as the main bus.Where scheduled, panelboards shal I contain a separate ground bus which shal Iconsist of a minimum of 16 solderless connector lugs for 30 circuit panelboardsand 24 solderless connector lugs for 42 circuit panelboards. Solderlessconnector lugs shal I be sized for #14 through #4 conductors and a single lugfor up to #1/0 with each ground bus. All ci rcuit breakers shall be attachedto bus by means of machine screw connections, and shal I be removable from thefront within de-energizing the panel. Rough-in boxes shal I have a minimum widthof 20" an.d minimum depth of 4-1/2". Full length vertical buses and crossbreaker connection including al I hardware shal I be provided and instal led inal I future circuit breaker spares and spaces. AI I panel boards shal I be keyedwith identical Corbin Lock #157-67, using WEM-I key.
C. Where feeders pass through panelboards or sub-feed circuit breakers areincorporated with the panel board, increase panel board gutter widths on appropriateside as fo I lows:
E. The lighting and three-phase motor panelboards shal I be dead front type withfront removable bolt-in circuit breakers with thermal magnetic trips of sizesshown on schedule on plans. Panel boards shal I be designed for 277/480 volt,3 phase, 4 wire, wye connected, sol id neutral. Panelboards shal I be GeneralElectric NHB or equivalent. The receptacle and smal I appl iance panelboards shal Ibe dead front type with front removable bolt-in circuit breakers with thermalmagnetic trips of sizes shown on schedule on plans. Contractor shal r provide asuitable circuit breaker sized for the load for each branch circuit shown on theplans if inadvertently not identified or noted in the panel board schedule. Panelboards shal I be designed for 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, wye connected, solidneutral. Panelboards shal I be General Electric Type NLAB or equivalent.
IIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIII
3 pole circuit without spaces between these numbers. Final room number's as identifiedby the Owner shal I be used on the Index.G. Distribution type panelboards in shaH spaces s'hall be simi lar to panelboardsexcept larger size, wal I or floor mounted. Distribution panel boards shal I beGeneral Electric Type ecs ?r NAB or equivalent. Provide hinged wireway cover foreach section. Provide ground bus where scheduled and as specified in above.
H. AI I circuit protective devices shal I be molded case circuit breakers withthermal magnetic trips for 120/208 volt 277/480 volt as indicated. AI I two andthree pole circuit breakers shal I have commo~ trips.
1. Circuit breakers shall conform to the' following minimum characteristicsbased upon General Electrical nomenclatures:
I. Certain panels as scheduled on the plans shal I have bui It-in I ine side contactors for remote control of the main bus. Contactors shal I be Asco #920 orapproved equal for 2-wire remote control, mechanically held. Contacts shal Ibe rated for 600 volts and coi Is shal I be for 120 volt as required. to match thecontrol circuit voltage. Contactors shal I be 3 pole with ampere rating as indicated in the panelboard schedule. Contactors shal I be rated at 14,000 amperesfault current withstand capabi lity.J. Panelboards shall be Square 0, Westinghouse, General Electric, I.T.E., FederalPacific or approved equal. Manufacturer's shop drawings shal I include busingdetai Is, mounting methods and lug arrangements.
2.4 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMERS
A. Provide dry type transformers where shown and of KVA rating as shown on theplans. Transformers shal I be bui It in accordance with the latest revised standardof AlEE, ANSi and NEMA.
8. Transformers shal I be rated 480 volt delta to 120/208 volt wye, 3 phase, 60hz with four primary taps, for 2-1/2% and 5% below normal and above normal.Transformers shal I have Class H insulation for 1500 e rise over a 400 C ambient.Transformers shal I include equipme~t ground lug.C. Transformer housings shal I be constructed of heavy gauge steel with ventilation openings and overall gray enamel finish. Transformers shall be suitablefor floor, wall mounting or ceiling suspension with rod hangers and channel iron.
UM HEALTH SC IENCESPIN 16300-4
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIIII
D. Transformers shal I have declbe~ ratings not to exceed USASI Standards.Transformers shal I be equipped with four interal neoprene rubber anti-vibrationpads to completely isolate the core and coi I assembly from the enclosure. Provide efficiency, impedance and no load loss characteristics.
E. Transformers sha' I be General Electric, Westinghouse, Sorgel, Nigara or approvedequa I.
2.5 FUSES
A. Provide and instal I secondary fuses in ai' fusible switches, ~otor controlcenters, switchboards sized as shown on the plans. Provide spare fuses as specified in other sections for the specific equipment. High voltage fuses are specifiedin Section 16200.
B. Fuses shal I be of the proper voltage rating either 250 volt or 600 volt classas required for the particular equipment. Fuses shal I be Bussmann or approvedequal. AI I current I imiting fuses shal I be Class R rejection type.
1. Fuses in the main substation disconnect switches shal I be of the si Iversand current limiting type, Buss Hi-Cap, type KRP-C, except as otherwise indicatedor shown on the plans.
2. Fuses 'protecting feeders to 277/480 volt panelboards shall be dual elementsi Iver sand type, Buss Fusetron FRS (600V), below 150 amperes and Buss Low PeakLPS (600V) from 150 amperes and above.
3. Fuses protecting feeders to power panels, motor control centers, dry typetransformers, bus duct risers and transfer switches shal' be of the currentlimiting, dual-element type, Buss Low-Peak Fuses - LPN (250V); LPS (600V), 600amperes and below and Buss Hi-Cap KRP-C above 600 amperes.
4. AI' motors, whether served from individual disconnects or from a motorcontrol center, shal I be protected by Buss Dual Element Fusetron Fuses - FRN(250V); FRS (600V) to 150 amperes and Buss Low Peak LPS (600V) from 150 amper~s
and above based on nameplate amperes and service factor.
5.' AI' requests for substitutions shall be submitted in advance of bid tothe engineer in writing and shall include a coordination table showing that thesubstitution wi II provide a coordinated system of overcurrent pl-otection and thatthe short circuit current let-thru shal I not exceed the inerrupting capabi I ityof the equipment or devices being protected.
6. Contractor shal I furnish to the University one set of three of each sizeand type of al I fuses instal led in the substation for each substation vault.For each main disconnect furnish 3 spare fuses. Furnish a set of twelve (12)each, of each size and type of fuses used in each motor control center and eachpower panel. The Contractor shal I indicate by letter to the University with copyto Engineer the list and location of aJ I spare:fuses. Provide metal fuse cabinetswith shelves and hinged door to hold al I spare fuses mounted on a wal I wheredirected by the University. Provide one cabinet at basement level and one cabinetat 10th floor.
2.6 SAFETY SWITCHES'
A. Provide safety switches where required and as shown, sized according to theload served or the feeder or branch wire capacity, for motors and equipment.Switches shal' be fused or unfusad as indicated and as required.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16300-5
B. Safety switches shal I be heavy duty type, 250 volt or 600 VQlt and 2 pole or3 pole as required. Switches shall be visible blad.e type with quick-make, quickbreak operating mechanism, ful I cover control circuit interlock and means forpadlocking.C. Safety switches shal I be NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R raintight for wet or outdoorlocations.
D. Safety switches shal I be Westinghouse, General Electric, AI len Bradley,Square D, Federal Pacific or I.T.E.
2.7 SECONDARY SWITCHBOARDS
A. Construction of the low voltage distribution section shal I be NEMA Class 1,having whatever depth is necessary to accomodate the equipment. The distributionbranch protective devices shal I be group-mounted with necessary bus connectionstraps and having the device (I ine and load) connections accessible from thefront. Where space for a future device is called for, all necessary buses exceptdevice connecting straps shall be furnished. Full length vertical buses shallbe provided in every section.
1. Switchboards shal I be completely self-supporting structures of the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form one metal enclosed rigidswitchboard. The sides, top and rear shal I be covered with removable screw-oncode gauge steel plates. Switchboards shal I include al I protective devices andequipment as I isted on drawings.
2. Bus terminals shal I be tin or si Iver plated aluminum sized on the basisof not more than 800 ampere per square inch current density. The bus bars shallbe mounted on supports of high impact non-tracking insulating material and shallbe braced to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short circuit conditionsbased on NEMA Standards.
3. Sections shal I be designed for 277/480 volts, 3 phase, 60HZ with ful Icapacity neutral unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Main bus ratingsshal I be as shown on the plans. Provide ground bus where indicated on theswitchboard detai I.
4. AI I steel surfaces shal I be chemically cloaned and treated to provide abond between paint and metal surfaces to help prevent the entrance of moistureand formation of rust under the paint fi 1m. The switchboard exterior shal I befinished in ASA-#61 I ight gray. Al I hardware used on conductors shal I have ahigh tensi Ie strength and have a suitable protective finish.
5. Switchboard shal I be provided with adequate I ifting means and shat I becapable of being rol led or moved into installation position.
B. Main and distribution section individual switching devices shal I be fusible,3 pole, quick make, quick break, 600 volt hinged door type sized as shown onplans.
1. Switches shall bolt dir-ectly to the buses and shall be front accessible,heavy duty type.
2. Switches shal I be individually enclosed in a steel compartment so that nolive parts are accessible to the op·er~ator whether the door is open or enclosed.
3. Switches shal I have solderless lug connectors with I ine shields. Contactsshal I be si Iver al loy with spring reinforced fuse cl ips. Provide Class R fuserejection cl ips for al I current I i~iting fuses.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16300-6
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
6. AI I switches shal I be equipped with fuses as specified in Section 16300.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16300-7
B. Circuit breakers shal I be m01ded case with thermal magnetic trips for120/208 volt or 2771480 volt as indica'red or required.
C. Circuit breakers shal I conform to the fol lowing minimum characteristicsbased upon General Electric nomenclature unless otherwise noted:
14,000
10,000
Sym. I.C. - RMS - 480V
Sym. I.C. - RMS - 240V
a) 120/208 volt appl ication:
Amps. Volts Frame---15-100 240 THQS
b) 480 volt appl icaioion:
Amps. Volts Frame
15-100 480 TEF·.
C. Circuit breakers shal I be General Erectric, Square D, Westinghouse, I.T.E.,Federal Pacific or approved equal,_
A. Provide circuit breakers where shown on the plans, sized according to theload served or the feeder or branch wire capacity for motors and equipment.Circuit breakers shal I be surface or flush mounted in NEMA 1 enclosures asindicated. Flush mounted circuit breakers shal I be instal led with stainlesssteel cover engraved with the equipment name.
7. Shop drawings shal I be furnished providing the fol lowing information:complete rating, short-circuit withstandabi I ity of bus and of lowest rated device, overal I outl ine dimensions including space avai lable for conduits,circuit schedule showing circuit number, device description, device frame ampererating, trip or fuse clip ampere rating, feeder circuit identification, conductorratings and one-I ine diagram with each circuit device numbered. Provide switchboardand switch nameplate identification specified under Section 16010.
8. Swit-chboard shall be as manufactured by General Electric, \\jestingho.use,Square D, I.T.E. or Federal Pacific.
2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
IIIIIIIIIIIII·IIIIII
2.1 INSTALLATION
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2. Provide plaster frames for recessed fixtur-es where applicable.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpIN 16400-1
LIGHTING FIXTURES
1.1 SCOPE
3. Provide all additional structural members where required for fixture support when not furnished with the cei ling system or by the cei I ing installer.. ,
A. Fixtures shal I be hung from the suspended cei ling grid, tees, etc., exceptindustrial and strip fluorescent fixtures shal I be mounted from structure. Provide al I cl ips, sheet metal screws, anchors, etc., for a secure installation.
SECTION 16400
PART 1: GENERAL
B. Work under this section includes furnishing and installation of al I fixturescomplete with lamps and bal lasts where required as shown on the plans and on thefixture schedule. Capital letters adjacent to outlets indicate the fixturetype and smal I letters indicate the ~anner of switching. Where continuous rowfixtures are specified, it shal I be understood that the capital letter next tothe outlet identifies al I fixtures in the row and al I rows are made up of eitherfour or eigh~ foot long fixtures in" combination to complete the row. Catalognumbers listed below are for bas i c four foot long fixtures. Contractor sha II beresponsible for exact quantities of fixtures required in any row. The channelsmay be eight feet long, but al I plastics, hinged doors and louver sections shal Inot exceed four feet long. Unless otherwise noted, a suitable and typical fixtureshal I be furnished and instal led at each fixture outlet (or as otherwise indicatedon the drawings) though inadvertently not identified on the plans or not listedon the fixture schedule.
A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1-General Requirements, apply to al I workof this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Mater"ials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methodsand other conditions.
4. Surface mounted flourescent fixtures shal I be mounted from Steel City#6029 or edgewise 1-1/2" Lather's channels provided by the Electrical Contractor.Provide 3/16" studs and locknuts for every four feet and at the ends of al I fixture rows. Channels shal I rest on the cei I ing support system and shal I be securelyfastened into place.
1. Coordinate the installation, placement and cutting of suspended cei lingcomponents with the cei I ing system manufacturer and/or installer.
B. Electrical Contractor shal I coordinate the fixture installation for al Icei I ing types and shal I check cei ling finishes, clearances, structure suspensionsystem etc., before placing fixture orders to insure correct application. Referto architectural reflected cei I ing plans and detai Is for detai Is of cei I ing systemsand exact locations of fixtures.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
:~
C. AI I fixtures shal I be hung straight and true and as design of fixture andaccepted practice dictate. AI I fixtures shal I be cleaned immediately before thefir,al inspection. All fixtures shall be newly lamped and in perfect operatingcondition at the completion of the job. AI I necessary devices and auxi liaryfitti~g required for a complete and workman I ik8 installation shal I be furnishedand installed by this Contractor.' . ,
D. Concrete bases and housings for outdoor post and'bol lard lights wi I I be provided by the' General Contractor-. Refer to the Architectural Detai Is.
2. 2 LM~PS
A. AI I incandescent lamps shal I be inside frosted, rated at 125 volts unlessotherwise noted in the fixture I isting. Lamps shal I be standard 1000 hour lifetype except R and PAR Type 2000 hours.
8. Mercury vapor lamps shal I be deluxe white or beauty lite inside frosted ratedfor 24,000 hours I ife except 100 watt lamps shal I be 16,000 hours rated.
C. Rapid start fluorescent lamps shall be T-12 white, 3200 (min.) initial lumensand 20,000+ hours lamp life.
D. Lamps shal I be Sylvania, Westinghouse, General Electric or approved equal.
2.3 BALLASTS
A. Flubrescent bal lasts shal I be for 277 volts (except where noted otherwise),premium high power factor and CBM-ETL approved. Provide multiple lamp bal lastswherever possible. Bal lasts shal I have internal thermal automatic resettingprotection and inert solid fill and capacitor protection to meet Class "P" U.L.rating. Sound ra~-ings shall be "A" for rapid start. Fluoorescent ballastsshall be "Premium" Jefferson, General Electric, 'destinghouse or Universal, equivalent to Advance Mark I I Kool Koi I.
B.. Merc~ry vapor ba II asts sha II be 277 vol t (except where noted otherwi se)constant wattage high power factor type Jefferson, Sola, General Electric orapproved equal. Mercury vnpor bal lasts and I ight fixtures for interior useshall be designed suitable for appl ication with room ambient noise level of30NC without additive noise contribution to exceed the noise curve criteria.Fixture manufacturer shal I be responsible for the proper bal last appl ication andmount i ng to insure acceptab Ie ope rat ion for the app I kat ion def i ned.
C. The fluorescent bal last manufacturer shal I provide a two-year guarantee againstdefects in workmanship or material which includes an in-warranty service programproviding for the payment of authorized labor charges incurred in the replacementof defective in-warranty bal lasts.
2.4 LIGHT FIXTURES
A. AI I fixtures shal I be U.L. appioved and manufactured, instal led and wired inaccordance with the latest rulings of the National Board of Fire Underwriters
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16400-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2.5 FIXTUR~ SCHEDULE
and national, state and local codes and ordinances.
~ Description Lamp
E. Submittal of fixture samples to the Engineer for evaluation shal I be required14 days prior to bid date for approval where indicated in the fixture schedule.
1-F40W
1-F40W-U
3-F40W
2-F40W~
UM HEALTH SCIENCES
PIN 16400-3
Same as type !'A" except Vlith 2 lamps on normal pO\ver and1 lamp on emergency power. Refer to detai I 10/E37· forappl ication. LPI 649009 or Columbia 340A-51 19G-7160-143-277or approved equal.
"
Same as Type "A" except 1 lamp with 1 ballast. LPI 649001X, orColumbia 140A-5119G-7160-141-277 or approved equal.
Same as type "A" except 2 I amp VI ith one ba I last, LP I 649001" orColumbia 240A-5119G-71600r approved equal. All fixturesshoVin on plan without fixture type. are t~pe "A-2".
Same as Type "A" except 2' (nomInal) long Vlith single "U"lamp. Fixture shall be designed~to accomodate a 24" >< 11"finished opening. LPI 649025 or Columbia 140A-5119G7160X-1214-277 or approved equal.
A-4
A-1
A-3
A-2
A A three lamp lay-in recessed l' x 4' fluorescent fixture 3-F40WVlith frameless lens construction. Chassis, wiring channel,reflectors, cover and end plates shal I be constructed ofnot less than 20 gauge steel, chemically treated, thenfinished in high temperature Vlhite baked enamel to ob-tain at least an 85% reflectance factor. Lamp socket sup-ports shal I be 18 gauge minimum. Lens shal I be HolophaneNo. 7160 or approved equal, injection molded of clear vi,ginacrylic plastic to ASTM Standard #0-788-69. Fixture shal Ibe designed specifically for this lens with hinged end framesto preclude I ight leaks and Vlith inside and al igners to prevent drop out. Fixture shal I be 5-1/4" deep maximum andshall be designed to accomodate a 47" x 11" finished opening.Fixture shal I be L.P.I. 649009 or Columbia SPF-340A-5119G7160-143-277 or approved equal. Submit fixture sample forapproval. Hinged end lens support shal I be spring loadedfor return to horizontal position upon release. Refer toDetai Is, sheet E41 for I ight fixture requirements.
C. All fluorescent fixtures shall be designed, tested and guaranteed by the manufacturer for bal last coi I temperature not to exceed the U.L. I imit of 10SoC andbal last case temperature not to exceed 900 C for the particular appl ication.
B. Incandescent fixtures shall be wired Vlith asbestos-covered, heat resistantVlire as required. Fluorescent fixtures shall be internally vlir'ed and Vlith notless than No. 16 stranded Vlire Vlith thermoplastic~ asbestos or sil icone insulation as I isted in Table 402-3 of the National Electrical Code.
D. The major suspended ce iii ng is a custom I ay- i n modu I ar system. AII lightfixture detai Is and mounting methods shal I be designed to accomodate the cei lingsystem Vlhere fixtures are instal led Vlithin the cei I ing system.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
~ Description
A-5 Same as type "A-3" except with plaster frame. LPI ff649025PFor Columbia 140PF-5.119G-7160X-1214-277 or approved equal. .
S A wal I mount fluorescent fixture with wrap around whitetranslucent plastic acrylic diffuser. Peerless #GP-1753-240RS120V or approved equal. Submit fixture for approval.
C A round recessed hori zonta I Iamp mercury vapor fixturewith 6-1/2' I ight bronze aluminum groove baffle, prewired, matte white finish trim and 8" maximum depth.Sal last and capacitor shal I be auto-stabi I ized core andcoi I type, hiqh power factor, epoxy encapsulated. Marco#X-4119-XQ-100W or approved equal. Submit fixture samplefor approval. Sal last and capacitor shal I be externallymounted from fixture housing and be enclosed within aseparate aluminum housing.
C-1 Same as "c" except 120 vo It incandescent. ~~a rco#X-4119-100vl/INC or approved equal.
C-2 Same as "C-1" except larger lamp. Marco #X-4119-150W/INCor approved equal.
C- 3 Same as type "c" except mounted in pIaster ce iii ng. ~~a rcoX-4119-XQ-100W or approved equal.
C-4 Same as type "C-I" except larger lamp and mounted in plasterceiling. Marco X-41 19-150W/INC or approved equal.
C-5 Same as type "C-1" except mounted in accoustical cei lingti Ie. Marco X-4119-XQ-100W or approved equal.
C-6 Same as Type "c" except for mount i ng in meta I pan ce iii ngand different color trim ring. Trim ring color to beselected by Architect. Marco X-4119-XQ-·IOm~ or approvedequa I.
C-7· Same as Type "C-I" except for larger lamp and mounting in metalpan cei ling and different color trim ring. Trim ring color tobe 58 Iected by Arch itect. ~1a reo X-41 19-150\~/1 NC or app rovedequa I.
C-8 Same as "c" except 120 incandescent and mounted in plastercei ling.
D A cei I ing mounted hazardous area incandescent fixture withguard. Crouse-Hinds EVCX or approved equal.
E A cei ling mount exit I ight with single metal stenci I face,matte white finish, 6" red letters and downlight. Moldcast#421-WR-277V or approved equal.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16400-4
.,LamQ.
1-F40w/u
2-F40W
1-100WA-23MV
1-100/A-19
.1-150/A-21
1-100WA-23 MV
1-1501/>.-21
1-100/A-19
1-100WA-23MV
_ 1-150/A21
1-100/A19
1-200/A23
2-T6-1/2/IF
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
~ Description Lamp
E-1 Same as Type "E" except arrow right. Moldcast IJ421-WR- 2-T6-1/2/I.F.AR-277V or approved equa I.
E-2 Same as Type "E" except arrow left. Moldcast #421-WR-AL- 2-T6-1/2/I.F.277V or approved equal.
E-3 Same as type "E" except double face, arrow right, arrow 2-T6-1/2/I.F.left. Moldcast #422-WR-AR-AL-277V or approved equal.
E-4 Same as Type "E" except doub Ie face. Mo Idcast #422-~IR-277V 2-T6-1 /2/ I. F.or approved equal.
E-5 Same as Type "E" except backwa I I mount. Mo Idcast #401-WR- 2-T6-1 /2/ I . F.277V or approved equal.
E-6 Same as Type "E" except arrow right and backwall mount. 2-T6-1/2/1.F.Mold~ast #401-WR-AR-277V or ,approved equal.
E-7 Same as Type "E" except arrow left and backwall mount. Moldcast 2-T6-1/2/1.F.#401-WR-AL-277V or approved equal.
E-8 A custom ce iii ng mounted ex it light mount ing cube frame prov i ded 6-T6-6-1 121 I . F.by the General Contractor and instal led by the ElectricalContractor. Provide three Type E-5 exit light fixtur"es for eachType E-8 fixture to be field installed by the ElectricalContractor on the mounting frame. Provide wiring from exitI ights to outlet box.
E-9 Same as Type E-8 except I-Type E-6 and I-Type E-7 for each 4-T6-1/2/I.F.Type E-9 fixture.
E-IO Same as Type E-8 except I-Type E-5 and I-Type E-6 for each 4-T6-1/2/I.F.Type E-IO fixture.
E-I I Same as Type E-8 except I-Type E-5, I-Type E-6, and I-Type E-7 6-T6-1/2/I.F.for each Type E-I I fixture.
F A 3 lamp wal I mount fluorescent fixture with straight alu~i- 3-F40Wnum baffle finished with eggshel I white enamel. Providechannel lengths in single or multiple lamps as shown onplans made up of 4' or 2' rapid start lamps with fascia2" longer than the lamp channel assembly. Cont.inuous rowfixtures shal I be provided with seamless fascia. Provideend caps for fixtures where fixtures do not butt to wal I.Trim fascia in field as required. Provide shop drawinglayout of all continuous'row fixtures for approval. ForumLAE-2323-WH-277V with lengths as shown on plans or approvedequa I . . '
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN )6400-5
~ Description
GAl' x 4' recessed 2 Iamp fluorescent fixture. with re-:gressed translucent-acryl Ie lens and extruded aluminumframe and trim with baked white enamel finish. Fixtureshal I be suitable for mounting in plaster cei ling. Lenssha! I be KSH-19A. Fixture shall be Sechrist D1GI\-240-B\'IA-277V,Columbia #SL12-240-G-277V or approved equal.
G-1 Same as "G" except 6" wide and 1 lamp. 'Sechrist#06GK-40-BWA-277V, Columbia #SL6-140-G or appr9ved equal.
G-2 Same as "G" except 6" wi de and 2 I amp. Sechri st #06Gl<-240BWA-277V, Columbia #SL6-240-G-277V or approved equal.
H A porcelain keyless socket, P &S #44 or equal.
J A pendant mounted l' x 4' industrial fluorescent fixturewith baked enamel finish, 10% uplight and turret type sockets.Provide chain sllspension as required to suspend fixture at10' above floor 01' at height indicated on plans. Mi Iler10-2101-04-277V, Sylvania #QYI0-2404-277V or approved equal.
J-1 . Same as type "J" except surface mounted and no upl ight.Mi I ler 10-2100-04-277V, Sylvania QYI0-2404NA-277V or approvedequa I.
K A recessed l' x 4' 2 lamp vaporproof fluorescent fixturewith Corning 70 tem~ered lens. Fixture body shall be constructed of 20 gauge steel with baked white enamel finishand stainless steel flange trim and door-frame with continuous piano hinge and complete neoprene gasketing. Provide plaster frame for mounting in plaster ceiling. ~·1orris
Kurtzon #V-7872-40SS-277V or approved equal. Submitfixture sample of type K for approval of K series fixtures.Fixture shal I be approved enclosed and gasketed for damplocations.
K-1 Same as "K" except wilih 3 lamps. ~~orris Kurtzon fIV-787340SS-277V or approved equal.
L A vaportight wal I bracket fixture with guard, Mi I ler#AC-2092, Stonco equivalent or approved equal.
L-1 Same as "L" except eei i ing mounted with junction box.Mi f ler HAC2012 vJith properl y si zed conduit hubs, Stoncoequivalent or approved equal.
M Fluorescent undercounter I ight, steel housing, white bakedenamel finish. Aeryl ic wrap around plastic lens. 1" deep,24" long. Alko #116S-120V or approved equal.
N A l' x 4' recessed 2 lamp fluorescent fixture with positivelatch, transluc8nt acryl ic lens and extruded aluminum doorframe and trim. Fixture shall be suitable fer mounting inplaster cei I ing. Lens shall be Si<H-19A-277V. Columbia 5114FK19A-142-277V or approved equal.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16400-6
Lamp
2-F40W
l-F40W
2-F40W
1-100/A-19
2-F40W
2-F40W
2-F40W
3-F40W
1-150 A-21
1-150WA-21
2/T5-8W
2-F40W
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Description
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16400-7
Same as Type V except larger lamp. Marco ME33-T70CB-277V orapproved equa I.
A wal I mounted incandescent over-mirror fixture with whiteopal glass diffuser" Lightol ier #4731 or ,approved equal.
I-F40W
1-150W/A-23
175W BT25~1V
l-F40W
100W BT25~'lV
I-F40W
2-75W//\19
150W R-40 spot
2-F40W
2-T6-1 12/ I. F.
fixture withKSH-19A lens.Columbia
A surface mounted l' x 4' shallow fluorescentaluminum framed regressed translucent acryl icFixture shall have a maximum depth of 3--1/2".6113-K19A-142-277V or approved equal.
A round recessed vertical lamp mer'cury vapor fixture withgold Alzak reflector and black Alzak cone. Fixture shal Ihave 10" apperture and be suitable for mounting in metalpan cei I ing. Trim ring color to be selected by Architect.Marco ME32-T70CB-120V or approved equal.
A one lamp 4' long strip fluoroscent fix-I-ure with overallbaked enamel finish. Garey #RN~8000-48H-277V; Lightron #124140RS-ETL-277V or approved ~qual. Fixture channel shal I notexceed 2" x 2-3/4".
A recessed incandescent gasketed shower I ight with flatfresnel lens for installation in piaster cei I ing with prewired outlet box. Marco #E515··W35, McPhi Iben #43-13 PFJBor approved equal.
A one lamp l' x 4' fluorescent fixture with 22 gauge steelbas ic construct ion. Lens sha' I be .250" th ick temperedglass mounted in 20 gauge steel door fr-ome with continuouspiano hinge and tamper proof screws. Fixture shal I be approvedfor damp location and have A,B,C gasketing. Fixture shal I beinstal led by Electrical Contractor in lockers as shown onArchitectural Detai I 44/A12-5-277V. Fixture shal I be ColumbiaFRC-240/140-M23 or approved equal.
A one lamp surface fluorescent fixture with white enamelsteel chassis and white translucent acryl ic diffuser.Lightol ier #10163-277V or approved equal.
A round recessed incandescent fixture with black alzakreflector. Fixture shal I have adjustable lamp positioningand be capable of providing vertical downl ight in a 350
sloped cei I ing. Fixture shall have maximum 13" recessdepth. Kurt Versen HC7316 or approved equal.
A sign I ight for back vial I mounting with white letters on blackbackground, reading "Darkroom in Use". Housing shal I be whitefinish. Fixture shal I be for 120 volt operation. McPhi Iben#30LW-2C2C-120V or approved equal.
v
W
x
Vl
S
T
U
R
P
Q
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
ill..§. Desc 1- i pI- i o:....:n..:..- _
Y A surface wa II mounted mercury vapor- exter i or step lightwith cast aluminum housing, iempered glass diffusing lensand cast aluminum louver. Contractor shal I provide necessary cl ip angles to support fixtures for precast concrete.Marco #F632-100MV-120V or approved equal.
Z Same as Y except f ixtu re s ha I I' not exceed 4-1/2" deep.Contractor shall provide necessary cl ip angles to supportfixtures from precast concrete. Marco #F632-100MV-120Vor approved equa I.
AA Same as Type "C-8".
BB A surface mounted, one lamp, 2' x 411 fluorescent fixture withsquare plexiglass diffuser. Peerless GP-3880RS-277V.
Ur'1 HEALTH SC I E~~CESPIN 16400-8
.,
1-100WA-23MV
1-100WA-23MV
I-IOOW AI9
I-F20W
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING SYSTEM
B. All remote-control wiring shall be in accordance with Article 725, Class 2,of the N.E.C.
C. Shop drawings shall be provided for all components of the control and dimmingsystems, complete with control wiring diagrams for approval.
LIGHTING CONTROL AND DIMMING SYSTEMS
I. I SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16410-1
A. Conditions of Contract and Division I - General Requirements, apply toal I work of this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials andEquipment - for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposedsUbstitute products, methods and other conditions.
D. The manufacturer shal I guarantee his equipment to be free from defects inmaterial and workmanship for a period of one calendar year from date of acceptanceby the University.
C. Wiring shal I be #14 gauge THWN-THHN stranded copper conductors as required.AI I wiring shal I be run in conduit in cei I ing spaces and partitions. Completewiring systems shal I be color-coded according to General Electric recommendationsand conductors must be tagged or, identified at .terminals.
D. The following equipment shall be provided to install a complete system:
1. Remote-control relays shal I be heavy-duty, specification grade with clamptype screw terminals on high voltage side, rated 125V and 277V AC, 20 ampere tungsten and bal last solenoid type with one coi I for closing and the other for opening,designed for three-wire momentary contact control. Relays shal I be No. RR7.Relays for pi lot switches shal I be the same except with 4 ~ires control circuits,No. RR8. Provide si I icon rectified #RA16 for relay control circuits.
A. Furnish and instal I complete remote control wirIng system for control of lightingfor corridors, stairs, lobbies, etc., as indicated on drawings, diagrams andschedules. System shal I be complete with transformers, relays, switches, masterselector switches, pi lot I ights, wall plates and wiring. /\11 remote-control wiringcomponents shal I be of same manufacturer and instal led in accordance with therecommendation of the manufacturer. Remote-control equipment shal I be as manufactured by General Electric Company or approved equal.
SECTION 16410
B. Work under this section includes providing and instal I ing I ighting controlequipment and dimming systems as shown on plans. Provide al I equipment for fullyoperable systems including dimmer controls, remote controls, relays, pi lot lights,conduit and .wiring as sho',.;n and as described herein. Systems and equipment shallbe designed to operate on 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 HZ electrical supply.
PART 1: GENERAL
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. Remote-control switches shal I be hoavy-duty, specification grade. Theyshall be single pole, dcuble throw, rnomentary contact type. Switches shall beA.C. quiet type, 15 amp with brown toggles, No. G. E. 5935-1. Where switches areshown with pi lots provide separate gang box and plate. Pi Jots shall be RA18 withred jewel, and G. E. No. S-6, 30 volt lamp.
3. AI I plates shal I be identical to those specified under wiring devices andplates and shal I be engraved with the switch function designation.
.4. Master-selector switches shall be eight-position type with individual ON-OFF
switches, bui It-in master locking switch, engraved directory hold and pi lot lights.Provide as many of these 8-switch type units together in the Unit A data centeras deta i led ',. Arrange neat Iy as i nd icated on plans .for a flush insta I Iati on.Contractor may provide a special back box for each unit in I ieu of the four inchboxes suggested by manufacturer. Master switch units shal I be No. RMC9PL, grayfinish with pi lots. Provide engraved identification for each switch as indicatedon the deta i I .
5. Transformer shal I be energy-I imiting type approved for Class 2 system,rated I 15/24V or 277/24V as required. Transformer shal I be sized for properoperation of system. Transformer shall be located in special master switch backbox or adjacent to master switches.
6. Provide surface mounted steel cabinets with ful I access piano hinged doorwith ~atch. Door shal I have baked enamel finish to match panel board doors. Component cabinets shal I have a partition for mounting the specified and requiredRR7 and RR8 relays, transformers, and rectifier assembly. Cabinets shal I be equippedwith buses and suitable neutral high voltage terminal strips and low voltage terminal strips for al I relays, and low voltage switch leads. Cabinets shal I be U.L.listed for remote-control wiring. In addition to relays required for installation,provide space for 50% additional relays for future use. Provide 2 spare relaysper cabinet for future use. Cabinets shal I be simi lar to No. RBS3 or approvedequal with relays, transformers, and circuits as shown in the relay schedules onthe plans. Provide permarlent panel identification label and typewritten directoryunder a plastic cover mounted inside of the hinged door cover.
2.2 TIME SWITCHES
A. Lighting at animal rooms and other loads as sho\",n shall be provided automaticTime Switch with 24 hour dial powered by a self-starting synchronous motor.
B. Time Switch contacts shal I be capable of switching 40 amperes per pole continuouslyat 277 volts and shal I be DPST as required. Provide clock motor voltage ratingsas requi red.
C. Enclosure shal I be NEMA flush type. Enclosure shal I be finished in baked grayepoxy enamel, with combination 1/2", 3/4" knockouts on bottom, both sides, topand back. Provide with lock and key.
D. Time Switches shal I be Tork Model 277-1962-FLI or Paragon or approved equal.
2. 1 ROOfv1 INCANDESCENT LIGHT ING/D IMi',11 HG SYSTEMS
A. At each room as shown on the plans and scheduled provide a sol id state dimmingand contro I system. Di mmers sha II.be factory wi red, and sha II be arranged forconnection to a 120 1 phase, 3 wire supply system. Dimmer package shal I be Electro
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16410-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Controls Series 8MA, Century-Strand Environ 9100 Series or approved equal. Referto Dimmer and Control Schedule on the drawings. Century-Strand equipment numbersare used on the schedule to define equipment and function.
B. The system shal I be enclosed in a venti lared code gauge steel cabinet withbaked enamel finish. Enclosure shal I house the quantity of electronic dimmersas scheduled herein and shal I contain al I required control terminals labeled forwiring to control stations. Unit shal I also contain the control power supply andrequired 20A-1P magnetic circuit breakers for secondary circuits. Main powersupply shall be rated to withstand full load, cold fi lament current inrush. Providefused short circuit protection and current I imitation to protect SCR devices.Fuses shal I not interrupt on cold current inrush. Fuses shal I be Buss FBP orFWP Series and shal I be integral with dimmer package. The 12 + let through at10,000 AIC shall be I imited to 80% of the SCR rating. All wiring power shall becompletely factory assembled and wired to meet the requirements of the plans andspecifications and shal I not require any field assembly or wiring except forconnection of main feeders, branch circuits and control circuits.
C. The dimmer package shal I be designed to U.L. Standards and shal I be U.L. listedas an enclosed type dimmer.
D. Dimmers and enclosure shal I conform to the fol lowing, design, performanceand requirements.
1. Dimmers shal I uti I ize one triac type si I icon control led rectifier providing a symmetrical alternating current output to the lamp load that it controls.The full load of the circuit is to be carried and controlled solely by the si I iconcontrolled rectifier.
2. Dimmers shal I be the bolt-in type. Electrical power and load connectionsbetween the dimmer module and the 'mounting rack shal I be through screw type terminals mounted on the front of each dimmer. All lovi level signals shall also beconnected by means of screw type terminals. It shal I be possible to instal I dimmersfrom the front of the enclosure.
3. Dimmers shal I each be identified as fol lows: manufacturer's name andaddress, rating of dimmer in volts and amperes, control circuit requirements,catalog number and type I isting, and serial number. Identification must meetU.L. and code requirements.
4. Each dimmer shall be designated for continuous full load operation. Anambient temperature of 0 degrees to 40 degrees C (1040 F) shal I not diminish performance of the dimmer. The above performance shal I be accomplished without theuse of a blower or fan for each dimmer.
5. It shall be possible, from the front of the dimmer module, to operate andadjust the dimmers independently of the control vJithout removing the dimmer fromthe rack.
6. Electrical characteristics shal I be 120 volts - 50/60 Hertz input. Thedimmer shal I be rlesigned to operate over an input range from 100 volts to 140 voltsand to obtain square law curve performance with incandescent fi lament lamps overthis input range. The efficiency of the dimmer at any voltage and any load shal Iexceed 97%. Wit~ control voltage set anywhere between 0 and ful lon, the no load
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16410-3
losses shal I not exceed 8 watts. The ful I load losses shal I not exceed 40 watts.Full load voltage of a fully loaded dimmer- shall be within 3 volts RMS of the incoming I ine voltage when the controller is set at "full bright". Each dimming unitshal I carry its ful I rated load indefinitely. The ki lowatt dimmer rating shal Irefer to tungsten fi lament lamp loads.
7. The standard dimmer curve shal I be square law so that a change of specifiedmagnitude on the controller shal I produce an:apparent corresponding change in lightoutput. Manufacturer shal I supply plotted data supporting abi I ity to provide suchdimming curves. The dimmer shall always shut off atthe "off" position of thepotentiometer regardless of teh "zero" setting, so tl.at wnen control voltage isoff, the output voltage shal I be zero. The zero setting for dimmers supplied withstandard square law curve shal I be 5 volts.
8. Control voltage shal I not exceed 16 volts and the control current 0.4mi I II amperes. Contro I overvo Itage increases of up to 30 percent sha II not disruptoperation. Control current shel I not be affected by dimmer loading. The inrushcurrent from an "off to on" position shall not exceej the rating of the si I iconcontrol led rectifier as published by the rectifier manufacturer.
9. Regardless of load, the load current voltage from a dimmer unit shall'be an alternating output completely symmetrical with respect to the zero voltageand current axis. No direct current shal I be introduced in the line. Dimmer shal I·be so designed as to prevent false triggering of -rhe rectifiers, and/or any inter-action with other dimmers during any operation of the system.
10. A fi I+ering choke shal I be provided to eliminate high frequency componentsfrom the enti re wave form. The instantaneous rate of current ri se sha II notexceed 250 MA. per micro--second over any portion of the entire current wave form.An osci Ilographic photograph shall be provided by the manufacturer for verification.Overal I current rise time shal I exceed 300 microseconds for each half cycle ofoperation. Measurements shal I be taken at 900 conduction angle.
11. Electrical isolation between the control and power circuits shal I be complete.No phase relationship between line and control nor any common reference voltage isrequi red. Control negative and dimmer neutral shall be independent.
12. The output of the dimmer shal I repeat regardless of the direction of movement of the control lor. With a regulated I ine the output voltage of the-dimmershal I not change during operation from the value initially established by thecontroller, unless the controller itself is changed. Output voltage curve shal Inot deviate from a straight I ine during a fade from one controller to another.
13. Dimmer output shal I effectively reach steady state values within a periodessentially determined by the lamp fi lament under any rated load condition whenthe controller is switched from "off" to "full bright" and for all apparent purposes be essentially instantaneous. Tracking time betvleen controller movement anddimmer response shal I not exceed 4 Hertz. Switching osci I lations must damp within15 Hertz.
E. The dimming systems shal I be control led by remote control stations located asshown on the plans with controllers and master controllers as scheduled. Controllersshall be linear motion potentiometers with pushbutton control switch. Master con-trollers shall incorporate pushbutton control switch for each I inear motion potentiometer. Provide engraved identification to clearly identify load being control led.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16410-4
IIIIII.IIIIIIIIIIIII
2.2 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. Exterior Lighting:
B. Area Emergency Lighting:
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 164/0-5
Photo control to control lighting contactor shal I be Paragon #PJ-201-0.
Provide two-position, center off toggle switch and pi Jot for manualphoto cel I. Engrave plate as shown in detail #1 I, drawing E-37.
I. Furnish and instal I a complete I ighting control system for area emergencyI ighting as shown on plans and herein specified.
a. The fol lowing equipment shal I be provided as component parts toinstal I a complete control system.
c. Provide single pole toggle switch and pi lot for testing of areaemergency I ighting. Engrave plate as shown in detail #10, drawing E-37.
I. Furnish and instal I a complete I ighting control system for exteriorI ighting as shown on plans and as herein specified.
b. Lighting contactor shal I be electrical /y held, 20A, 3 pole N.O. with120 volt coi I instal led in a NEMA I enclosure. Square D, Class 8903, Type LG-60.
Dimmer controls shal I be Elcctr'o Controls 8MD Series, Century-Strand Environ 9100Series or approved equal. Ref8r to schedule for control function and controllerfor each dimmer.
d.override of
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 PUBLIC TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEM
UM HEALTH SCIENCESP!N 16500-1
C. AI I pullboxes in telephone conduit runs shal I be sized according to scheduleshown on the Qrawings. Pul Iboxes shal I be recessed in al I finished portions ofthe bui lding.
8.210.513.816. 120.724.730.735.540.7
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Minimum Radius ofBends in Inches
0.821.051. 381. 612.072.473.073.554.07
Inside Diameter ofConduit in Inches
3/411-1/41-1/222-1/233-1/24
Size ofConduit in Inches
1.1 SCOPE
A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, apply to al Iwork of this section. Refer "1-0 Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substituteproducts, methods and other conditions.
B. All telephone conduit shall be 3/4 inch, unless otherwise shown. Pull boxesare not shown on the plans, but shall be provided, as required for ease of wireand cable pul I ing; and in conduit runs that would otherwise be more than 90 feetin length; and in runs that would otherwise contain more than two 90-degreebends. Double offsets and kicks \vi II no·1- be allowed in any telephone conduitrun. Radius of al I conduit bends shal I conform to the fol lowing schedule.
SECTION 16500
B. Work under this section includes completely instal led, connected, operatingand tested systems as herein specified and as shown on the plans and riser diagram detai Is. Equipment shal I consist of factory assembled components withwarranties and guarantees as herein specified.
PART 1: GENERAL
A. Electrical Contractor shal I instal I conduit and outlet boxes for those telephone outlets indicated on the plans cei I ing spaces. Outlet baxes shal I bedouble gang with single gang mud ring. In al I conduit runs, provide a heavygauge stranded nylon pull cord. Pr'ovide blank stainless steel single-gang platesto match those specified under "Wiring Devices", for al I such outlets.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
","
D. All telephone equipment, services and cables viii I be instal led byNorthwestern Bel I Telephone Company. This contractor shal I cooperate asnecessary to aid in location, provide prints and/or identify conduit locations.
E. In electrical cores, provide conduit floor sleeves as indicated on the plansfor vertical distribution of telephone and communicaiions cables. Floor sleevesto be 4" diameter and to extend 1_1/2" above and beloy! the floor slab. AI Isleeves in the electrical cores shal I be located in I ine and as close togetherand as close to the face of the plywood termi~al board on the outside' wal I ofthe core as is practical. The first sleeve in the line shal I be located at theleft-most edge of the terminal board. University Telephone Services shal Idesignate which sleeves are to be in use at occupancy. Sleeves not in useat occupancy shal I be sealed vlith an approved 2-hour rated material by theTelephone Company after their cable is instal led. Electrical contractor shal Iprovide a sufficient amount of the approved fire r-ated material for thispurpose to the Telephone Company.
F. In electrical cores reserved and shown for telephone terminal boards,provide 3/4" thick plyvJood primed and finished with two (2) coats of fireretardant gray enamel. Plywood pieces shal I be 8 feet high unless otherwiseshown. Width of plywood terminal board shall equdl that of the wall upon wh'ichit is mounted, or as shown on plans. Bottom edge of plywood shal I rest on floorline. Mount plywood on vert ica I f Ioor-to-ce iii ng supports of I_1/2" by 1·-1/2"by 16 gauge Kindorff or Unistrut channels, provide horizontal support asrequired. Countersink al I fasteners used to mount plywood.
G. A 20 ampere, 120 volt dedicated circuii' terminated in a double duplex outletshall be provided on each telephone terminal board located in a vertlcal shaftspace as shown on the plans. The bottom of the outlet box shal I be instal led onthe right-hand end of the terminal board at a height of 7 feet, 6 inches. Conduitserving outlet box must approach from top so that tArminal board is clear below.AI I telephone terminal board electrical circuits shal I be connected to theemergency power system as shown on the plans.
H. Where in-wal I flush type pay phones are indicated on drawings, the electricalcontractor shal I obtain the special back boxes from the Telephone Company, setthem in place and connect empty conduit.
2~2 CLOCKS
A. Provide a vllred electric clock on clock outlet as indicated on the plans.All clocks shal I operate from 120 volt A.C. with the power source connected tothe bu il ding wire system as shown.
B. Clock outlets shal I be a clock hanger outlet Sierra #2123 with NEMA#5-15R receptacle and stainless steel plate.
C. Clocks designated as Equipment #M322 on the plans shal I be Simplex TimeRecorder Company semi-flush #78-35 with 9" dial and 120 volt movement. Clocksshall have steel case with satin v,'hite enamel finiSh, white dial and flexible3-wire cord and plug for connecting to receptacle in clock outlet box. Clocksshal I have convex glass, black modern Arabic numerals, hour hands and minutehands, and red sweep second hands~
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16500-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. 3 CO~1MUN ICAT IONS CONDU IT SYSTErvls
A. Furnish and Instal I empty conduit and boxes as shown on plans and specifiedhereinafter for intercom, television, audio visyal, projector, sound systems,computer terminals, etc. Provide a heavy gauge nylon pul I cord in al I conduitruns. Wiring and equipment wi I I be provided and instal led by the University.
B. All conduit shall be 3/4" or larger where indicated. All boxes shall bedouble gang or larger where indicated.
C. AI I outlet boxes shal I be provided with plates or covers unless otherwisenoted. Plates for standard size wiring boxes shal I be blank stainless steelto match wiring device plates. Provide engraving where indicated for deviceplates. Plates for larger boxes shal I be flat 14 gauge galvanized steel.These plates shal I be provided with properly appl ied zinc chromate flat prime·coat. Fi na I pa int coats will be by the Genera I Contractor.
D. CertaiD communication systems_wiring cabinets shal I have hinged door asnoted and detai led on plans.
E. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate and verify specified device plateengraving with the University. Plates shal I be punched by the ElectricalContractor to receive the University's wiring device. Verify with the Universitywiring device opening required before plate is punched.
2.4 NURSE'S CALL SYSTEM
A. Furnish and instal I a complete ~urse!s cal I system as shown on plans andas herein specified.
B. The fol lowing equipment shal I be provided to instal I a complete system.
I. Nurse cal I switch outlets shal I be double gang outlet box with singlegang device ring. Nurse cal I switch assembly shal I be Rauland-Borg #ESIOOAincluding pul I cord and engraved stainless steel plate.
2. Nurse cal I dome I ight outlet shal I be double gang outlet box withdouble gang device ring. Dome light assembly shal I be Rauland-Borg #DL200including 2-gang stainless steel mounting plate, white plastic reflector andtwo 28V, 70 MA bulbs.
3. Transfonner sha II be Edwards #88-50 surface mounted rated 50 watts,120 volt/24 volt or Rauland-Borg equal.
4. System wire shal I be #14 A.W.G. and instal led in conduit.
-;
.UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16500-3
2.2 MATERIALS
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 INSTALLATION AND STANDARDS
'.'
C. AI I air terminals shal I be copper of ~ height and style shown on the drawings.
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
1.1 SCOPE
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16600-1
B. The steel bui Iding columns shal I be used as down conductors unless shown differently on the drawings.
D. Conductors shal I be 98% conductivity (annealed) stranded copper of at least115,000 cir mi Is. The conductor used for secondary bonding and interconnectingof metull ic masses (roof drains, plumbing vents, etc.) shall be at least the
B. Horizontal conductors shal I be coursed in a neat and workman I ike manner aroundventilators and simi lar obstructions in a horizontal plane and without abrupt turns.No bend in a conductor which embraces a portion of a bui Iding such as an eave, sh~1 Ihave a radius of less than 8 inches. The angle of any turn shal I not exceed 90degrees and conductors shal I everywhere preserve a downward or horizontal course.
A. Fittings and attachments shal I be of bronze bolted pressure type construction.Thermmveld welding processes are not approved. All material shall be as manufactured by Thompson Lightning Protection, Inc., St. Paul, rv1innesota or approvedequa I.
A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, apply to al I workof this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methodsand other conditions.
A. The system shall be instal led by a Lightning Protection Contractor activelyengaged in the installation of Underwriter's Master Labeled Lightning ProtectionSystems and shal I be so listed by the laboratories. He shal I have a minimum of2 years in this field. The system shal I comply with al I applicable requirements ofthe latest "Requirements for Master Labeled Lightning Protection Systems, UL96A"and the l.ightning Protection Institute. Upon completion of this work the lightningprotection r.::ontractor shall del iver to the University, for attachrr:ent to -the bui Iding,a Certificate of Compl iance with the Lightning Protection Institute standard. Afinal inspection of the system shal I be made by Underwriter's Laboratories fieldmen.
PART 1: GENERAL
SECTION 16600
B. The Electrical Contractor shal I provide and instal I a complete lightning protection system as shown on the drmvings or specified hereinafter. The Contractorshall provide and install all air terminals, roof conductors, grounds, connectors,fasteners and any miscellaneous items required but not shown on plans or specifiedhereinafter.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
equivalent In strength and conducting cross-sectional area of a No.6 AWG copperwi re (26,000 cl r. mil s), except where fu I I-s i ze Ii ghtn i ng conductor is requ iredor otherwise noted on the ~rawings.
E. Detai Is of connections, methods and descriptions of materials, appear on thedrawings. Specific produc-i- numbers ar-e identified below to establ ish sizes andqua Ii ty.
.1. Ground Plate - Cat. No. 233- Pure copp~r, 18" x 18" x 20 gauge. '
3. Secondary cable - Cat. No. 14 - 14 strands, of 17 gauge copper, ropelay 26,000 cm.
4. Air Terminal - Cat. No. 55 - 1/2" x 12" sol id copper with base adapterand nicel-plated tip.
5. Tee Splicer - Cat. No. 706 - Pressure type, bronze with brass bolts.
6. Paral leI Clamp - Cat. No. 423B - adjustable bronze with brass bolts.
7. Hinged Base - No. 30 - 8ronze with hinged base for perpendicular pointmounting from a sloped roof.
8. Pipe Rai I ing Point Base - No. 681 X - Heavy duty bronze with brass boltswith cable attachment.
9. Primary steel Bonding Plate - No. 586 - Bronze 4" x 4" with pressure typeconnector.
10. Secondary Bonding - Flat items; #702 Plate. Pipes; Pipe Clamp, U-bolt typeup to 3"; strap type for larger than 3".
11- Masonry CI i p - No. 174 - Copper ci ip with 1/4 11 x 1" brass screw and masonryanchor.
12. Thru roof connector, #709, 1/2" x 12" sol id copper, right angle with 746Mroof f Iash i ng.
13. Miscellaneous Hardware - Provide al I copper or bronze hardware, washers,screws, etc. for a complete connected system as shown on plans.
2.3 GROUND CONNECTIONS
A. Provide and instal I the counterpoise grounding system specified hereinafteror as shown on the drawings. The counterpoise grounding system shal I interconnectto the existing system of Unit A bui Iding. Ground connections shal I be provided atal I steel columns as shown on the drawings. Prior to connecting the ground plateat each steel column, a continuity test of the column shall be made by a comparisonof ohms resistance to ground at the basement level and at the top of the structure.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16600-2
IIIIIIIIIII'I
IIIIIII
IIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIIII
B. The incoming water piping shal I be connected to the counterpoise system as shownon the drawings.
C. The ground conductor (r.ot to be confused ...lith distribution grounding) andI ightning conductor shal I be bonded to the steel columns by use of steel bondingplates of at least 16 square inches, welded (continuous 1/4" round) to clean steel.
D. A continuous counterpoise conductor as shown on the drawings shal I connect al Iground plates or column grounding plates, <Counterpoise conductor shall be installedin bottom of drain ti Ie trench).
E. AI I grounding mediums shal I be bonded together. This shal I include electricand telephone service grounds and other metal I ic piping systems such as gas piping,etc.
F.. Bond all roof drains, pipe vents, metal louvers and gri lis, etc., to the primarybui Iding steel columns or related I ightning cable. Connections to roof drains ~hall
be made below roof.
..','
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16600-3
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
2.1 MOTOR WI"RING
B. In general, equipment and control vliring shall be provided as follows.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16700-1
ELECTRICAL POWER EQUIPMENT
1.1 SCOPE
SECTION 16700
1. PE and EP switches, controi solenoids, relays, motorized dampers, lowvoltage transformers for air handl ing equipment shal I be provided and wired byMechanical Contractor except as noted in B.2 below.
PART I: GnJERAL
4. AI I other wiring, unless otherwise indicated, shal I be provided by theElectrical Contractor. Provide wiring and connections for pressure switches,float switches, etc., as noted in the ~btor schedule and required, unless otherwise indica, .:d.
B. Contractor shall pl-ovide all equipment, materials and wiring necessary forcomplete instal lations of the systems herein specified and as shown on the plans,and in the motor schedules.
A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, apply to al I workof this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7 ofthe General Conditions and Sectio~ 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirementson pre-bid and post-bid evaluation or proposed substitute prodects, methods andother conditions.
2. PE and EP switches shown on the electrical plans for fire management controlsystem interconnect to venti lation systems wi I I be instal led by the MechanicalContractor and shall be wired by the E!ectrical Contractor.
3. Control wiring and electrical interlock wiring for air conditioning refrigeration equipment shal I be provided by the Mechanical Contractor, includingconduit and wire.
5. Electr-ical Contractor shall provide all power interlock wiring of controllers for Mechanical and Equipment Contractors as scheduled or required unlessotherwise i -icated.- .
A. Provide and instal I al I disconnect switches, motor starters, push buttons orspecial starting controls unless indicated by others on the motor schedule. Provide and install all conduit boxes, fittings and wiring for all motors and controls(except as noted below) as shown on the plans and required. Check al I overloadsand fuses under operating conditions to assure that they are sized for proper motorprotection without nuisance ti-ipping and replace those found inadequate or improper.AI I overloads shal I be sized for maximum rating al lowed by Code. Overloads are notrequired on single phase motors equip¢ed with internal thermal protectors. Themotor schedule on the plans is included for the Contractor's convenience; anymotor inadvertently omitted from this list but shown on the plans shal I be connected.
IIIIIII"IIIIIIIIIIII
6. Electrical ContracTor shal I provide line voltage wiring and fractional horsepower starter for cabinet horizontal unit heaters.
7. Electrical Con-j-ract'or shall provide completely wired power outlets and disconnect switches for elevators as shown on plans. Controls and wiring wi II beby others. Provide conduit and wire as shown from the distribution panel or safetyswitch to individual elevator controllers.
8. Electrical Contractor shall pr-ovide power outlets, disconnects and powerwi ring for package units. Controllers. and control wiring wi II be provided by theMechanical Contractor.
C. The Mechanical and Equipment ContracTors wi I I furnish schematic wiring diagramsto the Electrical Contractor for al I of their equipment that must be wired by theElectrical Contractor. Where manual-off-automatic switches are specified, makeconnections so pneumatic switch or automatic control! ing device is in the automatic circuit. All safety interlocking devices shall be vl1red into the automaticand manual positions of the starter.D. Electrical Contractor shal I furnish and instal I fused disconnect switch sizedand fused if necessary, where requ i red by Code for each motor.
E. AI I fractional HP manual starters, push buttons, controllers, disconnects,'and selector switches shal I be labeled by Electrical Contractor with "Equipment"as shown on motor schedule with en engraved black bakel ite plate fastened with 3Mpermanent adhesive. Where no push button is required, furnish and instal I sametype on label on disconnect switch or starter. AI I flush switches which are inpubl ic access areas (not closets or equipment reoms), shal I have labels engraveddirectly onto the plate. Wherever the controller and disconnect are together, onlyon label is required.
F. Provide fuses for al I disconnect switches and combination starters as specifiedin Section 16300. Provide electrical control inter-lock disconnect devices for allswitches with interlock or control circuits.
2.2 MOTOR CONTROLS
A. Provide magnetic starters with three overload elements, push button or selectorswitch and reset button as required on housing, or remote push button or selectorswitch and pi lot I ight if shown for all motor controllers shown on plans and designated in the motor schedule.
1. Coi I voltages shal I be 120 volts as required. For 480 volt motor starters,provide transformers sized for required pi lot and control load. Transformer shal Ibe sized for sufficient capacity of 3 EP switches minimum.
2. Starters for outdoor and wet locations shall be NEMA 3, raintight.
3. Provide auxiliary contacts for each star-ret~ as indicated in the motorschedule in addition to the holding contact v/here required. In cases where morethan 4 contacts are required, provide separate n,ulti-pole relay in the starteror adjacent to it in a separDte NEMA 1 box.
B. Provide where shown on plans fractional HP manual starting switch units completew1th overload elements, neon type p·i lot light and number of poles as required.Equip these starters with Satin Stainless Steel plates in finished areas to match
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16700-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII'II
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
wiring device plates specified under "\'!Iring Devices" with engraved designations.
C. Provide al I miscellaneous relays required for interlocking single phase motorsand for control of such equipment as filter drive motors and electronic precipitatorpower. Contactors shal I be two or three pole as indicated on plans, rated (20 amp)60 Hz and in NEMA I enclosures.
O. All relays and pi lot or control transformers shall be separately fuse protected.Control transformers shal I have fuse protection on the primary and secondary sides ofthe transformer.E. AI I motor controls shal I be Square 0, General Electric, Westinhouse, AI lenBradley, Federal Pacific, or approved equal. Controls shal I be of the samemanufacturer.
2.3 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
A. Existing motor control centers located in the Unit A Oui Iding that require theaddition of ~agnetic starters and di?connect switches within existing cubicles oraddition of new cubicles with new starters and disconnect extending from an existingmotor contrul center shal I be provided under this Section of the specification bythe Electrical Contractor.
1. The existing motor control centers are of General Electric manufacture.AI I new starters, disconnects, cubicles, busing and equipment required to expandthese motor control centers shal I be General Electric. Motor control centers shal Ibe as specified below.
B. Motor control centers shall be designed for 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire combination ~0tor starters detai led and scheduled on the plans. The control centers shal Ibe totally enclosed, dead front, free standing, 90" high constructed of cold gaugesteel with structures bolted together to form one assembly. Units shai I be finishedwith baked gray enamel. Buses may be copper or tin plated aluminum.
a. The combination fused switch and magnetic starter units shal I be hingeddoor type.
b. The fused switches shal I be quick-make, quick-break, handle operated.Switches forall starters with interlock control circuits shall be provided withintegral electrical disconnect which is activated by the power disconnect handle.AII motor disconnects sha II incorporate lock i ng "off" features.
c. Magnetic starters shal I be across-the-line, ful I voltage type withcontrols as indicated on the schedule.
d. Horizontal and vertical bus shal I be of copper or aluminumconstruction with horlzonta1 bus. rating as shown on plans.
e. Horizontal bus shal I be pre-dril led for future extension. See plansfor direction of expansion.
f. Motor control centers shal I be front mounted only, NEMA Class I,Type B.
g. Provide fuses for each starter switch as specified in Section 16300.Provide 3 spare fuses for each size of motor .nameplate rati.ng in each motorcontrol center.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16700-3
h. Each combination starter unit shal I be stab connected to the buses,except bolt-in above 400 amp. AI I combination starters shal I have numbered unitpre-wired terminal boards .. Provide same type disconnect switch only where indicated.
3. Combination starters shal I be equipped with reset buttons, selector switchor push buttons and pi lots as indicated on the drawings.
8. Each starter shal I have three ove~load protectors. These shal I beindividually supplied for the exact motor that'each is intended to protect as verified by the nameplate at the job which may not necessari Iy agree with the sizeindicated in the motor schedule. Size all overloads for the largest maximum sizepermitted by 'the NEC. V/here pov18r factor corredion capacitors are uti I ized withmotors, the overload heaters shal I be sized to accommodate the installation.
b. Starters shal I have at least two auxi I iary contacts plus a holdingcoil contact. Provide extra contacts where indicated; where more than 4 contactsare required, provide a separate multi-pole rel~y in the starter or in an adjacentunit.
c. Provide a transformer for each starter pre-wired into the circuitsfor reduction of 480 volts to 120 volts as I~equired for pi lot and control duty.Transformers shal I be fuse protected and shal I be connected to the load side otthe disconnect switch. Transformer shal I be sized for sufficient capacity of 5EP switches minimum.
d. Starters for fume hood exhaust fans shal I be 2 speed, variable torque,2 winding type.
4. Provide permanent labels on the front of each com~ination starter ordisconnect to identify the equipment controlled. Label shall be engraved black\"hite-black bakel ite fastened \'1ith permanent bonding adhesive.
5. f,11 motor control centers shall be structured with buses supported to withstand 40,000 amperes RivlS symmetrical for short circuit conditions.
C. Motor contro I centers sha II be \~est i nghouse, ITE, Genera I EIectri c~ Square D,AI len Bradley, Federal Pacific or aPrroved equal.
2.4 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR DRIVERS
A. Furnish and instal I variable speed adjustable frequency invertertype motordrivers to be applied to constant pressure variable flow chi I led water pumps asdescribed below. The variable motor drive package shal I contain al I major assembi les for automatic and manual operation and system motor overload, singlephase protectors, and power factor correction.
B. Equipment
1. Furnish sizes and quantities as indicated below, Emerson Electric Company,Industrial ConiTols Division: AS4000 Series Accuspede motor drive, General Elec-.tric, Louis AI I is or approved equal.
Ut,1 HE/\LTH SC I ENCESpiN 16700-4
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
8. Inverter accessori es:
k) Removable power semiconductor modules.
f) Input circuit breaker.
j) Hard wired logic modules with screw terminals.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16700-5
speed range 3- 60 HZ.I) 30 to
a) Instantaneous over current tri p.
b) Phase loss protection.
c) Phase reversa I protection.
d) Over voltage protection.
e) Under voltage protect ion .
i) Over temperature protection~
h) Redundant self ~ontaining cooling fans.
g) Output starter with 3 overloads:
5. The inverter shal I have the capabi I ity of running the specified motor orany other sta-ndard NEMA B design motor or combination of NEfv1A B motors in simplex,duplex or triplex operation as described below for specific applications.
3. The adjustable speed motor drive shal I be an automatic/manual adjustablefrequency inverter type converting the incoming power to load determined adjustedfrequency and voltage, maini"aining the volts/HZ constant to within + 2% throughoutthe entire motor speed range.
7. The inverter shall include a tapered torque limit control for motor protection. If the motor goes in-j-o torque I imiting control for more than 60 seconds,contact shal I close and activate an alarm bel I and a set of relay operated contactsshal I be furnished for remote alarming in addition to local alarm.
2. The adjustable speed motor dr-ive center shall be NE~,1A Class 1, Type 8,wiring in a NEMA 1 al I steel welded enclosure. The center shal I be fully enclosed,top entry, top existing free standing vertical structure with front accessibi lityto allow wall or back to back mounting. The center shall come comple-re with allnecessary copper bussing, incoming circuit breaker or disconnect to provide a shortcircuit withstandabi I ity of 40,000 Amps. The enclosure shal I come with a copperground bus extend i ng the fu I I Iength of the equ i pment.
4. The inverter shal I be voltage source design with a phase control adjustable voltage D.C. power supply and a bridge type inverter section. The inverteroutput shal I be six step and shal I employ campi imentary communication.
6. The inverter shal I be designed to operate in an ambient temperature rangeof 100 C to 400 with a speed regulation of 1%.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
m) Adjustable torque I imit to 150%.
n) Adjustable vol~s per HZ.
0) Adjustable upper and lower speed limit.
p) Separate adjustable acce! and decel rates.
q) Process signal fol lower.
r) Manual/automatic control
s) l50% overload rating, ore minute.
t) Divided AC control compartment.
u) 120 volt max control wiring.
v) Signal inp~t section capable of receiving a 4 to 20 mi I liamperes ampsignals from a differential pressure transmitter.
w) HOA control for each motor .
IIIIIIII
D. Test Requirements
. C. Appl ication
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16700-6
1. AI I chi I led water pump motors wi I! be standard NEMA B, T frame integralHp induction motors as I isted below and wi I I be furnished by the MechanicalC::mtractor.
IIIIIIIII1I
7.5 KVAR
7.5 KVAR
CAPACITORS
Duplex
Duplex
NOTES
17503P
3P 1750
. PHASE RPM
480
480
VOLTSLRA
234
234
40
40
FLA
30
HP
~SO93
94
~!iOTOR NO.
1. The capabi I ity of the inverter to perform per specification shaJ I bedocumented by a factory test and witnessed by representative of the Universityand Engineer. AI I modules, voltage levels, and signals shai I be tested andrecorded prior to the systems test~ Each VFD shal I be system tested at 100%,80% and 50% of maximum, and fully loaded to the load requirement for each speed.the VFD shal I be overloaded to demonstrate the proper functioning of the lOT
2. A duplex variable speed drive unit shal I be furnIshed and instal led withone inverter for operation of motors 93 and 94. The variable speed drive shal Ibe designed with ful I capabi I ities of operating the two motors. AI I controls,circuit breakers, starters and bus capacities shal I be furnished and sized forthe two motors. The drive shal I consist of a control section, inverter section,motor control section, and power factor correction section. The power factorcorrection section shal I contain capacitors as indicated on the schedule aboveThe drive unit from indication from the pressure transmitter shal I modulate amotor speed unti I ful I speed is reached opply the motor to the 60 cycle bus of themotor control section and repeat the modulation in a sequential manner theremaining motor unti I demand is satisfied. Reduction of capacity wi II be in reverse order. Provide manual change over control to alternate the lead pump.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
circuit. Test at maximum design and minimum operating speed. While performingtests, critical data shall be tabulaoted and recorded foro; voltage, full loadcurrent and al I SCR hold-off time. Compare recorded data to VFD design parameterto ensure proper transient capacity. The 4-20 ma input signal shal I be simulatedto confirm the VFD's abi lity to trock properly. A written report of such testswi I I be submitted to the University.
2. Prior to initial start-up and at the time of start-up, factory trainedpersonnel wi I I provide complete on-site operating instruction. The Universitywill provide ample time so that arrangements suii"able to the supplier can bemade, but shal I in no case be later than 10 working days from initial start-upnotice.
2.5 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
A. Provide and install power facror correction capacitors for certain new 3phase motors as indicated and sized on the motor schedule. Capacitors shallbe integrally fused, indoor or outdoor, dustproof or weatherproof with factoryattached brackets for wal I, floor or shelf mounting as required for the application. All capacitors shall have discharge resistors.
B. Capacitors shal I be connected at the motor terminals and switched with themotor starter unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Provide al I necessarymounting hardware, brackets, channels, etcl for a secure installation.
C. Capacitors shal I be, non-PCB, mounted in oi I tight enclosed complete withfuse and blown fuse indication. Calmount "E" Myron Zacker !nc. or equivalentSprague, Westinghouse or General Electric.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16700-7
PART 2: PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION
A. INSTALLATION
2.1 SNOW MELTING SYSTEM
a) Mats shal I be tested first for continuity with an ohmmeter.
ELECTRIC HEATING SYSTEMS
1.1 SCOPE
3. To assure a satisfactory installation, the fo! lowing procedures shal I befol lowed for each major area of the plaza and steps.
b) Before concrete or bituminous is poured, units shal I be laid in placeand hooked up. Preliminary connections are made, tested, and the units are thenput aside out of the way.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16800-1
c) Concrete is a single pour. Concrete is poured and roughed off a'~
approximately 2" below the planned finish surface. Units are then immediatelyrepositioned whi Ie the concrete is sti II soft, and finish layer is poured overthe units.
d) Bituminous surfaces are poured within 3/4" of top of bituminous.Mats shal I be instal led between base and top coarses. Bituminous binder coatshal I be instal led on both the base coarse under the mat and over the mat before
2. Provide all power and wiring to branch circuit panelboard and all controlwiring as shown on the plans and required for automatic or manual override operation of the system. Conduit shal I be sealed with non-hardening duct seal aftercables are installed.
PART 1: GENERAL
B. Contractor shal I provide al I equipment, material and wiring necessary forcomplete installation of the systems herein specified and as shown on the plans.The complete installation and equipment shal I conform to the NEC and as hereinspecified. The Electrical Contractor shal I fol low al I suppl ier recommendations.
1. Mats are to be sized and instal led as shown on the plans. The ElectricalContractor shal I verify al I final dimensions. Mats must not cross expansion fittings or control joints (dummy grooves). The Electrical Contractor shal I makesure that other trades do not damage the mats whi Ie in the installation or concrete pour process. The concrete pour operation is to result in a monolithicslab. AI low 2 to 4 inches on each side of mat for clearance. Al low approximately4" between adjacent mats at expcJnsion joints. AI I mats are to have a maximumconcrete cover of 2" and a minimum of 1-1/2". Refer to Drawing Sheet E-15.
SECTION 16800
A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, upply to al I workof this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders, Article 7of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed substitute products, methodsand other conditions.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
laying the final top coarse. 2-1/4" thick brick pavers wi I I be set on topcoat.
e) A complete test for continuity is repeated and final e(ectrical connections are made to the power source.
B. SNOW MELTING MATS
1. Snow moltIng mats shal I be designed for 277 volts and shal I dIssipate60 watts per square foot as indicated in schedule on the plans.
2. Heating mats Sh31 I consist of an in~ulated resistance wire, spaced on apredetermined pattern and bonded to form a mat. The heating cable shal I be aresistance \·iire core Insulated with .032" of 900 C thermoplastic compound witha nylon jacket. A No. 18 A.W.G. copper mesh shal I be braided over the nylonjacket to provide a means for groundIng the heater. An additIonal jacket of.020" polyvinyi chloride insulation shal I be extruded over the copper braid.The heating cables shal I be complete with length of cold leads as scheduled.Heater wire and cold lead must be 'factory assembled vilth a waterproofmolded spl ice connection. The cold leads shal I be a stranded copper conductorinsulated with .032" P.'V.C. end nylon jacket. A No. 16 A.\'LG. copper mesh shall bebraided over the nylon jacket to provide a means for grounding the heater and.anadditional PVC jacket shal I be extruded over the braid. The cold lead shal I be#12TW.as determIned by maximum allowable amperage. Cold leads, mat size and matwattage shal I be as indicBted in the schedule and shown on the plans.
3. Mats shal I be E3SY Heat Type "H" Series, Chroma lox, Smith-Gates or approved equa I.
4. The complete unit shal I conform to standards specified by Underwriters'Laboratories. InstBllatior, is to be in accordance \'ilth manufacturer's recommendation as I isted by Underwriters' Laboratories.
C. CONTROL SYSTEM
1. A temperatur'e-moi sture sens i ng detector devl ce sha II be located as shownon the plans. The heating mat for the concrete pad wi I I be located beneath thedetector with the detector pad sensors (one heated moisture proble, one unheatedmoisture probe and one temperature probe) located as shown.
2. The detector shal I be connected by low voltage control wires to an automaticsol id state control device and located on Floor 1 Core FlO as shown on the plans.Circuitry within the control device shal I be such that snow or freezing rain wll Ienergize mat heating SYSTem, de-energize the mat heating system and automaticallycycle the heating system on and off as determined by weather conditions and predetermined settings of moisture sensItivity and temperature within the controldevice.
3. The detector probes shal I be designed and finished to withstand exposureto outdoor conditions and pedestrian traffic.
4. The output shal I be a single pole double throw relay to pick up contactors whose in rush currents do not exceed 5 amperes at 120 volts. Providea separate pi lot relay if required ,to meet this minimum condition. Provide aSP3T s\'iitch (on-off-auto) for cant"rol oi' the panelboard contractor. Providewi r-j ng bet\~cen dev ices per manufacturer's recornrnendat ions..-.-
- UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 1G800-2
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
5. The Snow-Ice Detector autornai-ic control device and detector shull beEasy Heat #Sl-120U with control leads of sufficient longi-h to run from detectorto control unit. The power sensing relay shal I be an Easy Heat #PS-22-1C.Control cables shal I be two 4 conductor cables, Easy Heat #S l-W.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESpiN 16800-3
5. Automatic Smoke Control Connections.
4. Elevator Control Connections
2. Fire Alarm System
6. Automatic Temperature Control Connections.
FIRE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE
3. Voice Alarm and Voice Communication System
I. Central Control Station Equipment
SECTION 16900
PART I: GENERAL
A. Conditions of Contract and Division I - beneral Requirements, apply toal I work of this section. Refer to Article 12 of the Instructions to Bidders,Article 7 of the General Conditions and Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment for requirements on pre-bid and post-bid evaluation of proposed subsltuteproducts, methods and other conditions.
D. In general conduit and wiring layouts associated with the FM Systemare shown on the electrical drawings as required for the system.Wiring instal lations to activate certain automatic smoke control andautomatic temperature control sequences via the pneumatic control systemare shown on the electrical drawings. All electrical installation work andwiring associated with the FM System shal I be performed by the ElectricalCon"~ractor under the supervision of the Ff'.1 System suppl ier. Installationshal I be in accordance with the plans and specifications and the FM Systeminstallation drawings. AI I wiring shal I be in conduit and in accordancewith the appropriate sections ~f the National Electrical Code and appl icablestate and local codes.
C. The Fire Management and Environmental Control System specified hereinand shown on the drawings is Honeywel I, Inc., equipment and Is an extensionof an existing Honeywel I system. It Is the Intent of these specificationsto describe the FM performance criteria and a level of equipment qual ity andfunction.
B. The Fire Management" (FM) shall include the following systems, equipment,control lnterface connections 'and wiring.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
E. AI I pneumatic control installation work associated with the FM.Systemto activate certain automatic smoke control and automatic temperature controlsequences of the HVAC systems wil I be provided by the Mechanical Contractor.
F. It is the intent of this specification to define a Fire ProtectiveSignal ing System in accordance with the standards establ ished by theNational Fire Protective Association (NFPA). Underwriter's Laboratories(ULl standards for equipment testing wi I I be used to establ ish conformanceto NFPA requirements.
I. The Central Processing Unit (CPU), Its assocjated annunciatorunits and the remote Data Gathering Panels shal I have qualified to usethe listing of Underwritor's Laboratories, Inc. CULl.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-1
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS
6. Programming and point ~H1try and assignment instructions.
3. Hard copy drawings of the FM system graphics.
2. The UL listing shal I be for the multiplex type sign91 In9 system. IJIIJIIIIIIIIIIIII!
Local:
Automatic ·Fire Alarm.Manual Fire AlarmWaterflow AlarmSprinkler SupervisoryUL listing shal I be for the fol lowing system types:be instal led per NFPA 72A.
b.a.
c.d.
4. TheIntended to
I. Final "as-bui It" shop drawing wi ring diqgrams and schematics.
3. The UL listing shal I be for the fol lowing types of service:
5. Input/output summaries and references including event program summaryand directory of grnphic displays.
5. The system shal I be suppl ied with al I hardware and instal led tocomply with al I requirements of NFPA 72A Standards for Local ProtectiveSignal if'lg Systems. The system shal I meet NFPA 72A signal ing systemsrequirements.
4. Complete operator's instructions for al I speciflc components of then~ system. Instructions she!1 include general information, basic operating andemergency procedures of fire alarm system, operator's terminal, printer moduie,voice alarm and communication system, control of venti lation systems forsmoke contra I .
UM HEALTH SCIEI~CES
PIN 16900-2
A. The FM system suppl ier shal I submit reproducible engineering andinstallation shop drawings of the complete integrated Fire Management ControlSystem prior to installation of any equipment. These drawings shal I includecatalog equipment data and complete wiring schematics and diagrams of al Icomponents of the system. AI I dr-aw i ngs sha I I be cross referenced to thetemperature control drawings where these systems are interconnected for smokecontrol sequences. Temperature control drawings are provided under theMechanical Contract by the temperature control suppl ier. It shall be theresponsibi I ity of the F~ system suppl ier to cooperate with the temperaturecontrol suppl ier and coordinate the cross reference of the FM system drawings.
2. Floor plans locating ai I devices of the FM system and indicating thepoint number assignment of each device. Floor plan shal I also indi~ate al Iconduit and wiring interconnecting the components of the system.
C. Provide complete instruction and maintenance manuals of the FM system.Manuals shal I be included but not be limited to the fol lowing data:
B. AI I FM system shop drawings required under paragraph A above shal I besubmitted to the Engineer and University within 120 days of award of theelectrical contract. These drawings shall be certified by a RegisteredPr-ofessional Engineer of the State of Minnesota prior to submittal.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
7. Ma Intenance Instruct Ions of a II per iod ic ma intenance req ui red forcomponents of system.
8. Testing procedures f0r al I components of system.
9. Temperature control drawings suppl led under the Mechanical Contractand cross referenced to the FM system drawings.
D. These manuals shal I be submitted to the Engineer and University forreview prior to acceptance.
1.3 GUARANTEE, TESTING AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. The entire fire management system installation shal I carry a one-yearguarantee after acceptance of the complete system by the University.Acceptance is defined as the date upon which the University and Engineerhave granted approval of complete system installation.
I. _ FM supplier shal I guar9ntee al I devices against defects inmaterial or workmanship and shal I guarantee al I installation, materialand labor provided under this section of work by the allied trades.
2. Electrical Contractor shal I guarantee al I conduit, wire andelectrical installation labor.
B. The completed system shal I be totally tested and include a check-out ofal I manual and automatic system functions to Insure proper system operation.Each smoke detector shal I be tested to Insure proper sensitivity. Testingshal I be provided as recommended by the manufacturer for al I system components.
C. Provide a complete and thorough training and instruction period to theOwner's designated representatives in the operation of the FM System.Instructions shal I explain In detal I all system functions as they relateto the operat Ion of th Is Insta I Iat Ion. Instruct Ions sha I I cover per Iod Ictesting and check out requirements of the system and components. Aminimum of 40 hours of Instruction to the University shall be providedunder this contract and shal I be scheduled at a time approved by the University.
D. Provide comprehensive Instruction manuals for the operation, testing andmaintenance of the system and its components.as· specified in Article 1.2 above.These manuals shal I be provided at the training and instruction periodspecified and shall be used as a. training guide.
PART 2: FIRE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
2. I CENTRAL CONTROL STATION
A. Genera I
I. .The Centra I Contro I Stati Qn (CCS) sha I I be located at the Th IrdFloor in Room 107 with equipment arrangement as detai led on plans. Certainsystem equipment shal I be located remote from Room 3-107 but shal Ibe considered part of the CCS. AI I CCS equipment shal I be located foreasy accessibi I ity for testing and servicing. The CCS equipment shal I fitthe space al lotted and Indicated on the plans. Emergency power wi I I beprovided as specified and shown on the drawings.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-3
2. The Central Control Stetion (CCS) specified under this section shal Ibe totally sol id state using c~mputer oriented digital technology. Thesystem must be a standard with the manufacturer to insure on-going partsavai labi I ity and trained technical ,support. The initial installation mustinclude all pushbutt6ns t indicators, switches, pi lot Indicators, digitaland analog value displays, transmission I ine interface equipment and software, etc., to make up the completely operable system. The initialinstallation shal I have the capacity to handle the points specified inAppendix A schedule, plus 25% additional. CCS must be designed in a modularfashion to provide future expansion cap·abi I ity without obsoleting.any equipment whether it be additional remote data panels (RDP's) or central consolefunction and memory capabi I ity. AI I switching functions for both analog anddigital data transmission shal I be sol id-state ~Iectronics.
B. Central Processor Unit
I. The Central Processor Unit (CPU) shal I be a microcomputer programmedthrough software and firmware to provide central control and monitoringfunctions as specified under this section of the specifications.
2. The (FM) System shat I uti I ize an additional channel of the existingHoneywel I WlooO/wI008A CPU instal led in Health Science Unit B/c. Certainspecified alarm, trouble and supervisory conditions from Unit F shal I bedisplayed and recorded on the Bui Iding Control Center System located inUnit A. This operation shall be fully automatic and require no operatorintervention from Unit siC.
a. Memory capacity of the Unit B/c CPU shal I be sized to accommodatethe additional required functions from Unit F with 25% additional capacity.
b. The Un it F fi re t~Gnagement System sha II interface to a standardDC channel on the Unit SiC CPU and shal I not require any internalmod i f icat ion to the CPU c i rcu itry. The requ ired interface sha II operateat 1200 baud over a 40 mi I constant current transmission I ine~ Thetransmission line shall not exceed 10,000 feet and be electrically supervised,Class A. The transmission word shal I be a 16 bit binary serial word with13 data and 3 control bits.
3. The existing Honeywel I Alpha/Delta 1000 hot interface module shaJ Ibe uti J ized to program priority control of venti lation systern for smokecontrol sequences as specified under fire alarm system requirernent~.
C. CCS Capabi I Ities and Equipment
I. Operator Terminal:
a. The Operator Terminal (OPT) shal I be designed for ease of systemoperation and understanding. The terminals shal I h6ve point address selectedbuttons, a series of function buttons (labeled In Engl ish), a key-operatedlock-out capabi I ity, and a digital readout display as described herein. TheOperator's Terminal shal I be designed fer desk top mounting.
b. The OPT shal I be suppl ied with digital indicators and lightemitting diodes.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-4
IIIIJIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
c. Operator Terminal shal I be located at the Central ControlStation and perform the Fire Management functions specified and futuresecurity functions. Unit shal I be a low profi Ie type designed for desktop installation. Honeywel I W1006A.
2. System Entry (Touch Dial):
a. Serial entry touch dial section buttons shal I be suppl ied withthe system and shal I be used for: access to remote control and data points,adding, deleting or resetting of alarm I imits in memory; resetting programstart-stop times; and adding or deleting start-stop program channels.Serial entry selection buttons shal I be provided so that future expansionwi I I not require additional buttons to be mounted on the control console.
3. Function Button Control
a. Clearly identified labeled in Engl ish individual functionbuttons shal I be provided to make the system easy to operate and easi Iyunderstood. System shal I perform the below specified single-entry instruction.
b. The system shal I contain the fol lowing detai led functioncontrol buttons.
Secure/Off I ncr'ease/Open
Access/On Decrease/Close
Reset/Auto I ntercom Off
Alarm/Acknowledge Alarm Summary
Intercom On Data Display
Lamp Test Graph ics-On
Display-Time Graph ics-Off
c. The system shal I display real clock time in 24-hour formatwhen the display is not being used for other purposes. The time shal Ibe resettable by simple keyboard entry.
4. Start-Stop Control, Two- and Three-Mode:
a. Two- and thres-mode control capabi I ity shal I be provided forremote control of motor 'loads or change-over functions. Motor startercontro Is wi I I be momenta'ry or ma i nta i ned contact as i nd icated in the motorcontrol schedules. Selection of a specific control point shal I cause thedisplay of the address and the current operating status.
b. The CPU shal I automatically lock out alarms for a period oftime after an automatic or manual start command has been issued to a remotepiece of equipment. The time delay shal I el iminate false alarming ofequipment and al low for the transfer of differential pressure or flowswitches. . .
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16900-5
6. Test-Reset Control:
8. Alarm Capabl Ilty:
7. Digital Setpoint Adjustment and Damper Pos~tion Adjustment:
a. The CCS shal I be furnished with the abi Iity to perform secureaccess switching of remote security alarm systems if added In the future.
IIIIIIIIII
.,,,5. Secure-Access Control:
a. The CCS shal I be capable of performing test-reset functions ofremote fire system components. On perform~ng the test, the system shal Ireport the test, the type of system and the completion of the test.
a. The CCS shal I have the capabl I ity to continuously monitor analogand digital alarm conditions. Upon alarm condition the system wi I I immediatelyand automatically sound the audible alarm, show the point identification numberin larm and also the engineering unit associated with that specific alarm.
b. The digital display shal I flash as long as the point Is selectedsti! I in alarm condition. The audible alarm wi I I sound unti I the acknowledgebutton has been depressed. At the same time the point is beging digital izedon the readout window, the printer shal i print the alarm information in red.AI I alarms shal I be recognized and recorded on a change-of-state basis.
a. The system shal I have the capabi I ity of digitally resetting thecontrol point of remote controllers' or dampers and other operatois from thecentral console. It shal I be capable of resetting and reading the controlposition with positive feedback of the new position. The reset positionshal I be displayed in a digital form in the readout window.
c. The dig!tal display shal I again energize and show point number1.0., point type and "return to normal" condition whenever a fire point hasgone from "Alarm to Normal" condition.
9. Audible Alarm:
a. The system shal I contain a sol id-state audible alarm which shal Ibe initiated with every new alarm indication..Each new contact or analogalarm shal I resound the audible alarm which shal I be si lenced by the manualalarm acknowledge button on the central control console. The audible alarmshal I not sound on the return to normal for mechanical system type alarmsbut must sound on return to normal of fire alarm.
10. Pi lot Light Test:
a. The OPT shal I be furnished with a single pushbutton which shal Ilight al I pi lot Indicators or light emitting diodes (LED's) when operated.
D. Operator Access Levels
I. The CCS shal I be suppl ied with at least three locking levels foroperator access.
2. With level one locked the CCS shal I receive and record alarms andautomatically actuate programmed equipment operation, but the point selection,alarm acknowledgement, and al I function buttons shal I be Inoperative. With
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16900-6
IIIIIIJIJ
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
level one unlocked al I point selection and fu~ction buttons shal I be operativeto perform system operation.
3. Level two shall lock/unlock the programming of analog alarm I imit andautomatic time programs. By the lovel the operator can assign new analogalarm I imlts and reprogram start/stop times. With this level disabled thesystem wi I I automatically compare limits and'operate equipment at its programmedtime.
4. Level three al lows for the addition and deletion of system input/outputpoints and control of display and print out assignments. Systems that requirewriting a new program for addition or deletion of poi~ts wi I I not be acceptable.
E. Programs
I. The system shal I have the capabl I ity of initiating commands (sfart/stop, secure/9ccess, day/nlte, etc.) to system points on a pre-set time schedule.Separate start and stop times for each day of the week shal I be provided withprovision for a hoi iday schedule program. It shal I be possible to set thehoi iday schedule seven days in" advance of the hoi iday and the program shal Iautomatically revert to the regular time schedule after the hoi iday programis executed. The hoi iday schedule shal I be capable of handl ing any hoi idayperiod from one to four hours.
2. Event Initiated Programs:
a. The system shal I have the capabi I ity of automatically initiatingcommands upon an alarm occurrence. Any analog or digital point may beassigned as an event initiator. A change of status at the alarm initiatorshal I cause a pre-defined seriAs of commands cal led an event program, tooccur. The additional Unit F ?eparate event progr3ms shal I be provided withthe capabi I ity of handl ing up to 31 points per program.
3. Analog Limits:
a. It shall be possible to assign I imit values to analog inputs on aper point basis. Both high and low I imit values per point shal I be possible.In addition it shal I be possible to automatically lock out analogs on a perpoint basis when the associated primary equipment is shut down.
F. Printer
I. Alarm, Status and Logging Printer:
a. One (I) printer shal I be ~uppl ied. At the operator terminalprovide a printer to provide a hard copy print-out of alarm record~ andlogging functions. Change of state information including (EIP's) new alarms,restoration of alarms'and alarm acknowledgements shal I be printed alongwith demand logs such as al I points, status summary, and alarm summary.AI I start/stop command entries forFM System operation shal I be printed.Printer shall be l-bneywell WI002A.·
2. Selectographic Projectors:
a. The CCS shall include hlo desk top 100 frame random access 35mm5 I ide projector modu I es. (200 s I ides tota I).
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-7
b. Module I shal I display multicolored schematic diagrams, floorpans with room numbers, location of FM detectors, sensors alarm points, etc.Format shall match graphics provided for Unit B/C F~1 system.
c. Module 2 shall simultaneously display oper-ator instructions andoperating procedures and shal I operate automatically in unison with module.Format shall match graphics provided for Unit B/C Ft·, system.
d. Quantity of graphic slides required is to be determined by thesystem input/output schedule. It shall be possible to manually index adirectory s II de wh ich II sts a II s Ii des and the i r cont,ents used in the system.
~e. Slides shal I be developed in a manner to provide clear and easilyreadab Ie data to the system operator.,
G. Remote Data Panels
I. Remote data panels (RDP's) for collection of input data shal Ibe furnished to meet the specified (FM) system requirements and asshown on the drawings to minimize the length of wiring runs from sensorsand actuators. RDP's must be able to handle start/stop commands, controlpoInt adjustments, damper positioning, digital alarm and status inputs andany intermix of analog inputs such as temperature, humidity, pressure andother industrial type mi I livolt inputs.
2. AI I analog signals entering the RDP shal I be converted to error freedigital signals for transmission to the central processor unit (CPU). Transmission from RDP to the CPU shal I not be I imited to hardwire only, but shal Ibe capable of transmission via commercially avai lable voice grade telephonecircuits. AI I analog value signals from the analog sensor to the RDP's shal Inot be transmitted in analog form for more than 100 feet before being convertedto digital form. AI I digital signals entering the RDP's for fire and securityshal I have line monitoring for current deviation provided by end of lineresistors.
3. The Appendix A Input/output (I/O) summary specify the dataInputs and central functions for this CCS.
4., The RDP's sha! I have a minimum 4-hour standby power supply and shallbe located where shown on the plans to minimize present and future ~iring
requirements. AI I remotely located RDP's shal I be suppl led factory pre-wiredand shal I be of sol id state, plug-in circuit board construction. Each commandfunction shal I be operable both manually from the Operator's Terminal andautomaticalily from a central processor generated time or event program.The remote data panels shal I have circuitry to alarm the central processorupon AC power loss, indicating the individual data panel affected. RDP's shal Ibe Honeywel I WI020A and Series 1000 required for specified (FM) system functions.
H. Control Interface Module
I. Provide Control Interface Module (CIM) to activate the automatic voicealarm system provided under these specificotions. AI I interface wiring shal Ias specified for the FM system.
IIIIIItIIIIIIIIII
2. The CIM shal I provide two (2) Form C magnetic latching, dry relay-contactoutputs for each control point required for the Interconnect to the noise alarm Isystem. Contacts shal I provide for status and alarm. CIM shal I be Honeywel I W1004.
UM HEALTH SCiENCESPIN 16900-8 ,I
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
J. Data Transmission System
I. AI I data transmitted between the CCS, central processing unit (CPU)and the remote data panels must be transmitted in digital form. Individualdata bits are to be grouped into word format ,and transmitted as coded messages.A double transmission, echo transmission, or multiparity bit technique must beused to insure message integrity. Transmission system fal lure must beannunciated Immediately as a "No response" with display and/or print-out oftime and address of the data group fai I ing to respond.
2. In addition to the one prime transmission cable, a secondary commontransmission cable of the same type as the first shal I be instal led paral leito the first as shown on the plans. In the event of an open circuit,ground fault or short circuit of the prime transmission cable, al Itransmission signals between the floor panels and the central control 'shal Ibe automatically switched over to the secondary transmission cable. Asignal shal I be annunciated at the central control station indicating that afault has occurred on the prime transmission cable and that the transmissionis being conducted over the secondary transmission cable. Both the primeand secondary transmission cable shal I be continuously monitored. Troubleof eiTher cable shal I automatically be annunciated at the CCS indicating whichcable has fal led.
J. Digital Sensors
I. The RDP's shal I be designed to accept digital inputs from devices withisolated dry type contacts (no grounds or no voltage)of either the normallyopen (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.) configuration.
K. Proof of Equipment Operation
I. Auxi I iary contacts shal I be provided to prove fan operation.Positive operating status and alarm condition shal I be provided for al I fans.
2. The system shal I have the capabi I ity of not only alarming abnormal OFFconditions of fans, but shal I also indicate abnormal ON conditions of the sameequipment. If a start command has not been issued from the central consoleand a piece of equipment is turned on, the central processor wil I alarm anabnormal ON. This abnormal ON shal I also sound the audible alarm and displaythe alarm ON condition.
2.2 FIRE ALARM DESCRIPTION
A. General
I. Central Control Station shal I provide the functional capabi I ity foralarm monitoring, sprinkler system supervision, remote test-reset a~d operation,logging of the fire alarm system or systems specified and indicated in theAppendix A Input/output schedule. '
2. The alarm monitoring function shal I provide discreet identificationof alarm type, condition and point location of sprinkler system alarm andsupervisory devices. Sprinkler flow alarm signal and valve supervisiontrouble signal wi I I be provided for each valve.
3. The remote test and reset function shal I provide discreet identificationof test and reset operations that are performed on equipment or systems remotefrom the central console.,
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-9
4. The command function capabl I itles of "the fire alar~ system shal Ial low the central panel operator to selectively obtain a printed record ina log format of the condition of al I fire alarm and sprinkler ~upervisory
points.
5. The central console shal I monitor sprinkler ~Iarm and supervisorydevices. On an alarm condition the alarm tone sounds, the point addressand unit equipment appears in the readout display and a print-out in redoccurs on the alarm printer. A print-out shal I also verify acknowledgementof alarm. Upon restoration of the alarm point, a print-out in black occurson the alarm printer.
6. The central console shal I be capable of monitoring remote fire alarmpanels and fire alarm zones for both alarm and trouble conditions. Individualpoints representing alarm zones shal I, on an alarm condition, sound an alarmtone, flash the point address and engineering unit on the readout display andprint the information in red on the alarm printer. Upon alarm acknowledgementa printout shal I verify operator action. After restoration, a print-out inblack occurs on the alarm printer. Line supervision uti I izing end of lineresistors for monitoring current deviation shal I be provided for both alarmand trouble conditions for each zone on remote panels since the CCS shal Iinitiate automatic fire sequences.
7. The system shal I perform the Fire Management sequence of operationspecifled regardless of whether the bui Iding is operating from normal uti litypower or from the emergency generators upon any fire alarm occurrence. Uponloss of uti I ity power and when no fire alarm exists, the air supply unitsshal I be shut down by the system. After emergency generator starts selectedair handl ing units shal I be automatically and sequentially (3 second delay)restarted upon event command by the Fire Management System. Other airsupply units shal I be manually programmed restarted from the CPU or OPT asscheduled by the University. Upon restoration of uti I Ity power the sysTemshal I again automatically shut down air handl ing units and then sequentiallyrestart selected air handl ing units. The remaining air supply units shal Ibe manually or programmed restarted from the CPU or OPT.
8. Equipment specified is manufactured by Honeywel I, Inc.
B. System Requirements
I. Proof of Central Processor Operation - Central processor provided mUstincorporate circuitry which continuously monitors the scanning and dataprocessing cycles. On central processor fal lure, an audible/visual signalshal I operate if scanning fai Is or if incoming data is not processed. A meansfor testing the central processor fai lure circuitry shal I be provided toprove operation.
2. Central Processor Power Supply and Fuse Supervision - If one ormore voltages are lost due to power fai lure or a blown fuse, an audiblesignal shal I sound. Standby power shal I be provided for this supervisoryunit to permit operation on power fai lure.
3. Event Commands - System shal I have capabl I ity of providing anautomatic output (contact closure) as the result of an alarm input. Thiscapabi I ity shal I pruvide the means to automatically initiate voice evacuationsignals, visual alarm signals, trip auxi I iary protective signal ing devices,
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-10
IIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
trip remote station protective signaling devices, control mechanical and/orelectrical equipment such as elevators, HVAC systems, exhaust or supplyfans, smoke control dampers, smoke and fire door holdei-s, and provide remotepi lot light annunciation.
4. Day-of-the-Year Print-Out: The time of day and day of the year shallbe printed each hour. Any printer activity Shai I Include the time of day.
5. Alarm Display and Annunciation - AI I fire system alarm signalsshal I provide audible signal, nixie tube or dot matrix display of the alarmpoint and type of alarm, as wei I as a printed record for alarm acknowledgeand return to normal changes of state.
6. Fault Detection and Isolation: A fault detector shal I be provided toautomatically condition the circuit when a fault occurs so that the datatransmission continues on an uninterrupted bases. Both audible and visualannunciation of a fault condition shal I be provided. A printed record shallbe provided to show the remote signal encoding devices affected by the fault.
7. Standby Power: Power for the system furnished under this contractshal I be suppl ied from two sources: A primary (main) power supply, and secondary(standby) supply. The primary and secondary power sources shal I supply thecentral processor and al I remote data panels. To provide this rei iable sourceof standby power for the system, an uninterruptible power supply consisting ofbatteries and battery charger shal I be furnished as part of this Contract tosupply 24 hours of standby power. The CCS shal I automatically switch tostandby power and continue to operate in a normal manner without any operatoraction or start-up routine. Systems that require operator action or start-upshal I not be acceptable.
8. The system shal I provide contacts for remote ties to the municipalfire department and a remote supervisory station. These contacts shall beincluded with the RDP and dedicated to this function.
9. The existing Honeywell Alpha/Delta 1000 host interface module shal I beuti lized to program priority control of venti lation systems. The existingUnit A Delta 2000 OPT under normal conditions when no fire alarm exists shal Ihave control of venti lation fans and dampers provided in Unit F. Under firealarm conditions the Unit F Alpha 1000 OPT shal I have priority control of thefans and dampers. Status of these control points shal I be coordinated toprint and respond correctly to each OPT and printer.
C. Equipment
I. Manual Stations
a. The manual fire alarm stations shal I be Honeywel I S464 break glasstype. Manual stations shal I be operated by pul I ing down on the lever. Thelever shal I remain down with the alarm contacts closed unti I the station isreset.
b. The manual station shal ~ be reset by opening the front, resettingthe switch and replacing the glass rod. A spare glass rod shal I be furnishedfor each station.
c. Stations shal I be semi-flush mounted in finished areas and surfacemounted In unfinished areas as shown on drawings. Provide surface mountedback box painted red for each surface mounted station.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-1 I
2. Smoke Detectors
a. eel ling mounted detectors shal I be of the dual chamber low voltageIonization type. Each detector shal I contain an integral visual alarmIndicator with provision for connecting a remote alarm lamp if requiredin the installation. "Both surface and recessed mounting models shall beprovided and the proper quantity of each type shal I be furnished as requiredor designated on the plans. The detectors shall mount in a plug-in base containing al I terminals for field wiring connections, to al low al I wiring to becompleted, checked out, and tested, prior to Installation of the detectors.Detector shal I be Honeywell TCIOOA.
b. Duct mounted detectors shal I be of the dual chamber ionizationtype. They shal I be designed for use in air streams with an appropriateenclosur.e, and sampl ing tubes to assure cross-sectional sampl ing of the airstream within the duct. The duct detectors shal I be completely self-contained,including power supply, isolated alarm and trouble contact outputs, power,and alarm indicating lamps, key-operated reset switch, and test connectionfor portable test equipment. Detector shal I be Honeywel I TCIOOA (duct mounted).
c. Detectors shal I have been tested for performance and stabi I ity inaccordance with Underwriter's Laboratories Standard 167 and both cei I ing andduct mounted detectors shal I be U.L. listed.
d. Both cei I ing and duct mounted detectors shal I be of the type thatportable test equipment designed for the purpose can be used to performcomplete electrical measurements of the circuit voltage, sensitivity, etc.,with the detectors instal led in the system at the location of each detector.
e. The cei I ing and duct mounted detectors and control units forthe fire detection and alarm system shal I be of the same manufacture.
f. The detector suppl ier shal I have a local service organizationcapable of providing service by trained engineers or technicians. The systeminstallation shal I be instal led by, or under, the direct supervision of themanufacturers' authorized suppl ier who shal I perform the system check-out andtesting and certify the installation. Each detector shal I be field testedafter installation is complete.
3. Heat detector - explosion-proof fixed temperature 135°.
4. Visual Alarm System Equipmenta. Flashing lights shal I be Honeywel I AV-33 24 vdc red lens with
white letter and flash at 120 flashers per minute.
b. Power shal I be suppl ied common from Honeywel I 200820 powersupply with Honeywel I 11061 I Time Delay Relay. Output power shal I be fullysupervised. Upon alarm activation, power shal I be transferred to the firefloor, floor above and floor belov/ through the respective remote data panelsto cause activated I ights to flash.
2.3 VOICE ALARM AND VOICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
A. General
I. It is the Intent of this specification to provide for a supervisedemergency evacuation system as specified herein and shown on the plans anddrawings. The work Includes furnishing al I equipment, wiring and labor tomeet the requiremen1's of the specifications. The sound equipment rackslocated at the Central Control Station, Room 3-102, shal I contain al I centralsound equipment for the system hereinafter specified.U~1 HEALTH SC IDKESPIN 16900-1~
IIIIIItIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
B. Function
I. Sase System: The base system shal I provide for speaker coverage ofthe zones as shown on the plans, shal I Interface with the alarm systems andshall provide the following functions:
a. Provide pre-recorded messages for automatic transmittal of evacuationinstructions. Messages shal I be professionally recorded by the supplier andshal I be simi lar to the message format provided for Unit sic. Approval of taperecording and message format shal I be provided by the University beforefinal master tape is recorded.
2. The system shal I interface with the fire alarm system and uponinitiation of an alarm by any of the fire alGrm system devices or sprinklersystem devices shal I cause a pre-alert signal to be sounded over the ~peakers
in al I zones simultaneously. After six seconds the pre-alert signal shal Isi lence automatically and the zones shal I be automatically programmed toreceive the pre-recorded messages in the fol lowing order:
a) Message - Floor where a I arm device is activated.
b) Message 2 - Floor immediately above a farm floor.
c) Message 3 - Floor immediately below alarm floor.
d) Message 4 - Elevator cars.
e) Message 5 - All other floors.
3. When the taped message Is completed the tape shal I automatically rewindand be ava! lable for the next alarm. Should the tape be in a playback conditionand channeled to a given zone, no other zone shal I be connected into it until thetape is ready for the play mode. Fai lure of the tape deck to start within sixseconds shal I cause an audible and visual trouble signal to annunciate to alertthe control console operator that messages must be sent manually. AI I automaticsound system initiating circuits shal I be supervised as specified for the FMsystem.
4. The selective announcing to zones shal I be accompl ished by selectingthe zone to be paged to manually at the central control console. It shallbe possible to select anyone or combination of zones and give oralinstructions from the control console handset.
5. The system shal I consist of separate electronic equipment fQr theal I-cal I and selective page channels.,
6. The pre-alert tone generator shal I 'be electrically supervised and aspare unit shal I be automatical Iy ~witched into the system upon main unitfai lure. The preampl ifiers and power ampl ifiers shal I be electrically supervised and spare power ampl ifiers and pre-ampl ifiers shal I be automaticallyswitched into the system upon main unit fai lure.
7. The wiring to at I of the zone speakers shal I be electrically supervisedand shal I report any fai lure due to shorts, grounds and/or opens both visuallyand audible at the control console location. Each zone shal I be supervisedindependently. Any fai lure of equipment, pr'e-alert tone generators or zone,
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-13
wiring shal I annunciate at the control console location both visually andaudibly with the visual indication showing where the proble~ Is that Initiatedthe fai lure alarm. Visual indication shal I be via I ight emitting diodes toassure longevity of I ife. The visual indicator shal I remain lit untl I theproblem has been corrected. The audible alarm may be si lenced, but si lencingsame shal I cause an alarm silenced pi lot light to illuminate and remainI I luminated unti I the audible alarm has been restored to normal operation.
8. The supervision generating equipment shal I be provided in redundancywith automatic switch-over to a spare unit In case of main unit fai lure.
9. Supervision of Loudspeake.rs.
a. Provide for electrical supervision of the' loudspeakers in additionto wiring In the zones.
b. Removal of a speaker, damage to a speaker or non-operation of aspeaker shal I cause an audible and visual annunciator to activate at thecontrol console location.
10. A monitor speaker shal I be provided to permit selective monitoringof the output channels at the control console location. The system shal Ialso provide for zone-to-control console and/or zone-to-zone communicationvia an electrically supervised common talk/I isten communication system. Azone station shal I be provided in each location shown on the plans and shal Ifunction as fol lows: The zone station shal I consist of a handset jackreceptacle with automatic annunciation back to the control center, and alocal page switch. A telephone type network shal I be wired into the box onthe jack side of the common talk I ine for proper I ine matching and loading.AI I components shal I be mounted in a custom recessed cabinet with a hinged,locking front door that is provided vilth a Minneapolis fireman's lock.Custom recessed box shal I be provided as detai led on the plans and required.Clearance for the lock must be given by the fire department.
I I. Fai lure of any equipment or zone wiring shal I annunciate visually andaudibly at the CCS as outl ined in the Fire Management System specifications.
12. Provide five red handsets with cl ips for hanging to be housed In acabinet in the Central Control Station. This same cabinet may be thecontrol station of the zone common talk system.
13. Zone page from local communication system handset. This shal I permitthe zone handset stations to give instructions over their zone speakers. Thisshal I be accomplished by depressing a local page switch located in the localpanel. This feature shal I be in addition to the functions outlined in thebase system specification. Local control console zone paging shal I havepriority over other system functions. This feature wil I only function whenproperly set up by the control console operation.
14. AI I zones shal I be individually wired back to the control center racks.It shal I be possible to at any time in the future add ampl ifiers and separateany individual zone to be used as a local system. These zones shal I sti I Ibe totally supervised and annunciate individually if and when they areseparated out.
C. Equipment
I. The equipment specified is thi':lt of Dukane Corporation.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-14
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
2. Provide floor standing sound equirment racks with plugmold stripscontaining 120 volt 20A grounded receptacles 12"0.c. top to bottom of racks.Racks shal I be welded construction with blank covers and access panels whererequired.
3. Sol id State Pre-Amp I ifier &Mixer Panel
a. The Pre-amp I ifier/Mixer Panel shal I be Dukane ~~del 2A65. Itshal I have faci I ities for four individually control led, low impedance microphone inputs and two c~mmonly control led, high impedance auxi liqry inputs. Themicrophone stages shal I be differential ampl ifiers to accept either balancedor single ended microphone I ines without the use of input matching transformers.A master volume control shal I regulate al I inputs simultaneously. There shal Ibe provisions for adding remote volume controls to the microphone inputs andthe master vo Iume contro I. Ind iv idua I bass and treb Ie tone contro Is sha IIbe provided. .
b. The unit must have a voltage gain of at least 76dB and a freqeuncyresponse flat within +ldB from 20 to 20,000 Hz. It shal I have a rated outputof +6dBm_at 600 ohms,-single ended. Distortion shal I be not more than 1% atany frequency between 20 and 20,000 Hz. The noise level shal I be at least50dB.
c. The panel shal I operate over a range of 105-125 volts,50-60 Hz and consume not more than 3 watts. The unit shal I be 19" widefor rack mounting. AI I external connections shal I be to screw terminals.
3. 200 Watt Sol id State Power Amp I ifler
a. The Power Ampl ifier shal I be Dukane Model IA92IB. The ampl ifiershal I employ si I icon transistors exclusively and be capable of del ivering 200watts (rms) audio power at less than 1-1/2% distortion over the frequencyrange of 30 Hz to 20 ~1Z. The noise level shal I be at least 80dB below ratedoutput. The input impedance shal I be 100,000 ohms. The ampl ifier shal Irequire not more than 0.4 volt input signal level for rated output. A screwdriver adjust input level control shal I be provided. The available outputsshal I be 25 or 70 volts balanced or single ended and 12-1/2 ohms. Outputregulation shal I be within IdB from no load to ful I load.
b. The ampl ifier shal I be provided with a thermostat for protectionagainst operation where excessive temperatures prevai 1 and an electronicprotective circuit that reduces power dissipated in the transistors underoverload or short circuit conditions. The ampl ifier shal I employ 21 si 1icontransistors and 8 sil icon diod~s.
c. The unit shal I operate from a 105-125 volts, 50-60 Hz I ine andconsume less than 90 watts idle and 600 watts at rated output. The ampl ifiersha 1I be 19" wide for rack mount ing.
.d. Each loudspeaker shall be set at a minimum of one watt of power.The number of 200 watt ampl ifiers shel I be sized according to the number ofspeakers plus a 40% power factor.
4. Supervisory Detection System
a. Dukane Model 14A707 Supervisory Detection System shal I consist of9AI475 Alarm and Control Panels, 9AI480 Remote Alarm and Control Panels withFault Annunciators, 5A451 Speakers, and 110-1437 Chassis. Each 110-1437Chassi~ shal I house 110-1286 Signal Generator PCBs, 110-1287 Detector PCBs,110-1288 Wide Band Detector PCBs, and 110-1289 Alarm PCBs.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-15
b. The 110-1286 Signal Generator PCB shal I operate with a supplyvoltage between 24 and 30 VDC and shal I draw between 15 and 35 mi I liamperesrespectively. The output shal I vary no more than .2dB over this range: Theoutput voltage shal I be 5VAC(RMS) maximum. The load imped~nce shal I be morethan 600 ohms, and the Qutput impedarlce shal I be 70 ohms.
c. The 110-1287 Detector PCB shal I operate bn 24 VDC @ 75 mi I 1iamperes.The input shall be internally clamped to 0.7 volts. The output indicator shal Ibe a light-emitting diode. The remote control relay shal I be Type-A contacts<maximum voltage 250 VAC @.5 amperes into? resistive load). Reset voltageshal I be +4 VDC.
d. The 110-1288 Detector PCB shall operate on 24 VDC @ 75 mi I I iamperes.Input shal I be 20 mil I ivolts and shal I be internal Iy cl~mped to 0.7 volts.The remote control relay shal I be Type-A contacts <maximum voltage 250 VAC)@ .5 amperes into a resistive load). R~set voltage shal I be +4 VDC.
e. The 110-1289 Alarm PCB shal I operate on 24 VDC @ 75 milliamperesstandby. The output of the system power supply shal I be constantly monitored.
f. The 110-1437 Chassis shal I have a capacity of 12 cards, andterminations shal I be screw terminal type.
g. The 9AI475 Alarm and Control Panel shal I operate on 24 VDC @ 150mil I iamperes.
h. The 9AI480 Alarm and Control Panel with 50 Annunciators shalloperate on 24 VDC @ 150 mil I iamperes standby. Lamp current shal I be 40mi I liamperes each. Terminations shal I be screw terminals and spade terminals.
5. Tape Transports
a. The tape transports shal I be Telex Model 230 or approved equal. Itshal I be a two speed, three motor unit with photo-cel I control led circuitry forautomatic stop or automatic re-cue and continuous cycl ing. The tape transportshal I be relay and solenoid control led, and operated by electric, momentarycontact push-buttons and suitable for remote control. A time-delay circuitshal I prevent tape breakage when the transport is switched to play from fastforward or rewind modes. Supply and take-up reels are to be driven by four-pole induction motors. The tape capstan drive shal I consist of multiple beltsand dynamically balanced flywheel powered by a two speed hysteresis synchronousmotor with front panel speed selector switch. "Flutter and wow shal I be lessthan 0.2% at 7 1/2 ips. The transport shal I include a three digit indexcounter. A solenoid operated, differential brake, system shal I render the tapetransport fai I-safe in al I operating modes including power failure.
b. The transport is to include a removable, 24 volt dc; ful I waveone ampere power supply. Tape heads are to be low impedance, of hyberbol iccontour and operate without pressure pads. Automatic tape lifters shal Iremove the tape from the heads in fast forward or rewind modes. AI I assembliesof the tape transport are to be accessible from the back. Electrical connections to the power supply and control box assembly are to be through standardconnectors and screw terminals. Al I relays are to be plug-in type. Thetransport shal I be 19" wide , suitable for standard relay rack mounting withstainless steel front panel. The transport shal I operate on 115 volts 60 Hzand consume less than 150 watts ~ower.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-16
IIIIII.-tIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
6. Touch to Talk Microphone and Stand
a. The desk microphone assembly shal I be Dukane t~del 7A765A orapproved equal. The microphone shal I be an omnidirectional, dynamic type witha frequency range of 60 to 10,000 Hz. It shal I have an impedance of 150 ohms,an output level of -52 db referred to I M\v/IO,dynes/cm2 and an EIA sensitivityrating of -146 db.
b. The one piece microphone housing and desk stand shal I be die castof zinc al loy with satin chrome finish. The desk stand base shal I Include atouch-to-talk bar switch wired for remote relay operation. A 7' long, fourconductor cable shal I be furnished.
7. Speakers
a. Speaker types sha II be as fo II ows and as shown on the pi a"ns.Provide backbox and baffle for each speakers.
( I) Type A - Mode I 5A451 spea ker, Lowe I I #DP68X backbox withspeaker support cover (black finish) to fit box with 7" diameter hole forspeaker and mounting holes for speaker and back box. In general the type Aspeaker system shal I be used above accessible ceil ings where the perforatedceil ing metal pan or panel provides the speaker baffle.
(2) Type 8 - Model 5A451 speaker with T95-8 backbox andT-720 baffle. Baffle shall be matte white finish. In general Type B speakersystem shal I be recessed In plaster ceilings and wal Is for a flush installation.
(3) Type C - Model 5A30 horn mounted on a 2 gang flush orsurface outlet box with stainless steel plate. In general Type C speakersshal I be Instal led in mechanical equipment spaces. Outlet box and conduitshal I be instal led flush in permanent finished construction areas.
b. The loudspeakers shal I be Dukane Model 5A451. The loudspeakershal I be an eight inch, seamless cone type. The ceramic magnet shal I weighat least 4.8 ounces. The frequency range shal I be from 30 to 15,000 Hz. Thenormal wattage rating shal I be 10 watts with a program rating of 16 w~tts.
The voice coi I shal I be 3/4" in diameter and 8 ohms impedance. AI I externalparts shal I be cadmium plated and conform to EIA standards.
2.4 ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Fire alarm initiating devices so designated in the Input/Output Summaryshal I cause al I elevators to return to ground floor except where the smokedetector at the ground floor lobby is the initiating device, the elevatorshal I be returned to an alternate floor. The elevators return to the groundfloor for the use of fire department personnel.
B. The fire management supplier shal I provide from eme-gency power sourcen.o. contacts in the elevator machine room. On fire alarm, contact closurewi I I return elevators to ground floor and as described above. The elevatorsuppl ier will coordinate this contact Into his control sequence to providedesired operation.
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-17
C. For each elevator cab as shown on the plans at Third floor provide a voicecommunications speaker and fireman telephone unit. Equipment shal I be instal ledand wired by the Elevator Contractor. Provide dimensional drawings to ElevatorContractor for rough-i~ requirements~
2.5 AUTOrv1AT IC SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Genera I
I. Automatic smoke control system is designed to control the movement ofsmoke within an area where a fire has been· detected. On fire alarm, the EventInitiated Program (EIP) wi I I close the smoke doors on the fire floor, closethe motorized damper supplying venti lation air tc the tire zone and modifythe contr.ol sequence of the supply and return air fans serving the fire zoneas shown in the input/output schedule, on the plans. The specified sequenceof control for each air handl ing system under "Smoke Control Mode"of the Autcmatic Temperature Control System under the Mechanical Specificationdescribes the operation of the related venti lation systems.
B. Equipment
I. Magnetic Door Holders
a. Magnetic door holders provided and installed under the GeneralContract shal I be wired and connected by the Electrical Contractor. Doorholders wi I I be 120 volt and wi I I be integral with the door closers.
2.6 FIRE MANAGEMENT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. On fire alarm the Event Initiated Program (EIP) shal I initiate thefol lowing fire management sequence of operation.
I. Alarm is transmitted to the Central Control Station.
2. Heating, venti lating and air conditioning equipment serving firefloor automatically goes to smoke control sequence of operation.
a. Motorized dampers in sup~ly air ductwork shal I be control ledautomatically to remain o~en one floor above and one floor below the firefloor to pressurize whl Ie closing on the fire floor.I •
b. Motorized dampers in return air ductwork shal I be control ledautomatically to remain open on the fire floor whi Ie closing on the floorsabove and below the fire floor as per Fire Management Input/Output Schedule,Appendix A.
c. Return exhaust system serving fire floor goes to 100 percentexhaust air.
d. Air supply uni.t for stair tower and elevator holstwaypressurization is started.
3. Alert tone fol lowed by pre-taped emergency message and instructionsis announced over voice alarm system. Different ~essages are transmitted to:
UM HEALTH SCIENCESPIN 16900-18
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Fire Floor
Floor above fire floor
Floor below fire floor
AI I other floors
Elevators
Override from CCS and direct microphone audio announcements to any or al Iaudio zones may be performed at any time.
4. Al I elevators are captured and brought to ground floor and placedin "key operate" rnode for use by fire department personne I.
5. Smoke doors are closed isolating elevator lobby areas from general floor ar,eas.
6. CCS printer provides printed record of the specific alarm initiatingdevice and verification of occurrence of individual sequence items.
7. CCS operator arrives in control room and graphics are automaticallydisplayed as fol lows:
a. Graphic Display I
I) Floor plan of specific fire floor area identifying al I alarminitiating devices and indicating venti luting units supplying the area as apart of the smoke control system.
b. Graphic Display 2
I) CCS operator instructions which are coordinated withinformation displayed on Graphic Display No. I.
c. Graphic display shal I hold-in on the floor of the initial firea Ia rm signa I •
UM HEALTH SCIENCES.PIN 16900-19
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Q)(J)lQ
0..
W--l:::>owIUVI
«xozw0..0..«
,.
um
..mm..«m
*VI
~-<t- -- .----VI
I 0 S1l1V1S .:UO/NO XZ -oct: - lOCHNOJ .:l.:lO/NO . x
"L
8
".LNO) 'dl,/lJ:J.L IVN9\S x x x
"1::J ONIl()(i9 01 • 1\313 x x x~:s S(1000 3>lm~S 3SV313CJ x x x-< -z "03S "SS3W "8H3W3 « «~
«:::>wuz SCJ I VIS "SS3CJd x x xw:::>0- « «w "03S l~lNOJ 3>lOWS * m mVI
~
"0 "9N3 "8018 )...:H ION x x x x x x x x~ . -.oct:
"ld30 3CJI.:l )...:lIION x x x
)..CJOSIi\CJ3dllS 3NOZ x x x x xz0
318n~1 3NOZ- x x x x x x x xt-(5
~V1V 3NOZ x- x x0z x- SJIHdVCJ9 x x x
0m. ..mm. .. .«m
1.L1.L "0 0- t'\
W I0::: (/) mw " I
t- :== t- 1.LZ - - N N - 0 Z '<:t '<:tllJ I I I I I 0.. 0 W I< ~ CD m m m m 0 0::: mlLl I I I I I I I Il0
~ N ~N N 0.. Y: N N<C > > (f) 0 L L (/)
OJ 3: 3: 3: 3= 1.L 0::: (/) (/) L
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
N
Q)Q)
co0...
I.JJ..J::JoWIUV')
!c::JL
,0 C+- 3:
0• "0
+-+-C ::JOr.U (f)
c cCO CO :: :: :: :: ::lLlL
C >L-
~gQ) ::J
0::: if)
V')
~~V')
0 Sn1V1S .:lJO/NOz -<:
- 10Cl1NOJ .:l.:lO/NO..-L
8
'J-NOJ 'd V'J:l1. -,VN9IS x x
I'lJ ONr1OCI9 01 • 1\313 x x x x x x x xti: -
:s SCJOOO 3>lOWS 3SV313CJ x x x x x x x x --<: --z '03S "SS3W " 8Cl3vJ3
< < < < < < < <f( .._-- ---::J
WUz SCI I VIS "SS3CJd x x x x x x x XlLJ::::>0-
iw '035 10<llNOJ 3>lOf"lS co 0V') m co
"0 "8N3 "8018 )...:1 lION x x x x x x x x 1~ .< "ld30 3CJI.:l AJIION x x x x x x x x
ACJOSI I\ClJdnS 3NOZz0 318nOCJ1 3NOZ x x x- x x x x xI- -- -_.(5
WCiVlV 3NOZ "/ x x x x x- x x x0:z- SJ I HclVCJ8 x x x x xx x x
.0W::J, Z-f-z0U
I
f- a -- NZ UI ~ r--- Q) 01 - - -LU I I I I I I I I,L co co co m m co OJ OJLLI I I I I I I I Iif) N N N ~ N
~N
~< L L L ...::'"- L Lill U) V) if) if) if> if) (/) if)
x X__---+_.__ '-__:--. ~___jI____--i--X_. 1-_--+ --
x
Ioq-I
N>3:
x
x
x
x
SJIHd'vd8
sn1V1S .:l.:lOjNO._-{__t-_+ l -f-_-+ l l-- l__--l·__+-_-.=--f__---l-__-f_
l0C11NOJ .:l.:lOjNO
"8NJ "8018 A.:l110N
·ld30 3tll.:l A.:l110N
AtlOS II\tl3dnS 3NOZ x x xz L----------+--+-+-...:-+--t----jr-I~--
~ ~---3-1-8-n-Od_._1-3-N-O_Z-r_--- L~X::...+~X~~---l-~X~f_.:=X~+--r_-i-..::.X~rX..:.......-I-'T-_X- --rio I~VlV 3NOZ x x x: X
~ ~----------+--+-~+----t--t_--r--t---
0.L NO J 'd V'J ;] 1. I 'v' N') ISl------------+--1---t---t---t--,--- -- ---~-_1_-_+--t-----'-
"l.:l ON~8 01 ·1\313 x .f..-_-l--_-+__-+_x-t_x__--Ir-_t--x_t__t_ti: l----------+--1:---t--t-i--:s SClOOO 3>lO~"JS 3SV313Cl«z "63S ·SS3W "~3yD m m m~ I-----------t---t---~--l----+--_·t----t---- --..f.-----+--==-t---t---t----'::l
~ L-----------t---1--+---+---t---r---4---I----l'---t----r---~---t---,-.r5 SClIV1S "SS3tld x x x x~ l-----------+--t--i-----j----t--i-i---f--W ·63S lOcLLNOJ 3>lm~S « ~ « ~v: l----------+--f-sLoq-r--+---t---r-T--t--I--T~-f.----+--"----t------o5.«
LU-1::lowIoVI
III'II'IIIIIIIIII
(f) (f) ~
3: 3: -lN N II I
.f'> .f'> . .."I I r
I..M N 00::uI
00Z-i-ZC .rn0
X X GRAPHICS -:z
- 0x x ZONE ALAR-1 -S?-~
-1X x ZONE TROUBLE -0z
ZONE SUPERVISORY
x x NOTIFY FIRE DEPT.i):>I~[ x x NOTIFY BLDG. ENG. 0.
_.-- m :i: SMOKE CONTROL SEQ. Ul0rnD. C
x x PRESS. STAIRS rnz
>-.-- 0.fTl
C~--~
(gm mEMERG. MESS. SEQ. :z
--~~--
):>.-x x RE LEAS E SMOKE DOORS s:
~- x x ELEV. TO GROUND Flo----
/SIGNAL TEMP: CONT.x x
8_.-3:- .
ON/OFF CONTROL):>-- :z
ON/OFF STATUS 0
- Ul-1-):>
~-1---Ul
-
I •
IIIIIII
~ I'"0c~ IUl
~ Icr
nl I
I-III
-0 IOJ
coill
III
III
N
-(1)OJco
ICL
IIIII w
-.J::J0
Iw:r:uV)
I 2..-::J0
........
I 2z
IIIIIII
V) -- --f-~
--
<Ct- --- f-V)
0 sn1V1S .:UO/NO xz -v-«1 0C11NOJ .:1.:10 INO
" x::E .- --
8"I-
·loNO) 'd V-.J3.L I'iN:>lS x x x x_.--- .-
"1.:1 o NrlOCi8 01 "1\313 x x x x
~ -- -- ---- -- -
:5 SC1000 3>lOrIS 35V313C1 x x x x« -- -- i----- --- --_.~ -
z "035 "5S3W "8CJ3W3 co co co co~ -- - --- ,-,
::J_.
w '--- -u -- c-_ ---Z SH IV1S "SS3C1dw x x x x::> --0-w "03S lOOlNOJ 3>lOWS <C <C <CV) <C Ln Ln Ln
I "Ln - -- -- - -
l!"SN3 '8018 )"j IlON x x x x x x x --- -.
"l.d30 3Cll.:l AdllON x x >< x--AC105 I N:.i3dnS 3NOZ x x x
z0 318nOOl 3NOZ- x x x x x x Xt-t5
1---
Y-P-JVl V 3NOZ- x x x x0 --z- SJ IHdVCJ8 x x x x x.
u
Ico
. .. .<CLn
lL.l.L .0 0- N N
W I I0:: V) Ln Ln
0:: w . I I0 6 f- l.L l.L
-:.: 0 - - - z - N '<t....J I I I CL 0 W 1.L.J IIL Ln Ln Ln U 0::: 0::: Ln
I I I I I I I:r: N I'.J N Q. ~ N ~
Nf- LL > (J) D ~ L (J)
til 3: 3: l.L 0:: (J) (J) (J) 2.:
(fl I~ VI
F5 -4N :r
I IV1 VI OJI I r .'
VI 1'0 00:::0I
0~~-ZCf110
X X GRAPHICS -:z:--1----1--- 0X X ZONE AlAR-i -
~'.
X X--{
I ZONE TROUBLE -0z
ZONE SUPERVISORY--
X X NOTIFY FIRE DEPT. :». ~X X NOTIFY BLDG. ENG. 0.CD VI
<.nC) » SMOKE CONTf~l SEQ. f11
-- .0X X c
PRESS. STAIRS III ,Z-- 0-_._--rnc
- -- I--------~CD OJ
EMERG. MESS. SEQ. z--- ---f----- :»--
X X RE LEASE SMOKE DOORS s.:1------- -- ~
X X ELEV. TO GROUND FL.- -
X X SIGNAL TEMP. CONT.
- -83:
ON/OFF CONTROL.:»---"---- - :z:
ON/OFF STATUS 0
<.n--" --{
>-~<.n
--
~-
IIIIIII
~ I.......0
~ IV)
2 IIII0Cr
rn I
IIII
J ItoCD
LN III
III
"i"
Q)0)CO
0..
IIIIII w
..J:::>0
IlLl:r:UV)
I ~r-::::>0......
I ~z
IIIIIII
.
V)t--- ----- -
~<r- -V) --0 Sn1V1S JJOjNO xz - -- -_ ..«
1 OCJ 1NOJ J.:lOjNO" x
:::E - -- -- -- -- f--.--- f--
8-
"loNO) 'dv'J"='U "lVN91S x x x x x---- f--
"lJ ONflOCJ8 01 " 1\313 x x x x x& -- --:s SelOOO 3>101'lS 3SV313CJ x x x x x« - r--z "035 ·5531'1 "S\:l3vB ill m m en OJ~ -- --- ------ -- f-----::::> 1----
w --- -- ---f---- --- ---u -z Sell \/15 "SS3CJdw x x x x x::::> ---I----f---0-w "035 10CllNOJ 3>lOWS <C <C <C <C UV) 1.0 1.0 1.0 \0 m
-- -- --- --I-"0 "8N3 ·8018 .U110N x x x x x x x5 x
----<
"1d30 3CJ IJ AJI10N x x x x x
AelOS I ACJ3dnS 3NOZ x x xz0 31 8 nOCl1 3NOZ- x x x x x x ><:-~-r- f-(5 -
Ir-----
-- WClVl V ::INOZ x >< x ~-~-0 --z- SJIHdVCJ8 x x X 'X 'X 'V'
Um. ..«\0
li.-1.L0 0- N
W I0:: V) 1.0
0:: W . I0 ->
tz li.--"'-0 - - -- 0 \0 "i" N I'f1.... -J I I I 0.. 0 W I I ILL \0 \0 \0 0 0:: \0 \0 \0
I I I I . I I I I:r: I'J N 1'1 0-_ Y:: N N N N~- li.- > V) 0 ~ ::?: V) L ~\0 ~ 3: li.- 0:: V) tn L V) V)
Sfi-_J..~N~~O~)-~~'d~\I'J-~~3~_1.~~~~---_1-_-'r'_.-r_~~_:l_·;s_--+'----_-_-_--+-~_x~·~-~~---+ __--_1-~~~~~-~~~~~X--~E'---·-~'+-- --x=--:~~~-~-~~~-x_---_-~-.r-~-~~~~-~-:.~"1..-i ON()()CJ9 01 ";\313 x >< _ x x x
~ ~--Cl-OO-O-"3->-!O-I-'6-3-S-V-3-1'-3--Cl- --- --;- e-- I -- X ---X---l--- -X- ---;- -
.. '.. I" I I" t I.xx j'SJGNf\L TEMP. CONT. ".. I~......r.--l--~·t--~r-=-t~"~*--i-- ~t---r-- _.. ....----.{-----{- I +-,.+----1 ! f !---!- - ---+-. I~ I
~.
,.
III
~ IIII
I (f) (f) s (f) (f) ;:0 ,1 ~ :£ '0 If5 ~(f)
~:s: c:J (f) < '1 --i
II'J A "lJ N I'J t'-J ::r:
I I I I · I I I I\0 \0 \,() ::u 0 \0 \0 \[l -1'I I I rn 0 "lJ I I I r-
VI N .J::>. ~ :C~ 0 - - - 0'1 -i ~ 0I · f11 ::u
I \0 (;1 ;:JJI f11
'I tv D 0· "I "1 \0~ :J:>I
":t ..~
OJj 0
i -GRAI11IC5~r X X X X
~fX
t e--..- -~-- -- >< XX X X ZONE ALA~ -
-- ~,.~
tX x x )< X x X x
ZONE TROUBLE -0
- -- ~ zX X x ZONE SUPERVISORY
- ._-- ---- ~-
t --'.-- -x X xl x l x ~FY FIRE DEPT.------------- :J:>-- -- f----
~I
--X X X >< X X X x NOTIFY BLDG. ENG. 0.-- f---- -- ----\0 \0
to » \0 \0 :J:> SMOI<E CONTROL SEQ.(fl
0 :J:> >I~-~_.-
L.__ ------- xx x X X PRESS. STAI RS rn
z~ .---L--- ---- -- --- --- 0
/Tl
C----- --- -- ----- --- -- f------
~OJ UJ ru (lJ OJ EMEffi. MESS. SEQ. z
f--- -- .--___.. ..1__
f----- :0.-L---.- --X
RE:: LEASE S1>10KE DOORS s:x x >'X "
---- I- -- ~-- -----X ELEV. TO GROUND Flox x X X
-- -- ---f----- -~ ~--!-----x SIGNAL TE.MP. CONT,J x x >< X
---- 8-. --- -- 3:---x ON/OFF COOTROl
.:...-..-~- _. -- >-- '----- -- ------1-------- --.- z
L....l L --l I I- I .+_. I ~ I -f.-.--i---!--' I ~. - J
lJCll
(!)(!l
Nh.l
IIIII
'1JOJ
(Q
CD
N\.N
z
~.........
1''', ~.~
1C'lI~('):I:rn0Cr-
II fTi
I
- ~ f -;XI rn . a~ ! -j
\)1 :.r::-"\0 'n
Q'I 1-
'" 00- :::0
VI.. 00- z
Vl -j..-Q'I
----I-~j---i-' -- i"_'
::r: r ::r: r :r: r-. 0 -. 0 -. 0(Q =<: (Q :( (Q =<:-=r -=r ::r
(f) (f) (f)
(f) u
Itu (f) U
T.J (I) (]) u CDCD CD (]) m CD(]) G.. 0. (D 0.o. 0.
f'-.)'1 f'-.)'1 ~'V Tl ~N '" ~- -qo rrt 0 rTj -1-> rn -f:>. iTl ~.O) rn:1" I .~ I I ,- i:- I
IV Vi N \.N - - H \)1- '" -.. ,,) .. 1"'-)" t-- ~'lilt .f~ .... .p... 0"1 0\ 'I\..{)
i'--) '" rv~ .• f'-.) "" 10 I 0''.....J-J \.0 t-..N \0 ... ... ...."~ .. ~ '" IN tvN - N - \0 --.J \0 -J --\)10 VlO • .. f.... VI
'I...... .... ~ ...I i'--) - N- ~\~.,j CD fVl co I
",--.J:;- i"'--.J",u~o '" !.? .. V;N --' N- N r N ~ '"co N CON \.N N .VI N .
, ........... ;N'" N... -i VI'- VI- Q'I
l---j I· f--l-- I --l- I .~_.~ -%> I!~---.-.LLLLJ-.-L-i. . x Ix X_':-H=X GRAPHIC~ . 6
_ _ '__1.__. ZONE ALA~~ __~_ S?I J_.:~ . I ZONE THC}~JDLE ,,_~__ ' ~
ti'l_ --1 jt-n-~-!I~t---;;:Y~~:~::~:J ~nH
I . . --!--._-~---~~- ....0
~ += J 1 1c. . . PRESS .. STAI RS ~
I. 1._- -'- - ---H-.-.----- ---------- o'r---'. 111,, . _._,·C-- . - ~~I_ L, ., EMEffi. MESS. SEQ. I z
~ I r--r-i+~+='}----+=H.I-=+.-.~'----~--'q ~cr - _--+~-- '. ~~_ J__-,. - '_. _!' ... 1E_l.EV" TO ~~~ND rl" •.
! I I Ii· I , 1- ,SIGN,';L TEMP. CONT. ,I '~-T-r- I ._L_~. ~...- -'- ffi t .~!. x x x x. x x ON/OFF ca~.rr.ROL ; ....~_ _ __ ,. -c---..~---~---~ ~LL x x x x. x )< ON/OF~~TATUS ._ ~
tr= I .-iI • »! ~i I til
~'T _. .~ --_. ----.- ---' •
II!!i,
i .
-------------------DUTY CYCLE AND SMOKE CO~rrROL SEQUENCE SCHEDULE Page 24
Resh
S IF, S2F
S3F
SIF, S2FS3F, S4F
II
REIFRE2F
RE IFRE2F
RE3F
SIF, S2F,S3F
Stv1Z-RE I F- i-2S~J,Z-RE2F-I-2
.SMZ-RE I F-2-2 I SIF, S2F
IS/-,Z-RE2F-2-2 IArea Smoke Detecto7s S3Frna;) ua I stat i ens I;
water flow.
IA
3A
2A
;MOKE SUPPLY Ff\N MOTOR IZED
I~ONTROL FIRE DAMPERS CLOSE AT RETURN FAN TO SUPPLY FAN TO;EQUENCE AREA FLOOR LEVEL I 100% EXHAUST 100% OUTSIDE AIR REMr'\RKS
StJtZ-RE4F-B';'3 RE4F SIF, S2F Supp I y Fan #S4F sha I Ishutdown.Return Fan #RE2F andREIF shal I shut down.
StvlZ-B-5 RE5F - Supply Fan #S6F shal Ishut down.
I Return Fan #RE4F shal Ishut down.
I IStvlZ-B-6 RE3F S3F
..
- " .. ~ --,
I j
I~ iI~
i
I
-------------------DUTY CYCLE AND SMOKE ceNTROl SEQUENCE SCHEDULE Page 25
SMOKE::Or~TROL
SEQUENCE
4A
. 5A .
6A
FIREAREA
IS~~Z-RE I F-4-2jS1IZ-RE2F-4-2
I19 AZ-RE I F-5-2/sr,1Z-RE2F-5-2
sr~Z-PE6F-6-2
--1
ISUPPLY Fa,! MOTOR I ZEDDAMPERS CLOSE ATFLOOR LEVEL
SIF, S2F
SIF, S2F
S7F
RETURN FAN TO100% EXHAUST
REIFRE2F
RE!FRE2F
RE6F
SUPPLY FAN TO100% OuTSIDE AIR
S IF, S2F
SIF, S2F
S7F
REM,A.RKS
7p.,
8A
88
9A
98
IDA
sr!JZ-RE6F-7-2
Stv'iZ-RE7 F-8-2
Room 8-124
!sr,1Z-RE7F-9-2
f-IF-9-5
SMZ-RE8F-IO-IO
IS7F
S8F
S8F
S8F
RE6F
RE7F
RE7F
RE7F
RE8F
S7F
S8F
S8F
S8FSIOF
S9F
S8F
II~ h f ~GE!? d'-x. ans" J .• ~ an'FE-32 shutdovi:1Return Fan #RE8Fsha I I shut down
Supply Fan tfS9F +IExhaust Fan tiE IF~ontinue to run.
Supply Fan #SIOFsha I I shut down.Keturn Fan #RE7Fsha I I shut down.
~-----~-----------~DUTY CYCLE AND SMOKE CONTROL SEQUENCE SCHEDULE Page 26
I
·1
SI-jOKE I SUPPLY FAN MOTORIZED II
CONTROL FIRE DAMPERS CLOSE AT I RETURN FAN TO SUPPLY FAN TOSEQUENCE AREA FLOOR LEVEL 100% EXHAUST 100% OUTSIDE AIR REtv'ARKS,
lOB I SMZ-10-2 - - S5F
II
II
IIA SMZ-RE9F-II-1 - RE9F I - Supply Fan #SI IF sha~
I shut downI
.. I
I! IB I SMZ··ELEV.· if!
Isha! I go to- I - &SF Damper
. I..
fully open position.I .
! I......•. _.,.
I118 SMZ-ELEV. #2 S5F,,,• iI i
------~------------
INDICATION
INPUT/OUTPUT SCHEDULE LEGEND
(APPENDIX "A")
GRAPHICS - Alarm identtflcation and location is shown on display No. I and operator Instructionsare chown on display No.2.
ZONE ALAR1\1 Specific initiating device is identifiable from CCS.
ZONE TROUBLE - Trouble alarm at CCS for each item listed.
ZONE SUPERVISORY - Supervisory alarm at CCS for each item listed.
NOTIFY FIRE DEPT - Fire alarm signals transmitted to mur.icipal connection.
j~OTIFY BLDG. ENG - Signals to be transmitted to Data Center in Room i 13 of Unit "A" are listedbelow:
Zone alarm. zone trouble. flow alarm. zone supervisory.
SMOKE CONT SEQ - Sequence defined in Smoke Control Sequence Schedule.
PRESS STAIRS.: Stair pressurization unit is started upon any alarm signal received except zonetrouble and zone supervisory.
EMERG. MES. SEQ - Emergency Message and instructions to broadcast.SEQUENCE A - Fire Floor, Floor Above, Elevators and al I other floors.SEQUENCE B - Fire Floor. Floor Above, Floor Below. Elevators, and al I other floors.SEQUENCE C - Fire Floor, Floor Below, Elevators, and al I other floors.SEQUENCE D - Elevators and al I floors.
RELEASE SMK DRS - Al I smoke doors are released
ELEV. TO GRD. FL - Al I elevators are returned to ground floor. Third Floor is ground floor. Ifalarm originates from Third Floor elevatory lobby detector, elevator shal I returnto second floor.
ON/OFF CONTROL - Control of On/Off Condition from CCS for items listed.
ON/OFF STATUS - Status of On or Off is dispiayed at CCS for items listed.
'_"'~_,_~4"""~~'~'~'~"""'~~~',,,,,__~,,,,,_,,,,,,,,,,_t""'~"':'_"'~r,~'__'''~~·:1>'N,\""",~.",*,_!'~.'r>"''''''!Ot!'''"'~'''ftO.''''I:''''!''''~"",.",.".'.,.(l"....".!"!.__.~.. ".,.;·.l ..... 'I,J!!I!>!'l1... !."l'~"", m.
